By Rob Hancill
2021 Ebikes
1,656 Comments

2022 Kenevo SL Megathread!

[MEDIA=youtube]TL4_7p5Kg9M[/MEDIA]
Tags
Rob Hancill
Creator of EMTB Forums. Owner of many cameras, computers and a couple of EMTB's. I also make YouTube videos on bikes and stuff.

1,656 Comments

  1. [QUOTE=”Al Boneta, post: 299368, member: 34″][MEDIA=youtube]47rgA48hnQA[/MEDIA][/QUOTE]They must have cut the bit out when kenevo prime stops the fight due to red light of death caused by faulty battery to motor cable.

  2. [QUOTE=”Al Boneta, post: 299365, member: 34″]Here come the people that have to shit on everything
    Overpriced? Value is subjective. It’s only worth what someone is willing to pay. I sold all of my first order in 20 minutes. But you know something? Some people just made better choices after high school
    Underpeced? Sure they could have just thrown an EP8 or a Gen 4 Bosch on there, put on some bling forks, but that’s what everyone else does. Only a handful of brands do anything innovative
    Underpowered? Only if you’re a total pussy[/QUOTE]You sold all of your order in 20 mins? Impressive.

    It won’t take you much longer to assemble those 2 bikes which will be your total stock for 2021 [emoji1787]

  3. I think this, along with the original SL, are a niche within a niche compare to other lightweight offerings, in that they are competing against regular bikes rather than other Ebikes.

    To me the interesting question here would be is the Kenevo SL actually a better bike to ride than the Enduro? Does that added weight actually improve it once pointed down.

    For me the bike choice here isn’t Regular Kenevo or Kenevo SL, it’s Enduro or Kenevo SL

  4. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 299407, member: 291″]

    For me the bike choice here isn’t Regular Kenevo or Kenevo SL, it’s Enduro or Kenevo SL
    [/QUOTE]

    Right ??

  5. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299403, member: 14870″]
    They must have cut the bit out when kenevo prime stops the fight due to red light of death caused by faulty battery to motor cable.
    [/QUOTE]

    So glad you could make it. ?

  6. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 299407, member: 291″]
    I think this, along with the original SL, are a niche within a niche compare to other lightweight offerings, in that they are competing against regular bikes rather than other Ebikes.

    To me the interesting question here would be is the Kenevo SL actually a better bike to ride than the Enduro? Does that added weight actually improve it once pointed down.

    For me the bike choice here isn’t Regular Kenevo or Kenevo SL, it’s Enduro or Kenevo SL
    [/QUOTE]
    As someone who has an enduro, I can guarantee this Kenevo climbs faster with less energy, which at least for me would make the downhills more fun, even if it’s not actually “better”.

  7. [QUOTE=”JetSetDemo, post: 299390, member: 254″]
    Looks nice but not regretting getting my bullet last month.
    [/QUOTE]
    I just put a deposit on a SC bullit x01 today…. now this comes out, arrrrghhhh!

  8. Very nice looking bike , not for me tho

    I owned the sl and as much as I loved that bike I found the motor to noisy and underpowered , especially when you compare it to other light weight ebikes like the orbea rise
    I sold the sl for the two reasons above

    I have never owned or ridden a Kenevo (I have a Levo) but I have always seen the kenevo as a more aggressive downhill enduro version of the Levo so not sure why someone looking for a bike like this would want the power the sl produced !!!!!!

    I feel they would of been better getting that power up to 50nm

    there a few people finding the Levo sl underpowered so Have a more Extreme orientated bike like the kenevo with this lower power i am not sure will be enough to keep people happy

  9. I think its unfair to compare the Kenevo SL to the Enduro. Yes, they have similarities but its obvious that Spesh have taken feedback from alot of riders and have revised the platform (not just for the sake of the motor and battery).
    One noticable difference is the slightly revised linkage placement which should stop stones and crud getting in between certain areas where the linkage would compress (afterall, it’s full carbon).
    In addition, I’m of the belief the battery is non-removable. Therefore travelling abroad could be a problem and running the Kenevo SL on a range extender tricky in terms of battery management.

    ? to Specialized for using a solid platform behind the Kenevo SL but in my view, the Enduro and the Kenevo SL (like the Stumpy and Levo) are two different bikes which both have their merits.

    Oh and let’s just put the fear mongering to rest here “ebikes will NEVER replace regular bikes”??

  10. [QUOTE=”Neeko DeVinchi, post: 299432, member: 14532″]
    Oh and let’s just put the fear mongering to rest here “ebikes will NEVER replace regular bikes”??
    [/QUOTE]
    Speak for yourself. With every new ebike that comes out I see less and less reason for owning high end regular bikes as well. Right now my main hesitation for not selling my enduro is travel by plane and certain races without an ebike class. As far as day to day riding goes, my ebike is just overall more enjoyable on every type of terrain.

  12. S works looks mega. I’d love to try one but I don’t think I could give up the full fat motor…. I’d certainly want a bit more than this if giving ??‍♂️

    Interesting to see where they go with the new kenevo if there is one coming that is….

    [ATTACH=full]61442[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH=full]61443[/ATTACH]

  13. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 299438, member: 9177″]
    Speak for yourself. With every new ebike that comes out I see less and less reason for owning high end regular bikes as well. Right now my main hesitation for not selling my enduro is travel by plane and certain races without an ebike class. As far as day to day riding goes, my ebike is just overall more enjoyable on every type of terrain.
    [/QUOTE]
    I disagree. The normal mtb is about 10 kg lighter.
    Trail riding and jumping, pumping, moving, sliding and doing manuals and bunny hops is so much easier and more fun on a mtb. Mtb is not dead

  14. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 299438, member: 9177″]
    Speak for yourself. With every new ebike that comes out I see less and less reason for owning high end regular bikes as well. Right now my main hesitation for not selling my enduro is travel by plane and certain races without an ebike class. As far as day to day riding goes, my ebike is just overall more enjoyable on every type of terrain.
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s cool rb. At the end of the day, I see no reason why both can’t be accepted.
    Maybe its because I’m into mountain biking more so than the mountain bike.
    Whether you ride to compete against others, recreation, fitness etc. Any bike can be considered awesome.
    FYI, I’d hang onto that Enduro my friend ??

  15. Pingback: 2022 Kenevo SL Megathread! – EMTB Forums – Cycletronic

  16. [QUOTE=”Sherman, post: 299389, member: 367″]
    Doesn’t deserve the Kenevo name, should have been 180mm 27.5 :unsure:

    Nice bike, but not for me. The point of Kenevo is self shutling. But where does this bike leave next gen Levo SL? If there ever will be one..
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s why they still make the Kenevo
    Kenevo SL is a different rider and a different riding experience

  17. Definitely glad I’m sticking with the Gen3 Levo over this.

    I fully expect this to be useless in the UK mud, just like the current Enduro is. That 6 bar link loves collecting mud & goes through bearings like fatties go through cake 🙂

  18. I’m no fan of that SL Kenevo at all.
    Non removable battery, low output and only 4kg lighter than a good eMTB with a grown up motor.
    Where’s the difference when a 95kg guys sits on it?

    But damn, [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] , your video is real quality.
    A feast for the eyes.
    Loved watching it ??

  19. [QUOTE=”Neeko DeVinchi, post: 299446, member: 14532″]
    FYI, I’d hang onto that Enduro my friend ??
    [/QUOTE]
    Still debating what I want to do with it, it’s basically brand new but just sits in the shred collecting dust sadly.

  20. Props to Spesh for this bike! ? Its definitely an advance in tech. They included the geo changing and headset cups so you could run this mullet or full 27.5 no problem. The only fail IMO is the old motor but I think that was a dev or supply chain problem. A spesh shop owner told me a few months ago that the bike would have a new motor by a new manufacturer and it would be more like 50nm.

    I would guess that the next model will be the real game changer. I would be okay with half power but 1/3 is not enough. Plus I have heard that they are louder.

    This looks like it would be a blast on the downs though!

  21. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 299445, member: 838″]
    I disagree. The normal mtb is about 10 kg lighter.
    Trail riding and jumping, pumping, moving, sliding and doing manuals and bunny hops is so much easier and more fun on a mtb. Mtb is not dead
    [/QUOTE]
    Also depends on where you live. Some rides I go on 75% of the mountain bikers I see are on ebikes here in Northern California. Also there are more and more bike shops opening up that sell ONLY ebikes. Does that mean normal bikes are dead? No. But at some point I would not be surprised if ebikes surpass normal bikes on a large scale.

  22. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 299466, member: 9177″]
    Still debating what I want to do with it, it’s basically brand new but just sits in the shred collecting dust sadly.
    [/QUOTE]
    Unless you desperately need the cash, keep it in a safe place ?

  24. [QUOTE=”Neeko DeVinchi, post: 299474, member: 14532″]
    Unless you desperately need the cash, keep it in a safe place ?
    [/QUOTE]
    It is my favorite descending bike I’ve ridden. In a perfect world I’d own an enduro, Kenevo SL, and new Levo. (I promise I’m not a specialized fan boy). But unfortunately that would require a selling off half my organs and extremities.

  25. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 299479, member: 9177″]
    But unfortunately that would require a selling off half my organs and extremities.
    [/QUOTE]
    Only half? I thought you wanted three bikes? :ROFLMAO:

  26. I spend 90% of my time in ECO mode on the 2020 FF Kenevo. Mainly long fireroad climbs (sometimes quite steep) where I ride.
    Is trail or turbo on the SL motor comparable to ECO on the FF?
    Am I going to be burning through battery for similar support?
    Do people who’ve ridden both types still find the SL underpowered on road climbs or are the comments predominantly aimed at the tech stuff?

  27. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 299407, member: 291″]
    I think this, along with the original SL, are a niche within a niche compare to other lightweight offerings, in that they are competing against regular bikes rather than other Ebikes.

    To me the interesting question here would be is the Kenevo SL actually a better bike to ride than the Enduro? Does that added weight actually improve it once pointed down.

    For me the bike choice here isn’t Regular Kenevo or Kenevo SL, it’s Enduro or Kenevo SL
    [/QUOTE]
    Totally. I personally never really enjoyed the full power of a typical ebike. It was fun at first, but i kept reducing the power. And
    [QUOTE=”Bencab, post: 299440, member: 8048″]
    Banana Slug!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Kenevo SL.jpg”]61440[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Kenevo SL2.jpg”]61441[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    So good. That’s the one I ordered as well. So – it’s actually an X2 like the pictures and not a Float X?

  28. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 299493, member: 1058″]
    Totally. I personally never really enjoyed the full power of a typical ebike. It was fun at first, but i kept reducing the power. And

    So good. That’s the one I ordered as well. So – it’s actually an X2 like the pictures and not a Float X?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes X2. Big bike. Sizing down from S3 to S2 and will be selling my Levo SL.

  29. [QUOTE=”Bencab, post: 299440, member: 8048″]
    Banana Slug!

    [ATTACH=full]61440[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH=full]61441[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    This is a really cool color

  30. What’s the deal with seat post insertion – looks pretty poor due to the motor shifting up the shock window and hence the bottom of seat tube vs the enduro.

  31. [QUOTE=”Jorel, post: 299462, member: 16134″]
    I’m no fan of that SL Kenevo at all.
    Non removable battery, low output and only 4kg lighter than a good eMTB with a grown up motor.
    Where’s the difference when a 95kg guys sits on it?

    But damn, [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] , your video is real quality.
    A feast for the eyes.
    Loved watching it ??
    [/QUOTE]

    Agree on the battery and video quality. Disagree on the weight. I’m that guy (97kg on bike) and I can absolutely feel the 4kg between my full fat and low power eBike’s weight. Manhandling an 18kg bike is MUCH easier than a 22kg one.

    Gordon

  32. [QUOTE=”flash, post: 299504, member: 1974″]
    Agree on the battery and video quality. Disagree on the weight. I’m that guy (97kg on bike) and I can absolutely feel the 4kg between my full fat and low power eBike’s weight. Manhandling an 18kg bike is MUCH easier than a 22kg one.

    Gordon
    [/QUOTE]
    Agreed. The 19KG Kenevo SL and 22Kg S-Works feel massively different, even just picking up and moving around.

  34. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 299506, member: 52″]
    How’s the range?
    [/QUOTE]
    I got 3500 foot – in fact, riding with the FF Levo, battery was almost matched. Obviously I put in more effort here, but the range is impressive.

  35. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 299506, member: 52″]
    How’s the range?
    [/QUOTE]

    Can’t remember the exact battery I returned with here but no where near empty
    [URL]https://strava.app.link/ag9xNVKFegb[/URL][ATTACH type=”full”]61456[/ATTACH]

  36. One month? You’ve been riding that thing for a month?

    How do you sleep at night whilst chuckling at all the bs that gets posted on here?

  37. Stunny video lads, I really want to like it but it doesn’t tick my boxes. My levo SL is super cable as I have it. Seen a lot of enduro frame failures and the lower part is awfull for getting rocks jammed in. look at many enduro racers and events, riders don’t pick the enduro they pick the stumpy evo (mainly) I’ve no doubt it’s a fun bike and amazing but if you’ve enduro spec a SL then you wouldn’t really gain much. I have a s works stumpy evo and ride a enduro s works and every time I’d pick the stumpy as it’s way more fun.

  38. [QUOTE=”Rich the gasman, post: 299512, member: 3790″]
    Stunny video lads, I really want to like it but it doesn’t tick my boxes. My levo SL is super cable as I have it. Seen a lot of enduro frame failures and the lower part is awfull for getting rocks jammed in. look at many enduro racers and events, riders don’t pick the enduro they pick the stumpy evo (mainly) I’ve no doubt it’s a fun bike and amazing but if you’ve enduro spec a SL then you wouldn’t really gain much. I have a s works stumpy evo and ride a enduro s works and every time I’d pick the stumpy as it’s way more fun.
    [/QUOTE]
    Don’t tell me that haha. Agreed on most, but I do miss the Uber plus you can get only with travel. The geo suits me better as well. I will probably keep my normal sl for a tad to see back to back how they compare, but most likely will sell after swapping some parts

  39. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 299511, member: 2885″]
    One month? You’ve been riding that thing for a month?

    How do you sleep at night whilst chuckling at all the bs that gets posted on here?
    [/QUOTE]
    Picked it up early April. Funny thing is no one noticed it out on the trails!

  40. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 299488, member: 5518″]
    I spend 90% of my time in ECO mode on the 2020 FF Kenevo. Mainly long fireroad climbs (sometimes quite steep) where I ride.
    Is trail or turbo on the SL motor comparable to ECO on the FF?
    Am I going to be burning through battery for similar support?
    Do people who’ve ridden both types still find the SL underpowered on road climbs or are the comments predominantly aimed at the tech stuff?
    [/QUOTE]

    Last week I rode both a Levo Comp and a Levo SL expert on very steep climbs (where it feels difficult even on the FF turbo mode), but thanks to the lighter weight of the SL I managed to do it. Obviously much more effort needed.
    I would say turbo of Sl matches trail of a FF, mostly thanks to the reduced weight
    (Sorry for the OT)

  41. I think one of the things that the full fat motor has that helps on climbs is the over run. You get almost another crank turn of over run motor assistance to help on technical climbs.

    I don’t recall getting this with the SL platform, so you’ve got a lower power motor and missing the over run. I feel that the over run is a feature that can help with bigger rocks and technical climbing.

  42. [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] how was the S5 sizing? I’m about the same-ish height,188cm/6’2, happy on my S4 Enduro and XL Levo SL. Tossing up S4 vs S5.

  43. Feel like this sort of model should have always existed. It’s not for me as i’m used to the power now but i reckon it is exactly the kind of bike that would tempt my friends towards an emtb (when they get a bit cheaper). It is a niche but it is a niche they still won’t be able to supply enough bikes for.

    Had i not had the taste of the full power i would lust over one.

  44. [QUOTE=”Rob Rides EMTB, post: 299516, member: 1″]
    Picked it up early April. Funny thing is no one noticed it out on the trails!
    [/QUOTE]

    [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] I’m sure I saw one at FOD early April by Parkdean Cafe just after we saw you. Will you be going for a test ride and did you get a test ride on a Rise yet?

  45. Orbea will probably come out with a better bike than this.

    The RS motor is hands down better than that mahle and the 60nm is also more suitable for shuttling.

    The other benefit is you aren’t stuck with specializeds terrible colour schemes of late.

    I thought I’d like this design more but if I’m honest I think it’s worse than the current frame style and I expect rocks will be a problem near the shock.

    Having seen the spec of the new full power kenevo it seems like all the bikes are going to very same same this generation. Thankfully frame kits are here to save the day and due to adjustable geo they offer much better options than factory bikes which are just overpriced.

    A frame kit means you can buy one high spec AXS set and dropper and one top end set of brakes and one set of your favourite wheel size in carbon and move them from bike to bike

  46. [QUOTE=”galaga187, post: 299552, member: 292″][USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] I’m sure I saw one at FOD early April by Parkdean Cafe just after we saw you. Will you be going FOD a test ride and did you get a test ride on a Rise yet?[/QUOTE]

    I’m going to test ride one for sure, but I think the Siryon will suit me better. I’m trying to arrange a Rise test ride from Surge Bikes and possibly a Levo SL as well.

  47. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299553, member: 14870″]
    Orbea will probably come out with a better bike than this.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s not like you to point out the obvious but incorrectly. :p Orbea will probably come out with a different bike to this … in the future .. as Specialized will probably come out with a different bike to this … in the future ..

    [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299553, member: 14870″]
    The other benefit is you aren’t stuck with specializeds terrible colour schemes of late.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the help there. I’m sure a lot of people aren’t sure about their own tastes and decisions so it helps to have your guiding wisdom as to what’s nice or not.

    [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299553, member: 14870″]
    I thought I’d like this design more but if I’m honest I think it’s worse than the current frame style
    [/QUOTE]
    Again, I’m surprised. I thought the man who doesn’t like any bike, design, manufacturer, supplier, shop, colour would definitely have given this the thumbs up.

    Sorry mods. Please delete my off topic pointless drivel.

  48. [QUOTE=”galaga187, post: 299552, member: 292″]
    [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] I’m sure I saw one at FOD early April by Parkdean Cafe just after we saw you. Will you be going FOD a test ride and did you get a test ride on a Rise yet?
    [/QUOTE]

    That’s because a certain EMBN presenter local to the area has been out on one for the last month or so. Not exactly ‘hiding’ it away.

  49. Im sure I saw on this week strapped to the back of a black Jeep headed towards the Surrey Hills

    Is it me or does no one seem that hyped by this bike, even Rob. Just seems like, meh its ok.

  50. [QUOTE=”mike172, post: 299563, member: 17862″]
    Im sure I saw on this week strapped to the back of a black Jeep headed towards the Surrey Hills

    Is it me or does no one seem that hyped by this bike, even Rob. Just seems like, meh its ok.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s a very very good capable bike. I think the Gen 3 Levo is just such an outstanding bike and almost as capable downhill. They made the Gen3 so good with it’s longer slacker and adjustable Geometry and although they feel quite different to handle I think that you can do more with the Levo.

    I really enjoy climbing on the Levo; you can challenge yourself to ridiculous things on it. Not so much on the KSL, climbing became a means to an end for me on it.

    What about a full fat KSL though ???

  51. To add, I ride 100% of my time socially with others on full fat ebikes. Hardly ever ride on my own and if I do it’s a 1 hour power lap of my local woods.

    The FF bikes can make this power lap more interesting as I can blast around the flats on full turbo. It can make a boring trail quite interesting!

  52. [QUOTE=”Rob Rides EMTB, post: 299567, member: 1″]
    To add, I ride 100% of my time socially with others on full fat ebikes. Hardly ever ride on my own and if I do it’s a 1 hour power lap of my local woods.

    The FF bikes can make this power lap more interesting as I can blast around the flats on full turbo. It can make a boring trail quite interesting!
    [/QUOTE]

    Sums up my thoughts really.

    Times limited. Fitness isn’t what it could be. I’m sure there’s a lot of satisfaction from riding a pure mtb, but I like the speed of a full fat and tbh when I see super fit guys going quite slow on climbs and flats… I just think to myself where’s the fun in that….

    DH maybe different but a FF bike doesn’t go slow there either.

    Sure the feel is different but overall I think you get more from the FF bikes which are just getting better all the time

    The SL is for lots of people, but I’d buy the bullit over that for similar riding but more motor

  53. [QUOTE=”Rob Rides EMTB, post: 299567, member: 1″]
    To add, I ride 100% of my time socially with others on full fat ebikes. Hardly ever ride on my own and if I do it’s a 1 hour power lap of my local woods.

    The FF bikes can make this power lap more interesting as I can blast around the flats on full turbo. It can make a boring trail quite interesting!
    [/QUOTE]
    [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] For some the higher prices will mean a quiver killer bike is a more realistic purchase. £/mile/smiles ridden. I do wonder what the 2019 Comp Carbon would retail at these days? mine is still going strong but it’s had an “easy paper round” life in the hills of Wiltshire ?

  54. It’s great to have choices. The Kenevo SL is a beautiful bike and will no doubt be a monster down hill!

  55. [QUOTE=”Jimbo Vills, post: 299570, member: 9642″]

    Times limited. Fitness isn’t what it could be. going quite slow on climbs and flats… I just think to myself where’s the fun in that….

    [/QUOTE]

    Yep, my thoughts too as a [I]reasonably [/I]fit person that can get round Pitch Hill/Winterfold and then go back for more without much of an issue. I mean there was a time when I couldn’t get up some of the steeps there

    Still, Its not fun going up some of the hills and I don’t really gas out these days, its just slow going so I really want something like an SL to try get it out the way faster

    My problem is, I think the SL motor is for me. I just wince at £9k.

    I might convince myself the S works frame is a good idea so I can put my GX stuff on it….. Got my eye on that. £6k I can sort of deal with, plus a fork

    Also got my eye on any 27.5 conversions….or Mullets. 🙂

  56. [QUOTE=”Rob Rides EMTB, post: 299567, member: 1″]To add, I ride 100% of my time socially with others on full fat ebikes. Hardly ever ride on my own and if I do it’s a 1 hour power lap of my local woods.

    The FF bikes can make this power lap more interesting as I can blast around the flats on full turbo. It can make a boring trail quite interesting![/QUOTE]Going down hill is fun on all bikes.

    Going faster on flats is way more fun on full power bikes

    Going up hill sucks on all bikes other than full power ebikes.

    The brose is more fun than the EP8 because it just has that burst of power you can call on which isn’t possible on the SL motors at all.

    Its good to have options and the best options we now have are frame sets. Frame sets with adjustable geo are the most unpublished innovation because people focus to much on factory bikes supplied for free.

    Framesets are not new but highly configurable ones are very new. This opens the door to some seriously bespoke bikes which will be better than this factory stuff.

    Now you can not only choose the travel but also the motor power and also how you set the bike up before you order a single part for it.

  57. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299588, member: 14870″]
    Going down hill is fun on all bikes.

    Going faster on flats is way more fun on full power bikes

    Going up hill sucks on all bikes other than full power ebikes.

    The brose is more fun than the EP8 because it just has that burst of power you can call on which isn’t possible on the SL motors at all.

    Its good to have options and the best options we now have are frame sets. Frame sets with adjustable geo are the most unpublished innovation because people focus to much on factory bikes supplied for free.

    Framesets are not new but highly configurable ones are very new. This opens the door to some seriously bespoke bikes which will be better than this factory stuff.

    Now you can not only choose the travel but also the motor power and also how you set the bike up before you order a single part for it.
    [/QUOTE]

    The main problem with Frame sets for the foreseeable future is being stuck with a frame and not being able to acquire the parts to complete the build….

    fine if you are swapping over.

    but the shortage of parts is surely why specialised are now doing framesets. to keep frame sales moving as they struggle to build complete bikes.

  58. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 299588, member: 14870″]
    Going down hill is fun on all bikes.

    Framesets are not new but highly configurable ones are very new. This opens the door to some seriously bespoke bikes which will be better than this factory stuff.

    Now you can not only choose the travel but also the motor power and also how you set the bike up before you order a single part for it.
    [/QUOTE]
    The only sense you have ever spoken

  59. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 299542, member: 11012″]
    [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] how was the S5 sizing? I’m about the same-ish height,188cm/6’2, happy on my S4 Enduro and XL Levo SL. Tossing up S4 vs S5.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s a BIG bike. Could have ridden either S4 or S5

  60. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 299555, member: 52″]
    I’m going to test ride one for sure, but I think the Siryon will suit me better. I’m trying to arrange a Rise test ride from Surge Bikes and possibly a Levo SL as well.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m very interested in the Siryon too. This Bafang system especially – knowing that my “95Nm” Bafang motor felt weedy compared to Brose and Bosch, I hope their 60Nm Eon Drive feels true to what you’d expect it to feel.

  61. Now I’ve had time to digest I could see myself taking one of these to BPW with 1 or 2 range extenders and having a great day.

  62. [QUOTE=”JetSetDemo, post: 299601, member: 254″]
    Now I’ve had time to digest I could see myself taking one of these to BPW with 1 or 2 range extenders and having a great day.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yep, would be great there. This bike really makes sense for anyone that wants no weight compromise to get in the way and the best, most playful handling on the downs.

  63. If I hadn’t just got the Bullet, I think I’d be homeless if I came home with another £9k bike this month ?

  64. Just remembered a point. I remember on a YouTube public live stream we did, Marco from Specialized was talking about modular motor upgrades being something they were looking at.

    Given that the SL motor first came out July 2019 I have been wondering on the life cycle of that motor and how it fits in with the typical 3 year life cycle of frames.

    Assuming this KSL frame will be around from model year 2021-2023… will we still see the 2019 SL 1.1 motor in a 2023 SL?

    I’d not be surprised if we see a new uprated Mahle motor at some point in the future and I really hope that it can be retrofit into the current SL type bikes.

    Same can be said with the Brose on the Gen 3 Levo…

  65. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 299373, member: 838″]
    Nice vid. Thanks for sharing [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER]
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s legit. Only took 5 years.

  66. [QUOTE=”Jimbo Vills, post: 299591, member: 9642″]The main problem with Frame sets for the foreseeable future is being stuck with a frame and not being able to acquire the parts to complete the build….

    fine if you are swapping over.

    but the shortage of parts is surely why specialised are now doing framesets. to keep frame sales moving as they struggle to build complete bikes.[/QUOTE]There are shortages but its only a problem if your dealer is the place you need to buy from.

    I’ve managed to get all my parts for my S works levo frame set.

    I had some of the expensive parts already on my kenevo so I’ll just swap them. Hardest item to get has been the chain. I’ve had to settle on the NX Eagle one as can’t find anything else that isn’t gouged.

  67. Cant wait to receive my KSL in a few weeks, two years previously on the Kenny Expert, currently on the LSL .
    Time for change and maintaining the grin factor. Will reserve opinion until i’ve spent time on the bike.
    Keep innovating Spesh (y)

  69. Love the look of this but for someone who has a levo sl for trail riding and a kenevo expert for steep stuff it dont fit my bill. Like rob most my riding is in group rides, i have my sl for riding with normal bike mates and solo, and the kenevo for group FF rides and parks Think my current set up is the perfect balance.

  70. this bike is 19kg ( expert ) with undersized tires and air shock, if we fitted two reinforced tires, such as maxxis dd or schwalbe sg and a spring shock, we will add about 1.5kg ….
    the bullit of a dear friend of mine, in xt coil version in size m, weighed by me, with feedback scale, is 21,7 kg with dd tires and spring shock absorber, therefore, with the same set-up, we would probably be very close, as weights, but with the difference that the santacruz has a full power ep8 and a removable 630 wh battery and costs less …

  71. [QUOTE=”Rob Rides EMTB, post: 299567, member: 1″]
    To add, I ride 100% of my time socially with others on full fat ebikes. Hardly ever ride on my own and if I do it’s a 1 hour power lap of my local woods.

    The FF bikes can make this power lap more interesting as I can blast around the flats on full turbo. It can make a boring trail quite interesting!
    [/QUOTE]

    This. Plus dropping off the off piste stuff on Pitch Hill in Turbo adds to the fun.

  72. [QUOTE=”Bencab, post: 299497, member: 8048″]
    Yes X2. Big bike. Sizing down from S3 to S2 and will be selling my Levo SL.
    [/QUOTE]
    Interesting – [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER] is claiming it will be a Fox Float X (meh) – though every media announcement AND their own pictures on the website show a Fox X2. Fingers crossed they didn’t change spec after the first few went out.

  73. [QUOTE=”Slowroller, post: 299400, member: 10″]
    Soon, all low powered emtb riders: “FF riders are cheating!…” 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes because they are! Lazy cheaters! ?
    Light ebike is best of both worlds is that so hard to understand?! ?

  74. Stripped naked on a bed …
    [SPOILER=”Reveal …….”][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”slk.jpeg”]61548[/ATTACH][/SPOILER]

  75. Are you looking for cocaine hidden in the top tube? I mean, how else can they justify the price? :p

  76. A perspective for what its worth…
    Bike looks great.
    Not happy with the full 29 Wheelset…one of the best attributes of the original kenevo was the 27.5 Wheelset. They should have at least made it a mullet set up.
    1.1 motor is underpowered to say the least.
    Pretty good spec but hard to see a true value for the cost.
    Specialized had a real opportunity to close the door on all other ‘light e-mtb’s” with the new Kenevo- but they blew it.
    By not [U][B]AT LEAST matching [/B][/U]Orbea’s EP8 RS 60NM torque Shimano motor they did all consumers a huge disservice.
    It’s not say the new KENEVO isn’t a nice bike… but it could have been soooo much better. Having a hard time with a shuttle bike that you have to walk up the hills after the third lap… no thanks. Look at all the reviews so far…Downhill is its strength. Horrible uphill. Not a technical climber. Might as well buy the enduro…

  77. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 299815, member: 4350″]
    Stripped naked on a bed …
    [SPOILER=”Reveal …….”][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”slk.jpeg”]61548[/ATTACH][/SPOILER]
    [/QUOTE]

    Oooohhhh….are you going to put the tuff wheels from that bmx on it?

    Mongoose?

  78. [QUOTE=”cycle101, post: 299860, member: 17072″]
    A perspective for what its worth…
    Bike looks great.
    Not happy with the full 29 Wheelset…one of the best attributes of the original kenevo was the 27.5 Wheelset. They should have at least made it a mullet set up.
    1.1 motor is underpowered to say the least.
    Pretty good spec but hard to see a true value for the cost.
    Specialized had a real opportunity to close the door on all other ‘light e-mtb’s” with the new Kenevo- but they blew it.
    By not [U][B]AT LEAST matching [/B][/U]Orbea’s EP8 RS 60NM torque Shimano motor they did all consumers a huge disservice.
    It’s not say the new KENEVO isn’t a nice bike… but it could have been soooo much better. Having a hard time with a shuttle bike that you have to walk up the hills after the third lap… no thanks. Look at all the reviews so far…Downhill is its strength. Horrible uphill. Not a technical climber. Might as well buy the enduro…
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you ridden a FF Kenevo with 29s? Bloody beast of a bike.

    Kenevo SL underpowered? Really? An enduro with power, I can’t think of a better bike right now.

    Comparing it to the XC Orbea? Please

    If you have to walk this bike anywhere then you should probably own an exercise bike.

  79. I know a lot of people have upgraded to suspension on their levo sl’s. I’m currently running a fox 38 170mm and a 210×55 x2 shock on my sl and I’m very happy with the performance.
    I would love to know how the new kenevo sl compares to a levo sl with upgraded suspension?

  80. T
    [QUOTE=”Mohawk3a, post: 299870, member: 16539″]
    Why would you want the kenevo sl to be a mullet? I don’t understand the purpose of a mullet unless it comes with shorter chainstays and increased suspension travel. If you can fit a 29” rear wheel in a bike with 170mm rear travel and short chainstays, why wouldn’t you?
    [/QUOTE]
    There is a flip chip in the rear so you can shorten the chain stay. Some people prefer the 27.5 wheel as it allows a little more agility.

  81. [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER] or [USER=1]@Rob Rides EMTB[/USER] do you know if the Sworks frameset comes with the range extender ??

    thanks!

  82. I think it’s best looking emtb spesh have made. I don’t really like the look of the asymmetric frame on the Levo/Kenevo, but the KSL looks fantastic. If they make a FF with a similar look, I would seriously consider getting one.

  83. [QUOTE=”Mohawk3a, post: 299869, member: 16539″]
    I know a lot of people have upgraded to suspension on their levo sl’s. I’m currently running a fox 38 170mm and a 210×55 x2 shock on my sl and I’m very happy with the performance.
    I would love to know how the new kenevo sl compares to a levo sl with upgraded suspension?
    [/QUOTE]
    I should know in a few weeks. My Levo SL is about as “evo’d or enduro’d” you can get:

    170mm fork, CC Link (20% ish progressivity), Storia V3, Mullet, HTA ~63.6.

    It’s a great bike. Kenevo SL is just the bike I have been trying to “make” with all of my tweaks.

  84. My 2p for what it’s worth.
    Those who are saying the Kenevo SL and Levo SL are underpowered are clearly missing the point of these bikes. They are manufactured for a specific type of rider – someone who wants a low powered EMTB that gives them a little bit of help on the climbs and let’s them ride further.

    I am their target for this… as are the 1000’s of people who bought a Levo SL. I had a Rail 9.9 and thought it was way overpowered. I’m still relatively fit and can do all the trails I do on my Stumpy… but was looking for something to assist me a bit to help me go a bit further / faster. 15 months ago I bought a Levo SL, and was delighted with it… and am still loving it.
    I don’t want 60Nm like a Rise. I don’t even need the 35Nm of the SL motor. 95% of the time I’m running it in an Eco setting at about 25-30% assistance.

    I’ve been humming and heying whether to order a KSL frameset. Most of my Levo SL would transfer over, with a fork being the only addition I’d need to buy. I’d probably manage to sell the Levo SL frame for a few thousand, making the swap not cost too much.

    Although the KSL is more like an Enduro, I feel like I’ve spent a lot of time, effort and money building my Levo SL up to be a more Enduro style bike. I’ve also managed to get it to under 17kg. Not sure how I feel about adding another 2-3kg. At the same time, I like buying new stuff, and it looks like it’d be a fun project.

    It seems the frameset only option is sold out everywhere at the moment anyway, so that makes my decision easier. Ideally I’d be waiting another month or two to see how real life users are getting on with theirs, and what the real life weights are with aftermarket tubeless tyres etc.

    For me, the KSL is a great looking bike that’d be the one I’d be buying if I was stepping into the EMTB market for the first time. I’m just not sure there’s enough of a gap between this and my Levo SL to justify the swap.

  85. [QUOTE=”Mohawk3a, post: 299870, member: 16539″]
    Why would you want the kenevo sl to be a mullet? I don’t understand the purpose of a mullet unless it comes with shorter chainstays and increased suspension travel. If you can fit a 29” rear wheel in a bike with 170mm rear travel and short chainstays, why wouldn’t you?
    [/QUOTE]

    more clearance when you’re over the back of the bike for riders with shorter inseams for starters. There’s also a noticeable different in handling at the back of the bike with a smaller 27.5 compared to a larger 29er rear wheel.

  86. [QUOTE=”Mohawk3a, post: 299869, member: 16539″]
    I know a lot of people have upgraded to suspension on their levo sl’s. I’m currently running a fox 38 170mm and a 210×55 x2 shock on my sl and I’m very happy with the performance.
    I would love to know how the new kenevo sl compares to a levo sl with upgraded suspension?
    [/QUOTE]
    In my opinion you can compare those like normal mtb.
    Stumpjumper is a trail bike and Enduro is …eh an enduro bike.

    In addition, Kenovo SL has an adjustable geometry.

  87. [QUOTE=”p3eps, post: 299913, member: 7193″]
    My 2p for what it’s worth.
    Those who are saying the Kenevo SL and Levo SL are underpowered are clearly missing the point of these bikes. They are manufactured for a specific type of rider – someone who wants a low powered EMTB that gives them a little bit of help on the climbs and let’s them ride further.

    I am their target for this… as are the 1000’s of people who bought a Levo SL. I had a Rail 9.9 and thought it was way overpowered. I’m still relatively fit and can do all the trails I do on my Stumpy… but was looking for something to assist me a bit to help me go a bit further / faster. 15 months ago I bought a Levo SL, and was delighted with it… and am still loving it.
    I don’t want 60Nm like a Rise. I don’t even need the 35Nm of the SL motor. 95% of the time I’m running it in an Eco setting at about 25-30% assistance.

    I’ve been humming and heying whether to order a KSL frameset. Most of my Levo SL would transfer over, with a fork being the only addition I’d need to buy. I’d probably manage to sell the Levo SL frame for a few thousand, making the swap not cost too much.

    Although the KSL is more like an Enduro, I feel like I’ve spent a lot of time, effort and money building my Levo SL up to be a more Enduro style bike. I’ve also managed to get it to under 17kg. Not sure how I feel about adding another 2-3kg. At the same time, I like buying new stuff, and it looks like it’d be a fun project.

    It seems the frameset only option is sold out everywhere at the moment anyway, so that makes my decision easier. Ideally I’d be waiting another month or two to see how real life users are getting on with theirs, and what the real life weights are with aftermarket tubeless tyres etc.

    For me, the KSL is a great looking bike that’d be the one I’d be buying if I was stepping into the EMTB market for the first time. I’m just not sure there’s enough of a gap between this and my Levo SL to justify the swap.
    [/QUOTE]
    Well written, I fully share your opinion and that’s the reason why I ordered Kenovo SL

  88. I wasn’t interested in the Kenevo…but damn, I will consider swapping my SL for a Kenevo SL.

    I’ve been really happy with my mullet 2021 SL and 2020 Comp…(with 55 stroke shocks and 160 mm forks).

    But now, ideally, I would replace them with a Gen 3 and a KSL…if only I could figure out how to pay for them.

  89. [QUOTE=”jbodnar, post: 299929, member: 6940″]
    I wasn’t interested in the Kenevo…but damn, I will consider swapping my SL for a Kenevo SL.

    I’ve been really happy with my mullet 2021 SL and 2020 Comp…(with 55 stroke shocks and 160 mm forks).

    But now, ideally, I would replace them with a Gen 3 and a KSL…if only I could figure out how to pay for them.
    [/QUOTE]

    ?

    This is a good point.

    There seem to be lots of people customising their Levo SL’s to give them more travel and “Enduroise” (new word – copyright) the bike. The Kenevo SL seems to be where quite a few people are aiming to get to with the Levo SL. There is a genuine market for that which is a great thing.

  90. [QUOTE=”cycle101, post: 299860, member: 17072″]
    Not happy with the full 29 Wheelset…one of the best attributes of the original kenevo was the 27.5 Wheelset. They should have at least made it a mullet set up.

    [/QUOTE]

    Specialized did look at a mullet for the KSL but the majority of test riders feedback was 29/29 rode better.

    Stay tuned for the full fat next gen Kenevo – that will have a mullet option…. And a beast of a bike.

  91. [QUOTE=”MrSimmo, post: 299942, member: 9108″]
    ?

    This is a good point.

    There seem to be lots of people customising their Levo SL’s to give them more travel and “Enduroise” (new word – copyright) the bike. The Kenevo SL seems to be where quite a few people are aiming to get to with the Levo SL. There is a genuine market for that which is a great thing.
    [/QUOTE]

    That’s exactly it. I’ve “Enduroise’d” © my Levo SL a bit to try and fit the gap that I wanted.
    The KSL fills that gap as an off the shelf solution without the requirement for mods.

  93. [QUOTE=”Jimbo Vills, post: 299946, member: 9642″]
    I’m sure there will be folk who buy the ksl and trailarise that too ??
    [/QUOTE]

    Copyright trailarise mate, we’ll be rich if we charge for using the words ?

  94. [QUOTE=”MrSimmo, post: 299948, member: 9108″]
    Copyright trailarise mate, we’ll be rich if we charge for using the words ?
    [/QUOTE]

    ™️

  95. [QUOTE=”p3eps, post: 299913, member: 7193″]
    My 2p for what it’s worth.
    Those who are saying the Kenevo SL and Levo SL are underpowered are clearly missing the point of these bikes. They are manufactured for a specific type of rider – someone who wants a low powered EMTB that gives them a little bit of help on the climbs and let’s them ride further.

    I am their target for this… as are the 1000’s of people who bought a Levo SL. I had a Rail 9.9 and thought it was way overpowered. I’m still relatively fit and can do all the trails I do on my Stumpy… but was looking for something to assist me a bit to help me go a bit further / faster. 15 months ago I bought a Levo SL, and was delighted with it… and am still loving it.
    I don’t want 60Nm like a Rise. I don’t even need the 35Nm of the SL motor. 95% of the time I’m running it in an Eco setting at about 25-30% assistance.

    I’ve been humming and heying whether to order a KSL frameset. Most of my Levo SL would transfer over, with a fork being the only addition I’d need to buy. I’d probably manage to sell the Levo SL frame for a few thousand, making the swap not cost too much.

    Although the KSL is more like an Enduro, I feel like I’ve spent a lot of time, effort and money building my Levo SL up to be a more Enduro style bike. I’ve also managed to get it to under 17kg. Not sure how I feel about adding another 2-3kg. At the same time, I like buying new stuff, and it looks like it’d be a fun project.

    It seems the frameset only option is sold out everywhere at the moment anyway, so that makes my decision easier. Ideally I’d be waiting another month or two to see how real life users are getting on with theirs, and what the real life weights are with aftermarket tubeless tyres etc.

    For me, the KSL is a great looking bike that’d be the one I’d be buying if I was stepping into the EMTB market for the first time. I’m just not sure there’s enough of a gap between this and my Levo SL to justify the swap.
    [/QUOTE]
    Well put mate, couldn’t agree more. The KSL is new and exciting but from all the vids I’ve watched it certainly isn’t bringing the hype the SL did or the new gen3 levo .
    like you I’ve enduro my SL to the max and it’s a monster on everything. I just purchased a s works stumpy evo and building it up, I’ve wrode it before and the enduro and apart from constant uplifts days or if I lived in the alps I would pick the stumpy every time, and I’m pretty sure this is the same with the SL/ksl. It has its place but for sure but not many places you need 170mm travel and if your shuttling you want a full fat.
    I certainly would rather take a FF over this when riding mountains in the lakes. It’s an awesome step in technology tho and hopefully in years to come it can all trickle down .

  96. The price! Come on Specialized, come back down to earth and reality. When an ebike cost the same as a Factory Addition KTM 450, I’m having a hard time understanding the how and why?? The cost of the Carbon frames (probably made in some Asian country) and those electric motors, the costs does not add up in my book

  97. [QUOTE=”cycle101, post: 299860, member: 17072″]
    A perspective for what its worth…
    Bike looks great.
    Not happy with the full 29 Wheelset…one of the best attributes of the original kenevo was the 27.5 Wheelset. They should have at least made it a mullet set up.
    1.1 motor is underpowered to say the least.
    Pretty good spec but hard to see a true value for the cost.
    Specialized had a real opportunity to close the door on all other ‘light e-mtb’s” with the new Kenevo- but they blew it.
    By not [U][B]AT LEAST matching [/B][/U]Orbea’s EP8 RS 60NM torque Shimano motor they did all consumers a huge disservice.
    It’s not say the new KENEVO isn’t a nice bike… but it could have been soooo much better. Having a hard time with a shuttle bike that you have to walk up the hills after the third lap… no thanks. Look at all the reviews so far…Downhill is its strength. Horrible uphill. Not a technical climber. Might as well buy the enduro…
    [/QUOTE]
    My feelings exactly!!!!!!!

  98. Spez makes bikes for a global audience, the diffrent types of riding terrain/uphils/trails is limitless out there in the world. ppl who think the SL is underpowered are the wrong target market, its not the bike thats underpowered, you just arnt the right customer for the bike

    Have owned 2 FF levo, loved them both, but FF levos are just too heavy and too much power for tight tropical wet rooty jungles where i ride in Asia

    After a year on my current SL, its perfect, 17kg, with just enuff power to take the pain off the climbs in 100% humidity. im not even on turbo majority of the time, i ride to keep my weight down and burn calories, too much assist is detrimental with that goal in mind.

    Also..happy to report that the mahle have 100% spotless record so far in the local market..not a single failed motor/battery. vs the FF levo which still have units failing every month and coming in to the Spez LBS for new motor/batteries

    I was hoping for a Stumpy EVO SL type bike, so we have SL, Stumpy EV SL, and Kenevo SL, 3 very diffrent bikes…but i will hold my judgement till i ride it.

    Oh as for ppl complaining about the 29ners…i agree….i do prefer 27.5 for the agility, my current SL is on 27.5 SC Reserve rims…perfect

  99. The most interesting question for me will be can the KSL replace my Enduro so I can keep just one bike for bike parks and gnarly trails? How much affect those approx. 4 kg more weight the handling on the downs? Somebody has to do a test KSL vs. Enduro for downhill.
    If there is no real disadvantage of the motorization I can imaging the Enduro becoming obsolete for many riders.

  100. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 300284, member: 4674″]
    The most interesting question for me will be can the KSL replace my Enduro so I can keep just one bike for bike parks and gnarly trails? How much affect those approx. 4 kg more weight the handling on the downs? Somebody has to do a test KSL vs. Enduro for downhill.
    If there is no real disadvantage of the motorization I can imaging the Enduro becoming obsolete for many riders.
    [/QUOTE]

    you will absolutely feel a diffrence. my manual trail bike is 4kg less than my SL. its totally different on the trails. i ride the 2 bikes alternately…but majority of the time im on my manual, its just alot more fun/poppy.

    I use the SL whenever i didnt get enuff sleep the nite before (3 kids) or when it rained heavily and the trails will be muddy and sludge like…anytime im abit off…i use the SL and it makes me smile.

    I would continue to use a 2 bike strategy for the forseeable future

  103. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 300810, member: 291″]
    [MEDIA=youtube]l9SnSKQZNHU[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Sweet !

    I should do a video of mine as I create the “Abomination” – Nightmare Bike build .

    The worlds first 6-bar linkage gravel bike with 50mm front and rear weighing in at 12kg’s. :p

  104. Not sure why you would have Roval wheels or Fox suspension on dream build! But each to their own, would consider a frame set as finally Specialized sorted the geometry of a light ebike, the SL is dated geo!!

  105. [QUOTE=”Shjay, post: 300835, member: 3723″]Not sure why you would have Roval wheels or Fox suspension on dream build! But each to their own, would consider a frame set as finally Specialized sorted the geometry of a light ebike, the SL is dated geo!![/QUOTE]Its not really a dream build its a factory standard build.

    My gen 3 levo is getting some special suspension and there won’t be a rockshox or fox part anywhere in sight.

  106. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 300850, member: 14870″]
    Its not really a dream build its a factory standard build.

    My gen 3 levo is getting some special suspension and there won’t be a rockshox or fox part anywhere in sight.
    [/QUOTE]
    You know, you don’t have to tease .. you could just say .. I’m installing an X shock and a Y fork ? I know you like to criticise without offering alternatives, but maybe this is the time to blossom !

    Has anyone tried the goodyear newtons ..

  107. EXT Era and storia v3 fully custom tuned.

    They make big claims but just the quality and innovation is enough for me to spend the additional cash over the current offerings on the market.

  108. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 300866, member: 14870″]
    EXT Era and storia v3 fully custom tuned.

    They make big claims but just the quality and innovation is enough for me to spend the additional cash over the current offerings on the market.
    [/QUOTE]
    My brother runs them on his Kenevo and says they’re the best suspension he’s ever run.
    I had a quick urban ride and I can confirm they are pretty good.

  109. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 300969, member: 2329″]My brother runs them on his Kenevo and says they’re the best suspension he’s ever run.
    I had a quick urban ride and I can confirm they are pretty good.[/QUOTE]Yes you can see just from what goes in to making them they are a cut above the typical stuff.

    I’m genuinely looking forward to something different.

    I’m not much of a jumper but I do ride hard on some pretty poor quality surfaces and I can easily find the weaknesses in some of the best stuff from RS and Fox.

  110. I have all three Stumpjumper, SL, and FF. I ride each of them during the week depending upon my recovery. The SL is by far my favorite.

  111. Storia V3 (on my Levo SL) is rad. I will say it runs a bit more of a “race tune” – supportive and not ultra plush, but it’s unflappable. The faster you go, the better. Before the KSL launch, i was going to send it in to get re valve to lower high speed compression. I have found that I run a tab bit more sag on rockier trails because I like that plusher feel in certain scenarios. With the HBO, you can run a tad lower spring rate and not worry about harsh bottom outs. I was seriously on the fence about getting the KSL because this shock on the SL was that good, but then I opened my browser, saw an S4 expert in stock, blacked out, and had an order confirmation in my gmail. ?

    Will be curious to compare to the out of the box KSL and it’s more progressive LR plus rearward axle path. I wouldn’t hesitate to throw another EXT on there though.

  113. [QUOTE=”#lazy, post: 301030, member: 6185″]
    Any vids about where someone actually rides this bike like it’s been stolen ?
    [/QUOTE]

    More borrowed than Stolen ….

    Couple of seconds here from 1:00 :

    [MEDIA=youtube]PTVqBYUXpeA:60[/MEDIA]

    Some bits from 4:20 :

    [MEDIA=youtube]FkiyJjabARE:260[/MEDIA]

  114. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 301046, member: 4350″]

    Some bits from 4:20 :

    [MEDIA=youtube]FkiyJjabARE:260[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]

    Around the 7 minute mark the bike seems to be running wide whenever they hit a bump leading into a corner – almost like the rear is forcing the bike forward? Does that feel as scary as it looks?

  115. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 301064, member: 2885″]
    Around the 7 minute mark the bike seems to be running wide whenever they hit a bump leading into a corner – almost like the rear is forcing the bike forward? Does that feel as scary as it looks?
    [/QUOTE]
    I disagree. When a bike is long and slack, you have to learn to ride it differently. Not by turning the handlebar, but by tilting the bike.

  117. Who else has real ride reports as of yet? I think I should get mine this week or early next based on the shipping notification.

  118. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 299378, member: 291″]
    Nice, but not for me – still waiting for them to slap the Stumpy Evo geo on the regular SL, or just the new Levo geometry – any idea on when that might happen?
    [/QUOTE]

    Exactly my plan: Levo SL Gen.2 with Stumpjumper EVO or new LEVO geometry is on top of my wish list. Hopefully also with a new Gen.2 motor. More quiet and with a little more power. I´m hoping for arrival/presentation next year.

  119. [QUOTE=”routrax, post: 299875, member: 4408″]
    I think it’s best looking emtb spesh have made. I don’t really like the look of the asymmetric frame on the Levo/Kenevo, but the KSL looks fantastic. If they make a FF with a similar look, I would seriously consider getting one.
    [/QUOTE]

    No, in my opionion the new FF Kenevo should be based on the new/next Enduro and not on a frame that is 3 years old in 2022!

  122. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 301555, member: 4350″]
    Interesting bit for owners at 6:45

    [MEDIA=youtube]1ShEw443igY[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice now I have a spot for my medication…

  123. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 301578, member: 2329″]
    Nice now I have a spot for my medication…
    [/QUOTE]

    Hmmm…motor heats up, smoke starts coming out of the stem…..electric bong!!!

  125. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 301578, member: 2329″]
    Nice now I have a spot for my medication…
    [/QUOTE]
    And for hip flask 😀

  126. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 301176, member: 1058″]
    Who else has real ride reports as of yet? I think I should get mine this week or early next based on the shipping notification.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve ridden the bike and believe the hype. It’s INCREDIBLE. I thought it would be underpowered. Nope. It’s perfect.

  127. I love how everyone that says the motor doesn’t have enough power immediately gets criticized by someone that says ” don’t need more power, just get fit.” As someone who isn’t and has a former knee injury. FU. Everyone has different skill levels, fitness levels, health issue, etc. Just stop being douches.

    All of us unfit riders are super happy for you that you enjoy xc and hill climbs. I wish you all of the best on your KOMs. Some people just want to ride a bike because its fun. PS, you have some avocado toast on your spandex bib.

  128. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 301951, member: 15631″]
    I love how everyone that says the motor doesn’t have enough power immediately gets criticized by someone that says ” don’t need more power, just get fit.” As someone who isn’t and has a former knee injury. FU. Everyone has different skill levels, fitness levels, health issue, etc. Just stop being douches.

    All of us unfit riders are super happy for you that you enjoy xc and hill climbs. I wish you all of the best on your KOMs. Some people just want to ride a bike because its fun. PS, you have some avocado toast on your spandex bib.
    [/QUOTE]
    Are you saying the SL doesn’t have enough power to help out the disabled?
    I have an acquired back injury that basically ended my mtb riding and the SL has more than enough power to get me where a normal Mtb couldn’t.

    or are you just complaining cause someone called someone fat?

    ps I don’t like climbing, avocado or spandex.

  129. [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] haha good! We agree on some things :rolleyes: I thought you had a Keveno?

    I just hate the amount of elitist fitness bs in MTB. The funny thing is that moto people are so much nicer and you would not expect that looking at the two industries. Everyone that rides moto just wants to get everyone else into it no matter what they are going to ride or how.

    And yeah 35nm doesn’t seem like enough. I pretty much just use trail mode on the FF. 90 is more than I need unless I was commuting on the street. That said I haven’t ridden one yet. I just assume that trail would be somewhere closer to 60nm.

    I find that the 8lbs of battery in front of the levo really makes the front drop like a rock over jumps and drops. I really wanted the lighter front end just with a little more power. I also am concerned that the motor doesn’t kick in until higher rpms (from what I have heard). Is it possible to crank up the shuttle settings on the SL?

  130. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 301941, member: 7920″]
    I’ve ridden the bike and believe the hype. It’s INCREDIBLE. I thought it would be underpowered. Nope. It’s perfect.
    [/QUOTE]
    All the superlatives.. can’t wait. Guess mine hits the dealer early next week. I hope it’s all I think it is

  131. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 301960, member: 15631″]
    [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] haha good! We agree on some things :rolleyes: I thought you had a Keveno?

    I just hate the amount of elitist fitness bs in MTB. The funny thing is that moto people are so much nicer and you would not expect that looking at the two industries. Everyone that rides moto just wants to get everyone else into it no matter what they are going to ride or how.

    And yeah 35nm doesn’t seem like enough. I pretty much just use trail mode on the FF. 90 is more than I need unless I was commuting on the street. That said I haven’t ridden one yet. I just assume that trail would be somewhere closer to 60nm.

    I find that the 8lbs of battery in front of the levo really makes the front drop like a rock over jumps and drops. I really wanted the lighter front end just with a little more power. I also am concerned that the motor doesn’t kick in until higher rpms (from what I have heard). Is it possible to crank up the shuttle settings on the SL?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes I do have a Kenevo SL but haven’t ridden it off road as of yet.
    My current 20kg Levo SL though still has enough power to get me up what I need it to, even on a 36T rear.
    In saying that my brother doesn’t agree with me but then again he is packing a few more kgs than me. So in that circumstance yeah get fit C&$t.

    Like you, when I was riding FFs I was 90% in trail with 1 in 10 rides flat out turbo when I was short on time. Fun as hell but man it’s a heavy bike.
    Ridding the SL variant is so much nicer feeling. The sacrifice is that brute power but still has way more power than an analogue. Way more power!

    If that’s not enough then you always have the 3/4 power lightweights. Still great bikes just not as pretty as the Kenevo SL ?

  132. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 301969, member: 2329″]
    he is packing a few more kgs than me. So in that circumstance yeah get fit C&$t.
    [/QUOTE]

    So are we saying that I’ve miss understood all this time and “FF”, / Full Fat is in reference to the owner, not the bike ?

  133. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 301979, member: 4350″]
    So are we saying that I’ve miss understood all this time and “FF”, / Full Fat is in reference to the owner, not the bike ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Based of this forum yes ?
    [ATTACH type=”full”]62069[/ATTACH]

  134. [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] haha you make it sound awesome! What bikes would you consider 3/4 power lightweight?

  135. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 301951, member: 15631″]
    I love how everyone that says the motor doesn’t have enough power immediately gets criticized by someone that says ” don’t need more power, just get fit.” As someone who isn’t and has a former knee injury. FU. Everyone has different skill levels, fitness levels, health issue, etc. Just stop being douches.

    All of us unfit riders are super happy for you that you enjoy xc and hill climbs. I wish you all of the best on your KOMs. Some people just want to ride a bike because its fun. PS, you have some avocado toast on your spandex bib.
    [/QUOTE]
    First you wrote that confrontation is not desirable and people have different needs. I support this.

    But right after that, you set out to generalize the other party. Why?

  136. I get very easily excited so take what I say with a grain of salt.
    I love my SL, it is the perfect blend of chuckability and power. According to the forum I am a Specialized fanboy so I may be biased but of the few different brands I have tried I am happy with that label.
    As for the 3/4 power lighter weight bikes I was referring to the Rise and Sirion etc. sub 20kg lower than FF power bikes.

  137. haha don’t we all! I have been riding specialized way before ebikes ? Yeah the Rise is too xc for my tastes and the siryon has a bafang motor which doesn’t have the punch that they claim (according to Rob’s YT vids). I thought maybe there was something else that I was missing.

    I personally think there is a huge market for a 50nm lightweight bike. But I will go see if I can rent an SL just to try it out.

    I also wonder if specialized is going to allow motors to be swapped later. If a new motor comes out that is 50nm couldn’t it just be swapped in. People with surrons overclock the bikes to make them seriously powerful but I haven’t really seen this with MTBs yet. It’s only a matter of time. Modify the BMS to pass more voltage. More power less battery life.

  138. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 301997, member: 15631″]
    haha don’t we all! I have been riding specialized way before ebikes ? Yeah the Rise is too xc for my tastes and the siryon has a bafang motor which doesn’t have the punch that they claim (according to Rob’s YT vids). I thought maybe there was something else that I was missing.

    I personally think there is a huge market for a 50nm lightweight bike. But I will go see if I can rent an SL just to try it out.

    I also wonder if specialized is going to allow motors to be swapped later. If a new motor comes out that is 50nm couldn’t it just be swapped in. People with surrons overclock the bikes to make them seriously powerful but I haven’t really seen this with MTBs yet. It’s only a matter of time. Modify the BMS to pass more voltage. More power less battery life.
    [/QUOTE]
    Well anythings possible but life’s to short to wait around for the next best thing. Enjoy what’s here now and in a year’s time something better will come out. Upgrade then or be happy with the fact you don’t have to pedal all on your own.

  139. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 301968, member: 1058″]
    All the superlatives.. can’t wait. Guess mine hits the dealer early next week. I hope it’s all I think it is
    [/QUOTE]
    I think you will. Did you order the SWORKS? It looks even better in person! The riding and visual appeal of the bike feels like an SL that has matured to the next level.

  140. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 302104, member: 7920″]
    I think you will. Did you order the SWORKS? It looks even better in person! The riding and visual appeal of the bike feels like an SL that has matured to the next level.
    [/QUOTE]
    No – only the Expert was in stock. Plus, the $4k premium over the Expert didn’t seem like I got much out of it (already have parts to swap on anyways).

  141. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 301139, member: 838″]I disagree. When a bike is long and slack, you have to learn to ride it differently. Not by turning the handlebar, but by tilting the bike.[/QUOTE]Exactly, i get sick of people saying that a long travel e bike does not turn fast enough.

  142. [QUOTE=”rod9301, post: 302213, member: 12783″]
    Exactly, i get sick of people saying that a long travel e bike does not turn fast enough.
    [/QUOTE]
    This one certainly does! [ATTACH type=”full”]62118[/ATTACH]

  143. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 302236, member: 7920″]
    This one certainly does! [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_1463.heic.jpeg”]62118[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Any feedback comparing to your levo sl? Looks so good

  145. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 302244, member: 1058″]
    Any feedback comparing to your levo sl? Looks so good
    [/QUOTE]
    Thank you! It’s like the SL has grown up and matured to the next level. Super stable, plush and composed. Can’t imagine having any other bike in the stable.

  146. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 302271, member: 7920″]
    Thank you! It’s like the SL has grown up and matured to the next level. Super stable, plush and composed. Can’t imagine having any other bike in the stable.
    [/QUOTE]
    Kudos for calling this out way back when in august 2020 (Skypark – been dreaming of this bike since then!!)

  147. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 302288, member: 1058″]
    Kudos for calling this out way back when in august 2020 (Skypark – been dreaming of this bike since then!!)
    [/QUOTE]
    A little bird told me it may happen and it did! Thankfully it was well worth the wait. Yes it’s expensive but not for a moment do I question the purchase.

  148. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 301960, member: 15631″]
    [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] haha good! We agree on some things :rolleyes: I thought you had a Keveno?

    I just hate the amount of elitist fitness bs in MTB. The funny thing is that moto people are so much nicer and you would not expect that looking at the two industries. Everyone that rides moto just wants to get everyone else into it no matter what they are going to ride or how.

    And yeah 35nm doesn’t seem like enough. I pretty much just use trail mode on the FF. 90 is more than I need unless I was commuting on the street. That said I haven’t ridden one yet. I just assume that trail would be somewhere closer to 60nm.

    I find that the 8lbs of battery in front of the levo really makes the front drop like a rock over jumps and drops. I really wanted the lighter front end just with a little more power. I also am concerned that the motor doesn’t kick in until higher rpms (from what I have heard). Is it possible to crank up the shuttle settings on the SL?
    [/QUOTE]

    I swapped out my previous Levo battery with the smaller one, the weight savings is significant and you def feel the diffrence going off drops. But in the end, even 3kg total savings off a FF levo…..cant come close to a SL

    if you are used to and need the power of a levo…the SL is not for you, even on trail mode, a FF has lot more oomph vs a SL on turbo. A FF can climb anything in almost any gear due to the torque. A Sl needs to be ridden like normal bike…if you arnt in the right gear…the motor will not help you at all

    i dont think the ppl who are saying the SL power is just nice are gatekeeping or elitist. The SL was built for specific niche of riding

  149. KSL Expert ordered. (y)

    For the British Columbia / Pacific Northwest, this KSL is made to order. Yes, FF is warranted on many climbs but as many here have said, Turbo mode often goes unused. Especially on tight switchbacks up the mountain. Range extender will be very handy though. Necessity for big days.

    [B]Question[/B]:

    I’ve tried to tease the Praxis crank length out for the S3. I know the S4 is 170mm but is the S3 165mm?
    Anyone know?

  150. [QUOTE=”rod9301, post: 302213, member: 12783″]
    Exactly, i get sick of people saying that a long travel e bike does not turn fast enough.
    [/QUOTE]

    That’s not what I asked – I was wondering if the rear suspension was nudging the bike forward when it was hitting bumps on entry into corners, because that’s what it looked like in the video

    So I looked around a little and apparently specialized designed it to do this – transmit vertical forces into forward .

    This bike really appeals to me, but test riding one in a small rural australian town is essentially impossible, so my question remains – does that feel as scary as it looks?

  151. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 302328, member: 10460″]
    KSL Expert ordered. (y)

    For the British Columbia / Pacific Northwest, this KSL is made to order. Yes, FF is warranted on many climbs but as many here have said, Turbo mode often goes unused. Especially on tight switchbacks up the mountain. Range extender will be very handy though. Necessity for big days.

    [B]Question[/B]:

    I’ve tried to tease the Praxis crank length out for the S3. I know the S4 is 170mm but is the S3 165mm?
    Anyone know?
    [/QUOTE]

    I’ll let you know on Sunday when I pick mine up.
    It’s an S3 KSL
    Where in bc are you ?

  152. [QUOTE=”#lazy, post: 301030, member: 6185″]Any vids about where someone actually rides this bike like it’s been stolen ?[/QUOTE]

    Check out the end riding clips. Bike looks light on its feet. Absolutely shredding it.

    [MEDIA=youtube]l9SnSKQZNHU[/MEDIA]

  153. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 302328, member: 10460″]
    .

    [B]Question[/B]:

    I’ve tried to tease the Praxis crank length out for the S3. I know the S4 is 170mm but is the S3 165mm?
    Anyone know?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes they are
    [ATTACH type=”full”]62135[/ATTACH]

  154. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 302334, member: 2885″]
    That’s not what I asked – I was wondering if the rear suspension was nudging the bike forward when it was hitting bumps on entry into corners, because that’s what it looked like in the video

    So I looked around a little and apparently specialized designed it to do this – transmit vertical forces into forward .

    This bike really appeals to me, but test riding one in a small rural australian town is essentially impossible, so my question remains – does that feel as scary as it looks?
    [/QUOTE]
    I know it’s a trip for you, but if you come to the city you can have a go at mine. I’d be willing to meet at Buxton.

  155. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 302346, member: 2329″]
    I know it’s a trip for you, but if you come to the city you can have a go at mine. I’d be willing to meet at Buxton.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks for the offer, I’ll get back to you in a few weeks once I have a spare weekend. Have you kept the levo sl?

  156. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 302351, member: 2885″]
    Thanks for the offer, I’ll get back to you in a few weeks once I have a spare weekend. Have you kept the levo sl?
    [/QUOTE]
    Still have it atm but it’s going as soon as I swap over all the parts to the new bike.

  157. [QUOTE=”chris.raffard, post: 302335, member: 15844″]
    I’ll let you know on Sunday when I pick mine up.
    It’s an S3 KSL
    Where in bc are you ?
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks Chris,
    I’m in Vancouver.
    Enjoy!

  159. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 302334, member: 2885″]
    That’s not what I asked – I was wondering if the rear suspension was nudging the bike forward when it was hitting bumps on entry into corners, because that’s what it looked like in the video

    So I looked around a little and apparently specialized designed it to do this – transmit vertical forces into forward .

    This bike really appeals to me, but test riding one in a small rural australian town is essentially impossible, so my question remains – does that feel as scary as it looks?
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s the slightly rearward axle path in the initial part of the travel that I believe you are referencing. It’s designed to get less “hung up” on square edges and other bumps. That essential would mean less of a rearward acceleration. High pivots are gaining popularity for this reason these days (this bike doesn’t go that far in the extreme however)

    I think that this will translate to less feedback on repeated hits, but we will see

  160. Some entertaining comments here.

    My thoughts on SL vs FF. If you enjoy technical climbing as much as DH then the SL is not the best choice. DH it’s a different story for the SL. If you can afford it have both ?

    I would really like to see a review of the KSL vs Rotwild E375. Anybody tried both?

  161. Daily rip on my Enduro is ~2,500’ in about 2hrs.

    Anyone know if I’d be able to double that with the KSL in the same timeframe(?).

    The downs are why I do this but the fitness component of riding is key for me. Not looking to shorten the ride but rather pack in twice the laps for the same exertion & timeframe.

    Oh… I’m 230lbs ?

  162. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 302334, member: 2885″]
    That’s not what I asked – I was wondering if the rear suspension was nudging the bike forward when it was hitting bumps on entry into corners, because that’s what it looked like in the video

    So I looked around a little and apparently specialized designed it to do this – transmit vertical forces into forward .

    This bike really appeals to me, but test riding one in a small rural australian town is essentially impossible, so my question remains – does that feel as scary as it looks?
    [/QUOTE]

    The Kenevo SL should have a very similar kinematic to the 2020/21 Enduro.
    I own the Enduro and also the FF Kenevo and I can say that characteristic is very notable and is the reason why I purchased this bike. It is by far the best/fastest rear suspension ever tried. It accelerates on bumps instead of getting hooked as the Regular Kenevo does.

  165. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 302973, member: 52″]
    Is there much point, given the carbon bike is over 19KG?
    [/QUOTE]
    Cost plus a comp model

  166. [QUOTE=”#lazy, post: 302967, member: 6185″]
    Does anyone know if when and how much a alu model will be coming out ?
    [/QUOTE]

    In the pinkbike q+a with specialized on KSL release day they said no alloy, as it was too heavy to make sense for that frame/motor design.

  167. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 302393, member: 10460″]
    Thanks Chris,
    I’m in Vancouver.
    Enjoy!
    [/QUOTE]
    Crank arm length is in this photo

  169. [QUOTE=”#lazy, post: 302967, member: 6185″]
    Does anyone know if when and how much a alu model will be coming out ?
    [/QUOTE]
    The upcoming Comp model will have the same carbon frame as the more expensive models

  172. My guess is that it comes with a cheaper Sram transmission. NX maybe and it is heavy. Also, the brakes are probably Code’s cheapest and heaviest.
    I immediately switch to Shimano and the weight saving is in the 2 pound range

  173. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 302877, member: 16632″]
    Daily rip on my Enduro is ~2,500’ in about 2hrs.

    Anyone know if I’d be able to double that with the KSL in the same timeframe(?).

    The downs are why I do this but the fitness component of riding is key for me. Not looking to shorten the ride but rather pack in twice the laps for the same exertion & timeframe.

    Oh… I’m 230lbs ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I mean you get 240 watts of power. That’s like having my legs pedaling for you. With chicks that ride it (not fattys) they are like rockets on the SL and I’m not even close on the ups. I think for sure you’d love it. Basically what the SL does for me is it’s 3-4 gears faster than my normal bike at same cadence. So yes faster when same energy is exerted(technically less energy because the shortened duration).

    these are amazing machines unless you’re just simply fecking a lazy POS.

  174. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 303117, member: 9685″]
    I mean you get 240 watts of power. That’s like having my legs pedaling for you. With chicks that ride it (not fattys) they are like rockets on the SL and I’m not even close on the ups. I think for sure you’d love it. Basically what the SL does for me is it’s 3-4 gears faster than my normal bike at same cadence. So yes faster when same energy is exerted(technically less energy because the shortened duration).

    these are amazing machines unless you’re just simply fucking a lazy POS.
    [/QUOTE]
    When you get the cadence up, I’ll confirm the SL does fly. I used to have a Kenevo and it wasn’t much faster when things got really steep. That’s difficult for any bike.

  175. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 303120, member: 7920″]
    When you get the cadence up, I’ll confirm the SL does fly. I used to have a Kenevo and it wasn’t much faster when things got really steep. That’s difficult for any bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah. But I think realistically the mean of biking skill and fitness on this forum is 90% of the members are in the bottom 20% of skill/fitness for sure, there are a grip of very skilled dudes who just are aging smartly here as well but statistically speaking the ones who ask questions are not able to answer their own questions from their own experience. 240watts is more than enough for anyone who’s fit and it’s perfect to get you fit.

    The K SL is really the perfect all around bike it’s just lazy fatties always keep trying to bring it down because they’ve lost too mush passion to feel alive in life. Or likely never have been alive.

  176. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 303124, member: 9685″]
    Yeah. But I think realistically the mean of biking skill and fitness on this forum is 90% of the members are in the bottom 20% of skill/fitness for sure, there are a grip of very skilled dudes who just are aging smartly here as well but statistically speaking the ones who ask questions are not able to answer their own questions from their own experience. 240watts is more than enough for anyone who’s fit and it’s perfect to get you fit.

    The K SL is really the perfect all around bike it’s just lazy fatties always keep trying to bring it down because they’ve lost too mush passion to feel alive in life. Or likely never have been alive.
    [/QUOTE]

    Christ what a load of horseshit! That’s extremely derogatory to the members on here.

    A lot of us go for a full fat because it offers a different riding experience, if anything the SL is for the lazy guys as why wouldn’t you just buy an Enduro if you’re are even remotely fit and want the best riding bike?

    In fact you could argue the issue with the SL, Is whats the point in buying it over the Enduro, which is going to be more fun at half the price. All the motor is doing is giving a bit of help, which to me is pointless on an EMTB as it’s not giving much of a difference to being on a normal bike except you can be lazier.

    So really you could say that the SL is for those who are too lazy to buy an enduro, or an Enduro for lazy fatties as you so nicely put it ?

    It’s great that their are so many different flavours of EMTB now, but fitness plays a lot less of a factor in buying them than you might think

  177. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 303147, member: 291″]
    Christ what a load of horseshit! That’s extremely derogatory to the members on here.

    A lot of us go for a full fat because it offers a different riding experience, if anything the SL is for the lazy guys as why wouldn’t you just buy an Enduro if you’re are even remotely fit and want the best riding bike?

    In fact you could argue the issue with the SL, Is whats the point in buying it over the Enduro, which is going to be more fun at half the price. All the motor is doing is giving a bit of help, which to me is pointless on an EMTB as it’s not giving much of a difference to being on a normal bike except you can be lazier.

    So really you could say that the SL is for those who are too lazy to buy an enduro, or an Enduro for lazy fatties as you so nicely put it ?

    It’s great that their are so many different flavours of EMTB now, but fitness plays a lot less of a factor in buying them than you might think
    [/QUOTE]
    Hahaha. Awesome some people can roll with the punches. ? -all valid point. After the first 3/4th lol

  179. I get the point you where making, for me the Kenevo SL is going to be an amazing bike if you ride the right terrain, but a bit pointless if you don’t.

  181. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 303152, member: 291″]
    I get the point you where making, for me the Kenevo SL is going to be an amazing bike if you ride the right terrain, but a bit pointless if you don’t.
    [/QUOTE]

  182. [QUOTE=”R120, post: 303152, member: 291″]
    I get the point you where making, for me the Kenevo SL is going to be an amazing bike if you ride the right terrain, but a bit pointless if you don’t.
    [/QUOTE]

    This is true. In So Cal I feel the kenevo wont be as much fun as say an updated Levo Sl which will be as the enduro is to the Kenevo, the stump jumper evo will most likely be to a new levo sl. However, when you break into real DH territory at places like mammoth and gnarstar the kenevo will shine… Although the lifts make having the help of motor in your bike moot. The advantage of being able to have a bike to explore those off mountain trails would be huge especially if your only there for short windows of time and you want to cover the most ground while still having an awesome handling whip. Imagine the kenevo sl ripping whistler one day and being able to explore the epic riding outside of the bike parks like squamish, pemberton…. oh lord of the squirrels… open boarder open…

  183. Today I tested the Levo SL for the first time in the terrain where I usually ride. Test lenght was about 2 hours. Eco alone did well most of the time. About 20 km of loop and battery wore almost none.

    The purpose of the test was to experience how Kenovo SL might work. I think it works almost the same and even better when you have longer suspension reserve and angles can be adjusted. The loop was very rocky and had many large roots.

    Engine power was just right for me. Although there wasn’t much vertical, there were still Trail and Turbo modes left in the reserve.

  184. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 303303, member: 838″]
    Today I tested the Levo SL for the first time in the terrain where I usually ride. Test lenght was about 2 hours. Eco alone did well most of the time. About 20 km of loop and battery wore almost none.

    The purpose of the test was to experience how Kenovo SL might work. I think almost the same and even better when you have longer suspension reserve and angles can be adjusted. The loop was very rocky and had many large roots.

    Engine power was just right for me. Although there wasn’t much vertical, there were still Trail and Turbo mods left in the reserve.
    [/QUOTE]
    If the Levo SL is a filet, the Kenevo SL is a filet with a lobster tail on top.

  186. lt’s great if you’ve got the money to buy a new VW Transporter and new high end Ebike plus all the gear

  187. [QUOTE=”lightning, post: 303769, member: 16965″]
    lt’s great if you’ve got the money to buy a new VW Transporter and new high end Ebike plus all the gear
    [/QUOTE]

    even better if you are given it ??

  189. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 303988, member: 2329″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”56102261-74EC-47F7-AB4D-2A15A2D18310.jpeg”]62645[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    That fork!!

  190. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 302271, member: 7920″]
    Thank you! It’s like the SL has grown up and matured to the next level. Super stable, plush and composed. Can’t imagine having any other bike in the stable.
    [/QUOTE]
    what size did you get and how tall are you ? im 177cm and thinking of getting the S4 ,as i think S3 is to small and may feel cramped , but then 485 reach on S4 then a 35mm stem may work .

  191. can some body who has this bike measure from the floor to the top of the seat rails when slammed (seat post as far as it can go down and the dropper compressed) please .. i dont want to make a mistake . ive got a large levo SL to go by comparison . for my short arse legs but large torso .. i had to go with a one up dropper so when seat post is slammed my feet can touch the floor flat on the ground . reach is ok but could be a tad longer . so in theory im in between S3 & S4 ..

  192. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304014, member: 1157″]
    what size did you get and how tall are you ? im 177cm and thinking of getting the S4 ,as i think S3 is to small and may feel cramped , but then 485 reach on S4 then a 35mm stem may work .
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 5’10 and got an S2. Perfect size. I highly recommend watching the YouTube channel Joy of Bike video about bike sizing. It will blow your mind.

  193. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304015, member: 1157″]
    can some body who has this bike measure from the floor to the top of the seat rails when slammed (seat post as far as it can go down and the dropper compressed) please .. i dont want to make a mistake . ive got a large levo SL to go by comparison . for my short arse legs but large torso .. i had to go with a one up dropper so when seat post is slammed my feet can touch the floor flat on the ground . reach is ok but could be a tad longer . so in theory im in between S3 & S4 ..
    [/QUOTE]

    820mm with the AXS 150mm seat which is around 40mm shorter the stock seat.
    Bikes an S3 and I’m 5’10, S4 would be too big.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]62657[/ATTACH]

  194. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 304021, member: 7920″]
    I’m 5’10 and got an S2. Perfect size. I highly recommend watching the YouTube channel Joy of Bike video about bike sizing. It will blow your mind.
    [/QUOTE]
    im 5’10 but hearing lots of mixed stuff .. i think i will go S3 as ive got the Frameset on backorder for next month ..

  195. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304027, member: 1157″]
    im 5’10 but hearing lots of mixed stuff .. i think i will go S3 as ive got the Frameset on backorder for next month ..
    [/QUOTE]
    I still recommend watching the Joy of Bike video.

  196. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 304025, member: 2329″]
    820mm with the AXS 150mm seat which is around 40mm shorter the stock seat.
    Bikes an S3 and I’m 5’10, S4 would be too big.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”8E1528DA-3DCF-4C3E-8759-8F1233F91D8C.jpeg”]62657[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Yep I’m going to go with S3 as S4 will be too big . This is my Levo SL but the seat post is raised for my missis and I’m about 2cm shorter on this setting as this dropper goes all the way into the seat tube and my missis even though 5’9 has longer legs than me . The stack height (collar) on the AXS dropper is huge compared to the one up 150mm as it’s the shortest stack seatpost out there at the moment . The medium frame on the Levo SL was to short for me so had to gamble which worked With the one up post but would love to use my fox factory 150 on the KSL .
    I have to lower the seat post by 10mm for my feet to touch the ground .

    thanks Alex & Christian.
    If you are not already there I have a Facebook group Levo SL & Kenevo SL owners group .. got a few good people in there with lots of knowledge , just not enough guys with KSL yet .
    There is also a standalone group which is new too .

  197. [QUOTE=”AlexEMTB, post: 304028, member: 7920″]
    I still recommend watching the Joy of Bike video.
    [/QUOTE]
    wow great video .. S4 will be massive on me and will be a slog to control . damn all those points about pumping the bike and lifting it to jump .. haha making me think i need a longer bike .. when hes balancing on the bike and hos fists are behind the grips … need to do this with my levo sl ..

  198. I have an S4 coming on Saturday. 6’1″ . Currently on an XL SL . SL feels good with seat slid fwd on rails. maybe a tad long in ETT. KSL will be a bit better there

  199. I am 5’8”. Rode S3 and was tad long for me. Ordered S2 frameset. This is a big bike.

  200. ive just done my rad on my Levo SL and according to the videos i just watched (joy of bike) my rad is 85cm making my SL , 2cm over .so its S3 for me wit 35cm stem .. ive got 50cm on my levo sl .

  201. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304032, member: 1058″]
    I have an S4 coming on Saturday. 6’1″ . Currently on an XL SL . SL feels good with seat slid fwd on rails. maybe a tad long in ETT. KSL will be a bit better there
    [/QUOTE]
    you on the Facebook SL group then ? joined 2 weeks ago ?

  202. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304037, member: 1157″]
    you on the Facebook SL group then ? joined 2 weeks ago ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah I am . Sounds about right timing wise. Didn’t know it existed

  203. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304036, member: 1157″]
    ive just done my rad on my Levo SL and according to the videos i just watched (joy of bike) my rad is 85cm making my SL , 2cm over .so its S3 for me wit 35cm stem .. ive got 50cm on my levo sl .
    [/QUOTE]
    Good call and happy to help. 2cm over is a lot. I think the S3 will be your sweet spot. When you get the right size, it changes everything. Your arms won’t be tired from all that weight on them and most importantly, you’ll have balance on the bike which is a little helpful for jumps 😉

  204. S3:
    [ATTACH]62668[/ATTACH][ATTACH]62669[/ATTACH]
    I’m 175 cm tall with short(ish) legs.
    So lucky that the bike is perfect fit. Any shorter and the slammed dropper would need to be replaced with a OneUp.

    One issue so far just with riding up my back alley (setting up the suspension) is that the Roval rear hub was making a nasty sound from jumping pawls over teeth (pretty sure) – so I removed the cassette and freehub body.
    Cleaned / greased and reassembled.
    also torqued everything to spec.
    So far, so good but the quality in these wheels is suspect.
    (I’ll be swapping my WeAreOne Carbon wheels over this weekend anyway).

    This bike is dreams!

  205. [QUOTE=”Killswitch73, post: 304029, member: 1157″]
    Yep I’m going to go with S3 as S4 will be too big . This is my Levo SL but the seat post is raised for my missis and I’m about 2cm shorter on this setting as this dropper goes all the way into the seat tube and my missis even though 5’9 has longer legs than me . The stack height (collar) on the AXS dropper is huge compared to the one up 150mm as it’s the shortest stack seatpost out there at the moment . The medium frame on the Levo SL was to short for me so had to gamble which worked With the one up post but would love to use my fox factory 150 on the KSL .
    I have to lower the seat post by 10mm for my feet to touch the ground .

    thanks Alex & Christian.
    If you are not already there I have a Facebook group Levo SL & Kenevo SL owners group .. got a few good people in there with lots of knowledge , just not enough guys with KSL yet .
    There is also a standalone group which is new too .

    [ATTACH=full]62659[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    100% S3, I came from a large Levo SL and this bike has the same feel just with a longer wheels base.
    Just came back from a lockdown ride around the creek trails and man it’s a beast. That rear end is as advertised. My local downhill stair case test became a ramp it was that smooth.

    I can’t wait for some real trails[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B93E7FF3-7561-4BC0-A111-EF61440CBF31.jpeg”]62675[/ATTACH]![ATTACH type=”full” alt=”5EFFE293-FD47-49E1-899D-2F84E7CEE1F5.jpeg”]62674[/ATTACH]

  206. [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] Oh that looks dope. I was wondering how long it would take for someone to dual crown this bike! Also you would be proud I only used eco mode today :p

  207. Thanks mate, I had to wait 12 days to get it painted and I thought I was going to die.
    I’m really happy with it! We just went into another lockdown the same day I got it back so I can not wait to ride it proper.

    and good for you, need for big power! Build those legs up!

  208. @christian mind blown. At 6’4 230lbs the dual crown looks dreamy. Is the frame rated for it??

  209. I’ve asked for the workshop docs but not had anything yet.

    Spesh are normally pretty understanding on frame warranty, so whilst even if it’s not listed as covered, there’s a “chance” you’d be ok.

    He’s painted the frame anyway so doesn’t have a warranty.

  210. Is [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER]’s THE BEST looking e-bike in the world ?

    I might have to make an exact copy ! 🙂

  211. @zimmerframe good point re. paint / warranty. Actually more concerned about failing head tube than warranty – either stanchion strikes in a crash or just more force on the head tube. Also a warranty claim through Spesh right now is a 4-6 month affair. If you want to keep riding you’ll be buying another frame anyway (don’t ask how I know this :).

  212. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 304223, member: 16632″]
    @zimmerframe good point re. paint / warranty. Actually more concerned about failing head tube than warranty – either stanchion strikes in a crash or just more force on the head tube. Also a warranty claim through Spesh right now is a 4-6 month affair. If you want to keep riding you’ll be buying another frame anyway (don’t ask how I know this :).
    [/QUOTE]
    I know [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] has a second frame on the way anyway ..

    Supply issues at the moment aren’t good globally for anything unfortunately. You could argue a double crown spreads the leverage forces more consistently between two points so is actually easier on a frame ?

  213. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 304173, member: 16632″]
    @christian mind blown. At 6’4 230lbs the dual crown looks dreamy. Is the frame rated for it??
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 304223, member: 16632″]
    @zimmerframe good point re. paint / warranty. Actually more concerned about failing head tube than warranty – either stanchion strikes in a crash or just more force on the head tube. Also a warranty claim through Spesh right now is a 4-6 month affair. If you want to keep riding you’ll be buying another frame anyway (don’t ask how I know this :).
    [/QUOTE]
    l’ve ran the dual crown on 3 ebikes bikes now and no problems at all. The way I see it is there are two points of bracing at the top and bottom to share the load. If anything I think it’s better than a single crown for that reason. That’s how I justify it anyway. The travel change is only 10mm more so that should be within their 10%
    As for warranty yes it’s true apparently I have voided the warranty because I didn’t use an authorised painter. It was just a rub back and blend, no exposed carbon so it should still be warrantied. I have bike insurance anyway so I’m fully covered regardless.

  214. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 304239, member: 4350″]
    I know [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] has a second frame on the way anyway ..

    Supply issues at the moment aren’t good globally for anything unfortunately. You could argue a double crown spreads the leverage forces more consistently between two points so is actually easier on a frame ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I just cancelled that order as I am in love with the grey now. I almost was going to just buy it and hang it up on the wall but I felt like that’s being selfish and bad karma. Someone else deserves the joy of having this bike.

  215. Also I would like to thank my LBS
    BIKE NOW Melbourne Australia and more importantly Doug as he went out of his way to make sure that I got this bike. He is a legend!

  216. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 304276, member: 2329″]he way my mind

    l’ve ran the dual crown on 3 ebikes bikes now and no problems at all. The way I see it is there are two points of bracing at the top and bottom to share the load. If anything I think it’s better than a single crown for that reason. That’s how I justify it anyway. The travel change is only 10mm more so that should be within their 10%
    As for warranty yes it’s true apparently I have voided the warranty because I didn’t use an authorised painter. It was just a rub back and blend, no exposed carbon so it should still be warrantied. I have bike insurance anyway so I’m fully covered regardless.[/QUOTE]The issue isn’t leverage its when you crash and the stoppers hit the frame. The frame needs to be strong from the sides. The forces are huge. You should see what it did my alu frame.

  217. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 304284, member: 14870″]
    The issue isn’t leverage its when you crash and the stoppers hit the frame. The frame needs to be strong from the sides. The forces are huge. You should see what it did my alu frame.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah makes sense. Well I have dual rubbers and lined them up on the bottom of the down tube. When that fails I have insurance.

  218. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 304286, member: 2329″]Yeah makes sense. Well I have dual rubbers and lined them up on the bottom of the down tube. When that fails I have insurance.[/QUOTE]I’d get 3 put on and maybe some impact rubber for the frame to spread the load. The rubbers are as much of a problem as anything else. You need to spread the force over a big area or those rubbers are like bullets hitting small surface area of the frame

  221. [QUOTE=”Rekt, post: 304352, member: 14870″]
    I’d get 3 put on and maybe some impact rubber for the frame to spread the load. The rubbers are as much of a problem as anything else. You need to spread the force over a big area or those rubbers are like bullets hitting small surface area of the frame
    [/QUOTE]
    Well I had no issues with the Levo SL so I think this one will be fine. Like I said my insurance will cover it so all good. ?

  222. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 304173, member: 16632″]
    Is the frame rated for it??
    [/QUOTE]
    Officially though .. from the manual :

    [ATTACH type=”full”]62784[/ATTACH]

  225. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 304046, member: 2329″]
    100% S3, I came from a large Levo SL and this bike has the same feel just with a longer wheels base.
    Just came back from a lockdown ride around the creek trails and man it’s a beast. That rear end is as advertised. My local downhill stair case test became a ramp it was that smooth.

    I can’t wait for some real trails[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B93E7FF3-7561-4BC0-A111-EF61440CBF31.jpeg”]62675[/ATTACH]![ATTACH type=”full” alt=”5EFFE293-FD47-49E1-899D-2F84E7CEE1F5.jpeg”]62674[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Amazing spec! I look at this and think, this is what I thought the Kenevo SL would have been. Kenevo and a dual crown fork is what has come to define what it is. Don’t get me wrong, I LOVE my Kenevo but can’t help but wonder what it would be like with this set up – of course the motor would have then needed 10-20Nm of added torque to deal with the weight.

  227. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 304380, member: 2329″]
    Killjoy
    [/QUOTE]

    I would 100% do the same 🙂

  228. On a separate note, does anyone know how to reset some TCU data like riding time, calories etc?

  229. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 304045, member: 10460″]
    S3:

    I’m 175 cm tall with short(ish) legs.
    [/QUOTE]

    I am 170cm with 30″ inseam legs. I felt that an Enduro S2 was to small so i ordered a S3 Kenevo SL. Now seeing a number of comments on how big the bike actually fits i am wondering if i should have ordered an S2 Kenevo SL. Any thoughts from peoples experience?

  230. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 304434, member: 17211″]
    I am 170cm with 30″ inseam legs. I felt that an Enduro S2 was to small so i ordered a S3 Kenevo SL. Now seeing a number of comments on how big the bike actually fits i am wondering if i should have ordered an S2 Kenevo SL. Any thoughts from peoples experience?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 177 cm and the S2 fits perfectly. If you can make a switch, I highly recommend it.

  231. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 304434, member: 17211″]
    I am 170cm with 30″ inseam legs. I felt that an Enduro S2 was to small so i ordered a S3 Kenevo SL. Now seeing a number of comments on how big the bike actually fits i am wondering if i should have ordered an S2 Kenevo SL. Any thoughts from peoples experience?
    [/QUOTE]
    You might be bang on. my Inseam is 30”
    I ordered a OneUp 150mm dropper to get the seat a bit lower on descents, but honestly, the slammed stock dropper position and max extension is actually perfect for me.
    You can also go with a little thicker profile pedal. I’m using OneUp and they’re really low profile.
    It also come stock with a 50mm stem, so you can play with that too.

    I bet you’ll love the S3.

  232. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 304434, member: 17211″]
    I am 170cm with 30″ inseam legs. I felt that an Enduro S2 was to small so i ordered a S3 Kenevo SL. Now seeing a number of comments on how big the bike actually fits i am wondering if i should have ordered an S2 Kenevo SL. Any thoughts from peoples experience?
    [/QUOTE]
    I rode S3 and tad long for me. I ordered S2. BTW – I am 5’8”. The owner of my LBS is about 5’9”/5’10 and he rode S3 for a month before its release and he will be getting S2 as well.

  233. [QUOTE=”Bencab, post: 304508, member: 8048″]I rode S3 and tad long for me. I ordered S2. BTW – I am 5’8”. The owner of my LBS is about 5’9”/5’10 and he rode S3 for a month before its release and he will be getting S2 as well.[/QUOTE]

    I ride an S3 Enduro and really like it. Hope I didn’t mess up and blindly buy the wrong size. Have an S3 Kenevo frame on order. 5’6.5”. 🙂

  234. So how are folks setting up suspension? 30% sag? I can’t seem to find what the stock recommendations are. I know that some specialized bikes are very sensitive to sag

    oh and got my bike today!
    [ATTACH type=”full”]62833[/ATTACH]

  235. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304516, member: 1058″]
    So how are folks setting up suspension? 30% sag?
    [/QUOTE]

    I started at 28% sag on the shock and went with Fox recommendations, from their site.
    So far I have deviated to 30% sag on the shock with a bit more compression. The fork is pretty damn good at Fox setting for my weight… just a bit more slow speed compression and a little more H&L rebound.
    I’m coming off a Zeb Ultimate and haven’t decided if I liked that fork more or not yet.
    2 rides only so far.

  236. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 304368, member: 4350″]
    Officially though .. from the manual :

    [ATTACH type=”full”]62784[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Phew, it doesn’t specify dual crowns void the warranty – just that you’re going to die or get injured.

    Hang about, it doesn’t specify WHO is going to die or get injured ?

  237. First ride report (Expert, S4, Banana):

    She rips! Super short loop with some of the steeper, chunkier sections near me. Bike is just so composed. Coming from the Levo SL (wayyyy not stock: 170mm fork, 63.6 HTA, mullet, cascade link w/20% progressivity, EXT Storia) – the immediate things I noticed is that this bike just feels more solid. More stable – flip side being it takes more effort to direct it, but holds lines better. This is firmly an enduro bike, but it’s comfortable pedaling and doesn’t feel mushy.

    I am going to do a bigger loop on more sustained tech-flow trails which will be a real shake down. Ride report will follow after I get a better feel for it.

    Random notes:

    [LIST=1]
    [*]Handlebars are 35mm diameter. I probably should have known that, but I was surprised.
    [*]Bike came with T7 Butcher 2.3 F, T9 Butcher 2.3 R – both grid trail. I had seen eliminator on some of the reviews
    [*] The S4 came with a 170mm dropper. Pleasantly surprised as I thought it was going to be a 150mm. I haven’t measured, but I have plenty of room to put in a 210mm OneUp if I want.
    [/LIST]
    I may try swapping my Mezzer at some point to try out, but dang that 38 feels good from the get go. I will also end up swapping wheels from my SL, tires w/inserts, AXS. Still deciding on the brakes and if I can get along with Codes again.

  238. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304554, member: 1058″]
    First ride report (Expert, S4, Banana):

    She rips! Super short loop with some of the steeper, chunkier sections near me. Bike is just so composed. Coming from the Levo SL (wayyyy not stock: 170mm fork, 63.6 HTA, mullet, cascade link w/20% progressivity, EXT Storia) – the immediate things I noticed is that this bike just feels more solid. More stable – flip side being it takes more effort to direct it, but holds lines better. This is firmly an enduro bike, but it’s comfortable pedaling and doesn’t feel mushy.

    I am going to do a bigger loop on more sustained tech-flow trails which will be a real shake down. Ride report will follow after I get a better feel for it.

    Random notes:

    [LIST=1]
    [*]Handlebars are 35mm diameter. I probably should have known that, but I was surprised.
    [*]Bike came with T7 Butcher 2.3 F, T9 Butcher 2.3 R – both grid trail. I had seen eliminator on some of the reviews
    [*]The S4 came with a 170mm dropper. Pleasantly surprised as I thought it was going to be a 150mm. I haven’t measured, but I have plenty of room to put in a 210mm OneUp if I want.
    [/LIST]
    I may try swapping my Mezzer at some point to try out, but dang that 38 feels good from the get go. I will also end up swapping wheels from my SL, tires w/inserts, AXS. Still deciding on the brakes and if I can get along with Codes again.
    [/QUOTE]
    Damn this lockdown shit, the day I get my bike together!
    Can’t wait to ride it now!

  239. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 304239, member: 4350″]
    I know [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] has a second frame on the way anyway ..

    Supply issues at the moment aren’t good globally for anything unfortunately. You could argue a double crown spreads the leverage forces more consistently between two points so is actually easier on a frame ?
    [/QUOTE]

    yeah maybe! Intuitively it seems like single crown forks just flex so much on big hucks (PB huck to flat slo-mos), whereas all that energy gets transferred directly to the head tube with the rigidity of a duel crown(?). I’m no engineer tho…

  240. For those running the Range Extender – do you happen to have the Part Number, or a link to the correct cable? Manual calls for a 285mm cable which I can’t seem to find online

  241. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304554, member: 1058″]
    Bike came with T7 Butcher 2.3 F, T9 Butcher 2.3 R – both grid trail.
    [/QUOTE]

    How are those tires ? Should you consider going bigger ?
    I am used to a bit wider tires not much but running 2.5 and 2.4 at the moment on the analog.

  242. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304911, member: 1058″]
    For those running the Range Extender – do you happen to have the Part Number, or a link to the correct cable? Manual calls for a 285mm cable which I can’t seem to find online
    [/QUOTE]

    Try this JC
    [ATTACH type=”full”]62993[/ATTACH]

  243. [QUOTE=”Steyoner, post: 304925, member: 15821″]
    How are those tires ? Should you consider going bigger ?
    I am used to a bit wider tires not much but running 2.5 and 2.4 at the moment on the analog.
    [/QUOTE]
    The tires look about 2.4 ish. A tad bit less rounded than a 2.5 would look I think. It really depends on your terrain and preferences imo. After two rides, I can say these tires roll slow on pavement (ride to the trail) , grip really well, brake well, and feel robust. Granted this was all with stock wheels and tubes still, but these tires feel like what I would want at a bike park or where it’s steep and loose

    Swapping to my carbon wheelset with cushcore xc inserts, 2.5 tioga edge front , and 2.4 versus rear I lost about 900 grams of rolling weight. I haven’t ridden those outside the yard yet on this bike, but wow it’s definitely a noticeable difference of bike liveliness. I will see how they do on the trail, but given my experience on the SL, I imagine it will be fun

  244. I can not lie … i was pretty stoked today to walk into a bike shop in Pentiction, BC and see a Kenevo SL S-Works on display. At the same time … i was bummed to confirm that i am a S2 guy. That frame would have been way too big but iLuv the bike. On a positive note the Enduro S2 is actually bang on my RAD size (800mm) 🙂 That means the Kenevoe SL (preferably Expert or Comp Carbon) should be a match made i heaven for me … now to find lucky partner in crime to ride with!!!

    Anyone in BC interior looking for a S3 S-Works?

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_6296.JPG”]63015[/ATTACH]

  245. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 304193, member: 4350″]
    I’ve asked for the workshop docs but not had anything yet.

    Spesh are normally pretty understanding on frame warranty, so whilst even if it’s not listed as covered, there’s a “chance” you’d be ok.

    He’s painted the frame anyway so doesn’t have a warranty.
    [/QUOTE]
    As for warranty on the frame, Christian should still have valid frame warranty as per the conversation I had with specialized, as long as all these are followed. Hopefully his serial number is not painted over.

    “ Custom Paint – Specialized has told me that if a customer wants to paint their bike, There are two requirements. Otherwise it does void warranty.
    1, It must be painted professionally, not by someone in a garage or by spray paint.
    2, they must leave the serial number visible and not paint over it. ”

  246. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 305016, member: 17211″]
    I can not lie … i was pretty stoked today to walk into a bike shop in Pentiction, BC and see a Kenevo SL S-Works on display. At the same time … i was bummed to confirm that i am a S2 guy. That frame would have been way too big but iLuv the bike. On a positive note the Enduro S2 is actually bang on my RAD size (800mm) 🙂 That means the Kenevoe SL (preferably Expert or Comp Carbon) should be a match made i heaven for me … now to find lucky partner in crime to ride with!!!

    Anyone in BC interior looking for a S3 S-Works?

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_6296.JPG”]63015[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I actually am! Message me

  247. [QUOTE=”chris.raffard, post: 305136, member: 15844″]
    1, It must be painted professionally, not by someone in a garage or by spray paint.
    [/QUOTE]
    He’s in Australia. I’m pretty sure it was painted by several domesticated and highly trained Kangaroos with Rattle cans – they certainly would have been outside and not in a Garage.

    [QUOTE=”chris.raffard, post: 305136, member: 15844″]
    2, they must leave the serial number visible and not paint over it.
    [/QUOTE]

    Probably a 50/50 chance they missed that area.

  248. One thing I forgot to mention that I found surprising, was that the stock Expert wheelset weights with rotors, tires and tubes (rear with cassette as well) were heavier than I expected:

    Front: 2.970kg
    Rear: 2.870kg

    I thought I got my numbers wrong at first because having the front heavier than the rear with a cassette was super surprising. The T7 Grid Trail Butcher must be 1200g+. They definitely feel heavy/beefy on the trail. I will weight the tires specifically when I remove them at some point. Obviously, removing the tubes will drop 300-400grams, but I would gain half of that back with inserts (Tannus Tubeless most likely).

  249. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 305141, member: 4350″]
    He’s in Australia. I’m pretty sure it was painted by several domesticated and highly trained Kangaroos with Rattle cans – they certainly would have been outside and not in a Garage.

    Probably a 50/50 chance they missed that area.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes correct my pet Kangaroo done the job for me in my bedroom workshop. I paid him in beers and lawn clippings, he was pretty stoked! Said he was happy just to advertise his business on the forums.
    SKIPPY Customs if anyones looking for carbon repairs or paint jobs. Happy to hop on down to you for a free quote.

  250. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 304554, member: 1058″]
    First ride report (Expert, S4, Banana):

    She rips! Super short loop with some of the steeper, chunkier sections near me. Bike is just so composed. Coming from the Levo SL (wayyyy not stock: 170mm fork, 63.6 HTA, mullet, cascade link w/20% progressivity, EXT Storia) – the immediate things I noticed is that this bike just feels more solid. More stable – flip side being it takes more effort to direct it, but holds lines better. This is firmly an enduro bike, but it’s comfortable pedaling and doesn’t feel mushy.

    I am going to do a bigger loop on more sustained tech-flow trails which will be a real shake down. Ride report will follow after I get a better feel for it.

    Random notes:

    [LIST=1]
    [*]Handlebars are 35mm diameter. I probably should have known that, but I was surprised.
    [*]Bike came with T7 Butcher 2.3 F, T9 Butcher 2.3 R – both grid trail. I had seen eliminator on some of the reviews
    [*]The S4 came with a 170mm dropper. Pleasantly surprised as I thought it was going to be a 150mm. I haven’t measured, but I have plenty of room to put in a 210mm OneUp if I want.
    [/LIST]
    I may try swapping my Mezzer at some point to try out, but dang that 38 feels good from the get go. I will also end up swapping wheels from my SL, tires w/inserts, AXS. Still deciding on the brakes and if I can get along with Codes again.
    [/QUOTE]
    Awesome. Someone coming off a Mezzer that can compare the 38! Keen to hear your thoughts on the two.

    Love the bike mate. I think this is the one to get me back to an emtb.

  251. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 305329, member: 6169″]
    Awesome. Someone coming off a Mezzer that can compare the 38! Keen to hear your thoughts on the two.

    Love the bike mate. I think this is the one to get me back to an emtb.
    [/QUOTE]
    I need some more rides on the 38. So far – I like it. It definitely seems more progressive than what I had the Mezzer setup, but I adjust4df the spring rate a bit and need to ride again. I had the Mezzer a bit more linear with the main and IRT ratios, because it has pretty good midstroke and bottom out with the HBO. I probably will throw the Mezzer on the KSL at some point, but probably not after a few dozen rides on the 38 to get it well sorted. I think the Mezzer should be 300 ish grams lighter from what I have read as well, which is not insignificant.

  252. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 305613, member: 1058″]
    I need some more rides on the 38. So far – I like it. It definitely seems more progressive than what I had the Mezzer setup, but I adjust4df the spring rate a bit and need to ride again. I had the Mezzer a bit more linear with the main and IRT ratios, because it has pretty good midstroke and bottom out with the HBO. I probably will throw the Mezzer on the KSL at some point, but probably not after a few dozen rides on the 38 to get it well sorted. I think the Mezzer should be 300 ish grams lighter from what I have read as well, which is not insignificant.
    [/QUOTE]
    when i get my frameset im going to be putting my Lyrik 160s on upgraded to 2021 debonair 170 air shaft . will see how i get on with them as i do like the forks ..

  253. Most reviews say that the 38 blows through its travel pretty quickly. Adding more tokens and a few PSI should help. I finally ordered the Fox top cap socket so that I can try it out. Medium sized drops like 4 ft will use all of the travel. Not a feeling that I really enjoy :p

    Also thats why its so plush on small chatter.

  254. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 305672, member: 15631″]
    Most reviews say that the 38 blows through its travel pretty quickly. Adding more tokens and a few PSI should help. I finally ordered the Fox top cap socket so that I can try it out. Medium sized drops like 4 ft will use all of the travel. Not a feeling that I really enjoy :p

    Also thats why its so plush on small chatter.
    [/QUOTE]
    So far in a limited sample size, that hasn’t been my experience. Even with some bigger hits, I only used about 70% of travel. It felt a tad stiff, but super composed. The Mezzer, how I had it setup, I would usually get to 90-95% travel on a ride at least once (again HBO helps make that super smooth). HSC was backed off completely

    The 38 i lowered a few PSI and have HSC and LSC mostly open. Hoping to get out today to have another ride. Volume spacers could be a ticket as well, especially since you can tune HSR independently. I like my forks pretty fast on rebound to deal with chatter, but not living in the mid stroke.

  255. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 305672, member: 15631″]
    Most reviews say that the 38 blows through its travel pretty quickly. Adding more tokens and a few PSI should help. I finally ordered the Fox top cap socket so that I can try it out. Medium sized drops like 4 ft will use all of the travel. Not a feeling that I really enjoy :p

    Also thats why its so plush on small chatter.
    [/QUOTE]
    Most issues with 38’s are because of 3 reason:
    -Too much grease on shaft causing bad functioning of both chambers
    -Poor setup of HSC/LSC
    -38’s doesnt works that good on the low side of PSI’s

  256. Maybe that read wrong – the 38 is best feeling fork that I have ridden so far. I am just the type of rider that wants a lot of mid-stroke support. I like jumps and drops and I want the bike to take the big hits without compressing all the way down. If the front end drops 85mm on landing you will eat shit eventually o_O

  257. Alright more of a mini-review now that i have a few rides (see my previous “first ride” report for initial details):

    This bike is amazing. Most bikes that I have ridden to date really needed something to get it where I wanted the bike. This one.. not so much. FIt is great. Suspension flat out works (and I am not even 100% dialed). New firmware feels more natural , and the bike sounds quieter than my SL most of the time. I swapped my carbon wheelset (~ 2lbs lighter overall than the stock wheelset with tubes), which made things a bit nimbler and faster rolling. I may put on different handlebars and mess with stem length, but that’s just fine tuning.

    Climbing – Climbs better than my SL. The steep STA majorly helps with body position. The pedaling performance feels better too. Could be placebo, as I do see the shock bob when I look down, but it feels like it’s bobbing less. The technical climbing is a amazing. It just motors over everything. That rearward axle path really does feel like it accelerates on bumps vs. get hung up.

    Descending – I am pretty sure I will smash all of my standing PRs over the next few weeks. My SL was my best descending bike. This is better. It’s more smash through lines than wriggle around things, but I wouldn’t describe it as a pure “plow” bike. The suspension has good feedback when pumping, etc. Jumping is balanced, but I am still getting the feel for timing, pop, etc. My trails are generally, loose and rocky or steep tech/flow. This bike was made for that. I have not taken this on mellower terrain. I wouldn’t have an issue pedaling this for a long time, but for “XC” riding, I would prefer my hardtail unless I need to get from A to B in the shortest amount of time.

    Cornering – The KSL likes to carves corners vs. slash in my limited time on it so far. I think it’s the balance and length making cornering more of a process vs. squaring off everything in sight. Granted, I am coming from a mullet setup, but It’s an interesting feeling. Higher speed the better, which will make it great on machine built trails. The suspension works in your favor here as well as it seems to accelerate on bumps.

    Battery Range – I haven’t pushed this yet, but it seems on par with my SL. I adjusted my “trail mode” to 30/90 or something like that, which I use 90% of the time. I could get 25mil and 4kft in that mode by my estimates. This matches the SL . I will say that the stock wheels + tires felt slow rolling on the pavement. Trail speed they were fine.

    Motor – It’s the same as the SL – no real surprises. Torque may be a bit smoother at startup, and it sounds quieter. That may be an artifact of beefier frame and shock layout, but I was surprised. It’s less of a high pitch whine.

    Components – Spec is spot on. Nothing to complain about yet. Well.. it could have been $4k cheaper 🙂
    Fox 38 : I really like this fork so far. I am not dialed in completely, but it’s supportive, plush, stiff – everything you could ask for.
    Fox X2 – pretty good so far as well. I haven’t gotten the front and rear to be 100% balanced yet, but I think that I should get there in a ride or two more.
    Code RS : Pretty darn good stopping power with the 220mm front rotor.
    Wheelset: Seems solid, but most likely will go as a backup. I am keen to through a 36t ratchet in there with the new internals.
    Tires : Beefy and grippy but slow rolling. These may see park duty

    Other notes – This bike feels big. It’s long, slack, and a tad bit heavier than what I am used to. It’s harder to manual (but I suck at those anyways). Best way I can say it is that my Levo SL (again.. heavily pushed towards the aggro spectrum) was a solid All Mountain bike with just “ok” climbing performance due to the slack STA, and the KSL is a pure enduro bike. Probably still in the honeymoon, but this feels like the bike I have been looking for over the past few bikes. Let’s hope I can stay content for once 🙂

  258. [QUOTE=”h.grenade, post: 305746, member: 15631″]
    Maybe that read wrong – the 38 is best feeling fork that I have ridden so far. I am just the type of rider that wants a lot of mid-stroke support. I like jumps and drops and I want the bike to take the big hits without compressing all the way down. If the front end drops 85mm on landing you will eat shit eventually o_O
    [/QUOTE]
    Get something with a third air chamber (mezzer, ohlins, ext era) for that mid stroke. Or add a Vorsprung Secus. Or go coil.

    You can also tweak the HSC to add more impact support . Probably would try that first

  259. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 305750, member: 1058″]
    Alright more of a mini-review now that i have a few rides (see my previous “first ride” report for initial details):

    This bike is amazing. Most bikes that I have ridden to date really needed something to get it where I wanted the bike. This one.. not so much. FIt is great. Suspension flat out works (and I am not even 100% dialed). New firmware feels more natural , and the bike sounds quieter than my SL most of the time. I swapped my carbon wheelset (~ 2lbs lighter overall than the stock wheelset with tubes), which made things a bit nimbler and faster rolling. I may put on different handlebars and mess with stem length, but that’s just fine tuning.

    Climbing – Climbs better than my SL. The steep STA majorly helps with body position. The pedaling performance feels better too. Could be placebo, as I do see the shock bob when I look down, but it feels like it’s bobbing less. The technical climbing is a amazing. It just motors over everything. That rearward axle path really does feel like it accelerates on bumps vs. get hung up.

    Descending – I am pretty sure I will smash all of my standing PRs over the next few weeks. My SL was my best descending bike. This is better. It’s more smash through lines than wriggle around things, but I wouldn’t describe it as a pure “plow” bike. The suspension has good feedback when pumping, etc. Jumping is balanced, but I am still getting the feel for timing, pop, etc. My trails are generally, loose and rocky or steep tech/flow. This bike was made for that. I have not taken this on mellower terrain. I wouldn’t have an issue pedaling this for a long time, but for “XC” riding, I would prefer my hardtail unless I need to get from A to B in the shortest amount of time.

    Cornering – The KSL likes to carves corners vs. slash in my limited time on it so far. I think it’s the balance and length making cornering more of a process vs. squaring off everything in sight. Granted, I am coming from a mullet setup, but It’s an interesting feeling. Higher speed the better, which will make it great on machine built trails. The suspension works in your favor here as well as it seems to accelerate on bumps.

    Battery Range – I haven’t pushed this yet, but it seems on par with my SL. I adjusted my “trail mode” to 30/90 or something like that, which I use 90% of the time. I could get 25mil and 4kft in that mode by my estimates. This matches the SL . I will say that the stock wheels + tires felt slow rolling on the pavement. Trail speed they were fine.

    Motor – It’s the same as the SL – no real surprises. Torque may be a bit smoother at startup, and it sounds quieter. That may be an artifact of beefier frame and shock layout, but I was surprised. It’s less of a high pitch whine.

    Components – Spec is spot on. Nothing to complain about yet. Well.. it could have been $4k cheaper 🙂
    Fox 38 : I really like this fork so far. I am not dialed in completely, but it’s supportive, plush, stiff – everything you could ask for.
    Fox X2 – pretty good so far as well. I haven’t gotten the front and rear to be 100% balanced yet, but I think that I should get there in a ride or two more.
    Code RS : Pretty darn good stopping power with the 220mm front rotor.
    Wheelset: Seems solid, but most likely will go as a backup. I am keen to through a 36t ratchet in there with the new internals.
    Tires : Beefy and grippy but slow rolling. These may see park duty

    Other notes – This bike feels big. It’s long, slack, and a tad bit heavier than what I am used to. It’s harder to manual (but I suck at those anyways). Best way I can say it is that my Levo SL (again.. heavily pushed towards the aggro spectrum) was a solid All Mountain bike with just “ok” climbing performance due to the slack STA, and the KSL is a pure enduro bike. Probably still in the honeymoon, but this feels like the bike I have been looking for over the past few bikes. Let’s hope I can stay content for once 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    Are you going to try the smaller rear wheel? High BB and steep headset cup should get you into some nice numbers. Coil shock?

  260. Random thought re. seat post insertion: Looks from the user manual diagram that Spesh has reamed the seat tube to limit insertion depth. I’m guessing could be related to cracking issues with enduro shock tunnels, which may have been triggered by dropping in the post and having the pointy mechanism smash into the roof of the shock tunnel and potentially starting a hairline crack from the inside. Just conjecture, but could explain this weird crack that a lot of folks saw.

    ANYWAY… if you’re needing an extra few mm of insertion depth on your Kenevo SL you might try using a smaller diameter post with an adapter shim to potentially bypass the ream limit.

    My frame hasn’t arrived yet, so no idea if it works. Just thought I’d throw it out there in case it’s a problem solver for some.

  261. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 305850, member: 16632″]
    Random thought re. seat post insertion: Looks from the user manual diagram that Spesh has reamed the seat tube to limit insertion depth. I’m guessing could be related to cracking issues with enduro shock tunnels, which may have been triggered by dropping in the post and having the pointy mechanism smash into the roof of the shock tunnel and potentially starting a hairline crack from the inside. Just conjecture, but could explain this weird crack that a lot of folks saw.

    ANYWAY… if you’re needing an extra few mm of insertion depth on your Kenevo SL you might try using a smaller diameter post with an adapter shim to potentially bypass the ream limit.

    My frame hasn’t arrived yet, so no idea if it works. Just thought I’d throw it out there in case it’s a problem solver for some.
    [/QUOTE]

    I did some measuring and I can push the seat post in about 21mm further than I have it set currently with the stock 170mm manic. That would put me right between a 200-210 one up when considering the overall length. This is on the S4, and I am 6’1 with about a 33” inseam

  262. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 305760, member: 6169″]
    Are you going to try the smaller rear wheel? High BB and steep headset cup should get you into some nice numbers. Coil shock?
    [/QUOTE]

    I may try the mullet at sometime point. It would have to go to the steep headset cup and high bb. I do feel like you would lose some of the rear wheel roll over feel that I am enjoying at the moment, but it’s probably worth an experiment or two.

    Not sure on the shock. It’s so good right now I will have to give it a think. I am most likely going to sell the SL and will miss the EXT. so who knows?

  263. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 305869, member: 1058″]
    I may try the mullet at sometime point. It would have to go to the steep headset cup and high bb. I do feel like you would lose some of the rear wheel roll over feel that I am enjoying at the moment, but it’s probably worth an experiment or two.

    Not sure on the shock. It’s so good right now I will have to give it a think. I am most likely going to sell the SL and will miss the EXT. so who knows?
    [/QUOTE]

    Just got an EXT for my Enduro. Bike rides absolutely perfect now. And now I’m selling it for this (face palm).

  264. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 305878, member: 16632″]
    Just got an EXT for my Enduro. Bike rides absolutely perfect now. And now I’m selling it for this (face palm).
    [/QUOTE]
    I am sure this shock would be amazing on this bike. The new e-storia looks to address any of the items that I was still sorting out as well. Sigh… I am going to need to keep this bike a few years I think to justify everything. Stop making new, good bikes [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER] 🙂

  265. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 305850, member: 16632″]
    ANYWAY… if you’re needing an extra few mm of insertion depth on your Kenevo SL you might try using a smaller diameter post with an adapter shim to potentially bypass the ream limit.
    [/QUOTE]

    I just installed a OneUp 150mm on my S3.
    Perfection.
    The stock Dropper was close but not letting me get the seat out of the way enough.
    With the OneUp I’m able to meet my descent position requirements and maintain the climbing (full extension) height that works for me.

  266. Can the Kenevo SL be ridden with the main battery removed and with the extender in place? I’m trying to ascertain if I can take this bike on a plane.
    Any post purchase regret from anyone?

  267. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 306963, member: 6169″]
    Can the Kenevo SL be ridden with the main battery removed and with the extender in place? I’m trying to ascertain if I can take this bike on a plane.
    Any post purchase regret from anyone?
    [/QUOTE]

    should be the same as the SL – so yes.

    No regrets yet. It’s a big bike (duh). So if your terrain is mellow, be realistic on what you are looking for. That’s probably an obvious statement

  268. No regrets here either. Just rode 20 miles on the thing in steep tech. Handled it like a champ. I would buy it all over again 🙂

  269. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 305866, member: 1058″]
    I did some measuring and I can push the seat post in about 21mm further than I have it set currently with the stock 170mm manic. That would put me right between a 200-210 one up when considering the overall length. This is on the S4, and I am 6’1 with about a 33” inseam
    [/QUOTE]
    How are you going weighting the front in turns? We are the same size and I’m considering sizing down to the S3 and running a 45 or 50mm stem. Bit of a risk but comparing the geo to my two current bikes (large Titan 40mm stem 12 degree backsweep bars and medium Phantom 40mm stem 8 degree bars) it’s not a crazy change.
    I had an XL Hightower and whilst it was fine for straight line bombing I found it cumbersome and tiring having to weight the front so much to get grip (same as the large Yeti).
    I think the price of this one is making me analyze it to death!

  270. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 307496, member: 6169″]
    How are you going weighting the front in turns? We are the same size and I’m considering sizing down to the S3 and running a 45 or 50mm stem. Bit of a risk but comparing the geo to my two current bikes (large Titan 40mm stem 12 degree backsweep bars and medium Phantom 40mm stem 8 degree bars) it’s not a crazy change.
    I had an XL Hightower and whilst it was fine for straight line bombing I found it cumbersome and tiring having to weight the front so much to get grip (same as the large Yeti).
    I think the price of this one is making me analyze it to death!
    [/QUOTE]
    It feels really balanced in turns. Ironically, the only time I washed out to date was in the parking lot when I was testing it out (oil spot on pavement). I was on an XL Levo SL before this (480mm w/45mm stem), and I have an XL paradox v3 (497mm reach w/35mm stem). The lower stack height on the KSL feels more spot on than the higher stack on the SL (which I was running even higher with a 170mm fork). The bike feels a bit more roomy, and I may go down to a 45 or 40mm stem to test out, but I could ride the bike as is and be fine with it.

    Seated – I am digging the steeper seat tube angle. Feels better climbing than the SL, even around switchbacks. Granted, my SL has a slacked effective STA given the mods, but I believe this would hold true in stock form as well.

    The only reason I would want an S3 is if I really did a lot of tight turns up and down or tight tech crawling. That’s just me, but I have realized that my style is “go fast as possible down the trail” . Granted, that is not very fast still, but the KSL allows for whatever speed I can handle. 🙂

  271. Just a note about the Float X2 (performance) On my Expert.
    Came stock with 0 volume reducers. I’m 96 kg and feel I need a bit more progression in the end of the stroke.
    I added 2 bands and will test tomorrow.

    It was close to perfect with 0 reducer bands, just trying to balance out the occasional big hit vs the more common riding experience.

    If anyone is interested, I can report back after doing some bracket testing.

  272. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 307500, member: 10460″]
    Just a note about the Float X2 (performance) On my Expert.
    Came stock with 0 volume reducers. I’m 96 kg and feel I need a bit more progression in the end of the stroke.
    I added 2 bands and will test tomorrow.

    It was close to perfect with 0 reducer bands, just trying to balance out the occasional big hit vs the more common riding experience.

    If anyone is interested, I can report back after doing some bracket testing.
    [/QUOTE]
    Good note. I have added a bit of air on mine (at 220psi for my 80kg weight), but it does seem to use a bit more travel in the rear than front. It’s still really darn good though, but I am curious about the volume spacers.

    would love to hear how you get on with the testing!

  273. Another note, I Ride Wrapped my Kenevo SL (full bike specific coverage)
    Install was good. I took about 3 hours and kinda enjoyed the process.

    It feels good to know the frame is covered in a protection.

    Any questions, let me know.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]63717[/ATTACH]

  274. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 307516, member: 10460″]
    Another note, I Ride Wrapped my Kenevo SL (full bike specific coverage)
    Install was good. I took about 3 hours and kinda enjoyed the process.

    It feels good to know the frame is covered in a protection.

    Any questions, let me know.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”6095BB7D-3BDD-4E5C-B914-A2CAFE0C08AA.jpeg”]63717[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I want to do that as well but am having too much fun riding the darn thing..

    Did the process require you stripping down the bike to the bare frame ? I am loathe to disconnect the brakes and have to re bleed (lazy – I know )

  275. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 307522, member: 1058″]

    Did the process require you stripping down the bike to the bare frame ? I am loathe to disconnect the brakes and have to re bleed (lazy – I know )
    [/QUOTE]

    No, I removed wheels, chain, derailleur, motor bash cover and bottle cage.
    The rest was just making sure the frame was clean and my hands stayed clean.
    I put bleed blocks in the callipers, just to be safe.

  277. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 307516, member: 10460″]
    Another note, I Ride Wrapped my Kenevo SL (full bike specific coverage)
    Install was good. I took about 3 hours and kinda enjoyed the process.

    It feels good to know the frame is covered in a protection.

    Any questions, let me know.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]63717[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    How’s the dh22 roll resistance?

  278. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 307789, member: 6169″]
    Did the bikes come with the Fox 38 fender?
    [/QUOTE]
    No. I bought and installed it. Big fan of the bolt on fenders.

  279. [QUOTE=”JoRo, post: 307820, member: 15295″]
    How’s the dh22 roll resistance?
    [/QUOTE]
    I thought I’d notice it more from the Butchers but I didn’t.
    I thought the Butcher tires are pretty good.
    The Michelin DH 22 / 34 combo has been amazing here in BC on the North Shore.

  280. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 307789, member: 6169″]
    Did the bikes come with the Fox 38 fender?
    [/QUOTE]
    My kenevo SL came with a fox 38 mudguard

  281. Funny story – so my pressure gauge that I use for my tires seems to be off. I compared to a friend’s yesterday, and he was reading about 6 PSI higher than mine. So instead of what I thought was my typical ~21/23 PSI setup ( with cushcore XC), I had been closer to 27/30. Now, I am questioning whether I was ever running that low of pressure, or when my gauge broke. I let out some air at the top of our favorite DH, and proceed to have my fastest time ever. Suspension felt great, and I felt like my rebound was a tad fast (usually felt slow). I must have been pinging off of rocks and getting some weird hysteresis effect on fast bumps.

  282. Just got my kenevo sl expert. I pulled the too short 150mm dropper to install my OneUp 180mm dropper. I can no figure out how to get the new cable housing installed. Has anyone done this yet?

  283. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 308030, member: 5572″]
    Just got my kenevo sl expert. I pulled the too short 150mm dropper to install my OneUp 180mm dropper. I can no figure out how to get the new cable housing installed. Has anyone done this yet?
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you pull the housing out?
    Or are you just reusing the stock one?
    I reused the stock housing and put a new cable in with my OneUp dropper.

  284. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 308030, member: 5572″]
    Just got my kenevo sl expert. I pulled the too short 150mm dropper to install my OneUp 180mm dropper. I can no figure out how to get the new cable housing installed. Has anyone done this yet?
    [/QUOTE]
    I just figured it out. You have to take out the cable port guide at the head tube so you can feed the housing at an angle into the down tube. If you don’t, the housing doesn’t go into the down tube. It goes straight into the top tube. In hindsight I should have used a housing barb and pulled the new housing through when I pulled the existing housing from the frame. I’m always a genius after the fact?.

  285. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 307500, member: 10460″]
    Just a note about the Float X2 (performance) On my Expert.
    Came stock with 0 volume reducers. I’m 96 kg and feel I need a bit more progression in the end of the stroke.
    I added 2 bands and will test tomorrow.

    It was close to perfect with 0 reducer bands, just trying to balance out the occasional big hit vs the more common riding experience.

    If anyone is interested, I can report back after doing some bracket testing.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m interested!

  286. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 308043, member: 16632″]
    I’m interested!
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you set your fork and shock to Fox’s recommendations? According to Fox I should have 100-105 psi for my weight. That feels very stiff and I’m only using 60-70% of the travel. The shock is pretty close with Fox’s recommended settings.

  287. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 308032, member: 10460″]
    Did you pull the housing out?
    Or are you just reusing the stock one?
    I reused the stock housing and put a new cable in with my OneUp dropper.
    [/QUOTE]
    I did not reuse the stock housing. I’m able to fit a 210mm dropper switching to the OneUp. The stock dropper is at the minimum insertion and I still can’t get the seat as high as I need. For being 5’ 10”” I have a long inseam and wingspan so I always have to change seatposts and stem length to get a proper fit. It was the cheap Jagwire housing and cable. I always change the stock cables and housing for the good Shimano Teflon lined housing and coated cables. I find it makes a noticeable difference in shifting and dropper performance, as well as not needing to change cables as often.

  288. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 308044, member: 5572″]
    Have you set your fork and shock to Fox’s recommendations? According to Fox I should have 100-105 psi for my weight. That feels very stiff and I’m only using 60-70% of the travel. The shock is pretty close with Fox’s recommended settings.
    [/QUOTE]
    I noticed the same thing.
    Fox recommend 115 psi but I’m down to 105 – 108 with a 3rd token (testing this weekend)
    The Fork felt decent but I’d rather use a token and bring the compression down a little.
    Sag is at 20% with 107psi

    As for the shock, I started with fox recommendations but I also want to try a bit less low speed compression with these 2 bands. Psi is also a tad lower.
    Sag is at 27%

  289. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 308048, member: 10460″]
    I noticed the same thing.
    Fox recommend 115 psi but I’m down to 105 – 108 with a 3rd token (testing this weekend)
    The Fork felt decent but I’d rather use a token and bring the compression down a little.
    Sag is at 30% with 107psi

    As for the shock, I started with fox recommendations but I also want to try a bit less slow speed compression with these 2 bands. Psi is also a tad lower.
    Sag is at 27%
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m at 25% sag at 103. I think I’m going to try sag at 30% which will probably be around 95 psi. If you watch any of the tuning videos with Jodie from Fox they recommend starting with sag at 15-20% on forks. I’d have to have Richie Rude speed for that to work, which unfortunately I don’t.

  290. Been a bit tough to get out for some testing. I will report back after I do get time in on the new suspension settings.

    In the meantime, has anyone tried a mixed wheel size on their Kenevo SL?

    I’m going to setup my suspension with 29s but then try a 27.5 rear with the high and steep setup – to see how that feels.

    The Specialized Geo setup guide talks about mixed wheel size, and I thought that it’s worth a try at least. ?

  291. You guys are all making me very and my Levo HT bery jealous. Waiting for my S2 to be received at the bike shop.

    I read a post where the tester did setup in mullet … but changed back to 29’er because the handling characteristics were not as good. Sorry, i can’t find the link anymore.

  292. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 308382, member: 10460″]
    Been a bit tough to get out for some testing. I will report back after I do get time in on the new suspension settings.

    In the meantime, has anyone tried a mixed wheel size on their Kenevo SL?

    I’m going to setup my suspension with 29s but then try a 27.5 rear with the high and steep setup – to see how that feels.

    The Specialized Geo setup guide talks about mixed wheel size, and I thought that it’s worth a try at least. ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I think they didn’t update the text from the levo geo calc . I could be wrong though. I did find spec errors that they then corrected when I bugged them enough to get what the actual spec was lol

    but in terms of testing, someone on the Facebook levo sl/ksl group has been trying with limited luck

  293. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 308390, member: 5572″]
    I had my first run today. Started out with Fox’s recommended fork and shock settings. They did not work for me. Here is where I am at currently: The shock at 235 psi for 30% sag; rebound 10 out; compression fully open. For the fork, at 200lbs Fox recommends 100-105 psi. I ended up at 93psi with 1 volume spacer; high speed compression 4 out, low speed 8 out; high speed rebound 5 out, low 7 out. The Fox 38 and the rear linkage design are very good. I typically run a coil shock, but this is the first bike I’ve ridden in a long time that doesn’t feel like it will need a coil shock. The motor definitely has noticeably less power than my YT Decoy, but still enough. You just have to go uphill slower in a lower gear. For me, it is the perfect combination. I need the exercise at my age. The lighter weight is significant and much closer to the feel of a non-Ebike. Definitely easier to jump and throw around. If climbing as fast as possible is your thing I don’t think this is the bike for you. I like rougher downhill trails, moderate jumps (6-10’ doubles) and 4-5’ drops are in my comfort zone. I’ve done 12-15’ gaps but I need to work up to those on trails I’m able to do a lot of runs on. I’m 65 years old and come from a motocross background and ride with younger guys that are significantly faster than me when possible if that helps. I enjoy technical climbing, but don’t care how long it takes to get to the top. I get passed by younger and fitter riders on non-Ebikes all the time and it doesn’t bother me.
    [/QUOTE]

    Did your fork come with any tokens installed? I haven’t checked yet. I am actually at 93ish psi (176lb) weight, with compression mostly open and rebound a tad faster than what fox recommends. Feels pretty killer but I haven’t gotten full travel more than once (cased a 25 ft table lol)

    I am bottom out the shock at bit more than I like (at least at the bike park). Otherwise it’s feel great. I think I will try a volume reducer in the rear Vs go up in psi

  294. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 308397, member: 1058″]
    Did your fork come with any tokens installed? I haven’t checked yet.
    [/QUOTE]

    Each of these forks (factory or not) should come with 2 reducers. (standard on non-emtb 170mm spec)

    And yeah, I agree that a reducer added to the shock vs adding psi is the right way to go.
    I added 10 more psi last week – it reduced bottoming out and stopped the full travel on small hits but lost the plush feeling in the mid stroke.

  295. My fork came with 2 volume spacers. At 200lbs and 100psi in the fork I wasn’t using all the travel. Only about 150mm. I dropped psi to 93 and removed a volume spacer and it feels very good. Nice and plush but not blowing through the travel or bottoming out excessively. My next ride will be at the bike park with significantly higher speeds and bigger drops and jumps. I will find out if I need a volume spacer in the shock.

  296. Got a couple of runs in tonight.
    Still need to do proper bracket testing.
    (Tomorrow, I hope)

    I’m on a S3 – I’m 97kg / 215lbs ~

    [B]Shock[/B]: So with 2 bands in the shock – feels really good. Did a high speed flow/tech run with decent compressions throughout.
    Shock felt amazing. Travel used was perfect.
    PSI is 210. [B]Big[/B] [B]improvement[/B] from previous ride. (Had 220psi and no volume reducers. Shock seemed harsh)

    [B]Fork[/B]: 3 tokens and I came down to 110PSI – sitting at 18% sag.
    Not using as much travel as I thought I would, even from some decent drops that would use max (without bottoming) travel on my ZEB.
    This bike is at least 10 lbs lighter, so I guess it all makes sense.
    Im going to try a bit less PSI – go to 20% sag and leave 3 token for my next testing session.

    I’ll get into compression and rebound settings after the next ride.

    Cheers

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”6F31B53E-19A7-4522-A672-FC37AF3DB1F8.jpeg”]64077[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”8E5CDF9D-4379-451C-B138-CF7F3D11F57E.jpeg”]64078[/ATTACH]

  297. Some action. Maybe when I find time I will put a YouTube together. Maybe
    [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 308693, member: 10460″]
    Got a couple of runs in tonight.
    Still need to do proper bracket testing.
    (Tomorrow, I hope)

    I’m on a S3 – I’m 97kg / 215lbs ~

    [B]Shock[/B]: So with 2 bands in the shock – feels really good. Did a high speed flow/tech run with decent compressions throughout.
    Shock felt amazing. Travel used was perfect.
    PSI is 210. [B]Big[/B] [B]improvement[/B] from previous ride. (Had 220psi and no volume reducers. Shock seemed harsh)

    [B]Fork[/B]: 3 tokens and I came down to 110PSI – sitting at 18% sag.
    Not using as much travel as I thought I would, even from some decent drops that would use max (without bottoming) travel on my ZEB.
    This bike is at leas10 lbs lighter, so I guess it all makes sense.
    Im going to try a bit less PSI – go to 20% sag and leave 3 token for my next testing session.

    I’ll get into compression and rebound settings after the next ride.

    Cheers

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”6F31B53E-19A7-4522-A672-FC37AF3DB1F8.jpeg”]64077[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”8E5CDF9D-4379-451C-B138-CF7F3D11F57E.jpeg”]64078[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice report . What is your sag in the rear measured at the shock? I am running 220psi (according to my very old rockshox pump ) to get 30% at my 180lb ish weight . No volume bands as of yet, but that’s going in soon.

    btw where you able to get the volume bands in the x2 without removing the rear shock?

  298. What is your sag in the rear measured at the shock?

    Sag = 35% according to my callipers.
    PSI = 212 according to my digital RS pump

    btw where you able to get the volume bands in the x2 without removing the rear shock?

    I had to remove the shock completely. It’s way too tucked into the shock tunnel, I think.
    Removal wasn’t too bad. Just watch out for the little bits between the pivot arms and bearings. I had to look at the exploded view diagram when putting it back together.

  299. Thanks [USER=10460]@Kinger[/USER] . 35% is a bit higher than I would have thought to work with this bike, but it does have a pretty progressive leverage rate. I was hitting the bottom out bumper yesterday on a few cased jumps (25-30ft to the knuckle). I wouldn’t call it harsh, but it could have been gentler.

    Jump is the ramp in this (did not case it in this clip). Oh and this bike rips at the park..

    [MEDIA=instagram]CQCTae1hmjk[/MEDIA]

  300. [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] – I agree about the 35% Sag.
    I’m going to get back to 30% and see if 2 bands keeps me away from full travel.
    Need to try it on the local jump trails.
    That Party Wave looks amazing!

  301. I’m at 235 psi for 30%. I haven’t had a chance to do bracket testing yet, but it feels quite good so far. How many reducers are in the stock S3?
    That trail at the bike park looks mighty fun!
    I agree with removing the rear shock. There are lots of bushings, spacers, dust seals with this linkage. On my Enduro I was very deliberate about laying out the pieces in the order they came off. Watch the torque settings closely. I snapped one of the Upper linkage bolts on my Enduro because I read the wrong torque number from the exploded view. It was only about 4Nm higher than what it should have been. I assume they are designed this way to prevent damage to the frame. Specialized was very good and sent me an entire rear linkage axle, bolt, bushing, spacer kit. They probably assumed this idiot will do it again.

  302. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 308780, member: 5572″]
    I’m at 235 psi for 30%. I haven’t had a chance to do bracket testing yet, but it feels quite good so far. How many reducers are in the stock S3?
    That trail at the bike park looks mighty fun!
    I agree with removing the rear shock. There are lots of bushings, spacers, dust seals with this linkage. On my Enduro I was very deliberate about laying out the pieces in the order they came off. Watch the torque settings closely. I snapped one of the Upper linkage bolts on my Enduro because I read the wrong torque number from the exploded view. It was only about 4Nm higher than what it should have been. I assume they are designed this way to prevent damage to the frame. Specialized was very good and sent me an entire rear linkage axle, bolt, bushing, spacer kit. They probably assumed this idiot will do it again.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have read about enduros from the factory having binding from over torquing. It’s probably a good idea just to check anyways. Glad they have an exploded view on this one! Had to search for an old stumpy one for the SL.

  303. Couple questions:

    1) Anyone have intel on when framesets might show up? Got an S5 on order and looks like Spesh’s database just shows “more than 45 days out”.

    2) Thoughts on over forking to 180mm? Have a pretty new 180mm Zeb I’ve been loving on my Enduro that I’m leaning toward swapping over to KSL.

  304. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 308700, member: 1058″]
    Thanks [USER=10460]@Kinger[/USER] . 35% is a bit higher than I would have thought to work with this bike, but it does have a pretty progressive leverage rate. I was hitting the bottom out bumper yesterday on a few cased jumps (25-30ft to the knuckle). I wouldn’t call it harsh, but it could have been gentler.

    Jump is the ramp in this (did not case it in this clip). Oh and this bike rips at the park..

    [MEDIA=instagram]CQCTae1hmjk[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Not bad man!

  305. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 309715, member: 16632″]
    Couple questions:
    2) Thoughts on over forking to 180mm? Have a pretty new 180mm Zeb I’ve been loving on my Enduro that I’m leaning toward swapping over to KSL.
    [/QUOTE]

    I bet you’d enjoy it.
    Im sure you’re thinking of running it with the low setting on the Horst link.
    Are you going to play with offset headset cups too?
    If you don’t like it, for any reason, air springs are cheap and an easy install. 😉

  306. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 309715, member: 16632″]
    Couple questions:

    1) Anyone have intel on when framesets might show up? Got an S5 on order and looks like Spesh’s database just shows “more than 45 days out”.

    2) Thoughts on over forking to 180mm? Have a pretty new 180mm Zeb I’ve been loving on my Enduro that I’m leaning toward swapping over to KSL.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m running 180 front and 65 mm stroke on the rear and have it set up high in the rear and middle setting at the headset cup and it’s riding pretty sweet.

  307. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 309745, member: 2329″]
    I’m running 180 front and 65 mm stroke on the rear and have it set up high in the rear and middle setting at the headset cup and it’s riding pretty sweet.
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you measure the bb height and HTA? Just curious what that would do to the geo. Probably ~ 63.5 is and 360mm?

    Just looking at the geo calc.. seems like headcup in “slack” and bb in “high” could be an interesting setup. 63.2 HTA, steeper STA at 76.7 and shorter chainstays (all compared to stock). Could be a bit more playful on the steeps and climb a tad easier (though neither of those areas are complaints with the stock setup). May have to try that at some point soon

  308. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 309726, member: 10460″]
    I bet you’d enjoy it.
    Im sure you’re thinking of running it with the low setting on the Horst link.
    Are you going to play with offset headset cups too?
    If you don’t like it, for any reason, air springs are cheap and an easy install. 😉
    [/QUOTE]

    Have my Enduro with 180mm up front in high setting otherwise pedal strikes are an issue.

  309. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 309745, member: 2329″]
    I’m running 180 front and 65 mm stroke on the rear and have it set up high in the rear and middle setting at the headset cup and it’s riding pretty sweet.
    [/QUOTE]

    Great to hear! Yeah, high/middle was my guess on setup with the 180mm fork. What shock are you running at 65mm? Will likely put an EXT on the KSL once my bank account begins it’s recovery… Arma on my Enduro is unbelievable.

  310. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 310009, member: 16632″]
    Have my Enduro with 180mm up front in high setting otherwise pedal strikes are an issue.
    [/QUOTE]

    I am running the stock settings of Low pivot and Mid head angle and have noticed pedal strikes on the last few rides.
    Now when it comes to running a 180mm fork, you’re raising your BB height, no? – But moving your weight slightly back in riding position.. so it that why my assumption is wrong? – That low would be ok for a 10mm raise on the front end?

    Just thinking out load 😉

  311. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 309981, member: 1058″]
    Have you measure the bb height and HTA? Just curious what that would do to the geo. Probably ~ 63.5 is and 360mm?

    Just looking at the geo calc.. seems like headcup in “slack” and bb in “high” could be an interesting setup. 63.2 HTA, steeper STA at 76.7 and shorter chainstays (all compared to stock). Could be a bit more playful on the steeps and climb a tad easier (though neither of those areas are complaints with the stock setup). May have to try that at some point soon
    [/QUOTE]
    Using my iphone level it says 63.8 and my angle level roughly around 63.5. I calibrated the phone on different surfaces multiple times and it came back with the same reading. The 180mm Ohlins dual crown is 10mm shorter axel to crown than the stock 170mm Fox fork.
    I haven’t had enough time to play with the settings yet but the short bike park ride I did I got a couple pedal strikes so I lifted it, seems good now. Once I get a few more rides in I’ll play with the settings a bit more, I may add 10mm to the front end.

  312. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 310011, member: 16632″]
    Great to hear! Yeah, high/middle was my guess on setup with the 180mm fork. What shock are you running at 65mm? Will likely put an EXT on the KSL once my bank account begins it’s recovery… Arma on my Enduro is unbelievable.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m running Ohlins TTX air 2.
    My brother runs EXT Arma and Era on his ff Kenevo and swears by it.

  313. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 310016, member: 2329″]
    I’m running Ohlins TTX air 2.
    My brother runs EXT Arma and Era on his ff Kenevo and swears by it.
    [/QUOTE]

    He must have deep pockets for that bling!

    I have OH:LINS RXF36 coil for the front and TTX Coil for the rear … transplanting from my Rocky Slayer when the KSL arrives. Glad to here that 230×65 is not an issue to run 🙂

  314. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 310030, member: 17211″]
    He must have deep pockets for that bling!

    I have OH:LINS RXF36 coil for the front and TTX Coil for the rear … transplanting from my Rocky Slayer when the KSL arrives. Glad to here that 230×65 is not an issue to run 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    We work hard to play hard!

    Yeah 65mm stroke has plenty room, could probably go more but am happy with the rear end @177mm travel. It works so good that it feels like more travel anyway.

    Make sure you throw up some pics of your set up when it’s done!

  315. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 310032, member: 2329″]
    We work hard to play hard!

    Yeah 65mm stroke has plenty room, could probably go more but am happy with the rear end @177mm travel. It works so good that it feels like more travel anyway.

    Make sure you throw up some pics of your set up when it’s done!
    [/QUOTE]

    EXT rear shocks are $1,000 us, but come with 2 springs and custom valving. Fox DHX2 + 2x SLS springs is $900 us (and based on my experience will last about a week 🙂

  316. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 310047, member: 16632″]
    EXT rear shocks are $1,000 us, but come with 2 springs and custom valving. Fox DHX2 + 2x SLS springs is $900 us (and based on my experience will last about a week 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah I can guarantee you wont regret an
    Ext purchase

  317. Picked up an S4 KSL and in the process of setting it up. Did a few rough measurements which might explain the pedal strikes some are mentioning here.
    With the rear in low and the fork in the mid setting the BB height is approx 335mm. This is loowww.
    I changed the rear to high which brought it up to approx 347mm then finally changed the fork to the steep option and ended up with a 350mm BB height.
    Putting the fork in the steep setting also reduced the front centre by about 10mm.
    I’ll start here, see how it feels and adjust as necessary.
    230psi in the shock for 18mm shock sag but will check the wheel travel sag to confirm actual %.
    100psi in the fork with one token.

    :cool:Stoked to have found one! So looking forward to the first ride

  318. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 310140, member: 6169″]
    Picked up an S4 KSL…

    With the rear in low and the fork in the mid setting the BB height is approx 335mm. This is loowww.
    I changed the rear to high which brought it up to approx 347mm then finally changed the fork to the steep option and ended up with a 350mm BB height.
    Putting the fork in the steep setting also reduced the front centre by about 10mm.
    I’ll start here, see how it feels and adjust as necessary.
    [/QUOTE]

    First off, congrats on scoring the new bike.
    I love the KSL so far.

    I’m about to head out to the garage and change the low to high.
    I’m going to leave the mid setting on the head angle and see how it rides tomorrow.
    I do really like the flow trails with the low setting. Berms have been fun! But tech climbs have been noticeable with strikes.

    I also still want try a mixed wheel setup – even if just for a day on flow trails 😉

    Enjoy the new bike!

  319. Put a RideWrap kit on. Relatively painless process, took about 90mins and I’m really happy with the end result. Found it easier to handle than Invisiframe and the RideWrap coverage is better too. Bike is good to go!
    Fork at 100psi with 1 token feels supple but definitely less mid stroke than my Mezzer set up. First trail ride will reveal what needs to happen with that.
    The shock has 230psi and today I had a friend help with measuring (hopefully it’s more accurate than bending down and resetting the o ring) and I got a wheel travel sag figure of 50mm which is 29%. Good starting point.
    FYI the o ring had moved 15mm on the shock so either I moved it slightly when I measured it initially myself (I got 18mm) and/or the geo changes have had that effect.
    I’m 88kg (197lbs)btw.

  320. I know it’s objective but, at 6’2″ or 188cm is it better a s4 or S5? I cant demo anywhere nearby before buy it online.

    Thanks

  321. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 310347, member: 6169″]
    Put a RideWrap kit on. Relatively painless process, took about 90mins and I’m really happy with the end result. Found it easier to handle than Invisiframe and the RideWrap coverage is better too. Bike is good to go!
    Fork at 100psi with 1 token feels supple but definitely less mid stroke than my Mezzer set up. First trail ride will reveal what needs to happen with that.
    The shock has 230psi and today I had a friend help with measuring (hopefully it’s more accurate than bending down and resetting the o ring) and I got a wheel travel sag figure of 50mm which is 29%. Good starting point.
    FYI the o ring had moved 15mm on the shock so either I moved it slightly when I measured it initially myself (I got 18mm) and/or the geo changes have had that effect.
    I’m 88kg (197lbs)btw.
    [/QUOTE]
    I need to get ride wrap before I scratch this frame.

    I have liked the 38 so far vs. the Mezzer. It’s noticeably more supple off the top and a bit more progressive. I miss the linearity of the Mezzer ( i had it setup ~ 1.5 ratio IRT/Main if i recall), and the soft HBO feel, but I can’t say the 38 is lacking too much midstroke. It could just be how I preferred my mezzer to feel, but I may still swap that over to get some back to back impressions. How were you running your mezzer pressure-wise, and on what bike?

    BTW the bleeder valves on the 38 are awesome if you change elevation much. In the mountains last weekend, it made a noticeable difference when I released the trapped air on the trail.

  322. [QUOTE=”Dji, post: 310430, member: 18535″]
    I know it’s objective but, at 6’2″ or 188cm is it better a s4 or S5? I cant demo anywhere nearby before buy it online.

    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    What size bikes (reach, stack, etc) have you preferred in the past? I am 6’1″ and on the S4. It feels amazing, but I did go down to 45mm stem, which actually made a difference in fit.

    For reference, I also have a 497mm reach w/35mm stem Paradox v3 which has a pretty darn high stack at 669mm ( granted it’s a hardtail so that number is a bit relative) – and the s4 KSL feels bigger sitting or standing. Compared to my XL Levo SL – the seated fit feels more compact on the KSL (in a good way) and standing feels slightly larger on the KSL.

  323. [B]Group question: (Coil)[/B]
    IF you were wanting to go coil with the KSL, would you stick with 230×62.5 or would you go to 230×65 and what’s your thinking?

  324. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 310500, member: 10460″]
    [B]Group question: (Coil)[/B]
    IF you were wanting to go coil with the KSL, would you stick with 230×62.5 or would you go to 230×65 and what’s your thinking?
    [/QUOTE]

    Personally I would stick with 62.5mm for a few reasons:

    1) I think that the 170mm is more than enough and gaining ~ 7mm isn’t moving the needle for me
    2) I can’t speak for the KSL, but i know that the SL was reallllyyyy tight between the yoke and seatstay. I couldn’t have run 55mm if I wanted (with the CC Link), which just speaks to some of the tolerances with these highend carbon bikes. Again, may not apply here, but why risk it?
    3) The leverage rate gets flat and perhaps a smidge regressive at the end stroke. So, I don’t think that 7mm extra would be quality IMO. Personally, I would rather a shock with HBO or similar to help with some of that progression bottom out.

    I am on the fence if I want to go that route. The stock x2 performance is really good as it sits. I may try a volume spacer to up the progression a bit, but I am fairly happy. The EXT e-storia is a pretty sweet looking shock though..

  325. [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] – I agree with you and am on the same page. I’m interested in trying a coil – some day – but with the way the bike feels right now (stock) with added volume reduction (still on 2 bands)… I’m happy.
    This morning I did 2 back to back rides and was very pleased with where the bike setup is at.

    Mabey I’ll look at another shock if/when I blow this one or send it in for a tune up? 😉

  326. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 310500, member: 10460″]
    [B]Group question: (Coil)[/B]
    IF you were wanting to go coil with the KSL, would you stick with 230×62.5 or would you go to 230×65 and what’s your thinking?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m normally more than happy to go with more but in this case I would stick with the 62.5mm stroke. Main reason that I wouldn’t go the 65mm stroke would be the increased chance of pedal strikes as the bike is quite low.

  327. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 310439, member: 1058″]
    I need to get ride wrap before I scratch this frame.

    I have liked the 38 so far vs. the Mezzer. It’s noticeably more supple off the top and a bit more progressive. I miss the linearity of the Mezzer ( i had it setup ~ 1.5 ratio IRT/Main if i recall), and the soft HBO feel, but I can’t say the 38 is lacking too much midstroke. It could just be how I preferred my mezzer to feel, but I may still swap that over to get some back to back impressions. How were you running your mezzer pressure-wise, and on what bike?

    BTW the bleeder valves on the 38 are awesome if you change elevation much. In the mountains last weekend, it made a noticeable difference when I released the trapped air on the trail.
    [/QUOTE]
    First ride today. Overall I would describe the 38 as unremarkable. This isn’t a bad thing, it didn’t do anything for me to complain about…..that’s probably a good thing lol. HSC 7 LSC 5 HSR 3 LSR 6 (all from closed).

    My Mezzer was at 170mm travel and 60/90psi on a Banshee Titan. I might put that on the KSL to try at some stage.

    The X2 rear feels quite good. 230psi is giving me 29% wheel travel sag and the support feels decent. I opened up the rebound to 14 out and it’s feeling good but I need more time on the bike to fine tune. The rear wheel is a little flexy so I’m putting my carbon wheels on next to stiffen things up a bit.

    I had one small pedal strike (something that I was concerned about hence why the bike is in the high/steep settings to begin with) but overall it wasn’t a concern which is great. I can now start dropping the BB height to see if there is a low limit for my local trails. If the lower BB feels good and it is striking I can look at shorter cranks as an option or even a 180 fork.

    Brakes were average to begin with but have gotten better with use. I may change to my Dominion’s but I’ll wait a month or so to give the Code’s a chance.

    I love how the bike pedals when it’s off and also above the assistance limit of 25kmh. My previous FF Levo was a soul sucking nightmare above the limit…any wonder they get de restricted.

    The KSL is only slightly heavier than my Titan so jumping feels the same and if anything the KSL is easier to manual. Today’s ride was an extremely positive intro to this bike.

  328. Checked out the online geo calculator and found this verbiage stapled to the end of every setup description:

    [I]“Mixed wheel setup provides a nimble ride with quick cornering and additional rear wheel clearance when getting over the back of the bike.”[/I]

    WTF… was this thing maybe designed to be a switch hitter but for some reason Spesh is maybe muffling that for marketing reasons??

    Don’t mind me… busted collarbone with a KSL on order. Both should sort themselves out around the same time. Until then nothing to do but froth and post a bunch of BS questions for you lucky f-cks.

    :whistle:

  329. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 311046, member: 16632″]
    Checked out the online geo calculator and found this verbiage stapled to the end of every setup description:

    [I]“Mixed wheel setup provides a nimble ride with quick cornering and additional rear wheel clearance when getting over the back of the bike.”[/I]

    WTF… was this thing maybe designed to be a switch hitter but for some reason Spesh is maybe muffling that for marketing reasons??

    Don’t mind me… busted collarbone with a KSL on order. Both should sort themselves out around the same time. Until then nothing to do but froth and post a bunch of BS questions for you lucky f-cks.

    :whistle:
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah I noticed that too on the Geo charts. Might try the smaller rear wheel, you never know it could be great.
    Heal fast mate and fingers crossed the bike arrives just as you are fixed!

  330. Pretty sure they copy and pasted from the gen 3 levo and didn’t edit. They has a few mistakes on the spec as well when the ksl launched

  331. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 311141, member: 1058″]
    Pretty sure they copy and pasted from the gen 3 levo and didn’t edit. They has a few mistakes on the spec as well when the ksl launched
    [/QUOTE]

    hahaha I think you nailed it

  332. I know it’s not easy to find one of this at least here in the states!
    I just saw that at Olympic Bikeshop in Tahoe City, Ca they have this yellow S3!!!!
    I’m considering on replacing my Levo expert but I think I will go with the regular Kenevo.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]65249[/ATTACH]

  333. I have been loving that I am working hard(er) on climbs with this bike, from the full fat previous bike I had.
    The 10lbs lighter is amazing… It feels so good.
    The suspension platform is smooth and bottomless – mostly.. but reaching full travel is not harsh at all – so far.

    I absolutely love my KSL Expert 😉

    I just talked to my local shock dealer and am going to try a coil on this baby!

  334. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 312407, member: 10460″]
    I have been loving that I am working hard(er) on climbs with this bike, from the full fat previous bike I had.
    The 10lbs lighter is amazing… It feels so good.
    The suspension platform is smooth and bottomless – mostly.. but reaching full travel is not harsh at all – so far.

    I absolutely love my KSL Expert 😉

    I just talked to my local shock dealer and am going to try a coil on this baby!
    [/QUOTE]
    Which coil?

    I think if I decide to go coil it would need hydraulic bottom out or something similar. I can find bottom on bigger drops and jumps (no volume spacers), but it’s not too harsh. Bike just handles everything so well though not sure I want or need an upgrade

  335. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 312412, member: 1058″]
    Which coil?
    [/QUOTE]

    Rockshox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil
    We have an amazing RS service shop here locally that I like working with. The setup, custom tune and the fact that I can work with them on getting the shock just right, has been a good experience.

  336. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 312414, member: 10460″]
    Rockshox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil
    We have an amazing RS service shop here locally that I like working with. The setup, custom tune and the fact that I can work with them on getting the shock just right, has been a good experience.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice.. keen to see how you get along with it, and if it makes a noticeable improvement in anything

  337. I like the feel of the Float X2 now that I have 2 reducer bands in it. I’ve tested it on a few hard hits over the weeks and I’m happy with the result. (30% SAG, supple ride, not bottoming out on hard(ish) hits).
    Wanting to test the coil on this bike and wanting a shock that suits bike parks around here – not to mention “shock security” – if the Float needs service, which I’ve seen some riders need around here.
    [ATTACH]65254[/ATTACH]

  338. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 312419, member: 10460″]
    I like the feel of the Float X2 now that I have 2 reducer bands in it. I’ve tested it on a few hard hits over the weeks and I’m happy with the result. (30% SAG, supple ride, not bottoming out on hard(ish) hits).
    Wanting to test the coil on this bike and wanting a shock that suits bike parks around here – not to mention “shock security” – if the Float needs service, which I’ve seen some riders need around here.
    [ATTACH]65254[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I totally get the security thing with Fox products. I’m removing it all for a different brand front and rear.
    I’m trying a progressive spring on the rear to start with too.

  339. Interesting note.. found this when searching for the KSL manual:[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screen Shot 2021-06-25 at 3.40.17 PM.png”]65265[/ATTACH]

    Kenevo SL Comp Carbon – so at some point a lower cost entry point + it seems like it may have a different carbon layup OR some carbon + aluminum chainstay arrangement. not sure how else they up the total weight.

    BTW – 240lbs all-up is not that much considering the bike weights north of 40lbs… EDIT : I misread – cargo weight does not equal bike weight.

  340. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 312436, member: 6169″]
    I’m trying a progressive spring on the rear to start with too.
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah, I’ve been looking at a few progressive coil options too.
    I’ll try a standard RS Coil for my setup and then decide – but the fact that I needed to add volume reducers in the Float X2 makes me think I’ll benefit from a progressive spring rate on a coil shock.

    Would love to hear how it goes for you.

  341. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 312439, member: 1058″]
    BTW – 240lbs all-up is not that much considering the bike weights north of 40lbs… EDIT : I misread – cargo weight does not equal bike weight.
    [/QUOTE]

    Phew!
    :confused: – I was going to say… I better reduce the beer intake then..

  342. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 312439, member: 1058″]

    Kenevo SL Comp Carbon – so at some point a lower cost entry point + it seems like it may have a different carbon layup OR some carbon + aluminum chainstay arrangement. not sure how else they up the total weight.

    [/QUOTE]

    Perhaps the limiting factor is the wheels rather than frame?

    Specialized warranty wheels for life of original owner, so they would have done the maths on overweight dentists destroying carbon wheels vs very overweight doctors replacing the alloy wheels on the ” lower spec” ksl, realized only carpenters can afford to do that and tossed the problem over to legal hq ?

  343. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 312446, member: 2885″]
    Perhaps the limiting factor is the wheels rather than frame?

    Specialized warranty wheels for life of original owner, so they would have done the maths on overweight dentists destroying carbon wheels vs very overweight doctors replacing the alloy wheels on the ” lower spec” ksl, realized only carpenters can afford to do that and tossed the problem over to legal hq ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Na my Expert came with metal rims.
    Probably all the Fox performance gear can handle before it explodes.

  344. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 312473, member: 2329″]
    Na my Expert came with metal rims.

    1[ATTACH=full]62675[/ATTACH]![ATTACH=full]62674[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Specialized have an entire legal team dedicated to you!

  345. Haha I do feel like they are using me for R and D sometimes. They should give me some shares in the company, or at least some S stickers.

  346. So who’s done a mullet set up to the KSL?

    I did it to my Levo SL and it was AMAZING.
    I did it to my Enduro and it was a DOG on the climbs.

    Looking for someone who’s done it and thoughts….

  347. [QUOTE=”dragonsback79, post: 313276, member: 16857″]
    So who’s done a mullet set up to the KSL?

    I did it to my Levo SL and it was AMAZING.
    I did it to my Enduro and it was a DOG on the climbs.

    Looking for someone who’s done it and thoughts….
    [/QUOTE]

    I intended to test a mixed wheel size on my KSL. Just to try it, but I know it’s not going to be good for my normal local rides (Vancouver, Squamish) – The bb is already too low – even in the “high” setting.. (climbing specifically).
    We do have a few flow / jump trails off of fire roads, so these and bike parks are where the mixed wheel would be well worth the test.
    If nobody here has tried the mixed wheel setup, I should have some time to try this weekend.

  348. [QUOTE=”dragonsback79, post: 313276, member: 16857″]
    I did it to my Enduro and it was a DOG on the climbs.
    [/QUOTE]

    from what i have read i think you have your answer!!! Only read a couple threads about trying and they did not like KSL mullet setup

  349. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 313308, member: 17211″]
    from what i have read i think you have your answer!!! Only read a couple threads about trying and they did not like KSL mullet setup
    [/QUOTE]
    Can you link the discussion on the KSL with the small rear wheel?

  350. Most likely NOT going to try is based on my experience with the Enduro platform. But was curious here if any other guinea pigs would like to try it.
    I am going down this rabbit hole based on the seat tube on the KSL. It’s shallow. I am 5’7 with a 30 inch inseam (riding an S2). I am installing a ONEUP 120mm later today and I should be fine at that point. But the Levo SL with a mullet set up and a AXS 150mm dropper worked GREAT. Not the case on the KSL at ALL. The AXS 150mm leaves about 4 inches of exposed post. That’s a NO for me. Ball slaps all the way down the hill.

  351. [QUOTE=”dragonsback79, post: 313501, member: 16857″]
    Most likely NOT going to try is based on my experience with the Enduro platform. But was curious here if any other guinea pigs would like to try it.
    I am going down this rabbit hole based on the seat tube on the KSL. It’s shallow. I am 5’7 with a 30 inch inseam (riding an S2). I am installing a ONEUP 120mm later today and I should be fine at that point. But the Levo SL with a mullet set up and a AXS 150mm dropper worked GREAT. Not the case on the KSL at ALL. The AXS 150mm leaves about 4 inches of exposed post. That’s a NO for me. Ball slaps all the way down the hill.
    [/QUOTE]
    Is the S2 is not coming with a 125 AXS ?

  352. [QUOTE=”Steyoner, post: 313512, member: 15821″]
    Is the S2 is not coming with a 125 AXS ?
    [/QUOTE]

    I got the expert level, so X Fusion.

    I went with OneUp because they have the lowest insertion size to max my situation out.
    AXS are some of the biggest/longest. The X fusion as well..

  353. [QUOTE=”dragonsback79, post: 313579, member: 16857″]
    I got the expert level, so X Fusion.

    I went with OneUp because they have the lowest insertion size to max my situation out.
    AXS are some of the biggest/longest. The X fusion as well..
    [/QUOTE]

    I’m on a S3 and can confirm that switching out the XFusion with the OneUp makes a significant difference in lowest seat position.
    I haven’t measured exactly but I feel way better on steep tech with the saddle position.

  354. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 313583, member: 1058″]
    What dropper size did you end up with?
    [/QUOTE]

    I went with the same. 150mm
    I have a 180mm OneUp as well but found insertion length ended up not much different from the XFusion 150mm

    on the S3 the OneUp 150mm is so close to perfection for me. I can get the saddle out of the way when slammed, can still pedal from that lowest height and when extended, I’m in a really good pedalling position.
    (I could use 5-10mm more height to achieve perfection)

  355. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 313322, member: 6169″]
    Can you link the discussion on the KSL with the small rear wheel?
    [/QUOTE]

    Sorry, after reviewing the couple early posters comments i dismissed the mullet option … no need for me to bookmark something i am not doing!

  356. OK well installed the 120 OneUp and got about another 1.5 inches of room. So I am happy!

    Heads up, I had to remove the screen to feed the cable in proper and also had to remove the motor bash-guard and feed the cable up. There are NO guides on this bike for the cables.
    Took me a bit to figure this out.
    At first the cable runs right into the top tube and into a dead-end at the seat tube. Had to figure out what was going on and I tried removing the screen HOPING I could guide it, lucky that worked out and had to feed it into the bottom tube along battery, then follow it underneath to motor area and then feed it up. Kind of a pain. Just FYI if you ever pull that cable out (I did cause I went from AXS to OneUp)

  357. General reminder to check the tightness or torque on your swat headset (under fork crown/steer tube)

    I started noticing a slight creak but not any noticeable play in the headset.
    sure enough, the bolt that tensions the headset / swat system had backed out a bit.

    cheers ?

  358. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 313953, member: 10460″]
    General reminder to check the tightness or torque on your swat headset (under fork crown/steer tube)

    I started noticing a slight creak but not any noticeable play in the headset.
    sure enough, the bolt that tensions the headset / swat system had backed out a bit.

    cheers ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I noticed this too.
    I just over tightened it, tightened up my headset and then backed off the swat tool screw a tad and it’s been good since.

  359. I swapped the geo on my last ride to the “Middle” + “High” on the flip chip. Previously (stock) it was “Midde” +”low”. I was just seeing what it would do as on the geo chart, I was intrigued by the potential of slightly more nimble + better climbing position. Well…

    [LIST=1]
    [*]PR’d my singletrack climbs by over a min (14:53 w/previous PR at 16:00 on my SL). This is a windy, rocky, technical climb trail. The STA is noticeably more upright, and the reactive suspension just floats over everything.
    [*]Mid-stroke support increased a lot. At least it feels that way. I was way over jumping on my typical doubles. One so much so that I careened into the bushes. It could be the shorter chainstays as well, but the overall leverage rate felt a bit more progressive.
    [*]Bike felt a tad more nimble and less ultra-stable. Mind you, it still a very fast, capable DH monster. But it feels a smidge closer to all arounder than a DH machine. Honestly, probably best for most trails that have some technical climbing and/or flow type stuff.
    [/LIST]

    Moral of story – try out the geo changes. They make a surprisingly bigger difference than I thought, and I didn’t even push the extremes. Next I will try “Slack” and “High”. I think it may add some of that stability back, with even steeper STA . Will be a little more “party” with the front/rear bias.

  360. [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] – I’m also happy with the “middle” + “high” geo setting. I made this change mainly for climbing clearance, which it has improved.

    “slack” + “high” – can’t wait to hear what you think of that change.
    Cheers

  361. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 314521, member: 10460″]
    [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] – I’m also happy with the “middle” + “high” geo setting. I made this change mainly for climbing clearance, which it has improved.

    “slack” + “high” – can’t wait to hear what you think of that change.
    Cheers
    [/QUOTE]

    i didn’t expect as much difference in the kinematics. Less regression at the end of the stroke too apparently. Caught be by surprise for sure. It’s definitely a better climber in this mode.

  362. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 314556, member: 1058″]
    i didn’t expect as much difference in the kinematics. Less regression at the end of the stroke too apparently. Caught be by surprise for sure. It’s definitely a better climber in this mode.
    [/QUOTE]
    Where did you get the info on the leverage change with the geo change?

  363. Got to ride my friends Kenevo today. Felt more similar to my Enduro than it did my ebike. Really fun bike that I could probably get used to. Not sold on the low power/range yet though. I like having 2 full sized batteries for my EP8 Commencal and can get 8k’ (2440m) elevation gain without even thinking about conserving.

  364. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 314734, member: 6169″]
    Where did you get the info on the leverage change with the geo change?
    [/QUOTE]
    I chatted up cascade components, but it makes sense too. (Egging them on to do a link For the ksl (not likely due to small volume). )

    the curve shifts left a bit which pushes that regressive end portion off the curve and has more of the progressive start. Honestly felt like I had a new link

  365. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 314736, member: 9177″]
    Got to ride my friends Kenevo today. Felt more similar to my Enduro than it did my ebike. Really fun bike that I could probably get used to. Not sold on the low power/range yet though. I like having 2 full sized batteries for my EP8 Commencal and can get 8k’ (2440m) elevation gain without even thinking about conserving.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”7F6D3A26-AC65-46B8-9736-65C8851FF5FA.jpeg”]65849[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah it’s not going to be your “smash 8k vert as fast as possible “ bike. But man is it fun going down.

  366. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 314740, member: 1058″]
    Yeah it’s not going to be your “smash 8k vert as fast as possible “ bike. But man is it fun going down.
    [/QUOTE]
    Agreed. Highly considering selling my Enduro + Commencal to get one as my only bike. I don’t like having more than one bike at once anyways.

  367. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 312414, member: 10460″]
    Rockshox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil
    We have an amazing RS service shop here locally that I like working with. The setup, custom tune and the fact that I can work with them on getting the shock just right, has been a good experience.
    [/QUOTE]
    Any thoughts on the coil as of yet?

  368. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 314739, member: 1058″]
    I chatted up cascade components, but it makes sense too. (Egging them on to do a link For the ksl (not likely due to small volume). )

    the curve shifts left a bit which pushes that regressive end portion off the curve and has more of the progressive start. Honestly felt like I had a new link
    [/QUOTE]
    What would you like to achieve with a different link?

  369. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 314746, member: 6169″]
    What would you like to achieve with a different link?
    [/QUOTE]

    honestly, not much. Perhaps get rid of the regressive part at the end of the curve which makes for harsher bottom outs occasionally. You can somewhat negate that with volume Spacers on an air shock or some sort of progessive bumper or hydraulic bottom out on a coil.
    All in all, the kinematics are fantastic on this bike and probably why you won’t see a link.

    however, Cascade did one for the enduro which brought the progressivity up to 35% from 25%. It’s just not as “needed” than it was for the fairly linear Levos.

    My comment was more around the surprise about how it felt different just by the flip chip. And I like to nerd out on these things. ?

  370. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 314746, member: 6169″]
    What would you like to achieve with a different link?
    [/QUOTE]
    Also the bling factor of having an aftermarket link.

  371. I have the Levo, the Levo SL , and just sold my Enduro a month ago.
    Rode my Kenevo SL yesterday for the first time, I ride in the PNW Seattle area, steep, techy trails.
    The Kenevo SL its amazing for this terrain, had fastest time on every single trail I rode, and that was on the first try.
    Having said that, I would not take it to the more cross country mellow trails, too much bike, Levo SL works good on those.
    This bike rides even better than the Enduro on techy steep trails, super stable, plush and confidence inspiring.
    So my recommendation, is depending on the terrain you ride, if techy and steep, this could be the best bike out there.

  372. [QUOTE=”motoadve, post: 315171, member: 4402″]
    I have the Levo, the Levo SL , and just sold my Enduro a month ago.
    Rode my Kenevo SL yesterday for the first time, I ride in the PNW Seattle area, steep, techy trails.
    The Kenevo SL its amazing for this terrain, had fastest time on every single trail I rode, and that was on the first try.
    Having said that, I would not take it to the more cross country mellow trails, too much bike, Levo SL works good on those.
    This bike rides even better than the Enduro on techy steep trails, super stable, plush and confidence inspiring.
    So my recommendation, is depending on the terrain you ride, if techy and steep, this could be the best bike out there.
    [/QUOTE]

    How is the uphill? Im afraid this is too weak to climb real mountain compare to a regular levo. What’s you thought on this?

    I’m a gravity guy for sure but I’m lazy for the uphill. Im on the fence between ksl ans levo gen 3.

    Thanks
    JF

  373. [QUOTE=”Dji, post: 315174, member: 18535″]
    How is the uphill? Im afraid this is too weak to climb real mountain compare to a regular levo. What’s you thought on this?

    I’m a gravity guy for sure but I’m lazy for the uphill. Im on the fence between ksl ans levo gen 3.

    Thanks
    JF
    [/QUOTE]
    Uphill, plenty of power IMHO I kept turning it ON and Off to have some excercise because rode my second lap with my friends on regular bikes.

  374. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 314745, member: 1058″]
    Any thoughts on the coil as of yet?
    [/QUOTE]
    I won’t receive the new coil shock for another week or two.
    (Custom tuned for bike and rider – not just set factory spec) (y)

    I also ordered a progressive MRP spring.. Looking forward to see how that feels from standard spring.

  375. [QUOTE=”motoadve, post: 315171, member: 4402″]
    I have the Levo, the Levo SL , and just sold my Enduro a month ago.
    Rode my Kenevo SL yesterday for the first time, I ride in the PNW Seattle area, steep, techy trails.
    The Kenevo SL its amazing for this terrain, had fastest time on every single trail I rode, and that was on the first try.
    Having said that, I would not take it to the more cross country mellow trails, too much bike, Levo SL works good on those.
    This bike rides even better than the Enduro on techy steep trails, super stable, plush and confidence inspiring.
    So my recommendation, is depending on the terrain you ride, if techy and steep, this could be the best bike out there.
    [/QUOTE]

    Amping… thx for posting this. Actually had a pair of Enduros setup somewhat differently that I’ve just now sold to clear the cards for the KSL I’ve ordered.

    Off the bike for a few months with a busted clavicle. Hoping KSL shows up right on time. The waiting is actually good for me (for once 🙂

  376. [QUOTE=”motoadve, post: 315181, member: 4402″]
    Uphill, plenty of power IMHO I kept turning it ON and Off to have some excercise because rode my second lap with my friends on regular bikes.
    [/QUOTE]
    Unless you are over 200lbs and not in great shape. Then I would say it will be nearly as difficult to ride uphill as a normal bike when in eco mode, and you’ll drain the battery super quick when in Turbo.

  377. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 315364, member: 9177″]
    Unless you are over 200lbs and not in great shape. Then I would say it will be nearly as difficult to ride uphill as a normal bike when in eco mode, and you’ll drain the battery super quick when in Turbo.
    [/QUOTE]
    As long as you remember that it still helps double what you are able to produce

  378. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 313588, member: 10460″]
    I went with the same. 150mm
    I have a 180mm OneUp as well but found insertion length ended up not much different from the XFusion 150mm

    on the S3 the OneUp 150mm is so close to perfection for me. I can get the saddle out of the way when slammed, can still pedal from that lowest height and when extended, I’m in a really good pedalling position.
    (I could use 5-10mm more height to achieve perfection)
    [/QUOTE]

    BTW: How tall are you? I’m eager to test this setup on my S3

  379. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 316463, member: 19064″]
    BTW: How tall are you? I’m eager to test this setup on my S3
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 5’9” (175cm) – The stock dropper just didn’t get out of the way enough for me on the steep / slow / technical descents.
    The OneUp 150 dropper now gets well out of the way, which I’m really happy with. Now the game is raising it up a tiny bit more to get the right full extension height while not sacrificing the slammed (out of the way) position.
    As for my leg length, I have short(ish) legs with. 29” inseam.

  380. [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER] – My inseam is more like 29 3/4” :ROFLMAO:Sounds like the dropper you bought will work out really well.
    The 180 would have been great (shimmed down) but the total insert length was too similar to the stock dropper.

    [B]Enjoy![/B]

  381. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 316498, member: 10460″]
    [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER] – My inseam is more like 29 3/4” :ROFLMAO:Sounds like the dropper you bought will work out really well.
    The 180 would have been great (shimmed down) but the total insert length was too similar to the stock dropper.

    [B]Enjoy![/B]
    [/QUOTE]

    “Insertion length” :giggle:

  382. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 316555, member: 19064″]
    I did a few things to my Kenevo SL over the last week or so:

    [LIST=1]
    [*]I’ve struggled to get the right feel with this bike. The rear always seems to dominate the front so I’ve had success opening compression in the rear and now I’m all the way out along with faster rebound as well. This has helped a lot to make the rear move and track the ground better and generally just more overall compliance on trails or DH. I didn’t check shock pressure when I got the bike so that may be a contributing factor, but I’ve since tried 201psi and this also seems to help lower the rear and open up (I’m 174 lbs).
    [*]Since the bike has always felt forward biased, I’ve been increasing fork compression on the fly while riding to improve front to rear balance. The challenge is getting plushness from the front along with holdup. FOX38’s seem to be harder to dial in than my 36’s. It seems if you deviate from a good setting, you end up too far on the other end of the spectrum. That said, I’m hoping the lower pressure in the rear helps balance the bike better. I’ve been running 93PSI in the forks so far.
    [*]I’ve seen others replace their 50mm stems with 32 and 35 lengths, so I just tested a 35 stem (to get my weight more rearward and off the front) and I wasn’t stoked on it so I just went back to the stock 50mm stem, but did replace the bars. 35 wasn’t bad, but it took weight off the front so I had to re-adjust my riding position. It was [B]great[/B] however for getting the front end up!. Great for wheelies too, but it sacrificed some front end traction but I’m gonna pass for now at least.
    [*]Tested lower and higher rear positions, but settled on low. IMO, low seems to allow the shock to work more freely. Not a significant difference either way, but if you pay attention you can notice. I noticed enough to keep it on low, but it really depends on what you are after in terms of ride feel.
    [*]Put some Diety CF bars on already.
    [*]Spank peddles coming…
    [*]OneUp seat post next…
    [*]I call this bike the blobsled on DH. It plows with confidence and poise.
    [/LIST]
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice write up.. couple of observations

    I am roughly your weight, maybe 176-178lbs depending on the day. I am running 220psi in the rear plus a volume spacer. From the way you describe it, you are running undersprung in the rear. Try adding some psi to see if that helps matters. I am roughly in the middle on lsc and rebound as well, but it feels good all around. That will help with the bias and ride quality I bet.

    I do agree that the low let’s you use the shock more. The leverage curve shifts an bit and becomes more progressive overall in high. I think for most trails I am preferring it in high, but the low is tough to beat in the super chunk and steeps.

    honestly, I don’t think this bike needs much. Normally at this point I am already planning my suspension upgrades, but this just rides so darn well already. A coil and some fork mods my eventually be in my future, but it’s definitely not needed

  383. If you haven’t given it a go, try adding 10-15psi. It may seem counter intuitive, but it might just actually get you what you want. Or it could be worse and it was a simple experiment ?
    My fork is at 93 ish psi as well. I find that the fork generally has a bit less travel used than the rear (relatively speaking). Not 100% balanced, but it sounds like the opposite of what you are experiencing.

    I was bottoming out more than I wanted on bigger stuff. It wasn’t really needed for most trail riding, but I like adding that tad bit of bottom out ramp. If you aren’t seeing that at all, than yeah it’s probably not needed.

  384. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 316649, member: 16632″]
    Don’t get me started on Fox shocks…

    I’ve had 3 different 2021 X2’s for 3 different Enduro’s (Covid warranty nightmares… don’t ask 🙂 and each required a different pressure to get the same sag / feel. The one that felt stiffest and needed the least PSI to feel good (similar to yours) eventually blew up after a few dozen rides.

    Stoked to hear most folks are loving the X2 on the KSL as I’ll likely be too broke to replace it after mine shows up, but I’m VERY keen to hear how the first EXT coil setup goes on this bike (phenomenal on the Enduro). Wondering if the right call is the Storia or the new E-Storia…
    [/QUOTE]

    Ha, you are having bad luck. To be honest, my only experience with Fox is their forks and the DPX2. I was curious if a spring shock would even fit on this bike as there’s no much room down there. I can’t say for sure yet since my bike is loaded with dust, but it’s possible the shock may have some leakage showing.

  385. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 316649, member: 16632″]
    Don’t get me started on Fox shocks…

    I’ve had 3 different 2021 X2’s for 3 different Enduro’s (Covid warranty nightmares… don’t ask 🙂 and each required a different pressure to get the same sag / feel. The one that felt stiffest and needed the least PSI to feel good (similar to yours) eventually blew up after a few dozen rides.

    Stoked to hear most folks are loving the X2 on the KSL as I’ll likely be too broke to replace it after mine shows up, but I’m VERY keen to hear how the first EXT coil setup goes on this bike (phenomenal on the Enduro). Wondering if the right call is the Storia or the new E-Storia…
    [/QUOTE]
    Not going to lie but the x2 on the ksl feels better than the ext storia on my sl ever did ( and that’s with a cascade link as well). I hope the x2 lasts a while without issue. The reservoir gets surprisingly warm or hot on the dh.

    I am keen to hear more peoples experience on coils , particularly the ext stuff as well. Even though it’s pricier, I would go with the e-storia given all the updates seem spot on . Need to sell a lot of other bike stuff first though lol …

  386. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 316653, member: 1058″]
    Not going to lie but the x2 on the ksl feels better than the ext storia on my sl ever did ( and that’s with a cascade link as well). I hope the x2 lasts a while without issue. The reservoir gets surprisingly warm or hot on the dh.

    I am keen to hear more peoples experience on coils , particularly the ext stuff as well. Even though it’s pricier, I would go with the e-storia given all the updates seem spot on . Need to sell a lot of other bike stuff first though lol …
    [/QUOTE]
    Wow that’s great to hear re. X2! Yeah, lots of Pinkbike classified fundraising between me and a new EXT lol

  387. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 316665, member: 16632″]
    Wow that’s great to hear re. X2! Yeah, lots of Pinkbike classified fundraising between me and a new EXT lol
    [/QUOTE]
    Same. Including a storia v3 ?

  388. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 316928, member: 19064″]
    Wondering if you’ve tried changing the headtube angle yet with the optional headset tube spacer (-1/+1)?
    [/QUOTE]
    I haven’t yet. Been enjoying it in the current setting for a few more mellow trail riding. Might go up to the park this weekend and could give it a go then.

  389. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 316928, member: 19064″]
    Wondering if you’ve tried changing the headtube angle yet with the optional headset tube spacer (-1/+1)?
    [/QUOTE]

    Swapped to the -1 HTA with the “high” chainstay. This was a bit unplanned, but in my “simple” swap over to my AXS shifting, I had to remove the fork because of hassling with removing the cable tube… (PSA : don’t remove the cable guide at the headtube. A) it’s not needed and B) it may slide down the downtube requiring hi-jinx to get back where it’s supposed to be)

    Anyways… I got ride in today:

    Smashed my local downhill PR by 8 seconds, which was previously set with the stock setting a few weeks ago. This a “tech-flow” trail with rocks, jumps, drops, berms ~ 13% grade over about a mile. The crazy thing was I was feeling a bit jittery today, and I didn’t feel as comfortable on the jumps. The trail was also a bit more blownout at the top with bigger braking bumps and loose dirt on some on the berms. So – smashing by 8 second a 4 min DH with basically no pedaling was eye-opening. The bike whips around in a corners a bit better; it almost reminded me of the SL when I mulleted it.

    I also beat my uphill by 30 seconds or so for a ~18:30. It felt a bit easier around switchbacks and a tad bit more stable over the chunk going up. This was with a few dabs as well, which normally happens on this trail (windy, rocky, singletrack climb).

    Jumping felt a bit off, as I mentioned before. I think it’s the longer front center that I need to get used to. I opened up the rebound on the fork a click which helped a bit. With the stock headset cup and chainstay in high mode, the bike felt a little more like an all-arounder. This setup is going to be killer at the bike park and on faster trails like I was on today. For more low speed tech, XC, etc – I would most likely go with the stock cups. It really made the bike feel like a big, aggressive trail bike.

    I also noticed hitting the seat a bit more when maneuvering the bike on the DH. I could use a longer dropper post or the Switchgrade when it comes out I think.

    Still amazed by this bike every ride I do. You can pick a geo setting and be fine in any scenario, but it’s rad to have the adjustability which makes a noticeable difference. Kudos, specialized

  390. Got the RockShox SDU Coil in the mail yesterday. Going to install it soon and see what it’s like.
    I also have my 27.5 rear wheel ready to go.. but I’m really not convinced it’s a good idea. The bike is so good and I feel a mixed wheel setup would not make this bike feel any better. + I have yet to buzz my ass on the rear wheel -> The main reason why I’d want a mixed wheel setup.
    (Like I had on my Norco Sight VLT 29)

  391. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 317679, member: 10460″]
    Got the RockShox SDU Coil in the mail yesterday. Going to install it soon and see what it’s like.
    I also have my 27.5 rear wheel ready to go.. but I’m really not convinced it’s a good idea. The bike is so good and I feel a mixed wheel setup would not make this bike feel any better. + I have yet to buzz my ass on the rear wheel -> The main reason why I’d want a mixed wheel setup.
    (Like I had on my Norco Sight VLT 29)
    [/QUOTE]
    I mean someone should try a mullet and write about it for #broscience , but I tend to agree. I think the positive nature of the rear end suspension dynamics will change and probably not for the better.

    but definitely try the coil first and then add the mullet to be able to quantify the differences if you can

  392. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 317886, member: 16632″]
    Super helpful. That high / slack is the setting I’ll try first when the KSL frame set arrives. Currently have the Enduro in high and overforked at 180 which is arguably similar (and similarly fast).
    [/QUOTE]
    It seems like a winner. It’s maybe not as plow/stable as the med/lo or probably the slack/lo, but unless I was just doing pucker-factor DH, I don’t see why I would go to those settings. The longer rear center in the lo setting did make the bike more “balanced”, but again, it’s like taking the bike from a 9 to 10 in the stability factor.

  393. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 317948, member: 19064″]
    I always run low in the rear.

    You guys playing with bikes settings may wanna try a shorter stem if you want more control over the front. Swapping a stem makes a noticeable difference in how easy you can pull up the front end.

    [MEDIA=instagram]CRXARsXhIrJ[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah I went shorter on the stem and that helped. It feels good

    funny planning on hitting laps at summit this weekend.

  394. [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER] – For me, high setting is needed for the climbing around here. If I’m in the bike park or riding trails accessed off of fire roads.. low setting all day long. (y)
    Sick profile image btw ?

  396. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 317950, member: 10460″]
    [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER] – For me, high setting is needed for the climbing around here. If I’m in the bike park or riding trails accessed off of fire roads.. low setting all day long. (y)
    Sick profile image btw ?
    [/QUOTE]

    I “borrowed” the image from somewhere. 😉
    I haven’t tried running high for climbing but take your word for it. I prefer blitzing DH and this bike plows like no other.

  397. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 317949, member: 1058″]
    Yeah I went shorter on the stem and that helped. It feels good

    funny planning on hitting laps at summit this weekend.
    [/QUOTE]

    I’m gonna try and go next week.

  398. Sad news. A RockShox Super Deluxe Coil does not fit the KSL.
    The reservoir is just a few mm too long for the top of the shock tunnel during deep compression.

    [ATTACH alt=”BC6614C4-62A5-4DAB-AC68-B2E53E4E947A.jpeg”]66576[/ATTACH]
    Lucky I added RideWrap there.

    I also tried it the other way around but the LSC knob hits the linkage plate.
    Oh well. Now we know.

    Bummer ?

  399. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 317974, member: 10460″]
    Sad news. A RockShox Super Deluxe Coil does not fit the KSL.
    The reservoir is just a few mm too long for the top of the shock tunnel during deep compression.

    [ATTACH]66576[/ATTACH]
    Lucky I added RideWrap there.

    I also tried it the other way around but the LSC knob hits the linkage plate.
    Oh well. Know we know.

    Bummer ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Easy way to test a coil is to take the spring off and cycle it through compression all the way to bottom out.

    glad you didn’t damage the frame or the shock res.

    the DPX2 should work. Same on the V10 bikes the dpx2 fits but not an RS because of the res joint is too big.

  400. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 317992, member: 9685″]
    Easy way to test a coil is to take the spring off and cycle it through compression all the way to bottom out.
    [/QUOTE]

    Totally, I was checking for clearance on the coil with the shock tunnel / linkage.
    Leaning my chest on the saddle.
    You’re right, I should have mounted without coil first.

    Like you, I’m also glad I didn’t cause frame or shock damage. ?

  401. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318036, member: 10460″]
    Totally, I was checking for clearance on the coil with the shock tunnel / linkage.
    Leaning my chest on the saddle.
    Your right, I should have mounted without coil first.

    Like you, I’m also glad I didn’t cause frame or shock damage. ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yikes… do you a dimensioned drawing of that shock? I am surprised it doesn’t fit, but that reservoir looks longer than other coils.

    I guess the e-storia may be the way to go give the layout if a coil is calling

  402. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318038, member: 1058″]
    Yikes… do you a dimensioned drawing of that shock? I am surprised it doesn’t fit, but that reservoir looks longer than other coils.

    I guess the e-storia may be the way to go give the layout if a coil is calling
    [/QUOTE]

    I did measure the shock clearance and with callipers. It seemed it would fit, even though the RS reservoir is longer.
    It’s just a few mm (like 2-3mm) too long and only at a very specific part of the travel.
    The reservoir touches the frame but slid past – scuffing the RideWrap.
    Nope!

    The search for an alternate coil starts today.

    … and yes, I’ll mount without coil first this time.
    ?

  404. I just chatted with my local shop / service centre. Sending it back because they can put a shorter reservoir on it!! 😎
    … “so you’re saying there’s a chance?”
    :LOL:

  405. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 317974, member: 10460″]
    Sad news. A RockShox Super Deluxe Coil does not fit the KSL.
    The reservoir is just a few mm too long for the top of the shock tunnel during deep compression.

    [ATTACH alt=”BC6614C4-62A5-4DAB-AC68-B2E53E4E947A.jpeg”]66576[/ATTACH]
    Lucky I added RideWrap there.

    I also tried it the other way around but the LSC knob hits the linkage plate.
    Oh well. Now we know.

    Bummer ?
    [/QUOTE]

    Total buzz kill. Hopefully the shorter res will allow it to work. I’ve often wondered how any spring shock could fit into that space. The next question is how will the smaller res affect how it works/feels. That thing looks pretty sweet.

  406. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318117, member: 19064″]
    Total buzz kill. Hopefully the shorter res will allow it to work. I’ve often wondered how any spring shock could fit into that space. The next question is how will the smaller res affect how it works/feels. That thing looks pretty sweet.
    [/QUOTE]

    I have found that the small res on the X2 gets fairly warm on 3-4min DH runs. I haven’t seen/felt performance degradation. I can’t see that reservoir being smaller than the X2

  407. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318118, member: 1058″]
    I have found that the small res on the X2 gets fairly warm on 3-4min DH runs. I haven’t seen/felt performance degradation. I can’t see that reservoir being smaller than the X2
    [/QUOTE]
    Sounds like it’s a pretty small difference (~ 3mm) but should solve the super tight clearance issue. (They say).
    I’m taking the bike to them this time.. less stress for sure. 😎

  408. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318118, member: 1058″]
    I have found that the small res on the X2 gets fairly warm on 3-4min DH runs. I haven’t seen/felt performance degradation. I can’t see that reservoir being smaller than the X2
    [/QUOTE]

    How long will it take?

  409. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318124, member: 19064″]
    How long will it take?
    [/QUOTE]
    Idk… bike park is fine and that’s maybe a 2 mile run 7 mins or so. Don’t have anything longer until next month

  410. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318129, member: 1058″]
    Idk… bike park is fine and that’s maybe a 2 mile run 7 mins or so. Don’t have anything longer until next month
    [/QUOTE]

    I mean, how long to get the res situation sorted before you can run the shock?

  411. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318133, member: 19064″]
    I mean, how long to get the res situation sorted before you can run the shock?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ll field that question [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] 😉

    I’m dropping off the bike Monday. “Should be a day or two”.
    So let’s say by next weekend, I’ll hopefully have had a ride on it.

  412. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318135, member: 10460″]
    I’ll field that question [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] 😉

    I’m dropping off the bike Monday. “Should be a day or two”.
    So let’s say by next weekend, I’ll hopefully have had a ride on it.
    [/QUOTE]
    We all are waiting on you to convince us that the magic carpet ride becomes a memory foam ride with the coal ?

  413. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318138, member: 1058″]
    We all are waiting on you to convince us that the magic carpet ride becomes a memory foam ride with the coal ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I want to specify that having a backup shock (why not [S]coal[/S] coil, right? ? ) is huge, when doing road trips and bike park days.
    + I’ve been a good human all year.. Why not treat myself?

  414. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318139, member: 10460″]
    I want to specify that having a backup shock (why not [S]coal[/S] coil, right? ? ) is huge, when doing road trips and bike park days.
    + I’ve been a good human all year.. Why not treat myself?
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s what I told the wife when I got this bike. And the bike before that… and the one before that..

    Heck I will end up with a coil (or coal if she finds out) I am sure once I sell my SL and it’s trove or parts. But I need to read about how much better it is first ?. Backup shock is a good idea with how finicky fox stuff seems to be on the forums

  415. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318135, member: 10460″]
    I’ll field that question [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] 😉

    I’m dropping off the bike Monday. “Should be a day or two”.
    So let’s say by next weekend, I’ll hopefully have had a ride on it.
    [/QUOTE]

    I read online that springs are over-rated. ?

  416. I did learn today that the x2 on the expert is not the latest with the vvc tech that fox made a big deal about a few months ago.

    so probably more performance to be had still.

    anyone with the s works care to post their fox id (located on reservoir ) on the x2?

  417. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318150, member: 1058″]
    I did learn today that the x2 on the expert is not the latest with the vvc tech that fox made a big deal about a few months ago.

    so probably more performance to be had still.

    anyone with the s works care to post their fox id (located on reservoir ) on the x2?
    [/QUOTE]
    Interesting info on the Expert X2!

    My Jade coil should be arriving next week with a progressive spring to start with.

  419. Ok, help me out here. As I understand VVC, it’s specific to Fox forks, not the shock?

    “Variable Valve Control ([B]VVC[/B]) gives you the ability to have this same desired effect via an external adjuster on our GRIP2 high speed compression and rebound circuits in the 2021 34, 36, and 38 [B]FOX[/B] forks.”

  420. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 318168, member: 6169″]
    Interesting info on the Expert X2!

    [B]My Jade coil should be arriving next week with a progressive spring to start with.[/B]
    [/QUOTE]

    Pics and ride report when ready please!
    ?

  421. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318207, member: 19064″]
    Ok, help me out here. As I understand VVC, it’s specific to Fox forks, not the shock?

    “Variable Valve Control ([B]VVC[/B]) gives you the ability to have this same desired effect via an external adjuster on our GRIP2 high speed compression and rebound circuits in the 2021 34, 36, and 38 [B]FOX[/B] forks.”
    [/QUOTE]
    2021 they added it to the x2 shocks. But not the performance apparently .

    it’s nitpicking I am sure , but most reviewers said there was a noticeable improvement between the model years

  423. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318379, member: 19064″]
    Anyone like these graphics I ordered?
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”img_1009588_095523SPECIALIZED_KENEVO_SL_2022.jpg”]66777[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s redundant. The bike is awesome tho.

  424. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 318383, member: 9685″]
    It’s redundant. The bike is awesome tho.
    [/QUOTE]

    Frame is too plain.

  425. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318385, member: 19064″]
    Frame is too plain.
    [/QUOTE]
    I actually really like the sleeper look.
    The decals look cool but for me, I’m really happy with the somewhat blank canvas. ?
    I added a few small decals of some of our local component companies I have on the bike.

    Thanks for sharing though.
    Cheers

  426. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318385, member: 19064″]
    Frame is too plain.
    [/QUOTE]
    Ehh, you dont see Porsche written all over a Porsche. Doesn’t look bad, I’d just go with something else, like send nudes stickers are cool. Or anything your significant other would not throw shit at you for.

  427. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318387, member: 10460″]
    I actually really like the sleeper look.
    The decals look cool but for me, I’m really happy with the somewhat blank canvas. ?
    I added a few small decals of some of our local component companies I have on the bike.

    Thanks for sharing though.
    Cheers
    [/QUOTE]

    YUP, I like the simple look as well. I haven’t installed them, so there’s always time to change my mind. 😉
    When I get them, I’ll gauge what gives the best look without going overboard. I tend to change Fox fork graphics too when I get bored.

    I also have a stealth carbon Yeti, so that certainly addresses the blank look.

  429. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318379, member: 19064″]
    Anyone like these graphics I ordered?
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”img_1009588_095523SPECIALIZED_KENEVO_SL_2022.jpg”]66777[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    The three Specialized stickers look wrong. Might look better under the down tube.

  430. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 318412, member: 2329″]
    The three Specialized stickers look wrong. Might look better under the down tube.
    [/QUOTE]

    The one on the top tube comes on the bike…can’t do anything about it.

  431. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318472, member: 19064″]
    The one on the top tube comes on the bike…can’t do anything about it.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes I’m aware. I was referring to the other two being out of place. The underside of a down tube is always a good spot for a sticker.

  432. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 318479, member: 2329″]
    Yes I’m aware. I was referring to the other two being out of place. The underside of a down tube is always a good spot for a sticker.
    [/QUOTE]
    That would look cool when you’re in the aor and someone’s taking a picture. Help spec sell their bikes a little.

  433. I’ve been getting out a little more on the KSL and getting a better feel for the bike. The fork I’m not hating (surprisingly). Still on 100psi with 1 token and mainly just messing around with the rebound, compression seems to be much easier to dial in. The first 60% of travel I’ve found is quite easily used up but it still has enough progression for me at this pressure with one token but I wouldn’t mind bolstering that mid stroke slightly.

    I experimented with compressing the forks whilst holding the bleeders open then releasing the buttons when the fork was still compressed to get a little more negative in there. I wasn’t expecting much of a change but it was instantly noticeable over small chatter/rock gardens and had me instantly thinking of putting a Luftkappe in there . That could be a simple inexpensive way of improving the small bump and getting a little more mid stroke support.

    The X2 on the back end is unremarkable. More so than the front end I would like a little more mid stroke support as the rear really does easily get into its stroke. This may be able to be dialled out with more pressure or damping but I need to dedicate a ride or two to get it sorted.

    Code RS brakes are also ok. They did get a lot better when I changed the pads to MTX ceramic. Better bite than the OEM. Rear bite feels different to the front but a decent bleed should sort that. I’m on the fence whether I change them to Dominions as I love them on my other bike, such a great feeling brake.

    The dropper lever I am changing to a bar clamp version as I can’t seem to find a good fit with the matchmaker arrangement.

    Standard wheels felt flexy so I’ve changed to WeAreOne Unions on Vesper hubs. Steering feels more direct and the back end stiffer so all positives for me. Plus silence!

    I am in the high and steep setting which for my local easy black dark blue trails is fine. I have had a few more pedal glances (not full on hits but I’m grazing pedals where I normally wouldn’t) so whilst I’m keen to go to the neutral or slack steering angle I’m not keen to drop the BB any more. I’ve got some shorter cranks (160mm) inbound and they they feel ok to pedal I’ll drop the BB then.

    The bike absolutely rails corners. Front to rear balance is spot on. Feels great to jump. It’s easier to manual than my Titan! Love that it gives me a hand getting up the trail (shame it whines when doing it though lol).

    Overall, what a great bike:cool:

  434. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 318605, member: 6169″]
    I’ve been getting out a little more on the KSL and getting a better feel for the bike. The fork I’m not hating (surprisingly). Still on 100psi with 1 token and mainly just messing around with the rebound, compression seems to be much easier to dial in. The first 60% of travel I’ve found is quite easily used up but it still has enough progression for me at this pressure with one token but I wouldn’t mind bolstering that mid stroke slightly.

    I experimented with compressing the forks whilst holding the bleeders open then releasing the buttons when the fork was still compressed to get a little more negative in there. I wasn’t expecting much of a change but it was instantly noticeable over small chatter/rock gardens and had me instantly thinking of putting a Luftkappe in there . That could be a simple inexpensive way of improving the small bump and getting a little more mid stroke support.

    The X2 on the back end is unremarkable. More so than the front end I would like a little more mid stroke support as the rear really does easily get into its stroke. This may be able to be dialled out with more pressure or damping but I need to dedicate a ride or two to get it sorted.

    Code RS brakes are also ok. They did get a lot better when I changed the pads to MTX ceramic. Better bite than the OEM. Rear bite feels different to the front but a decent bleed should sort that. I’m on the fence whether I change them to Dominions as I love them on my other bike, such a great feeling brake.

    The dropper lever I am changing to a bar clamp version as I can’t seem to find a good fit with the matchmaker arrangement.

    Standard wheels felt flexy so I’ve changed to WeAreOne Unions on Vesper hubs. Steering feels more direct and the back end stiffer so all positives for me. Plus silence!

    I am in the high and steep setting which for my local easy black dark blue trails is fine. I have had a few more pedal glances (not full on hits but I’m grazing pedals where I normally wouldn’t) so whilst I’m keen to go to the neutral or slack steering angle I’m not keen to drop the BB any more. I’ve got some shorter cranks (160mm) inbound and they they feel ok to pedal I’ll drop the BB then.

    The bike absolutely rails corners. Front to rear balance is spot on. Feels great to jump. It’s easier to manual than my Titan! Love that it gives me a hand getting up the trail (shame it whines when doing it though lol).

    Overall, what a great bike:cool:
    [/QUOTE]
    Totally almost bought a WAO with vesper today. I think it would only make bikeparks more dangerous tho. Would be bad ass to only hear bouncing rubber and I love the WAO wheels I have.

    don’t know how you ride man but with 170mm of travel you should be smashing it and if so or that’s your goal just max out those air tokens or close and you can drop pressures and have that’ll give you a little more small bump love. Some might disagree but no tokens is really not good for hard hits. but I ride my bikes like I ride my women. Hard and fast. ?

    I wouldn’t put those midget cranks on man. The only people that will ever say ‘no dead space is great’ is dudes who spin pedals on FF bikes and don’t input power. You’re on the SL motor so just use your periferal vision mapping to include your pedals. It’s a learning curve like your first days driving a car and now you likely drive to work with out engaging you’re conscious, eventually you’ll be able to do it on your bike. – you literally have the best damn ebike that there is for crushing bikepark to riding to work.

  435. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 318607, member: 9685″]
    Totally almost bought a WAO with vesper today. I think it would only make bikeparks more dangerous tho. Would be bad ass to only hear bouncing rubber and I love the WAO wheels I have.

    don’t know how you ride man but with 170mm of travel you should be smashing it and if so or that’s your goal just max out those air tokens or close and you can drop pressures and have that’ll give you a little more small bump love. Some might disagree but no tokens is really not good for hard hits. but I ride my bikes like I ride my women. Hard and fast. ?

    I wouldn’t put those midget cranks on man. The only people that will ever say ‘no dead space is great’ is dudes who spin pedals on FF bikes and don’t input power. You’re on the SL motor so just use your periferal vision mapping to include your pedals. It’s a learning curve like your first days driving a car and now you likely drive to work with out engaging you’re conscious, eventually you’ll be able to do it on your bike. – you literally have the best damn ebike that there is for crushing bikepark to riding to work.
    [/QUOTE]
    I experimented with riding the bike for a loop with it turned off to gauge whether I needed to adjust my pedal timing and even negating the extra shove out of corners I’m touching ground in places I shouldn’t be. I’m usually really good with pedal timing and rarely hit the Titans pedals and they are close in rear travel. (Timing for the loop was right in the middle of the average time that it normally takes me on my Titan!). Corner exit and landing leant over with the cranks not exactly right are the main occasions when the pedals touch.

    The 160 cranks….yeah, no idea if they are going to be if any use but I’ve got plenty of quad power at my disposal so it shouldn’t be an issue.

    Not a fan of stuffing a fork full of tokens normally, if I can’t sort it my usual way I’ll maybe give it a go.

  436. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 318613, member: 6169″]
    I experimented with riding the bike for a loop with it turned off to gauge whether I needed to adjust my pedal timing and even negating the extra shove out of corners I’m touching ground in places I shouldn’t be. I’m usually really good with pedal timing and rarely hit the Titans pedals and they are close in rear travel. (Timing for the loop was right in the middle of the average time that it normally takes me on my Titan!). Corner exit and landing leant over with the cranks not exactly right are the main occasions when the pedals touch.

    The 160 cranks….yeah, no idea if they are going to be if any use but I’ve got plenty of quad power at my disposal so it shouldn’t be an issue.

    Not a fan of stuffing a fork full of tokens normally, if I can’t sort it my usual way I’ll maybe give it a go.
    [/QUOTE]
    Cute. If you smash you have no other choice but to run full tokens at near max psi. And honestly I’m not smashing that big in relation to what big parks have. Next year you’ll tell me I am right.

  437. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 318613, member: 6169″]
    I experimented with riding the bike for a loop with it turned off to gauge whether I needed to adjust my pedal timing and even negating the extra shove out of corners I’m touching ground in places I shouldn’t be. I’m usually really good with pedal timing and rarely hit the Titans pedals and they are close in rear travel. (Timing for the loop was right in the middle of the average time that it normally takes me on my Titan!). Corner exit and landing leant over with the cranks not exactly right are the main occasions when the pedals touch.

    The 160 cranks….yeah, no idea if they are going to be if any use but I’ve got plenty of quad power at my disposal so it shouldn’t be an issue.

    Not a fan of stuffing a fork full of tokens normally, if I can’t sort it my usual way I’ll maybe give it a go.
    [/QUOTE]
    nice write up.

    two things for the fork – the Vorsprung secus looks like the ticket for more linear feel with better small bump and mid strokes. But you gotta live with that weird looking can on the side .

    probably second best solution is the dsd runt that just came out. Third air chamber like the mezzer irt. I had one before on a lyrik, and it was much improved. Theoretically you can get better small bump along with the Midstroke and bottom out, but you are adding a bit of friction via the extra seal.
    I am with you and not a fan of tokens mostly because it’s not super adjustable. I have been spoiled by the ramp up chambers I guess

    i do agree with you on the x2 going through travel a bit too easily. That’s the one thing I haven’t really figured out yet. It feels great for me in most scenarios though, but could be a tad bit more lively

  438. Oh and good on the mtx. I have some I need to install. I have found the rear being a bit more spongey as well. Tried a bleed which helped a bit, but still doesn’t grab as hard. Probably some hysteresis with the long brake cable and the 220 vs 200 mm rotor

  439. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318379, member: 19064″]
    Anyone like these graphics I ordered?
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”img_1009588_095523SPECIALIZED_KENEVO_SL_2022.jpg”]66777[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    My goal is to usually hide as much manufacture branding as possible, not add more of it. If you are going to add text decals, at least make it something unique and personal to you.

  440. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318890, member: 19064″]
    Curious your weight?

    I find the rear ramps up fast and I never bottom. I’ve had to open compression all the way and keep letting out air to get more squat.
    Here’s my experience after about 50 miles of ride time. 174lbs

    [LIST]
    [*]The front end feels too low compared to the rear on the flats. Adding compression helps, but they become harsh after a point. I’ve played with pressures, but I guess it’s still a work in progress
    [*]The front feel too high on steep climbs – I’ve comtemplated going to 160mm insert but that won’t help with the rear height issue
    [*]The front to me is over sprung – meaning 170mm of travel is more than needed, for most, but for bike parks it’s proably ideal. 180mm could be interesting if all you do is ride big DH.
    [*]Traction is excellent and the bike is very planted everywhere
    [*]Forks (Fox 38’s in general) are tricky to figure out but work well.
    [*]The seat gets in the way often and I can never find a good topped out position
    [*]Seatpost is sticky…Not a fan…Gonna put a OneUp post on soon and hopefully it helps with top out height.
    [*]I ride the rear in low position, standard HTA and my peddles hit rocks often – S3 crank length…Spank Spikes.
    [*]Ridding the rear in high position feels good except it make the rear dominate the front
    [*]The bike can work good with supension open or stiffer, but I still struggle getting the right front to rear balance sorted
    [*]Shorter stems [B][U]really[/U][/B] help with pulling the front up and over obstacles, but at a cost of front traction going into turns. It’s a trade-off.
    [*]Feel is pretty neutral through turns.
    [/LIST]
    The seat post and getting balance where I like it are my only real complaints. The bike rips and begs to go fast DH.
    [/QUOTE]

    What are you setting for the fork and shock (psi, clicks)? I am only a few pounds heavier and curious to compare

  441. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 318895, member: 1058″]
    What are you setting for the fork and shock (psi, clicks)? I am only a few pounds heavier and curious to compare
    [/QUOTE]

    started at 93 psi, but have went down to 90 or so so I can be in a better range with my clickers. Getting some movement in the forks works well on this bike. The front really isn’t the issue. It’s the rear that also feels really ramped up. For giggles after a ride today at 190psi, I dropped the rear to 185 in the parking lot and I still feel I could go even less. The rear seems to work well regardless of settings, but it always feel too tall. I like the plushness I’m getting with my forks so I don’t want to go much stiffer just to fix the rear. For the forks, I have plenty of stroke left as well so they have plenty of holdup.

  442. Good news!
    I have a RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil installed on my KSL.
    Fluid Function in Squamish (between Vancouver & Whistler) put a smaller reservoir on for me. Not much smaller really.

    I got a quick lap today when I got back to town. (I have a MRP progressive spring on it too).

    Quick notes:
    [ ] As advertised – small bump sensitivity ✅
    [ ] Haven’t tested enough climbs but I feel that I might actually need to use the climb switch once in a while.
    [ ] Didn’t seem to lose any / much “pop” (progressive spring helps I think)
    [ ] Smoother after big hits (bike tracks better, seems to have better composure).

    Let me get another ride in or two, I’ll grab some pictures and return with some thoughts.

  443. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318890, member: 19064″]
    Curious your weight?

    I find the rear ramps up fast and I never bottom. I’ve had to open compression all the way and keep letting out air to get more squat.
    Here’s my experience after about 50 miles of ride time. 174lbs

    [LIST]
    [*]The front end feels too low compared to the rear on the flats. Adding compression helps, but they become harsh after a point. I’ve played with pressures, but I guess it’s still a work in progress
    [*]The front feel too high on steep climbs – I’ve comtemplated going to 160mm insert but that won’t help with the rear height issue
    [*]The front to me is over sprung – meaning 170mm of travel is more than needed, for most, but for bike parks it’s proably ideal. 180mm could be interesting if all you do is ride big DH.
    [*]Traction is excellent and the bike is very planted everywhere
    [*]Forks (Fox 38’s in general) are tricky to figure out but work well.
    [*]The seat gets in the way often and I can never find a good topped out position
    [*]Seatpost is sticky…Not a fan…Gonna put a OneUp post on soon and hopefully it helps with top out height.
    [*]I ride the rear in low position, standard HTA and my peddles hit rocks often – S3 crank length…Spank Spikes.
    [*]Ridding the rear in high position feels good except it make the rear dominate the front
    [*]The bike can work good with supension open or stiffer, but I still struggle getting the right front to rear balance sorted
    [*]Shorter stems [B][U]really[/U][/B] help with pulling the front up and over obstacles, but at a cost of front traction going into turns. It’s a trade-off.
    [*]Feel is pretty neutral through turns.
    [/LIST]
    The seat post and getting balance where I like it are my only real complaints. The bike rips and begs to go fast DH.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 195-200lbs ready to ride.

    Today I rode with the X2 @240psi (up from 230psi which gave 29% wheel travel sag) and it held the back end a little more so zero pedal strikes but at the expense of compliance over chatter. Single hits, berms and landings were good but it was too much of a sacrifice for me. I could keep fiddling with it but my coil is arriving today so the air shock will probably just gather dust.

    Checked the pressure in the fork and when i connected the pump it was 100psi so I would say I had 106-108psi in there previously…maybe why I was looking for more small bump sensitivity lol. 100psi felt good.

  444. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318903, member: 10460″]
    Good news!
    I have a RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil installed on my KSL.
    Fluid Function in Squamish (between Vancouver & Whistler) put a smaller reservoir on for me. Not much smaller really.

    I got a quick lap today when I got back to town. (I have a MRP progressive spring on it too).

    Quick notes:
    [ ] As advertised – small bump sensitivity ✅
    [ ] Haven’t tested enough climbs but I feel that I might actually need to use the climb switch once in a while.
    [ ] Didn’t seem to lose any / much “pop” (progressive spring helps I think)
    [ ] Smoother after big hits (bike tracks better, seems to have better composure).

    Let me get another ride in or two, I’ll grab some pictures and return with some thoughts.
    [/QUOTE]

    Glad it worked!
    This bike definitely has some bob. I wonder what the anti-squat curve looks like. I bet it wasn’t a big priority in the design given the intent and motor.

    It’s definitely a bump eating and traction monster though! You are going to have me jonesing for a coil… ah

  445. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318903, member: 10460″]
    Good news!
    I have a RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate Coil installed on my KSL.
    Fluid Function in Squamish (between Vancouver & Whistler) put a smaller reservoir on for me. Not much smaller really.

    I got a quick lap today when I got back to town. (I have a MRP progressive spring on it too).

    Quick notes:
    [ ] As advertised – small bump sensitivity ✅
    [ ] Haven’t tested enough climbs but I feel that I might actually need to use the climb switch once in a while.
    [ ] Didn’t seem to lose any / much “pop” (progressive spring helps I think)
    [ ] Smoother after big hits (bike tracks better, seems to have better composure).

    Let me get another ride in or two, I’ll grab some pictures and return with some thoughts.
    [/QUOTE]

    Pics or it didn’t happen. :p
    So you think it might need some help with the climb switch? So it moves around more on climbs, as in it’s uber plush?

  446. Looking forward to more time on this rig.
    [ATTACH]66953[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH]66954[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH]66955[/ATTACH]

    [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER]
    I think when a pedal up gets steep and sustained, the plush initial stroke (that feels so good when descending or not climbing) I might think about using the switch.

    I climbed about 300 meters today without the climb switch and was fine, but it was punchy and switchbacks.

  447. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318911, member: 10460″]
    Looking forward to more time on this rig.
    [ATTACH alt=”B13E82AD-D6E7-48BA-B03D-8268F434FEE5.jpeg”]66953[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH alt=”06D4154F-B448-474D-B77A-DBC340CAD80B.jpeg”]66954[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH alt=”7BBC4AA9-869D-4306-8FF5-6CA8CB4F3793.jpeg”]66955[/ATTACH]

    [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER]
    I think when a pedal up gets steep and sustained, the plush initial stroke (that feels so good when descending or not climbing) I might think about using the switch.

    I climbed about 300 meters today without the climb switch and was fine, but it was punchy and switchbacks.
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you mentioned what spring rate you are using or did I miss that?

  448. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 318910, member: 19064″]
    Pics or it didn’t happen. :p
    So you think it might need some help with the climb switch? So it moves around more on climbs, as in it’s uber plush?
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 318911, member: 10460″]
    Looking forward to more time on this rig.
    [ATTACH alt=”B13E82AD-D6E7-48BA-B03D-8268F434FEE5.jpeg”]66953[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH alt=”06D4154F-B448-474D-B77A-DBC340CAD80B.jpeg”]66954[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH alt=”7BBC4AA9-869D-4306-8FF5-6CA8CB4F3793.jpeg”]66955[/ATTACH]

    [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER]
    I think when a pedal up gets steep and sustained, the plush initial stroke (that feels so good when descending or not climbing) I might think about using the switch.

    I climbed about 300 meters today without the climb switch and was fine, but it was punchy and switchbacks.
    [/QUOTE]

    Looks good…Too bad it doesn’t come ready to fully use on the K-SL without a resovior retrofit. Hopefully it performs as good as it looks.

  449. A bit more feedback on the Slack + Hi setting

    It still feels like this may be the “fastest” setting for my style of riding. Up and down. Not so much time on flats, but it pedals fine.

    I did just add about 20 psi to my rear shock as I thought I was at 215 ish and was really around 195 or so. That made the rear more lively. It also made me add a click or two of rebound and remove about 3-4 clicks of LSC which really helped with the chatter and small bump.

    Jumping is still a strange sensation. The rear wants to pop while the front stays a bit more glued. It’s probably mostly a timing thing on my end, but it has so far been my least favorite geo setting for jumps with lips. I added some LSC to the fork to help it stay up a bit when pumping a lip, but not sure how much that helped. I need some more time on real jumps, which fortunately I will get this weekend at the bike park.

    This does highlight the desire for a bit more midstroke support on the fork. I am leaning towards getting a RUNT again. Fork is darn good, but I think the third air chamber could be the ticket.

    To recap on the geo:

    Stock (Medium,Lo) – most balanced on the DH. Great jumper because of the balance, but the kinematics are more plow/plush vs. pop.

    Medium, Hi – Still capable, but feels like a big trail bike in comparison to stock. More pop, climbing is great. Jumps were good but took an adjustment

    Slack, HI – Most aggressive on the DH, but able to whip the corners a tad bit more. Jumps are a work in progress. Climbs great with the steep STA.

  450. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 319127, member: 19064″]
    Nice!
    Have you tried Slack, Low?
    [/QUOTE]
    No. I really don’t feel the need. I probably will at some point, but scratching my head as to what terrain that would be for

    i haven’t tried steep yet either, but can’t see using that unless I am going to be doing a big xc ride at some point

  451. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 319128, member: 1058″]
    No. I really don’t feel the need. I probably will at some point, but scratching my head as to what terrain that would be for

    i haven’t tried steep yet either, but can’t see using that unless I am going to be doing a big xc ride at some point
    [/QUOTE]

    I was going to try steep / high but this was for the mixed wheel size experiment (that honestly I’m not too keen on doing anyway 😉
    The bike is sooo good as a 29er. Such good geo for me

    First, new coil shock impressions (mid / high)
    Second, mixed wheel size…

    I have a feeling that the seat angle will be noticeable (in a negative way) with a mixed wheel setup.
    Coming off of a Norco Sight VLT though, which had close to a 78 degree seat angle).
    [KSL S3 = 76 degree Seat Angle]

  452. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 319128, member: 1058″]
    No. I really don’t feel the need. I probably will at some point, but scratching my head as to what terrain that would be for

    i haven’t tried steep yet either, but can’t see using that unless I am going to be doing a big xc ride at some point
    [/QUOTE]

    Who rides XC? (n)

  453. DVO gear turned up. Jade X with a 475-575lb spring. New Onyx forks too!

    First impression of the shock (in the shed) was that it felt super soft and the spring was way too light (and there is quite a bit of noise from the oil going thru shims). I just measured my wheel sag and with two turns of preload I’m getting 44mm sag so about 26% which was surprising. Guess the spring could be ok! I’ll back off the preload one turn before I ride it.
    Zero clearance issues with this one.

  454. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 319132, member: 6169″]
    DVO gear turned up. Jade X with a 475-575lb spring. New Onyx forks too!

    First impression of the shock (in the shed) was that it felt super soft and the spring was way too light (and there is quite a bit of noise from the oil going thru shims). I just measured my wheel sag and with two turns of preload I’m getting 44mm sag so about 26% which was surprising. Guess the spring could be ok! I’ll back off the preload one turn before I ride it.
    Zero clearance issues with this one.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Jade coil.jpg”]67000[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Amazing! Love the green accents. Enjoy!

  455. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 319131, member: 19064″]
    Who rides XC? (n)
    [/QUOTE]
    Haha seriously.., though if ever get a range extender there is a 45 mile ride locally that connects some of the better known trail centers. That’s what I would call xc in this case and the steep setup would probably be a good bet

  456. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 319132, member: 6169″]
    DVO gear turned up. Jade X with a 475-575lb spring. New Onyx forks too!

    First impression of the shock (in the shed) was that it felt super soft and the spring was way too light (and there is quite a bit of noise from the oil going thru shims). I just measured my wheel sag and with two turns of preload I’m getting 44mm sag so about 26% which was surprising. Guess the spring could be ok! I’ll back off the preload one turn before I ride it.
    Zero clearance issues with this one.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Jade coil.jpg”]67000[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What’s your riding weight if you don’t mind divulging? I am guessing th spring rate at sag is pretty close to 500-510lb/in

  457. Hey [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER], I looked back at your earlier posts but did not find why you wanted to change your fork. (If you did previously mention it).

    Did you not like the 38 or just an affinity for DVO?

    (I really liked my ZEB Ultimate on my previous bike – but been impressed with the 38 thus far).

    Additionally, Michelin DH tires… good hey? ?

  459. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 319135, member: 1058″]
    What’s your riding weight if you don’t mind divulging? I am guessing th spring rate at sag is pretty close to 500-510lb/in
    [/QUOTE]

    195ish
    [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 319136, member: 10460″]
    Hey [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER], I looked back at your earlier posts but did not find why you wanted to change your fork. (If you did previously mention it).

    Did you not like the 38 or just an affinity for DVO?

    (I really liked my ZEB Ultimate on my previous bike – but been impressed with the 38 thus far).

    Additionally, Michelin DH tires… good hey? ?
    [/QUOTE]
    More like a Fox aversion tbh 😀 I have found Fox products to be unreliable in the past (blown shocks, creaking CSU’s) plus I’m not a fan of the local Fox repair agent where I live so I’m happy to not run them. The 38 has been quite good (better than I had expected) and if I didn’t already have the DVO enroute when I bought the bike I probably would have kept the 38 on (possibly adding a luftkappe). Also the bike is painted in a pretty drab colour so a decent splash of bright green doesn’t do any harm!

    The Michelin tyres are great. The DH22 front is tenacious!

  460. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 319139, member: 6169″]
    195ish

    More like a Fox aversion tbh 😀 I have found Fox products to be unreliable in the past (blown shocks, creaking CSU’s) plus I’m not a fan of the local Fox repair agent where I live so I’m happy to not run them. The 38 has been quite good (better than I had expected) and if I didn’t already have the DVO enroute when I bought the bike I probably would have kept the 38 on (possibly adding a luftkappe). Also the bike is painted in a pretty drab colour so a decent splash of bright green doesn’t do any harm!

    [B]The Michelin tyres are great. The DH22 front is tenacious![/B]
    [/QUOTE]

    Better than the stock K-SL tires? I think the stock tires grip well, but a little flat in the profile, so they don’t roll over as good as I want.

  461. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 319140, member: 19064″]
    Better than the stock K-SL tires? I think the stock tires grip well, but a little flat in the profile, so they don’t roll over as good as I want.
    [/QUOTE]
    Definitely better than the Specialized Butchers. (Don’t get me wrong, these new / revised Specialized tires are pretty darn good).

    The Michelin DH tires are for : set and forget / don’t bother with inserts / grip is never an issue / no worries with slower rolling / who cares about battery life / AssagWho?

    ?

    …but seriously, if you have rowdy local terrain – really worth a try.

  462. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 319141, member: 10460″]
    Definitely better than the Specialized Butchers. (Don’t get me wrong, these new / revised Specialized tires are pretty darn good).

    The Michelin DH tires are for : set and forget / don’t bother with inserts / grip is never an issue / no worries with slower rolling / who cares about battery life / AssagWho?

    ?

    …but seriously, if you have rowdy local terrain – really worth a try.
    [/QUOTE]

    Cool. Good to know. All I know is Maxxis tires and thus far have been pretty impressed with the Specialized tread having zero knowledge of them. I do like the Yellow sidewalls on the Michelin’s. I’ve never run inserts – ever. 🙂

    [ATTACH type=”full”]67001[/ATTACH]

  463. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 319141, member: 10460″]
    Definitely better than the Specialized Butchers. (Don’t get me wrong, these new / revised Specialized tires are pretty darn good).

    The Michelin DH tires are for : set and forget / don’t bother with inserts / grip is never an issue / no worries with slower rolling / who cares about battery life / AssagWho?

    ?

    …but seriously, if you have rowdy local terrain – really worth a try.
    [/QUOTE]
    I changed my usual combo of Maxxis EXO rear with cushcore to the Michelin DH tyres and no cushcore….first run on my other bike with 25psi in the rear of the Michelin I pinch flatted and dented a new rim! I’m running 27psi in the rear of the KSL to avoid hitting my carbon wheels. I actually thought they would be more robust given how heavy they are! They do grip well though.

  464. [QUOTE=”Sherman, post: 299389, member: 367″]
    Doesn’t deserve the Kenevo name, should have been 180mm 27.5 :unsure:

    Nice bike, but not for me. The point of Kenevo is self shutling. But where does this bike leave next gen Levo SL? If there ever will be one..
    [/QUOTE]
    Ive got one on test, the bike is nice, but its really niche, for most trails ive ridden from big mountain to woods, the bike is totally over biked… a sweet spot could be halfway between Levo SL and this…

  465. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 319165, member: 6169″]
    I changed my usual combo of Maxxis EXO rear with cushcore to the Michelin DH tyres and no cushcore….first run on my other bike with 25psi in the rear of the Michelin I pinch flatted and dented a new rim! I’m running 27psi in the rear of the KSL to avoid hitting my carbon wheels. I actually thought they would be more robust given how heavy they are! They do grip well though.
    [/QUOTE]

    I’ve been running the Michelin DH tires on my WR1 Agent rims (Carbon) for 6 months now.
    I usually ride with 22 / 23 psi in wet and 24 / 26 dry.
    I’ve been very happy and have not taken it easy on the wheels.

    When these Michelin’s wear out, I am also curious to test an EXO MaxxGrip DHR 2 front and EXO+ MaxxTerra DHR 2 rear.
    (w/ cushcore).

  466. Hi, I’m looking for a drawing of the Kenevo SL, which is showing the way the rear brake hose has to run thru the frame.
    Can anybody get me a copy of such a service drawing?
    For the Levo SL there was a “Tech_Service_Workbook_Retailer” shared in this forum.
    I hope there is something similar for the Kenevo SL.

  467. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 319313, member: 16632″]
    After issues with Maxxis tires wobbling with cushcore I tried a pair of Michelin DH 34s.They were wire casing / non-foldable, but this cushcore fanboy still managed to stuff in the inserts. While technically feasible, I would not recommend the experience. The DH 34s worked great but no appreciable difference to the double Assegai (DH casing) combo. They flatted so I swapped them out. Never tried sans cushcore cause I’m too heavy (220lbs) to trust my carbon rims to a no-cushcore setup.
    I figure cushcore may add 3mins of climbing per ride but on the other hand I completely stopped carrying plugs/levers/tube about a year ago and haven’t flatted since with (somewhat wobbly) Maxxis DH + cushcore.

    I guess bottom line is that they might be a great substitute for Maxxis + cushcore for the sub-200lb crew. Traction was spot on. Just way too much work with that wire casing if you need to pack inserts.
    [/QUOTE]
    Spot on.

    I’ve had the Maxxis wobble with and without fitting cushcore, I really think its a manufacturing flaw in the carcass construction and you just can’t tell until you fit them.

    I’m going back to a cushcore setup also when the Michelins wear out unless I flat them again in which case they’ll be coming straight off.

  469. Not sure anyone’s interested, but I recently tried a shorter stem – 35mm from the standard 50mm. Really allowed for easy pull up on the front for jumps or pulling up obstacles, holes, etc…Really liked this aspect, but I personally felt it was a wee bit too much.

    Since, I’ve picked up a 40mm and a 45mm stem….. just installed the 45. This 45 might be the ticket for me. Seems to fit just about right, yet still offers improved pull up and better feel in the front and generally on the bike. Haven’t tested the 40 yet, but I’ll keep the 45 on for now. I’m about 5’10” in heels. Not easy to locate a 45, but Spank makes one that looks pretty good on the bike. The stem really can change the feel in the cockpit on this bike.

    I also have a new Deity 35mm in black should anyone want to buy it. Same one they use on the S-Works.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screenshot 2021-07-22 at 16-42-20 SPANK SPLIT 35 Stem.png”]67164[/ATTACH]

  470. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 319576, member: 19064″]
    Not sure anyone’s interested, but I recently tried a shorter stem – 35mm from the standard 50mm. Really allowed for easy pull up on the front for jumps or pulling up obstacles, holes, etc…Really liked this aspect, but I personally felt it was a wee bit too much.

    Since, I’ve picked up a 40mm and a 45mm stem….. just installed the 45. This 45 might be the ticket for me. Seems to fit just about right, yet still offers improved pull up and better feel in the front and generally on the bike. Haven’t tested the 40 yet, but I’ll keep the 45 on for now. I’m about 5’10” in heels. Not easy to locate a 45, but Spank makes one that looks pretty good on the bike. The stem really can change the feel in the cockpit on this bike.

    I also have a new Deity 35mm in black should anyone want to buy it. Same one they use on the S-Works.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screenshot 2021-07-22 at 16-42-20 SPANK SPLIT 35 Stem.png”]67164[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I’d recommend keeping all stem sizes for future use if you’re someone who likes to tinker with setup. I say this from experience, as in the past I’ve sold a one-up bash guard and various stems I wasn’t using. But then when I got a different bike, I went and re-bought exactly what I just sold.

  471. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 319576, member: 19064″]
    Not sure anyone’s interested, but I recently tried a shorter stem – 35mm from the standard 50mm. Really allowed for easy pull up on the front for jumps or pulling up obstacles, holes, etc…Really liked this aspect, but I personally felt it was a wee bit too much.

    Since, I’ve picked up a 40mm and a 45mm stem….. just installed the 45. This 45 might be the ticket for me. Seems to fit just about right, yet still offers improved pull up and better feel in the front and generally on the bike. Haven’t tested the 40 yet, but I’ll keep the 45 on for now. I’m about 5’10” in heels. Not easy to locate a 45, but Spank makes one that looks pretty good on the bike. The stem really can change the feel in the cockpit on this bike.

    I also have a new Deity 35mm in black should anyone want to buy it. Same one they use on the S-Works.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screenshot 2021-07-22 at 16-42-20 SPANK SPLIT 35 Stem.png”]67164[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I am running a 45mm atm. I pulled it from my SL because I also wanted to run my carbon bars that I preferred.

    definitely made the fit better for me. 6’1 on an s4

  473. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 319778, member: 6169″]
    Ride report to come.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”PXL_20210722_063830239.jpg”]67225[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Love the green!

    Just needs a sneaky Festool sticker somewhere and I’m done ?

  474. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 319779, member: 2329″]
    Love the green!

    Just needs a sneaky Festool sticker somewhere and I’m done ?
    [/QUOTE]

    Nothing says EMTB like a little woodworking humor!

    o_O:LOL::cool:

    Oh, [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER] – looks amazing! ?

  476. Got out for a few rides on the KSL, loving the bike!

    In short the DVO Onyx fork is one of the easiest to set up and a fork that I have really come to love in a short period of time. I got the Onyx from DVO NZ, wasn’t available anywhere else, and what a great job he as done setting this up.

    First impressions were that it felt like the ERA. The way it held up with very stout mid stroke support was impressive. Initially I ran it with plenty of pressure and zero damping to get a feel, then dropped the pressure and added HSC to keep me from bottoming on the bigger hits and quickly found a sweet spot. The fork is really active and is super supple and very relaxed over small chatter. The Mezzer over this terrain I found fatiguing after a while as it needed the rider to be somewhat going for it to work well. Braking heavily on the steeps the stiffness seems to be spot on, with no binding or added friction when loaded, just active, smooth and controlled movement.

    The biggest compliment I can give this fork is that on my last ride I didn’t think about the fork once. This is super rare for me as something usually gets my attention and I start thinking about the cause and solution. This Onyx and my Hayes Dominion brakes are set and forget

    Compared to the 38 the Onyx is possibly even slightly more supple on the small stuff, stiffness feels very similar, weight is also very similar (Onyx was 2.3kg with uncut steerer). Onyx held up better in its mid stroke than the 38. The Onyx feels like it recovers quicker than the 38 and so feels calmer going hot into corners with a heap of chatter. The front end grip from the fork tracking so well, not deflecting adds a heap of confidence. I’m having to recalibrate when I need to get my inside foot out in anticipation of a drift because the front is hanging on better (same tyre and pressure just a change of fork). I’m playing with pressures and adding more HSC and so far I’ve felt no harshness at all. No hand pain on longer runs even with the added damping. So far all is looking good!

    Not all doom and gloom for the 38 though. In fact I did a complete 180 on that (I was going to sell it). Decided to keep the 38, Smashpot it and put it on my other bike:D

  477. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 320646, member: 6169″]
    Got out for a few rides on the KSL, loving the bike!

    In short the DVO Onyx fork is one of the easiest to set up and a fork that I have really come to love in a short period of time. I got the Onyx from DVO NZ, wasn’t available anywhere else, and what a great job he as done setting this up.

    First impressions were that it felt like the ERA. The way it held up with very stout mid stroke support was impressive. Initially I ran it with plenty of pressure and zero damping to get a feel, then dropped the pressure and added HSC to keep me from bottoming on the bigger hits and quickly found a sweet spot. The fork is really active and is super supple and very relaxed over small chatter. The Mezzer over this terrain I found fatiguing after a while as it needed the rider to be somewhat going for it to work well. Braking heavily on the steeps the stiffness seems to be spot on, with no binding or added friction when loaded, just active, smooth and controlled movement.

    The biggest compliment I can give this fork is that on my last ride I didn’t think about the fork once. This is super rare for me as something usually gets my attention and I start thinking about the cause and solution. This Onyx and my Hayes Dominion brakes are set and forget

    Compared to the 38 the Onyx is possibly even slightly more supple on the small stuff, stiffness feels very similar, weight is also very similar (Onyx was 2.3kg with uncut steerer). Onyx held up better in its mid stroke than the 38. The Onyx feels like it recovers quicker than the 38 and so feels calmer going hot into corners with a heap of chatter. The front end grip from the fork tracking so well, not deflecting adds a heap of confidence. I’m having to recalibrate when I need to get my inside foot out in anticipation of a drift because the front is hanging on better (same tyre and pressure just a change of fork). I’m playing with pressures and adding more HSC and so far I’ve felt no harshness at all. No hand pain on longer runs even with the added damping. So far all is looking good!

    Not all doom and gloom for the 38 though. In fact I did a complete 180 on that (I was going to sell it). Decided to keep the 38, Smashpot it and put it on my other bike:D
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice report! So, you have had a Mezzer and the ERA as well?? Assuming those weren’t on the KSL at any point..

    DVO has always piqued my interest, especially since they are fairly local. Good to hear it’s a solid performer. Your report also further makes me think that the DSD Runt or the Secus could be a big performance boost for the mid stroke on the 38.

    Now… how about that coil?!? That’s the real item of interest at least to me 🙂

    ——
    Btw – has anyone weighed their KSL? I saw a post on a FB group about someone weighing their KSL, and it was heavier than I thought. Granted he had added cushcore and a coil fork which probably adds at least 2 lbs, but he was at 46lbs with that setup.

  478. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 320665, member: 1058″]
    Now… how about that coil?!? That’s the real item of interest at least to me 🙂
    [/QUOTE]

    I got a bunch more ride time on the RockShox SD Ultimate Coil.

    [B]I really prefer it to the Float X2, and here’s why:[/B]

    Bigger impacts are handled and soaked right up – just a smoother ramp to the end stroke.
    I don’t feel that I’ve lost any “pop” when needed on trail. The MRP progressive coil is likely a big help here. (550+)
    Sensitivity off the top. Of course.
    Better high speed composure. Especially when it gets really rough.
    Simple setup. Progressive spring with SAG set to 30% – no or very little compression needed and then set rebound to flavour.

    [B]Some critiques:[/B]
    I haven’t needed to lock out the shock on climbs yet but I’ve thought about flipping the switch.
    On pedally roots / rock littered slow trails, this 170mm bike, especially with the coil can get bogged down – wasn’t so bad with the air shock, from what I remember.

  479. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 320682, member: 10460″]
    I got a bunch more ride time on the RockShox SD Ultimate Coil.

    [B]I really prefer it to the Float X2, and here’s why:[/B]

    Bigger impacts are handled and soaked right up – just a smoother ramp to the end stroke.
    I don’t feel that I’ve lost any “pop” when needed on trail. The MRP progressive coil is likely a big help here. (550+)
    Sensitivity off the top. Of course.
    Better high speed composure. Especially when it gets really rough.
    Simple setup. Progressive spring with SAG set to 30% – no or very little compression needed and then set rebound to flavour.

    [B]Some critiques:[/B]
    I haven’t needed to lock out the shock on climbs yet but I’ve thought about flipping the switch.
    On pedally roots / rock littered slow trails, this 170mm bike, especially with the coil can get bogged down – wasn’t so bad with the air shock, from what I remember.
    [/QUOTE]
    on the slow , janky trails you think it just gives up trail to easily? I wonder if the progressive spring influences rebound settings that are needed. Does it have lsr and hsr adjustments?

  480. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 320684, member: 1058″]
    on the slow , janky trails you think it just gives up trail to easily? I wonder if the progressive spring influences rebound settings that are needed. Does it have lsr and hsr adjustments?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m pedalling through the compressions and I think because the coil shock is so supple I feel that I need to spend more energy and effort to maintain any speed.
    As soon as the speed picks up, the bike feels amazing.
    The shock has no HSR tuning (done when the shock is setup for rider / bike)
    Your thought on how rebound works with a progressive coil is a good one.
    I’m sure it’s not set to handle the range of progression.

  481. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 320682, member: 10460″]
    I got a bunch more ride time on the RockShox SD Ultimate Coil.

    [B]I really prefer it to the Float X2, and here’s why:[/B]

    Bigger impacts are handled and soaked right up – just a smoother ramp to the end stroke.
    I don’t feel that I’ve lost any “pop” when needed on trail. The MRP progressive coil is likely a big help here. (550+)
    Sensitivity off the top. Of course.
    Better high speed composure. Especially when it gets really rough.
    Simple setup. Progressive spring with SAG set to 30% – no or very little compression needed and then set rebound to flavour.

    [B]Some critiques:[/B]
    I haven’t needed to lock out the shock on climbs yet but I’ve thought about flipping the switch.
    On pedally roots / rock littered slow trails, this 170mm bike, especially with the coil can get bogged down – wasn’t so bad with the air shock, from what I remember.
    [/QUOTE]
    Jade X coil with 475-575lb progressive spring.

    Better than the X2 everywhere.

    No experience with DVO coils prior to this but plenty with other brands. In the car park the Jade feels almost undamped. It is so different to my other bikes coil I even contacted the seller and asked a few questions before I rode about the tune and if it needed a bleed! I trusted him and rode it the next day with the recommended rebound setting. I fully expected to be bucked and the rear end to be out of control but was I wrong. Whether it is the KSL linkage flattering the coil, or this shock just suits me but honestly the way the back end feels is what I’ve been looking for for some time now.

    The shock is super reactive to small bumps so that magic carpet muted thunder ride is there. The spring is holding the rear end up more, I haven’t had a pedal strike since the coil went on! High speed chatter the rear is getting out of the way and following the terrain…traction for days. No hammering off line, it just gets on with it.

    Honeymoon perhaps…lets hope not. More rides!

  482. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 320687, member: 10460″]
    I’m pedalling through the compressions and I think because the coil shock is so supple I feel that I need to spend more energy and effort to maintain any speed.
    As soon as the speed picks up, the bike feels amazing.
    The shock has no HSR tuning (done when the shock is setup for rider / bike)
    Your thought on how rebound works with a progressive coil is a good one.
    I’m sure it’s not set to handle the range of progression.
    [/QUOTE]
    Given how progressive springs work… it kinda makes sense. More of the energy is stored later in the spring stroke vs a linear assuming same sag point. Meaning you probably use a bit more in those scenarios. Also probably why tuning rebound could be a bit more complicated . I ran a progressive spring on my 1st gen Kenevo . I think I found similar to you, but I was under sprung with the progressive so it was exacerbated I believe

    maybe try adding a bit of lsc to see if that helps? Might negate a bit of the suppleness, but could be worth a shot.

  483. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 320689, member: 6169″]
    Jade X coil with 475-575lb progressive spring.

    Better than the X2 everywhere.

    No experience with DVO coils prior to this but plenty with other brands. In the car park the Jade feels almost undamped. It is so different to my other bikes coil I even contacted the seller and asked a few questions before I rode about the tune and if it needed a bleed! I trusted him and rode it the next day with the recommended rebound setting. I fully expected to be bucked and the rear end to be out of control but was I wrong. Whether it is the KSL linkage flattering the coil, or this shock just suits me but honestly the way the back end feels is what I’ve been looking for for some time now.

    The shock is super reactive to small bumps so that magic carpet muted thunder ride is there. The spring is holding the rear end up more, I haven’t had a pedal strike since the coil went on! High speed chatter the rear is getting out of the way and following the terrain…traction for days. No hammering off line, it just gets on with it.

    Honeymoon perhaps…lets hope not. More rides!
    [/QUOTE]
    Ah you people spending my money again… ?

    have you measured sag? If so, how did it compare to when you had the x2?

  484. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 320697, member: 1058″]
    Ah you people spending my money again… ?

    have you measured sag? If so, how did it compare to when you had the x2?
    [/QUOTE]

    Very similar.

    Sag @ 230psi in the X2 gave approx 49mm of wheel sag. 240psi gave a few mm less and didn’t give much more mid support but did become choppy at the higher pressure.

    One turn of preload gave approx 48mm of wheel sag. All figures are approximate and could be slightly variable but it’s in the ball park (the people I used to help measure may have built in parallax error lol).

  485. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 320706, member: 6169″]
    Very similar.

    Sag @ 230psi in the X2 gave approx 49mm of wheel sag. 240psi gave a few mm less and didn’t give much more mid support but did become choppy at the higher pressure.

    One turn of preload gave approx 48mm of wheel sag. All figures are approximate and could be slightly variable but it’s in the ball park (the people I used to help measure may have built in parallax error lol).
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you go with the 230x65mm version or did they shim it to 62.5mm? Custom tune?

  486. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 320665, member: 1058″]
    Nice report! So, you have had a Mezzer and the ERA as well?? Assuming those weren’t on the KSL at any point..

    DVO has always piqued my interest, especially since they are fairly local. Good to hear it’s a solid performer. Your report also further makes me think that the DSD Runt or the Secus could be a big performance boost for the mid stroke on the 38.

    Now… how about that coil?!? That’s the real item of interest at least to me 🙂

    ——
    [B]Btw – has anyone weighed their KSL? [/B] I saw a post on a FB group about someone weighing their KSL, and it was heavier than I thought. Granted he had added cushcore and a coil fork which probably adds at least 2 lbs, but he was at 46lbs with that setup.
    [/QUOTE]

    Yup….43/44 lbs on my scale with all the stock stuff.

  487. Any wheel experts here mind providing their input?

    I’m trying to figure out if there’s a way to get better wheel pickup if I were to go to another wheelset with better hubs? Anyone running Carbons on their K-SL?

  488. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 320903, member: 1058″]
    Did you go with the 230x65mm version or did they shim it to 62.5mm? Custom tune?
    [/QUOTE]

    I believe it is 62.5mm and regarding the tune I honestly don’t know. DVO NZ build every fork and shock from scratch for the rider/bike so I’m guessing there could be valving changes to suit the linkage but possibly could be standard and just assembled correctly.

    [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 321466, member: 19064″]
    Any wheel experts here mind providing their input?

    I’m trying to figure out if there’s a way to get better wheel rotation pickup if I were to go to another wheelset with better hubs, but still keep a beefier rim like an EX511 and perhaps DT Swiss 240’s or i9Hydras?

    According to the Roval site, the KSL wheelset with DT Swiss 370 hubs come in at 1870 grams. Other than going to more of an XC wheel or carbon, I’m not finding many options for removing rotational mass so I’m trying to see if better hubs/wheelset may be enough to notice a difference considering there won’t be much of a weight variance if I stay with alloys. With such a heavy bike, enduro rims are probably the best option.

    The next question, is anyone running Carbons or have the S-Works that can comment for the K-SL Expert?
    [/QUOTE]
    Definitely not a wheel expert but I’m running carbon wheels with Onyx Vesper hubs. I found the standard wheels a little flexy, the WAO rims are much stiffer so the steering feels more direct and the back end more solid. I’ve got Michelin DH tyres on these rims so my rotational mass has not been reduced lol

  489. 65 miles on mine and the motor isn’t working going uphill, or working eratically. DH seems to work. Fully charged, all SW updates are current, etc. I hear the motor working, but it’s essentially not doing anything.

    This will be interesting.

  490. Finally got it (or I got enough money raised) size S3
    This model has such a good parts and maybe the 1st time I have no hurry to change anything. Later maybe the seat post and tyres.
    Can’t get seat post low enough.

    And oh’ boy how it rides, so smooth and silence.
    And it assist just right and you have to use your own legs.

    The fork Fox 38. When you test it in the parking lot, it feels hard but as the speed increases and terrain get more technical , it just gets better. So smooth as also the rear X2. What a great suspension.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”DBB9A87B-0D69-4009-8331-8794DAFF14C2.jpeg”]67921[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”717C9A41-2C1B-46F4-BA08-EB83558E52AB.jpeg”]67922[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”3CE8D9D6-DD85-4DE1-90B6-103B365AA155.jpeg”]67923[/ATTACH]

  491. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 322790, member: 838″]
    Yes, I have that post on my Stumpy Evo LTD. Have to buy another one. Thanks
    [/QUOTE]

    Make sure you also get a new lever with it. Won’t work with the stock one as the cable is reversed.

  492. Hi, I’m looking for a picture, which is showing the way the rear brake hose has to run thru the frame.
    Can anybody check inside his frame and snap a few photos?
    Thanks!

  493. [QUOTE=”motivio, post: 323045, member: 9271″]
    Hi, I’m looking for a picture, which is showing the way the rear brake hose has to run thru the frame.
    Can anybody check inside his frame and snap a few photos?
    Thanks!
    [/QUOTE]
    If you look carefully you can just see the start of the “sleeve” that the cables run through. It’s part of the carbon frame and is the thickness of the cables in height and about 3 cables wide. I had the motor out when I done mine but if you remove the motor cover which is easy as you can probably re thread it all through there.
    This bike has been designed perfectly.

  494. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 322949, member: 19064″]
    Make sure you also get a new lever with it. Won’t work with the stock one as the cable is reversed.
    [/QUOTE]
    It is difficult to decide which one size 150 or 170 is suitable for S3 size frame. I want the post body to sink deeper in the frame

  495. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 323165, member: 838″]
    It is difficult to decide which one size 150 or 170 is suitable for S3 size frame. I want the post body to sink deeper in the frame
    [/QUOTE]
    This is as far as my 170 AXS goes down leaving 5mm clearance to the frame. At 5”10 I just am right at full height, maybe a tad over but I can still cycle fine.

  496. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323186, member: 2329″]
    This is as far as my 170 AXS goes down leaving 5mm clearance to the frame. At 5”10 I just am right at full height, maybe a tad over but I can still cycle fine.

    [ATTACH=full]68056[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    How do you find the Ohlins air shock compared to the X2?

  497. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323189, member: 6169″]
    How do you find the Ohlins air shock compared to the X2?
    [/QUOTE]
    No idea, never ridden an X2. But it works fine as far as I can tell. To be fair, I haven’t ridden any big mountain due to covid restrictions but my mate has one on his Commencal and loves it.

  498. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323121, member: 2329″]
    If you look carefully you can just see the start of the “sleeve” that the cables run through. It’s part of the carbon frame and is the thickness of the cables in height and about 3 cables wide. I had the motor out when I done mine but if you remove the motor cover which is easy as you can probably re thread it all through there.
    This bike has been designed perfectly.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thank You Christian!
    On which side of the motor did you run the brake hose over the motor/gearbox, on the drive side or non-drive side?

  499. [QUOTE=”motivio, post: 323220, member: 9271″]
    Thank You Christian!
    On which side of the motor did you run the brake hose over the motor/gearbox, on the drive side or non-drive side?
    [/QUOTE]
    Over the motor as there’s no room on either side of the SL motors.

  500. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323186, member: 2329″]
    This is as far as my 170 AXS goes down leaving 5mm clearance to the frame. At 5”10 I just am right at full height, maybe a tad over but I can still cycle fine.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”0F2B9ABF-8412-4F1D-830F-9E457C739654.jpeg”]68056[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks and I think Oneup post body is much shorter

  501. Noob to the group, read the thread, love the ideas on suspension settings, sharing my pic of my S4 Expert Bumblebee on the South Downs Way in the UK. Coming from a Trek Slash 8.0 “long-travel trail bike” I am loving this in the local forest and can’t wait to get to a park with it for some steeps and rocks

    [ATTACH type=”full”]68077[/ATTACH]

  502. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 323165, member: 838″]
    It is difficult to decide which one size 150 or 170 is suitable for S3 size frame. I want the post body to sink deeper in the frame
    [/QUOTE]

    150…It’s shorter and gets out of the way way better than the stocker. I have an S3 as well….Get it and forget it.
    I consider it a must have for this bike.

  503. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323444, member: 6169″]
    What is the base tune/code in that X2?
    [/QUOTE]

    See below

  504. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323446, member: 19064″]
    Sorry, I have no idea…I can ask for you if you want?
    [/QUOTE]
    Is there a four digit code on the shock reservoir?

  505. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323449, member: 6169″]
    Is there a four digit code on the shock reservoir?
    [/QUOTE]

    There’s not 4 digit code like it comes on the Elite.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]68105[/ATTACH]

  506. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323455, member: 19064″]
    There’s no 4 digit code like it shows on the Elite Performance…All the reservoir shows is VVC.

    [/QUOTE]

    Looks like I found it for you…It’s not on the shock, but on the box.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”0804211615.jpg”]68106[/ATTACH]

  507. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323455, member: 19064″]
    There’s not 4 digit code like it comes on the Elite.

    [ATTACH=full]68105[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Description: 2021, FLOAT X2, F-S, K, 2pos-Adj, Specialized, Kenevo SL, 230, 62.5, CL002, FSRF002, Rezi CM, Orange, Neutral Logo, N/M

    That’s the X2 tune in the S Works. Not sure if I’m reading it correctly but the Specialized version could have a firm rebound tune and your new one has a medium rebound tune. Thanks for putting the info up btw, greatinfo for those who like to over analyze suspension lol. Hopefully the new shock is great!

  508. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323462, member: 6169″]
    Description: 2021, FLOAT X2, F-S, K, 2pos-Adj, Specialized, Kenevo SL, 230, 62.5, CL002, FSRF002, Rezi CM, Orange, Neutral Logo, N/M

    That’s the X2 tune in the S Works. Not sure if I’m reading it correctly but the Specialized version could have a firm rebound tune and your new one has a medium rebound tune. Thanks for putting the info up btw, greatinfo for those who like to over analyze suspension lol. Hopefully the new shock is great!
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah, you are probably correct. I have the 22 FOX X2 if it means anything…I’m told there have been some changes, but not major. The 62.5 is a bike specific spec I believe, but without question, the bike rides better. It’s like a magic carpet ride in comparison, and honestly, I liked the stock spec’d shock!….What really stood out for me, was going thru rock gardens and how even the bike felt and wasn’t pitched around like before….I just peddled over everything with perfect bike pitch and didn’t feel anything…No undulations, just smooth as silk all the way thru. It was pretty cool. It also works better for small chop. Absorbs it all and I don’t feel what I used to feel – in a good way of course.

    Now after 30 min or so, you get used to the feeling, but if you compared back to back, it’s immediately noticeable for the first 20 min.

  509. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323462, member: 6169″]
    Description: 2021, FLOAT X2, F-S, K, 2pos-Adj, Specialized, Kenevo SL, 230, 62.5, CL002, FSRF002, Rezi CM, Orange, Neutral Logo, N/M

    That’s the X2 tune in the S Works. Not sure if I’m reading it correctly but the Specialized version could have a firm rebound tune and your new one has a medium rebound tune. Thanks for putting the info up btw, greatinfo for those who like to over analyze suspension lol. Hopefully the new shock is great!
    [/QUOTE]
    It look like the new one has Compression low and Rebound Medium. Great info, thanks [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER]

  510. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 323476, member: 1058″]
    Nice I will have to hit Ryan up and talk to him. Already chatted him a bit . He is about 10mins from me and has been great for me on my suspension tunes.

    [B]Do you have any note from Ryan on the tune? Strange there is no id.[/B] Haven’t seen that before
    [/QUOTE]

    Cool…..I do not…I assumed “VVC” is the tune, but I don’t know MTB suspension specifics. I’m just stoked I have it on the bike now.

  511. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323593, member: 19064″]
    Cool…..I do not…I assumed “VVC” is the tune, but I don’t know MTB suspension specifics. I’m just stoked I have it on the bike now.
    [/QUOTE]
    Vvc is the new rebound setup they have in their latest. I still think it gets specific tunes per fox standard.

    all good. Glad it’s working well for you!

  512. just for your reference, Here is the description of my new bought factory X2 with VVC rebound (for my LEVO SL)

    Part number: 979-01-028
    Tune ID: D5PL
    Description: 2021, FLOAT X2, F-S, K, 2pos-Adj, FOX, AM, 210, 55, CL, RM, Rezi BV3, Orange, Neutral Logo

    codes…
    F-S factory series
    K Kashima coating
    AM after Market
    210 55 – shock eye to eye and stroke
    CL Compression light
    RM Rebound medium
    Rezi BV3 ?? Not sure… reservoir Valve Assembly? Fuck knows. Lol

  513. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 323588, member: 838″]
    It look like the new one has Compression low and Rebound Medium. Great info, thanks [USER=19064]@KSL[/USER]
    [/QUOTE]
    CL002 is the climb switch so I believe that 002 is referring to the added compression tune. CM is compression medium.

  514. My 160mm Praxis carbon cranks turned up (alloy 470gms carbon 359gms for info) and I felt no difference at all riding the bike vs the 170mm cranks that come on the bike.

  515. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323705, member: 6169″]
    My 160mm Praxis carbon cranks turned up (alloy 470gms carbon 359gms for info) and I felt no difference at all riding the bike vs the 170mm cranks that come on the bike.
    [/QUOTE]

    Well, at least it’s a tad bit lighter now. (y)

  516. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323720, member: 19064″]
    Well, at least it’s a tad bit lighter now. (y)
    [/QUOTE]
    Less chance of pedal strikes was the goal. Will now experiment with the adjustable geo. Head angle changed from the steep to the neutral setting with flip chip in high. Front centre just grew about 9mm (1290mm) and reach reduced by xx (I didn’t measure it:geek:)

  517. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323723, member: 6169″]
    Less chance of pedal strikes was the goal. Will now experiment with the adjustable geo. Head angle changed from the steep to the neutral setting with flip chip in high. Front centre just grew about 9mm (1290mm) and reach reduced by xx (I didn’t measure it:geek:)
    [/QUOTE]

    Keeping the suspension up in the stroke helps a lot to min peddle bash, so if you don’t mind running a more stiffer setup or higher pressures, it’ll help. Flip chip in high made it feel like the bike turns better,but I have little time with it in this setup. I always run it low. Would be interested in hearing feedback on slack vs neutral vs steep with the head angle changed.

  518. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323186, member: 2329″]
    This is as far as my 170 AXS goes down leaving 5mm clearance to the frame. At 5”10 I just am right at full height, maybe a tad over but I can still cycle fine.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”0F2B9ABF-8412-4F1D-830F-9E457C739654.jpeg”]68056[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    With the AXS at 150 you might get some tire rub on the battery if it were any lower. That is how it is on my SL and wreckoning. They didn’t think much when putting the battery there.

  519. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323727, member: 19064″]
    Keeping the suspension up in the stroke helps a lot to min peddle bash, so if you don’t mind running a more stiffer setup or higher pressures, it’ll help. Flip chip in high made it feel like the bike turns better,but I have little time with it in this setup. I always run it low. Would be interested in hearing feedback on slack vs neutral vs steep with the head angle changed.
    [/QUOTE]
    Flip chip Lower will always turn better. More slack will always turn better at speed but not slow.

  520. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323703, member: 6169″]
    CL002 is the climb switch so I believe that 002 is referring to the added compression tune. CM is compression medium.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have always imagined that Rezi means Reservoir

  521. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323705, member: 6169″]
    My 160mm Praxis carbon cranks turned up (alloy 470gms carbon 359gms for info) and I felt no difference at all riding the bike vs the 170mm cranks that come on the bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    What! Really? I just changed from 170 to 160mm on my Levo SL And it’s much different. There’s less of a dead band as I dont have to push down as far. cadence is quicker so in the power band more, my feet sit on the pedals better as the spread distance is less when cranks are horizontal! I manged to get some Alloy cranks from a mate in the U.S who posted them to me here in the U.K?

  522. [QUOTE=”apac, post: 323772, member: 5445″]
    What! Really? I just changed from 170 to 160mm on my Levo SL And it’s much different. There’s less of a dead band as I dont have to push down as far. cadence is quicker so in the power band more, my feet sit on the pedals better as the spread distance is less when cranks are horizontal! I manged to get some Alloy cranks from a mate in the U.S who posted them to me here in the U.K?
    [/QUOTE]
    I was surprised too as I can notice small changes to geo and suspension but the cranks not so much.

  523. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 323774, member: 6169″]
    I was surprised too as I can notice small changes to geo and suspension but the cranks not so much.
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s a shame. they have worked for me and I was very sceptical. Pedal strike was at the bottom of my list, and as you say they have made no real difference to that.

  524. [QUOTE=”apac, post: 323775, member: 5445″]
    That’s a shame. they have worked for me and I was very sceptical. Pedal strike was at the bottom of my list, and as you say they have made no real difference to that.
    [/QUOTE]
    To be clear when I said it made no difference to riding I meant power, feel, balance etc. It has 100% helped with keeping the pedals clear of the ground.

  525. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 323740, member: 9685″]
    With the AXS at 150 you might get some tire rub on the battery if it were any lower. That is how it is on my SL and wreckoning. They didn’t think much when putting the battery there.
    [/QUOTE]
    Had the 150 on it previously and no rub on its lowest setting and that’s with 65mm stroke.

  526. I love this bike ?

    Today was 26 km ride on trails which have a lot of rock and roots. Battery consumption 27% . Not so much elevation (about 400m), but trails goes all the time up and down. So no time to rest.
    But this kind of trails I usually ride, so the bike is perfect for those trails.

    It’s a little bit under 1% per km.
    Riding almost all the time Eco (25/50)

  527. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 323897, member: 838″]
    I love this bike ?

    Today was 26 km ride on trails which have a lot of rock and roots. Battery consumption 27% . Not so much elevation (about 400m), but trails goes all the time up and down. So no time to rest.
    But this kind of trails I usually ride, so the bike is perfect for those trails.

    It’s a little bit under 1% per km.
    Riding almost all the time Eco (25/50)
    [/QUOTE]

    I wasn’t expecting it, but I was surprised at how good of a trail bike it is. And for DH it’s insanely good. Just think, with some minor updates, it just gets better!

    If they could only work on the weight of the bike, it would be nirvana.

  528. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323904, member: 19064″]
    I wasn’t expecting it, but I was surprised at how good of a trail bike it is. And for DH it’s insanely good. Just think, with some minor updates, it just gets better!

    If they could only work on the weight of the bike, it would be nirvana.
    [/QUOTE]
    I think until components become lighter it will be impossible to drop the weight for a proper enduro bike, the frame weighs the same as the motor. Battery tech will remain the same but with more juice, motor tech will just add more power for the same weight. I think 18kg to 19kg is perfect weight for an ebike.

  529. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 323904, member: 19064″]
    I wasn’t expecting it, but I was surprised at how good of a trail bike it is. And for DH it’s insanely good. Just think, with some minor updates, it just gets better!

    If they could only work on the weight of the bike, it would be nirvana.
    [/QUOTE]
    Off topic: Is your profile pic of RV from like 2008-ish?

  530. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323983, member: 2329″]
    I think until components become lighter it will be impossible to drop the weight for a proper enduro bike, the frame weighs the same as the motor. Battery tech will remain the same but with more juice, motor tech will just add more power for the same weight. I think 18kg to 19kg is perfect weight for an ebike.
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”rb., post: 324276, member: 9177″]
    Off topic: Is your profile pic of RV from like 2008-ish?
    [/QUOTE]

    Yep, Glen Helen..

  531. Good morning everyone!
    Can anyone advise me which coil shox can be mounted on the kenevo sl? I already own the rockshox but I have read that it hits the frame and it doesn’t fit…
    Thank you!

  532. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 324365, member: 19533″]
    Good morning everyone!
    Can anyone advise me which coil shox can be mounted on the kenevo sl? I already own the rockshox but I have read that it hits the frame and it doesn’t fit…
    Thank you!
    [/QUOTE]
    Doesn’t the Rockshox fit if you get the reservoir swapped to the smaller one? DVO Jade X fits too.
    Push 11.6 coming.

  533. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 324582, member: 6169″]
    Doesn’t the Rockshox fit if you get the reservoir swapped to the smaller one? DVO Jade X fits too.
    Push 11.6 coming.
    [/QUOTE]
    Sorry, but is possible to change the reservoir with the Rockshox??? :unsure: Where canI buy it?

  534. On page 195 of the RS parts catalog (linked above by [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER] (thanks) – you will see the part number for different size reservoirs.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]68563[/ATTACH]
    My shop installed the 62mm reservoir.
    Loving it!

    I have yet to try the stock 550 linear spring, but the MRP progressive 550+ spring is great so far.

  535. I was measuring the width of the T7/T9’s on the K-SL and while they are 29×2.3, they sure look and feel are more like 2.5/2.6’s. I measured my Maxxis equivalents and the Butchers are beefier and have a wider footprint. Has anyone compared the ride performance with Maxxis’s on the K-SL specially? Trying to gauge how different they roll. Buthchers for me have been solid with great traction thus far, but I have many Maxxi’s tires and wheelsets in the garage.

    Weight wise, if the numbers are correct, Butchers don’t seem to be any heavier, but they sure look bigger and are wider in comparison.

  537. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 326489, member: 2329″]
    Lockdown local ride. Love this bike!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”38CA27C2-F2FF-453C-8FBB-9590DCAD27A9.jpeg”]69029[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    ?

  538. Finally got it out for a shakedown ride. Still have some tuning to do.

    (Frick Park – Pittsburgh, PA)
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_1163-edit.jpg”]69031[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_1162-edit.jpg”]69032[/ATTACH]

  539. I’m looking at building one up, hoping someone can give me some of their experiences on sizing.
    I’’m 189cm/6’2”, 87kg, currently on a 2020 Enduro S4 and Levo SL XL (Mullet, cascade link, 170mm fork). Looking for something more stable than my Levo SL.
    Torn between S4 and S5. My riding is mainly fast-ish technical downhill, my thinking was since this is an e-mtb, I could size up without too much penalty. Just checked out the geo charts, the wheelbase of the S4 KSL is longer than that of the Enduro.

    Has anyone my size and style had this same dilemma and were they happy/unhappy with their decision?

  540. Also a happy KSL owner:
    [ATTACH type=”full”]69040[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]69042[/ATTACH]
    Loving the coil too.
    (Kimberley BC – Bootleg Mt.)

  541. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 326518, member: 6910″]
    Finally got it out for a shakedown ride. Still have some tuning to do.

    (Frick Park – Pittsburgh, PA)
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_1163-edit.jpg”]69031[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_1162-edit.jpg”]69032[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Man, do like the blacked-out look of the S-Works. All I need is some carbon wheels and I’ll have an equivalent S-Works…oh, not to mentioned, AXS and a higher end cassette. 😉

    On a side note, I’m completely impressed with the [B]Butchers[/B]. Stick like glue! A pleasant surprise.

  542. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 326596, member: 19064″]
    On a side note, I’m completely impressed with the [B]Butchers[/B]. Stick like glue! A pleasant surprise.
    [/QUOTE]

    After yesterday’s ride, that’s the first thing I thought of… order new tires as soon as I get home. I wanted to like them, figured I’d give them a chance with the new rubber compounds, but the first corner I leaned the bike into they washed out (front and rear) and I almost went down lol. The rest of the ride I was sketched out from it, so I dialed it back, and they still slid on out on roots. Granted I still have the tubes in them but still running my normal air pressures, so maybe I should set them up tubeless and give them another go.

  543. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 326600, member: 6910″]
    After yesterday’s ride, that’s the first thing I thought of… order new tires as soon as I get home. I wanted to like them, figured I’d give them a chance with the new rubber compounds, but the first corner I leaned the bike into they washed out (front and rear) and I almost went down lol. The rest of the ride I was sketched out from it, so I dialed it back, and they still slid on out on roots. Granted I still have the tubes in them but still running my normal air pressures, so maybe I should set them up tubeless and give them another go.
    [/QUOTE]

    interesting that we are getting polar opposite results. I’m running tubeless, but hard to say how much difference this will make. I’ve been running 24/24 PSI – frt/rear. I’ve run Maxxis for years and the Butchers seem to grab better, but I’ve only run Maxxis on analog bikes.

  544. [ATTACH type=”full”]69072[/ATTACH]
    I went with DHR2 / cushcore front and rear.
    EXO / MaxxGrip front
    EXO + / Maxxterra rear

    So far I really like this setup. Grip is there for sure. Rolling speed is faster and there’s a noticeable weight difference from the Michelin DH tires – even with cushcore added.

  545. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 326641, member: 19064″]
    Aren’t Michelin’s like 1500 grams/per tire?
    [/QUOTE]
    I weighed mine out of curiosity..

    Michelin29x2.4 DH22 1.44kg
    Michelin 29×2.4 DH34 1.42kg
    Michelin 27.5×2.4 DH34 1.35kg

  546. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 326687, member: 6169″]
    I weighed mine out of curiosity..

    Michelin29x2.4 DH22 1.44kg
    Michelin 29×2.4 DH34 1.42kg
    Michelin 27.5×2.4 DH34 1.35kg
    [/QUOTE]

    400-500 grams heavier than Maxxis. The weight of Butcher’s are pretty close to Maxxis.

  547. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 326607, member: 19064″]
    interesting that we are getting polar opposite results. I’m running tubeless, but hard to say how much difference this will make. I’ve been running 24/24 PSI – frt/rear. I’ve run Maxxis for years and the Butchers seem to grab better, but I’ve only run Maxxis on analog bikes.
    [/QUOTE]
    I did set them up tubeless before my ride today and while they did seem to feel better, I was showing a new rider a local trail system (and it was his first singletrack ride). So needless to say there were no sending jumps or smashing berms, we were going at a snail’s pace lol. But he had a great ride. I haven’t pulled them off yet, so I give them a few more proper rides.

    For the data bits: Rowdy riding style, I’m 275 lbs and run normally 23F/26R but had 24F/28R in these when I had the tubes in since I was worried about pinch flats, not a huge difference.

  549. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 323983, member: 2329″]
    I think until components become lighter it will be impossible to drop the weight for a proper enduro bike, the frame weighs the same as the motor. Battery tech will remain the same but with more juice, motor tech will just add more power for the same weight. I think 18kg to 19kg is perfect weight for an ebike.
    [/QUOTE]

    [MEDIA=youtube]TZPMQwUTzUs[/MEDIA]

  551. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 326699, member: 6169″]
    Push 11.6 imminent!
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screenshot_20210816-130434~2.png”]69105[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screenshot_20210816-130437~2.png”]69106[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    what model of coil shox is it?

  552. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 326732, member: 19533″]
    what model of coil shox is it?
    [/QUOTE]
    ELEVENSIX RHD-E

  553. It’s still a 2021 bike ! I was born in 1973 but don’t like odd numbers so I’m a 1974 model !
    Get over it ??

  554. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 324582, member: 6169″]
    Doesn’t the Rockshox fit if you get the reservoir swapped to the smaller one? DVO Jade X fits too.
    Push 11.6 coming.
    [/QUOTE]
    EXT Storia V3 fits with 2mm of clearance

  555. [QUOTE=”Stevejdw, post: 327021, member: 16746″]
    EXT Storia V3 fits with 2mm of clearance
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m waiting for ext e-storia ?

  556. Hi, I’ve recently purchased a KSL S-Works and will be taking it to the Cairngorms in a couple of weeks. I’m wandering what people are getting range wise with the extender? I’m going to be riding some big days 55km with 1200+ meters of climbing, as I’ve not fully tested the range yet I’m wondering if I should carry a 2nd extender in my backpack?

    I have swapped the standard tyres to Schwalbe Magic Mary 2.6 Super Trail front and Big Betty 2.4 Super Gravity rear, both with cushcore inserts

  557. [QUOTE=”Garry73, post: 327058, member: 18714″]
    Hi, I’ve recently purchased a KSL S-Works and will be taking it to the Cairngorms in a couple of weeks. I’m wandering what people are getting range wise with the extender? I’m going to be riding some big days 55km with 1200+ meters of climbing, as I’ve not fully tested the range yet I’m wondering if I should carry a 2nd extender in my backpack?

    I have swapped the standard tyres to Schwalbe Magic Mary 2.6 Super Trail front and Big Betty 2.4 Super Gravity rear, both with cushcore inserts
    [/QUOTE]
    You wont need the second range extender. The battery consumption with one extender is comparable to a Levo/Kenevo 700 w/h battery. The other day I got 67km/1100 elevation, bike weighs 20kg and I weigh 85kg.
    If your turbo only and lazy cadence, maybe take the second extender so you don’t get any range anxiety.

  558. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 327071, member: 2329″]
    You wont need the second range extender. The battery consumption with one extender is comparable to a Levo/Kenevo 700 w/h battery. The other day I got 67km/1100 elevation, bike weighs 20kg and I weigh 85kg.
    If your turbo only and lazy cadence, maybe take the second extender so you don’t get any range anxiety.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks, seems that we are the same weights. No happy to peddle as my other bike is a Santa Cruz Nomad, just needed the KSL for longer days out. I normal ride in Eco / Trail with the occasional turbo on steep hills, my tune is set to Eco 15/35, Trail 35/70, Turbo 70/100.

  559. [QUOTE=”Garry73, post: 327140, member: 18714″]
    Thanks, seems that we are the same weights. No happy to peddle as my other bike is a Santa Cruz Nomad, just needed the KSL for longer days out. I normal ride in Eco / Trail with the occasional turbo on steep hills, my tune is set to Eco 15/35, Trail 35/70, Turbo 70/100.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah in that case you will barely need an extender at all.
    I have gotten 35km/1100 elevation with 9% battery(main only) remaining on just turbo. There were 2 or 3 nasty climbs in that one.
    My settings are factory
    35/35
    60/60
    100/100

    I have yet to find a ride I need the second extender. My legs, ass and back are usually done before then.

  560. [QUOTE=”Stevejdw, post: 327021, member: 16746″]
    EXT Storia V3 fits with 2mm of clearance
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice – any pics? I am debating converting mine to fit the KSL. It would run $450 for the swap.. or I sell it and buy a new one.

  561. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 326527, member: 11012″]
    I’m looking at building one up, hoping someone can give me some of their experiences on sizing.
    I’’m 189cm/6’2”, 87kg, currently on a 2020 Enduro S4 and Levo SL XL (Mullet, cascade link, 170mm fork). Looking for something more stable than my Levo SL.
    Torn between S4 and S5. My riding is mainly fast-ish technical downhill, my thinking was since this is an e-mtb, I could size up without too much penalty. Just checked out the geo charts, the wheelbase of the S4 KSL is longer than that of the Enduro.

    Has anyone my size and style had this same dilemma and were they happy/unhappy with their decision?
    [/QUOTE]
    I am 6″1 and coming from an XL Levo SL. I am on the S4 KSL and find it fits well to a tad long in some of the geo modes. It’s a big bike. Personally, unless you are intent on smashing DH laps only on the bike, it’s so stable that you may be fine on the S4 if you like your S4 Enduro

  562. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 327198, member: 1058″]
    I am 6″1 and coming from an XL Levo SL. I am on the S4 KSL and find it fits well to a tad long in some of the geo modes. It’s a big bike. Personally, unless you are intent on smashing DH laps only on the bike, it’s so stable that you may be fine on the S4 if you like your S4 Enduro
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks mate! That’s a big help.

  563. So I’ve got to ask, is anyone else on the preorder list for the EXT e-STORIA?

    I’ll admit, I’m a huge fan of AVALANCHE and worked with him a lot over the years (very stoked with the AVA-Bomber CR on my Gen2 Kenevo) but I’m anxious to see what EXT does for me and my riding style. This Fox X2 has to go, not going to work for me at all.

  564. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 327309, member: 6910″]
    So I’ve got to ask, is anyone else on the preorder list for the EXT e-STORIA?

    I’ll admit, I’m a huge fan of AVALANCHE and worked with him a lot over the years (very stoked with the AVA-Bomber CR on my Gen2 Kenevo) but I’m anxious to see what EXT does for me and my riding style. This Fox X2 has to go, not going to work for me at all.
    [/QUOTE]
    I had EXT on my previous bike, simply the top for me…
    Now I am waiting for the KSL and I have ordered EXT e-storia, the new model optimized for e-bikes.
    I’ll let you know how it goes. But I’m sure it works perfectly.
    In the attached photo I made a photo montage with ext e-storia mounted… the look is good :love:

  565. what is the max insertion depth on the S3 seat tube? I have an AXS 170mm dropper and I’m wondering if it will slam all the way down?

  566. [QUOTE=”db3266, post: 327325, member: 11932″]
    what is the max insertion depth on the S3 seat tube? I have an AXS 170mm dropper and I’m wondering if it will slam all the way down?
    [/QUOTE]

    It will not. I haven’t measured, but I’m guessing it’s about 190mm max insertion depth. My AXS 150mm fully inserted still has about 35mm to the collar. You’ll have at least 55mm before the collar.

  567. [QUOTE=”db3266, post: 327325, member: 11932″]
    what is the max insertion depth on the S3 seat tube? I have an AXS 170mm dropper and I’m wondering if it will slam all the way down?
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 327350, member: 6910″]
    It will not. I haven’t measured, but I’m guessing it’s about 190mm max insertion depth. My AXS 150mm fully inserted still has about 35mm to the collar. You’ll have at least 55mm before the collar.
    [/QUOTE]
    Spot on 58mm to the collar and I’ve lifted the post up a tad from touching the seat tube. At 5’10 it juuuuuust works for me. On climbs I have it fully extended. Cruising about 10mm down.

  569. [QUOTE=”db3266, post: 327374, member: 11932″]
    thanks, with 170mm post, does the saddle feel completely out of the way when dropped?
    [/QUOTE]
    I wouldn’t say completely but at the same time I haven’t snagged on it yet. Still ample room to move around the bike on DH.

  571. [QUOTE=”db3266, post: 327451, member: 11932″]
    Has anyone mulleted the Kenevo SL?
    [/QUOTE]

    [MEDIA=youtube]VIm7zBVSgbM[/MEDIA]

  572. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 327312, member: 19533″]
    I had EXT on my previous bike, simply the top for me…
    Now I am waiting for the KSL and I have ordered EXT e-storia, the new model optimized for e-bikes.
    I’ll let you know how it goes. But I’m sure it works perfectly.
    In the attached photo I made a photo montage with ext e-storia mounted… the look is good :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”MPB_screen 2021-08-18 alle 12.44.10.jpg”]69260[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    The Storia is a great shock, I have one on my Enduro. I’d say you really don’t need the eStoria. There’s no yoke etc to compound the forces through the shaft as in the Levo. Storia would be more than fine, shaft is 14mm diameter, quite a bit more than any of the competition I’ve seen.

  573. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 327680, member: 11012″]
    The Storia is a great shock, I have one on my Enduro. I’d say you really don’t need the eStoria. There’s no yoke etc to compound the forces through the shaft as in the Levo. Storia would be more than fine, shaft is 14mm diameter, quite a bit more than any of the competition I’ve seen.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 275lbs of 100% pure beefcake :LOL: that gets rowdy… there will be some forces alright, and I’ll take all the help I can get!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”BeefCake.jpg”]69334[/ATTACH]

  574. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 327197, member: 1058″]
    Nice – any pics? I am debating converting mine to fit the KSL. It would run $450 for the swap.. or I sell it and buy a new one.
    [/QUOTE]

    works Fine 🙂

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”A8C20749-7512-4798-BC79-36E186C56490.jpeg”]69366[/ATTACH]

  575. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 327734, member: 15798″]
    works Fine 🙂

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”A8C20749-7512-4798-BC79-36E186C56490.jpeg”]69366[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What spring rate and weight are you?

  577. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 327680, member: 11012″]
    The Storia is a great shock, I have one on my Enduro. I’d say you really don’t need the eStoria. There’s no yoke etc to compound the forces through the shaft as in the Levo. Storia would be more than fine, shaft is 14mm diameter, quite a bit more than any of the competition I’ve seen.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s good news that EXT story fits!
    Unfortunately in my case I have to buy it new. For the small price difference I prefer to buy e-storia because it is optimized for e-bikes.

  578. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 327809, member: 6169″]
    What spring rate and weight are you?
    [/QUOTE]

    Naked 81 Kilo
    525 Spring with the storia
    In the Dhx2 i use a 550.

  579. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 327871, member: 6169″]
    Yeah I am aware of that calculator. Nothing like real world experience though. For example that EXT calculator had me on a spring that was 50-75lbs lighter than I needed on another bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    Strange … I’ve always found it very accurate, even with other shocks. :confused:
    EXT during the purchase ask you a lot of data and provides the shock with customized tuning. My experience with them has been very positive.

  580. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 327871, member: 6169″]
    Yeah I am aware of that calculator. Nothing like real world experience though. For example that EXT calculator had me on a spring that was 50-75lbs lighter than I needed on another bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    One question… for spring mono mounting hardware, is possible to use the harware of the original Fox?

  581. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 328018, member: 19064″]
    I think I just turned my enduro into an XC/trail bike! Big fan of Butcher tires here, which I know get mixed reviews, but they hook up amazing for me, however, I wanted to see if I could shed some weight and try to change up the riding experience.

    Fast forward: I installed a set of DT Swiss 30’s (XM1501 alloys) with Maxxis tires. I’ve only run Maxxis and DT Swiss wheels so I know them pretty well and run these wheels on another bike. Again, I think Butchers offer better traction and comfort, but let’s parking lot that for now. :geek:

    Here’s my experience after two rides on them.

    [LIST=1]
    [*]Holy crap do they flow!
    [*]Significant improvement in agility – thru switchbacks, downhill transitions, etc.
    [*]Did I mention they flow!
    [*]They do feel stiffer, but also offer more of a precision feel (I’m guessing more of a carbon like feel).
    [*]Wheelset combined weight saving is only in the 100g range.
    [*]Not nearly as planted as Butchers with less overal traction – need to really stay on your game or you’ll end up in the brush.
    [*]Climbing traction in tight, slow, technical uphills was far worse – lots of wheelspin, which I never get on my Butcher rear.
    [*]Quick transitions at speed going DH was a breeze….Floated more than feeling planted like on stock wheels.
    [*]Got thru rock gardens easier with less hangup and could carry more speed/flow.
    [*]Flowed thru turns much easier and with more speed I came into some turns hot on many occassions.
    [*]Lap times are clearly better.
    [*]DH was good prior, but now it’s like floating DH with the caveot that traction and planted performace was quite a bit diminished.
    [*]I’m assuming performance I’m feeling is mostly attributed to the tires, not the rims, considering stock Roval wheels and DT Swiss are both 30mm inner. I guess the hubs are a bit better and somewhat lighter, maybe this is helping too.
    [*]The SL now simply has a more playful and agile feel to it.
    [/LIST]
    In summary, a pleasant surprise to say the least. It makes my SL feel more XC/Trail like now. For me, yes, the performance improvements were nice and the bike simply feels more agile, but I did miss the planted feeling and traction of the stock tires at times. I guess it’s always a tradeoff in life, but thought I’d share my story.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”WhatsApp Image 2021-08-17 at 5.59.30 PM (1).jpeg”]69440[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”0820211129b.jpg”]69442[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”0820211128.jpg”]69441[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”WhatsApp Image 2021-08-17 at 5.59.30 PM (1).jpeg”]69439[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    interesting that you find that combo with the assegai more “xc”. Ironically , I just had my first ride back on the stock tires and rims albeit with tannus inserts.

    I had been riding my carbon wheels with my more trail oriented tires for the majority of my rides, but they were getting a little long in the tooth especiallyon the side knobs.

    the butches have immense grip for my dry and dusty trails. they also feel more “damped “ , but that could be because of the tannus inserts vs thr cushcore xc on my carbons.

    gojng to be hitting mammoth next week which is rough and very loose. So the deeper tread will be appreciated

  582. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 328035, member: 19064″]
    Yep, Butcher tires have increadible grip in dry Socal.. They intentionally make them more damped with their compound, so you absolutely are feeling that. They absorb well. For DH at Mammouth, I would only recomend running Butchers to be honest. Those suckers can plow DH!

    For me at least, Maxxis’s roll better, but Butcher’s feel more planted, damp better, and have better traction.
    [/QUOTE]
    Is the DHR a 2.3 or 2.4?

    My rear DH34 Michelin is starting to look a little worse for wear so I’ll be looking at tyres again soon. It’s dry and dusty where i am most of the time so I might even try the Butchers but with a cushcore in the rear after the feedback from you guys re the tyres.

    The DH22 Michelin on the front is I think the best front tyre I have ever used. The grip is astounding. How it hangs on when others are getting squirrelly is taking a bit of getting used too! I can just attack and it just goes round almost anything.

    The DH34 rear is a bit of an anchor…even on the KSL. It provides great braking and cornering grip but I think there are cheaper, lighter and less expensive options out there for similar performance. DHRII, DHF, Pinner are close to as good as a rear.

    I rode a friends Nomad the other day and he had an Assegai front and a (worn) DHF on the rear and how easily that rolled compared to the Michelins was dramatic! It made me want to change my rear tyre immediately lol

  583. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328038, member: 6169″]
    Is the DHR a 2.3 or 2.4?

    My rear DH34 Michelin is starting to look a little worse for wear so I’ll be looking at tyres again soon. It’s dry and dusty where i am most of the time so I might even try the Butchers but with a cushcore in the rear after the feedback from you guys re the tyres.

    The DH22 Michelin on the front is I think the best front tyre I have ever used. The grip is astounding. How it hangs on when others are getting squirrelly is taking a bit of getting used too! I can just attack and it just goes round almost anything.

    The DH34 rear is a bit of an anchor…even on the KSL. It provides great braking and cornering grip but I think there are cheaper, lighter and less expensive options out there for similar performance. DHRII, DHF, Pinner are close to as good as a rear.

    I rode a friends Nomad the other day and he had an Assegai front and a (worn) DHF on the rear and how easily that rolled compared to the Michelins was dramatic! It made me want to change my rear tyre immediately lol
    [/QUOTE]
    another tire to through into the mix is Versus. That’s what I was running for about 300 miles until I swapped to the butcher in the rear. Rolls really fast for the tread shape, corner grips is great, and has been very durable. The butcher has the edge on traction in loose, but it’s much slower feeling.

    I probably will get another one after I go through the butcher

  584. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 328053, member: 19064″]
    By all ride reports, the Maxxis tires seem to get high marks for rolling resistance. Like you, this was/is also my experience, but I think the best solution depends on what terrain you ride most. I really like the roll of Maxxis, but also miss the traction and damped feeling of the T9/T7 combo. And some don’t like Butcher’s period. :unsure:

    Basically, I can’t decide what I prefer.
    [/QUOTE]

    Which is why it’s great to have choices – as personally the Specialized tyres on the KSL I rode basically ruined the experience for me.I can’t think of a single reason why I would run them over my standard Assegai Maxx Grip & DHR2 MaxxTerra combo.

  585. [QUOTE=”Hob Nob, post: 328079, member: 10057″]
    Which is why it’s great to have choices – as personally the Specialized tyres on the KSL I rode basically ruined the experience for me.I can’t think of a single reason why I would run them over my standard Assegai Maxx Grip & DHR2 MaxxTerra combo.
    [/QUOTE]

    Out of curiously only, what pressures do you generally run in your tires?

  589. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 327857, member: 19533″]
    It’s good news that EXT story fits!
    Unfortunately in my case I have to buy it new. For the small price difference I prefer to buy e-storia because it is optimized for e-bikes.
    [/QUOTE]
    If I was going to buy a new shock I would do the e storia as well. It’s probably incremental improvements over the storia but they are definitely welcome based on what I can see.

    that being said I am going to most likely swap my current shock over as it probably the most cost effective route

  590. [QUOTE=”Robin Grant, post: 328193, member: 613″]
    Has anyone tried running a 2.6 DHR II on the rear? Is there enough clearance?
    [/QUOTE]

    Havent’ personally tried this size, but I’m pretty sure it’ll fit. 2.4 has plenty of room and the 2.3 stock Butcher is actually wider than the Maxxis.

  591. I’ve done about 200kms of riding on the KSL and without a doubt this has been my favourite bike so far. The way the bike just disappears beneath me when riding is testament to how well it is all working together.

    I’m 185cm on a S4 with a 40mm stem with 12 degree backsweep bars and the reach feels great. Currently in high chainstay and the neutral head angle and the bike feels incredibly balanced. Front end never needs to be loaded hugely for grip, my normal riding position seems to suit the front/rear grip balance well. This has reduced fatigue for me so I’m able to keep riding fast for longer.

    Jumping on this bike is predictable and I don’t think I’ve ever felt so comfortable in the air on a bike (I’m not a huge sendy jumper but I’m happy to spend a couple of seconds in the air lol). I must be in a real sweet spot in regards to sizing and this is contributing to the increased confidence.

    The Code RS brakes are still on there. I thought they wouldn’t last as I really like the Dominions but with a change of pads (MTX red front, gold rear currently) and a good bleed I have to say they are fine and they can stay on if they remain consistent and reliable.

    GX AXS drivetrain is pretty flawless.

    Onyx fork has been ridiculously good. I’m a serial fork swapper but the Onyx has remained fitted with a Mezzer and the 38 gathering dust. Supportive, stiff with great damping and sensitivity.

    I’m also using Fasst bars so I’m sure these are contributing to assisting the front end feel, taking the edge off sharp edges and vibration too.

    Jade coil has also been excellent. Very occasionally I get a twang from the rear end on a single sharp edge hit that may mean a little less HSC would be ideal but really I’m nitpicking. Grip for days.

    I did pull the air can off the OEM X2 and it had no spacers fitted so I have purchased them and I will at some stage take all the available options to the trail and have a play on different set ups.

    The 160 cranks have also been great. I’ve had zero pedal strikes since fitting them and have found there to be no negatives to them at all. Definitely a worthwhile purchase.

    On the flip side….my OEM seat creaked like crazy and it got replaced under warranty. The motor rattles a little when not pedaling but only noticeable going slowly over chatter or bumbling along. Other than that the bike is completely silent as I have Onyx hubs too.
    Motor is a little whiny but I can forgive that as it is such a good bike!

  592. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328563, member: 6169″]
    I’ve done about 200kms of riding on the KSL and without a doubt this has been my favourite bike so far. The way the bike just disappears beneath me when riding is testament to how well it is all working together.

    I’m 185cm on a S4 with a 40mm stem with 12 degree backsweep bars and the reach feels great. Currently in high chainstay and the neutral head angle and the bike feels incredibly balanced. Front end never needs to be loaded hugely for grip, my normal riding position seems to suit the front/rear grip balance well. This has reduced fatigue for me so I’m able to keep riding fast for longer.

    Jumping on this bike is predictable and I don’t think I’ve ever felt so comfortable in the air on a bike (I’m not a huge sendy jumper but I’m happy to spend a couple of seconds in the air lol). I must be in a real sweet spot in regards to sizing and this is contributing to the increased confidence.

    The Code RS brakes are still on there. I thought they wouldn’t last as I really like the Dominions but with a change of pads (MTX red front, gold rear currently) and a good bleed I have to say they are fine and they can stay on if they remain consistent and reliable.

    GX AXS drivetrain is pretty flawless.

    Onyx fork has been ridiculously good. I’m a serial fork swapper but the Onyx has remained fitted with a Mezzer and the 38 gathering dust. Supportive, stiff with great damping and sensitivity.

    I’m also using Fasst bars so I’m sure these are contributing to assisting the front end feel, taking the edge off sharp edges and vibration too.

    Jade coil has also been excellent. Very occasionally I get a twang from the rear end on a single sharp edge hit that may mean a little less HSC would be ideal but really I’m nitpicking. Grip for days.

    I did pull the air can off the OEM X2 and it had no spacers fitted so I have purchased them and I will at some stage take all the available options to the trail and have a play on different set ups.

    The 160 cranks have also been great. I’ve had zero pedal strikes since fitting them and have found there to be no negatives to them at all. Definitely a worthwhile purchase.

    On the flip side….my OEM seat creaked like crazy and it got replaced under warranty. The motor rattles a little when not pedaling but only noticeable going slowly over chatter or bumbling along. Other than that the bike is completely silent as I have Onyx hubs too.
    Motor is a little whiny but I can forgive that as it is such a good bike!
    [/QUOTE]

    did you try the bike without the fasst bars to have any comparison notes? Those bars really intrigued me, but it’s a steep $ and weight cost to try out .

  593. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 328594, member: 1058″]
    did you try the bike without the fasst bars to have any comparison notes? Those bars really intrigued me, but it’s a steep $ and weight cost to try out .
    [/QUOTE]
    I tried them on another bike back to back with a set of one up carbon bars and there is definitely less chatter felt thru the bars. Bigger single sharp hits are lessened also. I now prefer the 12 degree sweep too.

    In relation to weight the Fasst carbon bars and I9 stem were 100gms heavier than the Specialized supplied bar and stem.

    Price, yeah they are exxy. Would I buy again knowing what I know now? Yes.

  594. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328696, member: 6169″]
    I tried them on another bike back to back with a set of one up carbon bars and there is definitely less chatter felt thru the bars. Bigger single sharp hits are lessened also. I now prefer the 12 degree sweep too.

    In relation to weight the Fasst carbon bars and I9 stem were 100gms heavier than the Specialized supplied bar and stem.

    Price, yeah they are exxy. Would I buy again knowing what I know now? Yes.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the feedback! I will keep them on the “potential” list. They are definitely intriguing.

    are they noticeable when you are pumping, pushing, etc? Or is that something you learn to ignore after a ride or two ?

  595. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 328741, member: 1058″]
    Thanks for the feedback! I will keep them on the “potential” list. They are definitely intriguing.

    are they noticeable when you are pumping, pushing, etc? Or is that something you learn to ignore after a ride or two ?
    [/QUOTE]
    I think I noticed them on the first drop to flat as I was really focused on them but from that I haven’t felt them moving. I have the red/hard polymers in there. Steering feel hasn’t been reduced and I haven’t felt any detriment to handling.

    It took longer to get used to the increased bar sweep more than anything.

  596. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 328039, member: 1058″]
    another tire to through into the mix is Versus. That’s what I was running for about 300 miles until I swapped to the butcher in the rear. Rolls really fast for the tread shape, corner grips is great, and has been very durable. The butcher has the edge on traction in loose, but it’s much slower feeling.

    I probably will get another one after I go through the butcher
    [/QUOTE]
    I just checked out the Versus tyres…1.5kg a tyre is up there.

  597. Look great but it won’t take the hits it’s big brother can take this Is buy I’m picking up another expert 21 up this weekend

  598. [QUOTE=”Gallijam, post: 328934, member: 7704″]
    Look great but it won’t take the hits it’s big brother can take this Is buy I’m picking up another expert 21 up this weekend
    [/QUOTE]
    And this is based on what?

  599. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328955, member: 6169″]
    And this is based on what?
    [/QUOTE]
    On what I know ?

  600. Rode today on mixed trails about 24 km, 450m vertical, 98% Eco mode. Battery was eaten 28%. So it’s about 1.2W per km (1.166).
    In theory, you can reach about 80 km on a full charge, depending on the altitude difference

  601. [QUOTE=”Gallijam, post: 328977, member: 7704″]
    On what I know ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you just drop in to not tell us what you think you know?

  602. [QUOTE=”Gallijam, post: 328934, member: 7704″]
    Look great but it won’t take the hits it’s big brother can take this Is buy I’m picking up another expert 21 up this weekend
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you ridden one?

  603. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 329243, member: 2329″]
    Have you ridden one?
    [/QUOTE]
    I agree this questions, because I have had all the Kenovo generations. This SL version with Fox 38 and X2 can take bigger hits and smoother than earlier generations. Better suspension kinematics

  604. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 329343, member: 838″]
    I agree this questions, because I have had all the Kenovo generations. This SL version with Fox 38 and X2 can take bigger hits and smoother than earlier generations. Better suspension kinematics
    [/QUOTE]
    100% eats the previous Generations. In all areas bar climbing. Above the 25km cutout on flat to small inclines it also leaves them for dust. I ride with a Gen 1 and Gen 2 and yeah no problem.

  605. Super hard to get a Kenevo SL in Australia at the moment, I had to order one from [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] ‘s hometown.
    Custom build, I *can not wait* for it to be delivered.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]69837[/ATTACH]

  607. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 329444, member: 2329″]
    That looks like a Summit build.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yep it is. Great guys.Their last one, last S4 frameset in S4 Aus year.

  608. Yeah the boys there are pretty cool. I spend too much money every time I go there. Great shop!
    Bike looks awesome mate! Can’t wait to hear your thoughts, even though I know what they will be.

  609. Thank mate! I’ll definitely report back once I’ve got it.
    Thanks for all the advice. I laboured hard over S4 vs S5 but I think I made the right choice.

  611. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 329417, member: 2329″]
    100% eats the previous Generations. In all areas bar climbing. Above the 25km cutout on flat to small inclines it also leaves them for dust. I ride with a Gen 1 and Gen 2 and yeah no problem.
    [/QUOTE]
    Only other thing I would say is for me on loose, flat, fast corners I felt more confident on the heavier bikes because they were more planted and I felt like I was getting more traction.

    But on hucks to flat and large compressions the KSL was night and day better.

  612. Received some volume spacers for my X2 shock so figured I would have a play around with the air shock on my next ride. Always a great leveler when you revert back to a previous shock to give some clear feedback to yourself on whether or not you just wished your new shock was better or if it actually is 🙂

    The DVO Jade with 475-575 coil has been fantastic. There is possibly a touch too much HSC but overall I’m happy with it.

    [USER=1058]@jcmonty[/USER] FYI it is a 65mm shock but the spring perch has a 2.5mm shelf so stroke is standard 62.5mm (I just discovered that when I removed the spring).

  613. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 329777, member: 9177″]
    Only other thing I would say is for me on loose, flat, fast corners I felt more confident on the heavier bikes because they were more planted and I felt like I was getting more traction.

    But on hucks to flat and large compressions the KSL was night and day better.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yeah I know what you mean. My previous SL felt that.
    My KSL weighs 19.5 and 20.5 with the extender so feels more planted.

  614. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328875, member: 6169″]
    I just checked out the Versus tyres…1.5kg a tyre is up there.
    [/QUOTE]
    I was using their trail casing which was sub 1kg. But I had a cushcore xc in there as well. No issues with flats

  615. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 328696, member: 6169″]
    I tried them on another bike back to back with a set of one up carbon bars and there is definitely less chatter felt thru the bars. Bigger single sharp hits are lessened also. I now prefer the 12 degree sweep too.
    [/QUOTE]
    Is that the sqlab 3ox Carbon bar u’re using? What stem did u combine that with? I’m considering that bar with the sqlab 35mm fabio wibmer stem..

  616. I am a couple cm taller than you and am running an S3 KSL. Had a large Levo SL before that and feels a similar cockpit size but longer wheel base. If you want poppy and playful go the S2, they are big bikes.

  617. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 330428, member: 8022″]
    Thinking of purchase the kenevo SL, I would like some guidance from current lucky owners. I’m 176cm(little over5’9) height, ideal RAD/reach is 437 (from joyriders height x2.5 formula;). Although the size chart puts me in a S3, but after chewing the geo numbers, I’m almost landed on S2 but not sure if I am making a mistake here.

    The reason of going S2 is because going faster isn’t what I’m looking for but playful and poppy park bike, wheelbase 1258 reach 460 of a S3 is a little too long (plus extra weight) for me to throw the bike around. I can ride it but it won’t be as fun as a shorter bike for my height. I compared to Levo SL S3/M (recommend for my size) and Trek remedy Medium/large (my current ride) the reach is the same, the obvious difference is KSL S2 size has slacker HTA and longer wheelbase, which is great for gnarly descending (both Levo SL and trek remedy has it limits on drops and gnarly trails for being a steeper HTA trail bike)

    So looking at the number KSL S2 is like a slacker and longer version of a Levo SL/ Trek remedy. Due to Covid lockdown and stock availability, there isn’t test bikes for me to try both S3 & S2 on to help me to decide, any help/guidance is appreciated! 🙂
    [/QUOTE]

    I’m an inch taller than you. I ride an S3. About perfect fit. I could also ride an S4 or even an S2, but for me at least on the S3, I find the cockpit a biy cramped going DH. Not so much going up or on flats.

    If you are looking for a poppy bike, the K-SL is anything but. It’s a DH Monster truck that sticks like glue. But poppy it is not. It’s also a great trail bike, but DH is where it excels. I’d go Levo SL or analog if poppy is what you’re after. Otherwise, a great bike, but sounds like DH isn’t your thing, which is where the K-SL excels.

  618. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 330493, member: 19064″]
    I’m an inch taller than you. I ride an S3. About perfect fit. I could also ride an S4 or even an S2, but for me at least on the S3, I find the cockpit a biy cramped going DH. Not so much going up or on flats.

    If you are looking for a poppy bike, the K-SL is anything but. It’s a DH Monster truck that sticks like glue. But poppy it is not. It’s also a great trail bike, but DH is where it excels. I’d go Levo SL or analog if poppy is what you’re after. Otherwise, a great bike, but sounds like DH isn’t your thing, which is where the K-SL excels.
    [/QUOTE]

    I tend to agree. If you want a poppy, nimble trail bike , the 42lb slack, dh slayer ksl is not going to be your ticket. Can it “pop” ? Sure, but it takes more effort. You can mess with the geo to make it quicker steering and more agile, but you still have the gobs of travel and weight to contend with

    I have done quite a bit of park riding, and while it’s fine in jump trails, it really comes alive on the steep, nasty stuff or the high Speed trails. Everything is better with speed on this bike

  619. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 330494, member: 1058″]
    I tend to agree. If you want a poppy, nimble trail bike , the 42lb slack, dh slayer ksl is not going to be your ticket. Can it “pop” ? Sure, but it takes more effort. You can mess with the geo to make it quicker steering and more agile, but you still have the gobs of travel and weight to contend with

    I have done quite a bit of park riding, and while it’s fine in jump trails, it really comes alive on the steep, nasty stuff or the high Speed trails. Everything is better with speed on this bike
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks for sharing your experience! I agree long travel and the extra weight will be harder to maneuver. Probably one of the reason I want the bike to be a little shorter.

  620. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 330494, member: 1058″]
    I tend to agree. If you want a poppy, nimble trail bike , the 42lb slack, dh slayer ksl is not going to be your ticket. Can it “pop” ? Sure, but it takes more effort. You can mess with the geo to make it quicker steering and more agile, but you still have the gobs of travel and weight to contend with

    I have done quite a bit of park riding, and while it’s fine in jump trails, it really comes alive on the steep, nasty stuff or the high Speed trails. Everything is better with speed on this bike
    [/QUOTE]

    42 lbs? Mine tips the scale at 44.80 lbs. :confused:

  621. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 330547, member: 19064″]
    42 lbs? Mine tips the scale at 44.80 lbs. :confused:
    [/QUOTE]
    Could be optimistic thinking lol.

    I have avoided weighing this bike recently but it was in the 42ish range when I had my lighter wheelset on

  622. I weighed mine the day I brought it home, so with tubes (no pedals) it was 40.23 lbs. I’ve swapped a bunch of stuff so I’m curious to see if it’s more or less now. Next time I wash it, I’ll weigh it again.

    (sorry for the messy shop, but it is where the magic happens ✨;) )
    [ATTACH type=”full”]70208[/ATTACH]

  623. [ATTACH type=”full”]70234[/ATTACH]
    Bike is ready except for cranks, which will not come until the end of September – 165mm carbon.

    Now weighs 19.2 kilos in S4 with coil and 1350 + 1380 grams of tires.

    -DT Swiss EXC1200
    -Michelin Wild Enduro Racing Line Front + Rear
    -XX1 drivetrain complete
    -Syntace 40mm stem
    -Syntace pedals
    -Enve Minaarbar 2
    -Deathgrip
    -MT7 with XTR Disc
    -EXT Storia V3 with 525 spring and 65 stroke
    -Fork on 180mm and Hopp Carbon Parts
    -Specialized DH Expert saddle
    -Revive with 160mm and Wolftooth lever
    -Ti screws

  624. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 330503, member: 8022″]
    Thanks for sharing your experience! I agree long travel and the extra weight will be harder to maneuver. Probably one of the reason I want the bike to be a little shorter.
    [/QUOTE]
    Where are you located? My friends shop has an S2 in stock you could throw a leg over if you happen to be in Northern California.

  625. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 331432, member: 9177″]
    Where are you located? My friends shop has an S2 in stock you could throw a leg over if you happen to be in Northern California.
    [/QUOTE]
    Hey thanks for the info! I’m in New Zealand where currently in mid of COVID lockdown?
    After further search and talking to more people, almost land on S3, the 460 reach is a tad too long than what I need but I can get a shorter stem, the longer wheelbase I will just need to get use to or possible looking at mullet option. ?

  626. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 331432, member: 9177″]
    Where are you located? My friends shop has an S2 in stock you could throw a leg over if you happen to be in Northern California.
    [/QUOTE]
    I wish i could throw a leg over an S2 … just rode a S3 S-WORKS today and if felt decent, maybe a little on the large size for me. I can tell even a S2 is gonna feel like a bike bike. STOKED for the day i get one!

  627. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 331717, member: 17211″]
    I wish i could throw a leg over an S2 … just rode a S3 S-WORKS today and if felt decent, maybe a little on the large size for me. I can tell even a S2 is gonna feel like a bike bike. STOKED for the day i get one!
    [/QUOTE]
    Great to hear that you are happy with the bike!
    If you don’t mind me asking, what’s your height? And what type of trails and your riding style?

  628. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 331723, member: 8022″]
    Great to hear that you are happy with the bike!
    If you don’t mind me asking, what’s your height? And what type of trails and your reading style?
    [/QUOTE]
    I like the bike for sure but didn’t pull the trigger … kinda hoping for a Expert S2

    My reading style is internet and social medial!!! LOL I ride bike park and classic loose/steep single track and twisty single track as well as bike park. I think the Kenevo SL wont be much of an adjustment from my Slayer by the feel of it.

    I am 5’7 with 30″ inseem … so the S3 is RAD++ so optimally i am an S2 spec guy. I have a deposit/payment on an S2 Expert. I find out next week when it is supposed to be delivered

  629. Lol sorry for the spelling mistake, and Congratulations on your new purchase!
    I ride similar trails to yours. My previous bike is 22 trek slash M/L, with a reach of 469 and a short chainstay. Very capable bike and race-feel, the only thing I wish was a shorter reach, it was a little difficult for me to throw it around in the bike park because I was overstretched on the bike, but on fast steep descend it’s a brilliant bike.. I’m 176cm (5’9) S3 for me also a RAD+, i think it will fit me better than the S2 I haven’t yet been able to test ride the bike. But I think I will probably go S3. Shame I am right in between two sizes.

  630. [ATTACH type=”full”]70638[/ATTACH]
    Finally! Got my KSL today and wrapped it with invisiframe, changed the tires, rim decals, stem and Bars (sqlab). Gonna rock the trails this Weekend ??

  631. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 330761, member: 15798″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”KSL.jpg”]70234[/ATTACH]
    Bike is ready except for cranks, which will not come until the end of September – 165mm carbon.

    Now weighs 19.2 kilos in S4 with coil and 1350 + 1380 grams of tires.

    -DT Swiss EXC1200
    -Michelin Wild Enduro Racing Line Front + Rear
    -XX1 drivetrain complete
    -Syntace 40mm stem
    -Syntace pedals
    -Enve Minaarbar 2
    -Deathgrip
    -MT7 with XTR Disc
    -EXT Storia V3 with 525 spring and 65 stroke
    -Fork on 180mm and Hopp Carbon Parts
    -Specialized DH Expert saddle
    -Revive with 160mm and Wolftooth lever
    -Ti screws
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice Storia! I was looking at getting one too – could you please share the hardware measurements?

  632. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 332035, member: 11012″]
    Nice Storia! I was looking at getting one too – could you please share the hardware measurements?
    [/QUOTE]
    Is not possible to use the fox x2 hardware?

  633. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 332036, member: 19533″]
    Is not possible to use the fox x2 hardware?
    [/QUOTE]
    It is, but on the Storia order form you need to give them hardware measurements.

  634. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 332041, member: 11012″]
    It is, but on the Storia order form you need to give them hardware measurements.
    [/QUOTE]
    No , in the module you can choose to buy or not the hardware kit.
    I ordered e-storia and I didn’t buy the harware kit because I want to use the fox x2 hardware kit… I hope that’s right! 😀

  635. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 331728, member: 17211″]
    I like the bike for sure but didn’t pull the trigger … kinda hoping for a Expert S2

    My reading style is internet and social medial!!! LOL I ride bike park and classic loose/steep single track and twisty single track as well as bike park. I think the Kenevo SL wont be much of an adjustment from my Slayer by the feel of it.

    I am 5’7 with 30″ inseem … so the S3 is RAD++ so optimally i am an S2 spec guy. I have a deposit/payment on an S2 Expert. I find out next week when it is supposed to be delivered
    [/QUOTE]

    S2 at your height is probably best.

  636. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 332042, member: 19533″]
    No , in the module you can choose to buy or not the hardware kit.
    I ordered e-storia and I didn’t buy the harware kit because I want to use the fox x2 hardware kit… I hope that’s right! 😀

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”MPB_screen 2021-09-04 alle 09.07.21.jpg”]70671[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Good to know, thanks!

  637. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 332124, member: 19064″]
    S2 at your height is probably best.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am having the same issue, I am 5’8″, 30″ inseam, currently riding a Levo SL medium which fits me perfectly, the KSL S3 is a little big and the KSL S2 is to small. I have demoed both bikes previously and still having a hard time which direction to go. I will have the S2, S3 and my Levo SL all together at the bike shop tomorrow and I will make a decision.

  638. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 332343, member: 7893″]
    I am having the same issue, I am 5’8″, 30″ inseam, currently riding a Levo SL medium which fits me perfectly, the KSL S3 is a little big and the KSL S2 is to small. I have demoed both bikes previously and still having a hard time which direction to go. I will have the S2, S3 and my Levo SL all together at the bike shop tomorrow and I will make a decision.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hi mate, looking at the geo number KSL S2 reach is same as Levo SL M 435, but stem on the KSL is 10mm shorter (45 vs 35mm on the KSL S2) this might be why you feel it’s small on the S2. Perhaps try with 50mm stem? would like to hear your experience trying all three bike sizes. 🙂

  639. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 332343, member: 7893″]
    I am having the same issue, I am 5’8″, 30″ inseam, currently riding a Levo SL medium which fits me perfectly, the KSL S3 is a little big and the KSL S2 is to small. I have demoed both bikes previously and still having a hard time which direction to go. I will have the S2, S3 and my Levo SL all together at the bike shop tomorrow and I will make a decision.
    [/QUOTE]
    The levo sl has a slacker sta which makes the seated cockpit feel longer (hence why I am assuming the ksl s2 feels small). I would siz based on your intent and riding style, and swap stems, rotate handlebar or get ones with different sweep, and/or slide the seat fwd on the rails. The ksl rides likes a big bike. Size s3 if you are embracing that or down if you want nimbler. Either should be able to adjust enough with the aforementioned changes to fit you well

  640. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 327197, member: 1058″]
    Nice – any pics? I am debating converting mine to fit the KSL. It would run $450 for the swap.. or I sell it and buy a new one.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have both push and ext l on different bikes and for sure would pick the ext for my next shock.

    the push is totally linear and I hear a loud clank on bottom out and the ext has a proper hydraulic stop that adds to keep it from being linear as all springs are and I’ve never heard or felt bottom on. Again different bikes but the ext is the next shock I’d buy. I know the push says it has a hydronic bottom out but if you look at it’s diagram you don’t see anything legit. I’d trade my push for an ext if I could.

    one of the leogang bikepark mechanic dudes told me he has the ext too and it’s for sure the best shock, just make sure it gets serviced every year because it’s a complex system so don’t abuse it.

  641. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 332369, member: 9685″]
    I have both push and ext l on different bikes and for sure would pick the ext for my next shock.

    the push is totally linear and I hear a loud clank on bottom out and the ext has a proper hydraulic stop that adds to keep it from being linear as all springs are and I’ve never heard or felt bottom on. Again different bikes but the ext is the next shock I’d buy. I know the push says it has a hydronic bottom out but if you look at it’s diagram you don’t see anything legit. I’d trade my push for an ext if I could.

    one of the leogang bikepark mechanic dudes told me he has the ext too and it’s for sure the best shock, just make sure it gets serviced every year because it’s a complex system so don’t abuse it.
    [/QUOTE]
    Both the Push and EXT have the same kind of HBO so it’s strange you are hearing/feeling anything. Does the Push need to be serviced or has it done that from new? Which model 11.6?

  642. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 332390, member: 6169″]
    Both the Push and EXT have the same kind of HBO so it’s strange you are hearing/feeling anything. Does the Push need to be serviced or has it done that from new? Which model 11.6?
    [/QUOTE]
    There’s another dude that’s told me the same the hydraulic Bottom outs are not anywhere near the same.
    It’s the 11/6. Push is still less than a season on it.[ATTACH type=”full”]70785[/ATTACH]

  643. The ext was great on my sl. In retrospect It was probably a bit overdamped for my preference , but still a fantastic shock. And the “over damped” feeling can be tuned.

    the hbo was great, and I miss that (on the front too with my mezzer)

  644. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 332343, member: 7893″]
    I am having the same issue, I am 5’8″, 30″ inseam, currently riding a Levo SL medium which fits me perfectly, the KSL S3 is a little big and the KSL S2 is to small. I have demoed both bikes previously and still having a hard time which direction to go. I will have the S2, S3 and my Levo SL all together at the bike shop tomorrow and I will make a decision.
    [/QUOTE]
    Decided to go with the S2, I think it’s a better fit, changed the stem from the 35mm to a 40mm and the AXS seat post from 125mm to 150mm because I had them from my Levo SL. I think the S3 would have been to long of a bike for me.

  645. [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”824B9041-5A37-4026-9EB9-D745D2FF3CDD.jpeg”]70940[/ATTACH]
    ???

  646. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 332394, member: 9685″]
    There’s another dude that’s told me the same the hydraulic Bottom outs are not anywhere near the same.
    It’s the 11/6. Push is still less than a season on it.
    [/QUOTE]
    So what is the difference between the two hydraulic bottom outs?

  647. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 333012, member: 6169″]
    So what is the difference between the two hydraulic bottom outs?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have the EXT arma so it’s adjustable. – lockout on any bike doesn’t really make sense to me unless you’re in to timing or racing. I generally forget about even having a lockout on other shocks and or lock them out and not realize until after the first jump I forgot to open it again.

    the push forsure will bottom out with a sound. I even over spring the shock 25-50lbs to make it more jump friendly and still will hit bottom with high and low speed fully closed.

    I think the push is better and will last much longer than the fox for sure. But I think ext have a lot more experience in the shock world and for sure make a better system.

    of anyone I’ve talked to who owns both like me we all have the same opinion that ext is just better.

  648. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 333013, member: 9685″]
    I have the EXT arma so it’s adjustable. – lockout on any bike doesn’t really make sense to me unless you’re in to timing or racing. I generally forget about even having a lockout on other shocks and or lock them out and not realize until after the first jump I forgot to open it again.

    the push forsure will bottom out with a sound. I even over spring the shock 25-50lbs to make it more jump friendly and still will hit bottom with high and low speed fully closed.

    I think the push is better and will last much longer than the fox for sure. But I think ext have a lot more experience in the shock world and for sure make a better system.

    of anyone I’ve talked to who owns both like me we all have the same opinion that ext is just better.
    [/QUOTE]
    So you don’t know.

    Fox and/or lock out hasn’t been mentioned so not sure the relevance.

  650. Have someone tried to do some laps in full Turbo? how much elevation gain until the battery goes in eco mode? with or without extender…

  651. [QUOTE=”stgsteve, post: 333324, member: 20047″]
    Have someone tried to do some laps in full Turbo? how much elevation gain until the battery goes in eco mode? with or without extender…
    [/QUOTE]

    When I charge the battery, it usually shows 16-19 miles available to use. I can go on avg 6.5 miles of aggressive trail riding with 20+% grades in Turbo, switch backs in trail mode and use about 35-40% of battery power total in roughly 40-45 min.

  652. [QUOTE=”stgsteve, post: 333324, member: 20047″]
    Have someone tried to do some laps in full Turbo? how much elevation gain until the battery goes in eco mode? with or without extender…
    [/QUOTE]

    This is what I managed at BPW, 4 climbs right to the top pretty much all in turbo.

    I had just under 20% battery remaining. No range extender used.

    Could of got in another climb to the top, but my GF on her full power Levo was tired!!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1631175037717.png”]71131[/ATTACH]

  653. [QUOTE=”stgsteve, post: 333324, member: 20047″]
    Have someone tried to do some laps in full Turbo? how much elevation gain until the battery goes in eco mode? with or without extender…
    [/QUOTE]
    Going to be heavily dependent on rider weight and fitness as well.. more so than a full fat.

    I haven’t blasted around in turbo much, but at my weight (175-180lbs ish) and running primarily 30/90 (custom mode) , I get 20-25 miles, 4kft-4.5kft vert. This is mostly winch and plummet riding (I.e not xc)

  654. Last ride was 40km with 1500m of elevation over 3hrs of riding mainly in eco and trail mode and came home with 15% battery remaining.

  655. I got 27km/600m vert of quite rocky/technical terrain all Turbo in 1:40min. 27% remaining. Main battery only

  656. I got 34,5 km 450m vert and average speed 15.5 kmh. All Eco and Trail. 58% remaining. Only main battery. Faster you go, more battery it’s eating, because rolling resistant and speed.

  657. Curious to know what others are using for custom mode configurations?

    I pretty much have kept the same standard setting for ECO/Trail/Turbo modes but was curious what numbers others might be running for each mode. I think mine at set at 40/40, 60/60, 100/100 if I recall.

    For -25 grade descents, I turn off my motor completely to save batter life.

  658. I did a lap of 16.5km, 750m up, 1h30min at 10kmh average. Had 27% left, all in Turbo with some technical, steep (20-25%) climbs. But most of the uphill was at 10-15% on loose ground.

  659. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 313588, member: 10460″]
    I went with the same. 150mm
    I have a 180mm OneUp as well but found insertion length ended up not much different from the XFusion 150mm

    on the S3 the OneUp 150mm is so close to perfection for me. I can get the saddle out of the way when slammed, can still pedal from that lowest height and when extended, I’m in a really good pedalling position.
    (I could use 5-10mm more height to achieve perfection)
    [/QUOTE]

    What is the pedal height from bb center and top saddle with oneup 150 fully slammed into frame? thanks in advance!

  661. Anyone from Europe was quoted by distributors when they could see the new Comp model delivered?
    I see they had plenty of models to order direct from website, but that doesn’t work in majority of Europe countries.

    Local shops told me to wait for January 2022…or 2023, quoting their exact words, with such a lack of enthusiasm it looked like they couldn’t care much either.

  662. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 334395, member: 20169″]
    Anyone from Europe was quoted by distributors when they could see the new Comp model delivered?
    I see they had plenty of models to order direct from website, but that doesn’t work in majority of Europe countries.

    Local shops told me to wait for January 2022…or 2023, quoting their exact words, with such a lack of enthusiasm it looked like they couldn’t care much either.
    [/QUOTE]
    I dont’t know for the comp model… but for the Expert I ordered it 4 months ago and I’m still waiting for it… I’m from Italy.

  663. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 334395, member: 20169″]
    Anyone from Europe was quoted by distributors when they could see the new Comp model delivered?
    I see they had plenty of models to order direct from website, but that doesn’t work in majority of Europe countries.

    Local shops told me to wait for January 2022…or 2023, quoting their exact words, with such a lack of enthusiasm it looked like they couldn’t care much either.
    [/QUOTE]
    I see different Kenevo SLs available in bike Shops in Switzerland. Sworks, Expert in different colors and sizes and there’s one comp in orange listed as well.. ??‍♂️

  664. I found one orange on german e-shop but that’s exactly the color I don’t want :- ) And single S4 size only.

    The new Black Comp one is almost nicer than S-Works, and the price is so good that just adding my ZEB Ultimate and full XTR over from Capra 29 I will have nicer, cheaper and lighter bike as well. If I could get one.

    If not, I’ll try to source the S-Works framesets of which there are very few as well..

  665. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 332640, member: 7893″]
    Decided to go with the S2, I think it’s a better fit, changed the stem from the 35mm to a 40mm and the AXS seat post from 125mm to 150mm because I had them from my Levo SL. I think the S3 would have been to long of a bike for me.
    [/QUOTE]

    What key points made you decide on the S2? Was the slightly longer stem enough to make the cockpit feel more comfortable?

  666. [QUOTE=”Snoman, post: 334463, member: 17211″]
    What key points made you decide on the S2? Was the slightly longer stem enough to make the cockpit feel more comfortable?
    [/QUOTE]
    S2 wheelbase was still longer than my Levo SL medium and the reach was the same length.

  667. [QUOTE=”stgsteve, post: 334100, member: 20047″]
    What is the pedal height from bb center and top saddle with oneup 150 fully slammed into frame? thanks in advance!
    [/QUOTE]

    Sorry for the delayed response. OneUp alloy pedals (super low profile) 173mm (eyeballed) from bb centre to pedal platform.
    550mm or so from bb centre to saddle top (eyeballed).
    I don’t have the seat post slammed but I think it’s pretty close.
    I’m 175cm tall and my KSL is a S3 size.
    I am absolutely loving the sizing and geometry.

  668. Just got the Kenevo SL. My motor makes a squealing noise with crankarm turning when motor is completely off. And it makes similar noise in the beginning phase of the turn when motor is on. Sent a video to Specialized and they say it’s not normal and I am taking my bike to a shop tomorrow. And how freely does the crankarm supposed to turn when motor is off? Anyone had similar issue? Attaching a video file. Don’t mind The background ticking noise (that is the bike stand creaking.)

    Apparently I can’t upload a video file here.

    Thanks, guys.

  669. [QUOTE=”Snowdude, post: 334849, member: 8136″]
    Just got the Kenevo SL. My motor makes a squealing noise with crankarm turning when motor is completely off. And it makes similar noise in the beginning phase of the turn when motor is on. Sent a video to Specialized and they say it’s not normal and I am taking my bike to a shop tomorrow. And how freely does the crankarm supposed to turn when motor is off? Anyone had similar issue? Attaching a video file. Don’t mind The background ticking noise (that is the bike stand creaking.)

    Apparently I can’t upload a video file here.

    Thanks, guys.
    [/QUOTE]
    I think most people upload it to YouTube and then link it.

  670. Basing on the Pinkbike comments… is there any truth to S-Works having different carbon layup? I know SantaCruz and Yeti offer these (CC & Turq layups) models, but I though S-Works is just fancy paint and overpriced spec.

    Also dissapointing to see the broken carbon Praxis cranks. I still remember the RaceFace SL cranks fiasco of hundreds of broken sets, but not much since then.

    I was considering the S-Works frameset, but I am not sure the logo is worth the vitriol the bike might face in reality :- ) Did this particular bike crossed the peak snobbery that not even Yeti managed? I would definitely go for stealth build, but the giant white lettering…

  671. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 335593, member: 20169″]
    Basing on the Pinkbike comments… is there any truth to S-Works having different carbon layup? I know SantaCruz and Yeti offer these (CC & Turq layups) models, but I though S-Works is just fancy paint and overpriced spec.

    Also dissapointing to see the broken carbon Praxis cranks. I still remember the RaceFace SL cranks fiasco of hundreds of broken sets, but not much since then.

    I was considering the S-Works frameset, but I am not sure the logo is worth the vitriol the bike might face in reality :- ) Did this particular bike crossed the peak snobbery that not even Yeti managed? I would definitely go for stealth build, but the giant white lettering…
    [/QUOTE]
    Usually the sworks is fact 11 carbon and the lower end carbons fact 9 carbon.

    according to the specs on specialized website, the ksl and gen 3 Levo the fact 11 extends to pro and expert for Levo, and expert and comp for KSL.

  672. [QUOTE=”Squamish Sucks, post: 335595, member: 12321″]
    Usually the sworks is fact 11 carbon and the lower end carbons fact 9 carbon.

    according to the specs on specialized website, the ksl and gen 3 Levo the fact 11 extends to pro and expert for Levo, and expert and comp for KSL.
    [/QUOTE]
    If I remember correctly they stopped differentiating the carbon in the S-Works bikes a good few years ago.

    Certainly in the ebikes they’ve all been the exact same frames.

  673. [QUOTE=”head, post: 335632, member: 10700″]
    This is not true, at least for 2021 Levos. All carbon models except for S-works have aluminum rear triangles:

    See [URL=’https://www.specialized.com/sk/en/turbo-levo-expert-carbon/p/184424?color=293237-184424′]this bike[/URL] for an example:

    [I]FACT 9m Carbon w/ M5 alloy rear triangle, 29 Trail Geometry, Integrated down tube battery, enclosed internal cable, dropper post routing, 148mm spacing, fully sealed cartridge bearings, 150mm of travel[/I]

    S-works models have carbon rear triangle and use FACT 11m carbon.

    On the other hand, Enduro comp is made from FACT 11m carbon, too.
    [/QUOTE]
    I stand corrected – thanks for this.
    Maybe it’s the 2022 that all use the same carbon. I’ll double check.

  674. Ok so the 2022 Levo Expert, Pro and S-Works are all full carbon front and rear in 11m carbon, according to Specialized.com

    The 2022 Kenevo SL is the same, 11m carbon in Comp, Expert and S-Works variants.

    Prior to 2022 models, as [USER=10700]@head[/USER] has pointed out there were variations depending on model / spec.

  675. Sounds like it’s a very rare case to break like that (carbon). Poor Jason Lucas’ ankle. Honestly can believe his ankle / foot didn’t break! That slo-mo was cringy.
    I’m happy with my aluminum Praxis cranks (Expert model).

  676. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 335706, member: 10460″]
    Sounds like it’s a very rare case to break like that (carbon). Poor Jason Lucas’ ankle. Honestly can believe his ankle / foot didn’t break! That slo-mo was cringy.
    I’m happy with my aluminum Praxis cranks (Expert model).
    [/QUOTE]

    Make me feel all warm and fuzzy having alloy wheels! :giggle:

  677. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 335706, member: 10460″]
    Sounds like it’s a very rare case to break like that (carbon). Poor Jason Lucas’ ankle. Honestly can believe his ankle / foot didn’t break! That slo-mo was cringy.
    I’m happy with my aluminum Praxis cranks (Expert model).
    [/QUOTE]
    Hopefully it’s a rarity as I’ve fitted carbon Praxis cranks to mine lol so far so good!!

  678. I’ve broken a set carbon cranks on my SWorks SL. Specialized was quick to replace them with an upgraded set. Frankly I’m not sold on them vs alloy. Carbon flexes too much.

  679. [QUOTE=”55plusmxinsanity, post: 335758, member: 5520″]
    I’ve broken a set carbon cranks on my SWorks SL. Specialized was quick to replace them with an upgraded set. Frankly I’m not sold on them vs alloy. Carbon flexes too much.
    [/QUOTE]
    What did they upgrade them to?

  680. Hi !

    The many threads with cracked crankarms and the actual huck-testresult drove me to swap my carbon cranks from my Levo22 SW to Alloy.

    I weighed the right crankarm. 165mm Alloy from Ken22 only weights 15gr. more than the 160mm from Lev22 😳 (if same pedals have no weight tolerances)

    So for me: No chance for carbon cranks !

    [ATTACH]71727[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH]71728[/ATTACH]

    Best regards,

    Chris

  681. I am far more concerned about what happened to the range extender. Nearly came out of the cage and unplugged itself.

  684. [QUOTE=”duplex, post: 336590, member: 13676″]
    Does the Fox 38 that comes with the KSL have the “e-tune” or standard compression tune?
    [/QUOTE]
    Not sure but this is what Fox list as my fork..

    [SIZE=7][B]2021 Performance Elite Series 38 FLOAT 29 170 [/B][/SIZE]

    Part number: 910-35-437
    Short ID: D8XP
    Description: 2021, 38, A, FLOAT, 29in, P-SE, 170, Grip 2, HSC, LSC, HSR, LSR, Shiny Blk, SBC K06 Cool Grey Gloss/SBC K13 Nearly Black Gloss Logo, Kabolt 110, BLK, 1.5 T, 58HT, 44mm Rake, N/M OE

  686. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 337816, member: 19533″]
    Finallly, my new KSL! :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”_DSC2522.jpg”]72274[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What’s the EXT piece?

  687. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 337830, member: 11948″]
    What’s the EXT piece?
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s not an EXT piece, it’s only a carbon motor protection by Rockguardz. EXT logo is only a sticker! 🙂
    I’m waiting for EXT e-storia shox… delivery is scheduled for next week. :love:

  688. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 337831, member: 19533″]
    It’s not an EXT piece, it’s only a carbon motor protection by Rockguardz. EXT logo is only a sticker! 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    I see, funny. Looks intriguing 🙂
    Do you (or anyone) have experience with bash guards on the KSL?

    [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 337831, member: 19533″]
    I’m waiting for EXT e-storia shox… delivery is scheduled for next week. :love:
    [/QUOTE]

    Mine is due end of October only. Curious to see how it fits and performs in the KSL.

  689. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 337831, member: 19533″]
    It’s not an EXT piece, it’s only a carbon motor protection by Rockguardz. EXT logo is only a sticker! 🙂
    I’m waiting for EXT e-storia shox… delivery is scheduled for next week. :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”MPB_screen 2021-09-24 alle 12.18.28.jpg”]72275[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Legit camera skills man. Now get that bike dirty or we will start calling it a street queen ?

  690. Hi guys, one question for KSL owners:
    The steering cap +1° -1° for front shox, is an optional accessory?
    Thanks!

  691. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 338066, member: 19533″]
    Hi guys, one question for KSL owners:
    The steering cap +1° -1° for front shox, is an optional accessory?
    Thanks!
    [/QUOTE]
    It should be in the box of goodies you get when you buy the bike.

  692. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 338082, member: 6169″]
    It should be in the box of goodies you get when you buy the bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thank you, could you tell me what exactly is into the box?

  693. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 338085, member: 19533″]
    Thank you, could you tell me what exactly is into the box?
    [/QUOTE]
    From memory, I had the adjustable head angle cup, manuals, SWAT tool assorted length pins, reflectors, bell and the charger.

  694. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 337831, member: 19533″]
    It’s not an EXT piece, it’s only a carbon motor protection by Rockguardz. EXT logo is only a sticker! 🙂
    I’m waiting for EXT e-storia shox… delivery is scheduled for next week. :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”MPB_screen 2021-09-24 alle 12.18.28.jpg”]72275[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    What rotors are those? 220/200? Do they work any better? My front brake worked good early on, but not so good now.

  695. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338246, member: 19064″]
    What rotors are those? 220/200? Do they work any better? My front brake worked good early on, but not so good now.
    [/QUOTE]
    Prob contaminated man. I usually spray the fuck outta mine when I question it with 98% isopropyl alcohol. Sometimes if you spilled oil bad on them you’ll need to soak the pads too. Not sure if degreaser would work but def not on the calipers, Would likely eat the seals and aluminum bits. If that doesn’t work give your rotor a light spin with some 2,000 grit sand paper if they’re glazed over but I’ve never needed that step.

    or air in your brake lines

  696. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 338250, member: 9685″]
    Prob contaminated man. I usually spray the fuck outta mine when I question it with 98% isopropyl alcohol. Sometimes if you spilled oil bad on them you’ll need to soak the pads too. Not sure if degreaser would work but def not on the calipers, Would likely eat the seals and aluminum bits. If that doesn’t work give your rotor a light spin with some 2,000 grit sand paper if they’re glazed over but I’ve never needed that step.

    or air in your brake lines
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah, I just wiped my rotors with alchohol and have in the past…They improve a bit, but the front just don’t work as well as it did 100 miles ago…Pads are probably glazed. On fast DH hard on the front, it starts to get pretty loud (harmonics) and vibrates. It’s as if it’s fading on hard braking. At first I thought these brakes were great. Nice and modular, but they are more like on and off now.

  697. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338260, member: 19064″]
    Yeah, I just wiped my rotors with alchohol and have in the past…They improve a bit, but the front just don’t work as well as it did 100 miles ago…Pads are probably glazed. On fast DH hard on the front, it starts to get pretty loud (harmonics) and vibrates. It’s as if it’s fading on hard braking. At first I thought these brakes were great. Nice and modular, but they are more like on and off now.
    [/QUOTE]
    I changed the SRAM pads out for MTX pads and that improved the brakes markedly. Very consistent now although still unremarkable. I’ve been considering changing over to my Dominions for a while now but the change of pads helped the Code’s enough to hold off a little longer.

  698. I put the MTX Gold on my bike, never liked SRAM brakes, but with the MTX pads, it’s a huge improvement and I am going to keep the Codes that came with the bike.
    Has anyone upgraded the rear rotor to a 220mm? Spacer you used?

  699. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 338287, member: 7893″]
    I put the MTX Gold on my bike, never liked SRAM brakes, but with the MTX pads, it’s a huge improvement and I am going to keep the Codes that came with the bike.
    Has anyone upgraded the rear rotor to a 220mm? Spacer you used?
    [/QUOTE]
    Use the same spacer that’s on the front.

  700. I test rode a KSL today. As I suspected, it’s awesome down hill and adequate up hill. On flowing single track it’s faster than my Rail but on DH chunk it’s not as planted.
    The seat tube is a PITA; I rode an S3 and with the post slammed the saddle was spot on but didn’t go low enough for my liking.
    Not keen on the tyres at first but they grew on me. I’d still like a day on my normal tyres though.
    I rode the same trails back to back with my Rail but my bloody Strava didn’t record so I’ve got no comparison times.

  701. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 338435, member: 52″]
    I test rode a KSL today. As I suspected, it’s awesome down hill and adequate up hill. On flowing single track it’s faster than my Rail but on DH chunk it’s not as planted.
    The seat tube is a PITA; I rode an S3 and with the post slammed the saddle was spot on but didn’t go low enough for my liking.
    Not keen on the tyres at first but they grew on me. I’d still like a day on my normal tyres though.
    I rode the same trails back to back with my Rail but my bloody Strava didn’t record so I’ve got no comparison times.
    [/QUOTE]

    There are many, myself included, that didn’t have an outstanding experience on the KSL on the first ride, but this changed dramatically for us after rides 2, 3….

    To me, it’s ubber planted DH. One it’s standout traits, IMO. It’s a pure bobsled DH. So your Rail feels more planted? Suspension setup perhaps?

    Those Butcher tires for me are stellar. 23.5/25 psi front/rear.

    Yes, the seat tube sucks…Simple remedy is the 150mm OneUp post….Night and day better. Was the S3 a good size for you?

  702. I agree that seat tube and seat post are PITA. Can’t have saddle low enough, have to change it.
    The front Butcher T9 is good and have excellent grip. But don’t like the rear T7

  703. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338453, member: 19064″]
    There are many, myself included, that didn’t have an outstanding experience on the KSL on the first ride, but this changed dramatically for us after rides 2, 3….
    [/QUOTE]
    Ride 1 was good enough. We sessioned trails I know well, so had plenty of time to get the bike set up. I even improved the Rail in the PM…
    [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338453, member: 19064″]
    To me, it’s ubber planted DH. One it’s standout traits, IMO. It’s a pure bobsled DH. So your Rail feels more planted? Suspension setup perhaps?
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s a super-chunky DH trail and to be fair to the KSL, it wasn’t the bike I rode in the morning but the bike of one of the shop guys and it wasn’t set up for me (he does weigh about the same but is way faster)
    [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338453, member: 19064″]
    Was the S3 a good size for you?
    [/QUOTE]
    I only tried an S3 but it looked to be right on paper and I wouldn’t want it any longer. When I borrowed the shop guy’s bike for the DH run it actually felt tiny compared to the medium Rail.

  704. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 338461, member: 52″]

    [B]It’s a super-chunky DH trail and to be fair to the KSL, it wasn’t the bike I rode in the morning but the bike of one of the shop guys and it wasn’t set up for me (he does weigh about the same but is way faster)[/B]

    [/QUOTE]

    It took me a few rides to understand how the KSL works, combined with new settings which after a few rides allowed the bike to simply plow chunky rock gardens with ease. Can’t have those forks diving in that stuff. Get the hold-up nailed and it’s pure bliss DH, IMO. I also experimented with DT Swiss and Maxxis tires and those also gave the bike new handling manners everywhere, but the stock alloy Rovals with Butchers have grown on me. They provide a lot of bump compliance at the sacrifice of some turning precision in my experience. I swapped back over to them.

  705. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 338463, member: 19064″]
    It took me a few rides to understand how the KSL works
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s a bicycle, how hard can it be? :ROFLMAO:

  706. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 338465, member: 52″]
    It’s a bicycle, how hard can it be? :ROFLMAO:
    [/QUOTE]

    I’m a slow learner. :geek:

  707. Can someone with an S3 do me a favour please?

    Can you fully slam the seat post and measure how much post is showing between the top for the seat tube and the bottom of the collar on the post and measure the length of the post below the collar as well? Thanks.

  708. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339562, member: 52″]
    Can someone with an S3 do me a favour please?

    Can you fully slam the seat post and measure how much post is showing between the top for the seat tube and the bottom of the collar on the post and measure the length of the post below the collar as well? Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]
    Didn’t [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] get his lower than standard with some reaming ?

  709. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339562, member: 52″]
    Can someone with an S3 do me a favour please?

    Can you fully slam the seat post and measure how much post is showing between the top for the seat tube and the bottom of the collar on the post and measure the length of the post below the collar as well? Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]

    Just get the OneUp 150mm post…:oops:

  710. That won’t solve the issue I have though.

    With the post slammed it’s the right height extended for normal pedaling but doesn’t drop as far out of the way as I’d like.

  711. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 339596, member: 19064″]
    Just get the OneUp 150mm post…:oops:
    [/QUOTE]
    Isn’t 180 mm better, so you can get it lower when slammed down. And you can get the saddle still up enough when you need it?

  712. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 339663, member: 838″]
    Isn’t 180 mm better,
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes, hence my question. I need to work out if it’s feasible.

  713. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339562, member: 52″]
    Can someone with an S3 do me a favour please?

    Can you fully slam the seat post and measure how much post is showing between the top for the seat tube and the bottom of the collar on the post and measure the length of the post below the collar as well? Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]
    S3 with a 170mm axs seat post set 5mm above max insertion depth to avoid cracking carbon.
    BB high position, HA neutral, 30% sag.
    My height 178mm and this juuuuuust works for my legs. If anything slightly to long but doesn’t effect my riding.

    Top of seat tube to bottom of collar 57mm
    Top of seat tube to top of collar 91mm
    Top of seat tube to seat rail 295mm- extended
    Top of seat tube to seat rail 125mm- dr
    Axs tube length 293mm to underside of collar (with small mod)

  714. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 339564, member: 4350″]
    Didn’t [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] get his lower than standard with some reaming ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Gen 1 Kenevo got a hole saw down the tube. Could of put a 200mm + seat tube down that hole no worries.

  715. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 339663, member: 838″]
    Isn’t 180 mm better, so you can get it lower when slammed down. And you can get the saddle still up enough when you need it?
    [/QUOTE]

    The 150mm OneUp gets out of the way compared with the stock 150mm post that comes with the bike. It’s night and day better in both the down and up position.

  716. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339680, member: 52″]
    Yes, hence my question. I need to work out if it’s feasible.
    [/QUOTE]
    Same for me because I want the saddle lower and still keep the max. height the same as now.

  717. I haven’t done it yet, but if my measurements are correct – I can just barely clear a 210mm Oneup on my S4 with the seat height that i prefer. The 170mm post that came with the bike doesn’t really bother me EXCEPT in the super steep (-30-40% grade) segments of trail. Or sometimes on rollers where I am squashing the bike a bit and moving my position on the bike. Unfortunately, it’s those scenarios where I least want the seat to impede me. I have a 210mm on my hardtail, but that’s a 30.9mm sized post, so not easily swappable.

    The only reason that I haven’t done this mod yet was that I was consider the Aenomly Switchgrade as an option. Haven’t seen any real world reviews of yet, but it’s a cool concept and should alleviate the saddle position issues I think. It would raise the stack a bit on the seat post leaving less room to grow the dropper length though.

  718. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 339907, member: 1058″]
    sometimes on rollers where I am squashing the bike a bit and moving my position on the bike. Unfortunately, it’s those scenarios where I least want the seat to impede me. [/QUOTE]
    I feel you. I’ve hit my nuts in the saddle in situations like this ?

  719. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 339945, member: 838″]
    I feel you. I’ve hit my nuts in the saddle in situations like this ?
    [/QUOTE]
    My worst experience (beyond nut bashing) was a segment called the “Elevator Shaft” at a bike park (mammoth). It’s probably 25-30% grade straight shot through uber chunk and hub deep kitty litter volcanic pumice. I was going fine for the first 1/3 when, but then my shorts got caught on the nose of the saddle, where I was off the back of the bike. I couldn’t disengage or get them on caught, so I basically fell off and tumbled down the rest of the way. Ego bruised and bike didn’t enjoy the ride. Lower saddle height would have been the ticket

  720. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339924, member: 52″]
    Dude, you have got to stop obsessing over the One Up post. The 150mm One Up will not sort out the issue I have with the stock 150mm post. I need more drop and the saddle at the right height for pedaling. Fitting a dropper with the same drop as stock will not sort this out.
    [/QUOTE]

    LOL.

    How tall are you?

  721. 1.77m, not that it’s relevant. I’ve ridden an S3 KSL and to get the seat in the right place for pedalling the post has to be inserted into the frame as far as it will go. When the dropper is fully down the seat is higher than I’d like. To fix that I need a longer travel post. Fitting a low stack height post with the same travel means that if the post is set for the lowest possible seat height when compressed the seat is too low for seated pedalling or if the post is set for the correct position for seated pedalling then the seat is in the same position as stock when fully compressed.

  723. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 340008, member: 52″]
    1.77m, not that it’s relevant. I’ve ridden an S3 KSL and to get the seat in the right place for pedalling the post has to be inserted into the frame as far as it will go. When the dropper is fully down the seat is higher than I’d like. To fix that I need a longer travel post. Fitting a low stack height post with the same travel means that if the post is set for the lowest possible seat height when compressed the seat is too low for seated pedalling or if the post is set for the correct position for seated pedalling then the seat is in the same position as stock when fully compressed.
    [/QUOTE]

    Two things:
    [LIST=1]
    [*]You are clueless
    [*]You aren’t a good listener.
    [/LIST]
    I can’t help you and more, although I tried. Good luck.

  724. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 340010, member: 19064″]
    Two things:
    [LIST=1]
    [*]You are clueless
    [*]You aren’t a good listener.
    [/LIST]
    I can’t help you and more, although I tried. Good luck.
    [/QUOTE]
    You’re the clueless one and you have yet to say anything worth listening to. The only thing you’ve tried is my patience.

  725. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 340009, member: 6169″]
    What is that?
    [/QUOTE]
    I had to google it. It’s a replacement seat clamp that allows you alter the angle of your seat on the fly.

  726. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 340013, member: 52″]
    I had to google it. It’s a replacement seat clamp that allows you alter the angle of your seat on the fly.
    [/QUOTE]
    The concept interested me because when I had the old Kenevo it came with them Wu dropper. Interesting concept , woefully executed with too little drop and reliability was terrible.

    this allows for changing the angle on the fly. Jury is out of it’s an improvement vs a longer dropper or just another thing to add

  727. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 340013, member: 52″]
    I had to google it. It’s the answer to a question that nobody asked. It’s a replacement seat clamp that allows you alter the angle of your seat on the fly.
    [/QUOTE]
    I googled it too but zero hits.

  728. Does anyone of you know why the Comp model´s seat post in S3/S4 is 150 mm and S5 is 170 mm:
    “X-Fusion Manic, infinite adjustable, two-bolt head, bottom mount cable routing, remote SLR LE lever, 34.9mm, S2: 125mm, [B]S3/S4: 150mm, S5: 170mm”[/B]

    and at the Expert model S3 is 150 mm and S4/S5 is 170 mm:
    “X-Fusion Manic, infinite adjustable, two-bolt head, bottom mount cable routing, remote SLR LE lever, 34.9mm, S2: 125mm, [B]S3: 150mm, S4/S5: 170mm”

    ?[/B]

  730. S4 has 170mm. That was a typo unless they changed spec since I got mine

    edit – that was for an expert. But I am sure comp is same. You can reach out to double check. They had a lot of errors in the spec when it launched

  731. [QUOTE=”Kinger, post: 317974, member: 10460″]
    Sad news. A RockShox Super Deluxe Coil does not fit the KSL.
    The reservoir is just a few mm too long for the top of the shock tunnel during deep compression.

    [ATTACH alt=”BC6614C4-62A5-4DAB-AC68-B2E53E4E947A.jpeg”]66576[/ATTACH]
    Lucky I added RideWrap there.

    I also tried it the other way around but the LSC knob hits the linkage plate.
    Oh well. Now we know.

    Bummer ?
    [/QUOTE]
    The deluxe not ultimate might fit. I had a similar issue with the air versions of both, but the reservoir on the non deluxe is a couple mm shorter. The EXT Arma coil does fit FWIW.

  732. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 327312, member: 19533″]
    I had EXT on my previous bike, simply the top for me…
    Now I am waiting for the KSL and I have ordered EXT e-storia, the new model optimized for e-bikes.
    I’ll let you know how it goes. But I’m sure it works perfectly.
    In the attached photo I made a photo montage with ext e-storia mounted… the look is good :love:

    [ATTACH=full]69260[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I had the Arma on my last one and it worked well right out of the box. The tune was pretty dialed and traction was great. The stock Performance X2 didn’t have enough rebound control for me with the air pressures I run for my weight at 215 ish. The only gripe is the noise the shock creates under squish and rebound. It’s very apparent while riding.

  733. Hi

    Has anyone had any problems with there KSL frame? I have a chance to buy unused S-works bike with very big discount but the current owner has registered it with Specialized so I would be second owner and warranty is then reduced to 2 years for frame.

  734. Changed a couple of parts on my KSL. First up was the standard dropper lever to a light action Wolftooth. The standard one was fine, did it’s job no bother but I had a spare lever and some time…very surprised at the difference the Wolftooth made. The action is much lighter and feels better in every way. Sits in a better position now too as my second change removed the matchmaker clamps.

    Removed the Code brakes and fitted a set of Hayes Dominions. The brake line on the Hayes is a mm or so larger in diameter so getting it through the chainstay was tricky. Easier to remove the lower suspension linkages and lift the chainstay up so I could pull the line through as pushing wasn’t generating enough force to overcome the friction. Again the standard brakes were fine (with different pads) but looking forward to getting these onto the trail.

    Still loving the bike, zero regrets. It really is sensational!

  735. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 341306, member: 6169″]
    Changed a couple of parts on my KSL. First up was the standard dropper lever to a light action Wolftooth. The standard one was fine, did it’s job no bother but I had a spare lever and some time…very surprised at the difference the Wolftooth made. The action is much lighter and feels better in every way. Sits in a better position now too as my second change removed the matchmaker clamps.

    Removed the Code brakes and fitted a set of Hayes Dominions. The brake line on the Hayes is a mm or so larger in diameter so getting it through the chainstay was tricky. Easier to remove the lower suspension linkages and lift the chainstay up so I could pull the line through as pushing wasn’t generating enough force to overcome the friction. Again the standard brakes were fine (with different pads) but looking forward to getting these onto the trail.

    Still loving the bike, zero regrets. It really is sensational!
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m interesting which different pads you use with Sram Code RS brakes

  736. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 341443, member: 838″]
    I’m interesting which different pads you use with Sram Code RS brakes
    [/QUOTE]
    MTX pads. Both red and gold are good, the red is slightly dustier and can make a little noise on first application but then silence.

  737. I can vouch for Trickstuff Power for my Code RSC. Unbelievably good for what is essentially organic version.

  738. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 341443, member: 838″]
    I’m interesting which different pads you use with Sram Code RS brakes
    [/QUOTE]
    Trickstuff Power 840 and Dächle Disc! Works great!

  741. [QUOTE=”Double l, post: 341716, member: 19144″]
    Evening All has anyone on the ksl put a 220mm disc on the rear if so what post mount did u use
    [/QUOTE]
    Plus 40mm post mount. Same as the front one.

  742. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 341724, member: 6169″]
    Plus 40mm post mount. Same as the front one.
    [/QUOTE]
    It would be nice to see a picture of this upgrade. Have not seen one yet.

  743. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 339680, member: 52″]
    Yes, hence my question. I need to work out if it’s feasible.
    [/QUOTE]
    And make sure at full compression the seat doesn’t become your rear wheels brakes.

  744. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 341756, member: 7893″]
    It would be nice to see a picture of this upgrade. Have not seen one yet.
    [/QUOTE]
    Shouldn’t take you long to put the plus 40mm mount from the front onto the rear and swap rotors for a pic 😉

  745. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 341758, member: 4674″]
    Waiting for my KSL Comp to get delivered. Going to swap parts from my Enduro and try the one bike route. Unsure what to do with the Fox Performance shock.
    Is it rideable or better swap it right away and sell as long as not used? Can transfer a DHX2 from my Decoy but heard it doesn’t last long with the linkage on Enduros. Any experience with DHX on KSL?
    Thanx and good ride to all.
    [/QUOTE]
    At least I have X2 Performance working well.Very sensitive and doesn’t bottom out. But think it depends how much you weight. Me only 75 kg

  746. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 341756, member: 7893″]
    It would be nice to see a picture of this upgrade. Have not seen one yet.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hope 220mm rear disc/brake with +40mm post mount.
    65 stroke shock/180mm travel. No rub anywhere
    [ATTACH type=”full”]73408[/ATTACH]

  747. I just got my Sworks yesterday. It is that nice green color and S4 size. I replaced the sock tires with 2.6 Magic Mary/Big Betty combo.
    It looks really nice, can’t wait for first ride.

  749. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 341758, member: 4674″]
    Waiting for my KSL Comp to get delivered. Going to swap parts from my Enduro and try the one bike route. Unsure what to do with the Fox Performance shock.
    Is it rideable or better swap it right away and sell as long as not used? Can transfer a DHX2 from my Decoy but heard it doesn’t last long with the linkage on Enduros. Any experience with DHX on KSL?
    Thanx and good ride to all.
    [/QUOTE]

    I have the KSL Comp and haven’t upgraded the suspension yet. The Float X Performance is more than rideable and is actually pretty great. The traction is surprisingly on point and the shock works really well with the bike.

  750. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 341780, member: 20169″]

    [B]There is no performance difference between Performance, Perfomance Elite and Factory when it comes to shocks, [/B]they have the same damper, you just lose external dials. But Float-X doesn’t have as many as X2 to begin with so starting tune might be ok for most 70-90KG riders.

    [/QUOTE]

    For what it’s worth, going from the Performance/Elite to Factory X2 offers LS/HS Rebound and Compression. The added adjustability and overall performance is better in my experience. I was noticablly better from the first ride after the swap.

  751. [QUOTE=”LtotheC, post: 342021, member: 13904″]
    WHAT A BIKE, WHAT-A-BIKE !

    First short ride today and I m absolutely in love with the bike
    [/QUOTE]

    You aren’t alone with your sentiment. I’m always impressed when riding this bike.

  752. Question about the KSL’s range:

    I’ve been on 11 rides on my KSL Comp. My average ride distance is 12.42 miles and 2600′ elevation. I ride in Trail about 70% of the time and Turbo in 30%. I add about 185lbs to the bike in gear , water and body weight and by the time I end my rides I have less than 10% battery left (no extender). On my longest ride of 13.66 miles and 3189′ elevation, I actually ran out of battery on the pedal to the car.

    Can any KSL owners report if this seems normal to them? Or might I have an issue with my battery? Because earlier in this megathread, I was reading that owners were getting a good deal more time, distance and elevation than me even when they were running in mostly (or all) in Turbo.

  753. [QUOTE=”Rushcentrale, post: 342185, member: 20414″]
    Question about the KSL’s range:

    I’ve been on 11 rides on my KSL Comp. My average ride distance is 12.42 miles and 2600′ elevation. I ride in Trail about 70% of the time and Turbo in 30%. I add about 185lbs to the bike in gear , water and body weight and by the time I end my rides I have less than 10% battery left (no extender). On my longest ride of 13.66 miles and 3189′ elevation, I actually ran out of battery on the pedal to the car.

    Can any KSL owners report if this seems normal to them? Or might I have an issue with my battery? Because earlier in this megathread, I was reading that owners were getting a good deal more time, distance and elevation than me even when they were running in mostly (or all) in Turbo.
    [/QUOTE]

    Seems about right to me, but there’s so many factors to consider. When I’m 100% charged, the system gives me an estimated range of 18-20 miles. When I do hard 8-9 mile rides with steep grades and a mix of ECO/Trail and 20-30% turbo mode, I have roughly 60-70% remaining. I try to use Turbo mode as little as possible in the event I bonk and need extra power at the end to get back. On descents and flats, I turn my motor off completely.

  754. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 341793, member: 2329″]
    Hope 220mm rear disc/brake with +40mm post mount.
    65 stroke shock/180mm travel. No rub anywhere
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B8546270-9147-43B0-9742-B803B7D63439.jpeg”]73408[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Hey mate, did you ride the bike with the X2? I’m curious how that TTX compares.

  755. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 342175, member: 19064″]
    For what it’s worth, going from the Performance/Elite to Factory X2 offers LS/HS Rebound and Compression. The added adjustability and overall performance is better in my experience. I was noticablly better from the first ride after the swap.
    [/QUOTE]

    I wrote “external dials” right there :- ) With Performance X2, you just have to re-shim.

    That is much better compromise than Performance Fox forks, which have Grip (the one from “Marzocchi”) vs Grip2 damper or Rhytm, which adds heavier alloy on top.

  756. Anyone interested in a DVO Jade X coil with 475-575 spring for their KSL?
    [ATTACH]73565[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH]73566[/ATTACH]

  757. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 342200, member: 6169″]
    Hey mate, did you ride the bike with the X2? I’m curious how that TTX compares.
    [/QUOTE]
    No sorry mate. Didn’t even sit on the bike with it on.
    The TTX seems good though on my 20 to 30km lockdown rides I have done. Like all Ohlins products they seem to shine when being pushed. Truth be told I am still setting it up though.

  758. I have now done couple rides with KSL. In first ride everything was a little bit wrong. Too much air in the fork, tool little in the shock, handlebar was too high and even seat tilt was wrong. Those axs at least worked nicely and the motor was as nice as I expected. I almost had buyers remorse. :):).
    For second ride I lowered the handlebar and adjust the air pressures in the fork and shock and ride was much better. Tires were gripping nicely and the fork and shock seemed to work quite well. I still got some wrist pain. I will change the grips first and if that one doesn’t help I’ll swap handlebar to Renthal Fatbar.
    Maybe after couple of additional rides and some tweaking I can say that it is the best bike ever😀😀

  759. [QUOTE=”Kenevieve, post: 342508, member: 20342″]
    I have now done couple rides with KSL. In first ride everything was a little bit wrong. Too much air in the fork, tool little in the shock, handlebar was too high and even seat tilt was wrong. Those axs at least worked nicely and the motor was as nice as I expected. I almost had buyers remorse. :):).
    For second ride I lowered the handlebar and adjust the air pressures in the fork and shock and ride was much better. Tires were gripping nicely and the fork and shock seemed to work quite well. I still got some wrist pain. I will change the grips first and if that one doesn’t help I’ll swap handlebar to Renthal Fatbar.
    Maybe after couple of additional rides and some tweaking I can say that it is the best bike ever😀😀
    [/QUOTE]

    Same experience here. Slight tweaks to get your ideal setup will put smiles on your face. I also had wrist pain initially, but adding spacers under the stem to raise the bars, bar and seat position have pretty much eliminated this. Seat fore/aft position makes a big difference in my experience as it adjusts how far or how close you are to the bars. Keep at it, it only gets better.

    I just put a Fox 38/180mm on the front to test. 🙂

  760. When you raise the bar, when you adjust your seat forward, those both shorten the reach. Check also after adjustment your brake lever position.

  761. Here is my bike. I changed the grips and now the wrist pain is gone. I also added a little bit low speed rebound to both fork and shock and it calmed bike down. It gets better in every ride 🙂 :)[ATTACH type=”full”]73793[/ATTACH]

  762. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 341780, member: 20169″]
    I cannot get the frameset anywhere so I am probably going to get COMP version as well and swap to my parts from enduro bike (mainly wheels, ZEB Ultimate fork and nicer cockpit).
    One thing that isn’t good value to change is the shock.. selling Float-X Performance and buying Float X2 is quite poor proposition in Europe, lots of lost value and Fox stuff is damn overpriced here. So I am also interested in how people find the Float-X. Best to keep the Float-X as back-up shock and get Storia later. But it might just be good enough anyway, the kinematics of this frame are superb to begin with.

    There is no performance difference between Performance, Perfomance Elite and Factory when it comes to shocks, they have the same damper, you just lose external dials. But Float-X doesn’t have as many as X2 to begin with so starting tune might be ok for most 70-90KG riders.

    Is there such a thing on market already like Invisiframe, but with dark tint? To make the dark-grey frame appear deeper black? It looks really nice imho, but it could look nicer. Nit-picking, but we’re talking 8-10K Euro bike builds, it needs to feel like the best bike ever :- ).
    [/QUOTE]
    The performance x2 that comes on the Expert is not the same as the Factory in that it does not have the VVC setup on rebound and some of the other newer features. So – in this case, not just the external dials. That being said, the Performance X2 on my expert is pretty good. I am shock-curious to go with a EXT or Push as some point, but not until I can offload some bike stuff I have for sale.

  763. [QUOTE=”Rushcentrale, post: 342185, member: 20414″]
    Question about the KSL’s range:

    I’ve been on 11 rides on my KSL Comp. My average ride distance is 12.42 miles and 2600′ elevation. I ride in Trail about 70% of the time and Turbo in 30%. I add about 185lbs to the bike in gear , water and body weight and by the time I end my rides I have less than 10% battery left (no extender). On my longest ride of 13.66 miles and 3189′ elevation, I actually ran out of battery on the pedal to the car.

    Can any KSL owners report if this seems normal to them? Or might I have an issue with my battery? Because earlier in this megathread, I was reading that owners were getting a good deal more time, distance and elevation than me even when they were running in mostly (or all) in Turbo.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am about 180ish. I generally ride in a modified trail mode with ~35/90. I can get about 20mi -25mi and 4-5kft in that mode. No range extender Eco would drastically improve that. The stock tires are pretty draggy (but good grip). Changing those up may improve things as well.

    Speaking of tires – I had some signs of knobs ripping off the rear butcher. This was a failure mode of the previous butcher editions as well. I had a flat with a pretty big tear at the knob. This was with an insert, and it was fairly low on wear.

    Specialized was great, though, and they warrantied the tire by sending me 2x tires of my choice at no cost within about 48 hrs. Glad that my $11k bought me some support 🙂

  764. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 343396, member: 1058″]
    … I am shock-curious to go with a EXT or Push as some point, but not until I can offload some bike stuff I have for sale.
    [/QUOTE]

    Oh boy is the coil w/ progressive spring good on my Expert.
    Even the guys down at the bike shop couldn’t believe how much better it was (little trail by the shop).
    In my case I have a custom tuned for me / bike RS Coil Ultimate.

    [ATTACH]73808[/ATTACH]

  765. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 343398, member: 1058″]
    I am about 180ish. I generally ride in a modified trail mode with ~35/90. I can get about 20mi -25mi and 4-5kft in that mode. No range extender Eco would drastically improve that. The stock tires are pretty draggy (but good grip). Changing those up may improve things as well.

    Speaking of tires – I had some signs of knobs ripping off the rear butcher. This was a failure mode of the previous butcher editions as well. I had a flat with a pretty big tear at the knob. This was with an insert, and it was fairly low on wear.

    Specialized was great, though, and they warrantied the tire by sending me 2x tires of my choice at no cost within about 48 hrs. Glad that my $11k bought me some support 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    I ripped the knobs off my rear Butcher as well. Most of the side knobs are cracked at the base and look like they are ready to come off too. The T9 compound front is wearing better, much more evenly with no signs of cracking. Maybe I should talk to Specialized too!

  766. [QUOTE=”Rushcentrale, post: 342185, member: 20414″]
    Question about the KSL’s range:

    I’ve been on 11 rides on my KSL Comp. My average ride distance is 12.42 miles and 2600′ elevation. I ride in Trail about 70% of the time and Turbo in 30%. I add about 185lbs to the bike in gear , water and body weight and by the time I end my rides I have less than 10% battery left (no extender). On my longest ride of 13.66 miles and 3189′ elevation, I actually ran out of battery on the pedal to the car.

    Can any KSL owners report if this seems normal to them? Or might I have an issue with my battery? Because earlier in this megathread, I was reading that owners were getting a good deal more time, distance and elevation than me even when they were running in mostly (or all) in Turbo.
    [/QUOTE]
    My only advice is to make sure to keep your spinning at 70-110rpm where the motor is the most efficient.
    otherwise your cardiovascular system will need to make up for battery.

  767. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 343442, member: 9685″]
    My only advice is to make sure to keep your spinning at 70-110rpm where the motor is the most efficient.
    otherwise your cardiovascular system will need to make up for battery.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks and yes I am spinning at a consistent RPM up in that range.

  768. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 343398, member: 1058″]
    I am about 180ish. I generally ride in a modified trail mode with ~35/90. I can get about 20mi -25mi and 4-5kft in that mode. No range extender Eco would drastically improve that. The stock tires are pretty draggy (but good grip). Changing those up may improve things as well.

    Speaking of tires – I had some signs of knobs ripping off the rear butcher. This was a failure mode of the previous butcher editions as well. I had a flat with a pretty big tear at the knob. This was with an insert, and it was fairly low on wear.

    Specialized was great, though, and they warrantied the tire by sending me 2x tires of my choice at no cost within about 48 hrs. Glad that my $11k bought me some support 🙂
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks for your input. I’m not getting close to that range.

  769. I am getting about 30 -35 km/charge with 600 m of climbing. I have been using mostly that stock trail setting.

  770. Hello. I am looking for the tuningcode for Kenevo SL Sworks size S5.
    Rear shock.
    Would be great if any can take a picture from the piggy back. The code is supposed to be written at piggy back.
    Greetings Orjan

  771. [QUOTE=”Orjan, post: 344715, member: 20796″]
    Hello. I am looking for the tuningcode for Kenevo SL Sworks size S5.
    Rear shock.
    Would be great if any can take a picture from the piggy back. The code is supposed to be written at piggy back.
    Greetings Orjan
    [/QUOTE]
    FB46

    Description: 2021, FLOAT X2, F-S, K, 2pos-Adj, Specialized, Kenevo SL, 230, 62.5, CL002, FSRF002, Rezi CM, Orange, Neutral Logo, N/M

  772. what size did you choose?

    I’m 5’11 which suggests an S4, but that feels like a really long bike with a reach of 485mm (I sat on a Levo S4 and it felt long with a reach of 477mm, I would have needed a shorter stem).

    My last bike was a Heckler which had a reach of 465mm which felt good.

    So I’m thinking an S3 in the Kenevo SL would probably be better?

    I’m not really sure why there is a trend towards really long bike?

  773. I’m 5’9 and test rode an S3 and it felt pretty good to me apart from the seat tube length which should be less of an issue for you.

  775. [QUOTE=”Dave_B, post: 344979, member: 11932″]
    has anyone weighed the KSL Expert? Interested to know what it is as stock?
    [/QUOTE]
    Size S3 with Shimano Saint clipless pedals (550-570 gr) 19.4 kg

  777. Oh man, that is beautiful. I just bought new X2 2022 for my Comp SL, got way too good deal, but seeing this… bah.
    Congrats!

  778. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345063, member: 19533″]
    Finally my EXT e-Storia on KSL :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”36cd82ee-6187-4c9d-852c-e5d1ec1c086e.jpg”]74195[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”28cffa6b-e767-4210-9514-3680c61c8518.jpg”]74196[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    oh man we are going to need ride impressions ASAP. That’s the first e storia I have seen in the wild. What spring length did they give you as it looks fairly short?
    Also did you go for 62.5mm or 65mm stroke?

  779. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 345073, member: 1058″]
    oh man we are going to need ride impressions ASAP. That’s the first e storia I have seen in the wild. What spring length did they give you as it looks fairly short?
    Also did you go for 62.5mm or 65mm stroke?
    [/QUOTE]
    The spring is the original EXT and the lenght is choose from Ext calculated on my weight and characteristics.
    My EXT is 230×62.5
    Here unboxing and mounting:
    [MEDIA=youtube]9ErnvLzHgmc[/MEDIA]

  780. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345063, member: 19533″]
    Finally my EXT e-Storia on KSL :love:

    [ATTACH=full]74195[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH=full]74196[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE[/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345063, member: 19533″]
    Finally my EXT e-Storia on KSL :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”36cd82ee-6187-4c9d-852c-e5d1ec1c086e.jpg”]74195[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”28cffa6b-e767-4210-9514-3680c61c8518.jpg”]74196[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What rock guard are you using?

  781. [QUOTE=”Steyoner, post: 345127, member: 15821″]
    What rock guard are you using?
    [/QUOTE]
    Rockguardz

  783. [QUOTE=”EMTB!, post: 345205, member: 9799″]
    Here’s my latest

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”AEABD926-87AC-4B4B-9366-99B68C976FD4.jpeg”]74243[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    With aluminum crank swap 😂

  784. [QUOTE=”EMTB!, post: 345206, member: 9799″]
    With aluminum crank swap 😂
    [/QUOTE]
    And my previous build. Let me know if you want to grab this green frame.

  785. [QUOTE=”EMTB!, post: 345205, member: 9799″]
    Here’s my latest

    [ATTACH=full]74243[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Very interested to hear what you think of that shock. I have one too but I’ll keep my opinion to myself for now.

  786. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 345211, member: 6169″]
    Very interested to hear what you think of that shock. I have one too but I’ll keep my opinion to myself for now.
    [/QUOTE]
    Why do you want experiences from others but keep yours hidden? Is there a reason for that?

    Because I personally want to hear them from everyone.

  787. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 345221, member: 838″]
    Why do you want experiences from others but keep yours hidden? Is there a reason for that?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes

  788. [QUOTE=”EMTB!, post: 345205, member: 9799″]
    Here’s my latest

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”AEABD926-87AC-4B4B-9366-99B68C976FD4.jpeg”]74243[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    :eek:(y)

  791. [QUOTE=”Dave_B, post: 344746, member: 11932″]
    what size did you choose?

    [/QUOTE]

    I’m 5’9, 176cm. Before purchasing my Sworks frame I had hard times to pick between S2 & S3. Size chart puts me on S3, but GEO number says S2 would suit better for my riding style. In the end I went for S3, simply because I couldn’t get S2 from any of my local dealer without huge lead time. It turns out S3 fits me very well with a 35stem. It’s longest bike I have ever ride but it didn’t feel that way. Very nimble and poppy. I’m happy with it. So whilst the numbers looked it’s a huge bike once it’s start rolling it’s prefect, the faster you go the smaller it feels. I would say go with what the size chart recommends.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]74309[/ATTACH]

  793. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345095, member: 19533″]
    The spring is the original EXT and the lenght is choose from Ext calculated on my weight and characteristics.
    My EXT is 230×62.5
    Here unboxing and mounting:
    [MEDIA=youtube]9ErnvLzHgmc[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Any feedback on the EXT performance as of yet? Ironically, just sold off my old Storia V3 from my Levo SL.. so perhaps considering upgrade options on the KSL in the next few months.

  794. [QUOTE=”Kenevieve, post: 345511, member: 20342″]
    Nice picture and also nice bike, how do you like that Öhlins in the front?
    [/QUOTE]

    I like it personally, the Ohlins in the front has coil in it, made the bike even more plush going through chunky trails. It’s consistent so save me trouble fiddling with air pressures and I know exactly how coil bounces on different trails. A couple of things to be aware of if considering Ohlins fork. The axle to crown is 10mm longer/taller compared to Fox 38and RS Zeb, this will change HTA BB and WB slightly but KSL comes with adjustments which can be easily tuned. Secondly, coil is heavier than Air, KSL already nose heavy so do check the weight difference. I went for Ohlins 36 (instead of newer 38)for this reason.
    I would like to hear from other Ohlins users too, your experience and tuning.

  795. That’s why I haven’t change to the coil fork. KSL is already nose heavy and I can’t change my riding style so much to get used to that heavy nose with extra weight.
    BTW Fox 38 is a good fork. Almost set and forget. So at least for a lighter rider.

    I only have experience with Performance Elite, but that’s the same as Factory without Kashima

  796. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 345695, member: 838″]
    That’s why I haven’t change to the coil fork. KSL is already nose heavy and I can’t change my riding style so much to get used to that heavy nose with extra weight.
    BTW Fox 38 is a good fork. Almost set and forget. So at least for a lighter rider.

    I only have experience with Performance Elite, but that’s the same as Factory without Kashima
    [/QUOTE]
    Good call. I put a smashpot in the 38 and whilst it was great for plough the extra weight was quite noticeable on this. With a 50lb spring it was getting near to being a 3kg fork! Smashpot will be saved for install in another more suitable fork in the future.

    I reverted back to air and it does feel like quite a nice fork (once I burnished the bushings which were quite tight and also got the damper modified to be more consistent in its damping).

  797. I have the air version of that RFX 36 in my normal MTB and it is 170 mm so I might do the fork swap between the bikes just out of the curiosity. I don’t have enough rides with that Fox 38 that I can say which one is better.

  798. Mate runs the Ohlins RX38 in his Commie and absolutely loves it![ATTACH type=”full” alt=”6543E354-7B41-4D24-86FF-73128D9E5DB2.jpeg”]74352[/ATTACH]

  799. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 345697, member: 6169″]
    Good call. I put a smashpot in the 38 and whilst it was great for plough the extra weight was quite noticeable on this. With a 50lb spring it was getting near to being a 3kg fork! Smashpot will be saved for install in another more suitable fork in the future.

    I reverted back to air and it does feel like quite a nice fork (once I burnished the bushings which were quite tight and also got the damper modified to be more consistent in its damping).
    [/QUOTE]
    As a rider who struggles with the manuals, the nose heaviness of the bike (especially in slack mode) is noticeable. Just makes everything a bit more of an effort, but it doesn’t affect bump jumps or jumps with any lips for me. Just tech moves take more of an exaggerated motion (IME)

    When I get it serviced… I am contemplating adding the Vorsprung secus. Should only at about 130grams, and noticeably improve small bump

  800. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 345925, member: 1058″]
    As a rider who struggles with the manuals, the nose heaviness of the bike (especially in slack mode) is noticeable. Just makes everything a bit more of an effort, but it doesn’t affect bump jumps or jumps with any lips for me. Just tech moves take more of an exaggerated motion (IME)

    When I get it serviced… I am contemplating adding the Vorsprung secus. Should only at about 130grams, and noticeably improve small bump
    [/QUOTE]
    There was a murmur about the Secus getting overwhelmed on repeated hits, not sure of the validity of it but thought I would mention it. I’m putting a lufttkappe in my 38 next week so I’ll let you know how that feels.

  801. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 345947, member: 6169″]
    There was a murmur about the Secus getting overwhelmed on repeated hits, not sure of the validity of it but thought I would mention it. I’m putting a lufttkappe in my 38 next week so I’ll let you know how that feels.
    [/QUOTE]
    Curious to see how it goes with the luftkappe . Haven’t heard that about the secus, but the mid stroke support valve is pretty novel. Could be a different feel with that

  802. Hi Members,

    since Friday happy owner of a KSL. What a nice bike. It is a S5, which fits perfectly to my 1,93 height, first improvement is a new EXT Era Fork.

    Does anybody here ride a KSL with a Jade X ? Would like to know if I need new mounting/ spacers ?

    Thanks and best[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_7712.jpeg”]74484[/ATTACH]

  803. [QUOTE=”AlpinaD3, post: 346030, member: 11412″]
    Hi Members,

    since Friday happy owner of a KSL. What a nice bike. It is a S5, which fits perfectly to my 1,93 height, first improvement is a new EXT Era Fork.

    Does anybody here ride a KSL with a Jade X ? Would like to know if I need new mounting/ spacers ?

    Thanks and best[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_7712.jpeg”]74484[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes I run the Jade X coil with a progressive spring. You need 30x8mm hardware for the top mount only. You can take the hardware out of the original shock and transfer it.

    Have you bought the Jade yet? I’m selling mine as I’m having another custom shock built.

  804. T
    [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 346034, member: 6169″]
    Yes I run the Jade X coil with a progressive spring. You need 30x8mm hardware for the top mount only. You can take the hardware out of the original shock and transfer it.

    Have you bought the Jade yet? I’m selling mine as I’m having another custom shock built.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hi, thanks for your answer, and yes, i have already bought it.

  806. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 346198, member: 4674″]
    Just stick it more into the frame?
    [/QUOTE]

    That’s what I did, it worked ok.

  807. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 346190, member: 1058″]
    Looks good! Did you make the holder or is it available somewhere
    [/QUOTE]

    Which holder, the black bag? The co2, Racer Dynaplug, Wolftooth Pack Pliers are just taped together with electrical tape.

    That Tubolito is very impressive! I rarely puncture bad enough to have to throw a tube in on any of my bikes, so I think I’ll replace the regular tubes with these in my seat bag on my gavel bike and XC bike just to save some weight and space.

  808. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 346225, member: 6910″]
    That Tubolito is very impressive! I rarely puncture bad enough to have to throw a tube in on any of my bikes, so I think I’ll replace the regular tubes with these in my seat bag on my gavel bike and XC bike just to save some weight and space.
    [/QUOTE]

    If you find the Tubolito’s useful as backup, then I’d recommend trying the Aerothan tubes from Schwalbe – they are the same idea but higher quality and more reliable when you need them. I’ve had several Tubolito’s fail on first use, whereas the Aerothan’s have been faultless so far!

  809. [QUOTE=”mark.ai, post: 346233, member: 682″]
    If you find the Tubolito’s useful as backup, then I’d recommend trying the Aerothan tubes from Schwalbe – they are the same idea but higher quality and more reliable when you need them. I’ve had several Tubolito’s fail on first use, whereas the Aerothan’s have been faultless so far!
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks for the info, I’ll keep that in mind.

  810. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 346165, member: 19533″]
    Hello everyone!
    One question: Someone tried to install the 170 mm seat post on S3 size???
    Thanks!
    [/QUOTE]
    I have. What would you like to know?

  811. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 345925, member: 1058″]
    As a rider who struggles with the manuals, [B]the nose heaviness of the bike (especially in slack mode) is noticeable.[/B] Just makes everything a bit more of an effort, but it doesn’t affect bump jumps or jumps with any lips for me. Just tech moves take more of an exaggerated motion (IME)

    [/QUOTE]

    I’ve been annoyed with the front heaviness since day one, but have been running a 180mm insert in my Fox 38’s. Takes a few rides to adjust to the feeling since it has far less front heaviness feel now, but flows better thru twisty switchbacks since the front essentially has more holdup.

  812. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 346552, member: 19064″]
    Careful here…Some aren’t OneUp fans on this forum. 😀
    [/QUOTE]

    Thats fine for me. I use those 2 products for 3 years now and never had a trouble with 😉

  813. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 346552, member: 19064″]
    Careful here…Some aren’t OneUp fans on this forum. 😀
    [/QUOTE]
    OneUp are fine, it’s people who didn’t read or understand the question obsessing over them that was the problem.

  814. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 346265, member: 4674″]
    I‘m afraid there might be some rattle if there’s some cable slack in the frame. You don’t experience this?
    [/QUOTE]
    So far I haven’t noticed any rattling from loose cables.

  815. [QUOTE=”KSL, post: 346550, member: 19064″]
    I’ve been annoyed with the front heaviness since day one, but have been running a 180mm insert in my Fox 38’s. Takes a few rides to adjust to the feeling since it has far less front heaviness feel now, but flows better thru twisty switchbacks since the front essentially has more holdup.
    [/QUOTE]
    Interesting note. I am probably going to go to the medium /high geo setting (currently slack/high) again soon. That will probably help a bit as it shortens the front center. I have still been meaning to try my mezzer at some point too which would knock a lb off the front and I can configure it to 180mm easily too .

    so many options … so little time lol

  816. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345063, member: 19533″]
    Finally my EXT e-Storia on KSL :love:

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”36cd82ee-6187-4c9d-852c-e5d1ec1c086e.jpg”]74195[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”28cffa6b-e767-4210-9514-3680c61c8518.jpg”]74196[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Any thoughts on the e-storia after some rides?

  817. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 345095, member: 19533″]
    The spring is the original EXT and the lenght is choose from Ext calculated on my weight and characteristics.
    My EXT is 230×62.5
    Here unboxing and mounting:
    [MEDIA=youtube]9ErnvLzHgmc[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Can I ask your weight and what springs did they supply?

    EDIT: I muted the old school porn soundtrack of the video which helped me focus on task and ascertained they gave you a 475 and a 500lb spring, just gotta know your weight :p

  818. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 347197, member: 6169″]
    Can I ask your weight and what springs did they supply?

    EDIT: I muted the old school porn soundtrack of the video which helped me focus on task and ascertained they gave you a 475 and a 500lb spring, just gotta know your weight :p
    [/QUOTE]
    Ext sends very soft springs. If you want poppy ask for at least +50lbs for their 2 springs. I use a 600lb spring and they sent me a 475 and 525 for my DH bike after lengthy emails stating what I need.

    At least from the American ext distributor, They won’t read your emails. The Austrian and German distributors will actually read what you write.

  819. [QUOTE=”EMTB!, post: 345207, member: 9799″]
    And my previous build. Let me know if you want to grab this green frame.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”81D70B03-1165-4456-8F1B-15AF23DCCDEC.jpeg”]74244[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Is it still for sale? What size? Thanks 🙂

  820. Hi, will a 230×65 rear coil got the kenevo sl? Seems like it should but want some confirmation. Ordered my comp yesterday! Thanks!!

  821. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 347551, member: 4674″]
    OneUp Dropper 210 sticks 9 cm out if inserted to max on S4 frame, 180 sticks 7 cm out, the stock 170 dropper sticks 8 cm out. Measured from seatpost collar to seattube.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the info! Anyway you can measure top of seatpost collar to middle of saddle rails on the oneup 210? The oneup has lower stack, so the overall length is what I may have to compare against to see if it would fit.

  823. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 310439, member: 1058″]
    I need to get ride wrap before I scratch this frame.

    I have liked the 38 so far vs. the Mezzer. It’s noticeably more supple off the top and a bit more progressive. I miss the linearity of the Mezzer ( i had it setup ~ 1.5 ratio IRT/Main if i recall), and the soft HBO feel, but I can’t say the 38 is lacking too much midstroke. It could just be how I preferred my mezzer to feel, but I may still swap that over to get some back to back impressions. How were you running your mezzer pressure-wise, and on what bike?

    BTW the bleeder valves on the 38 are awesome if you change elevation much. In the mountains last weekend, it made a noticeable difference when I released the trapped air on the trail.
    [/QUOTE]

    have you had the chance to test this back to back? what’s your verdict on 38 vs mezzer?

  824. [QUOTE=”kimochi, post: 348003, member: 15731″]
    have you had the chance to test this back to back? what’s your verdict on 38 vs mezzer?
    [/QUOTE]
    No, I have been slacking on that comparison. My time has been limited lately to test things vs. just ride. I was thinking of doing that when I get the 38 serviced, which is going to be pretty soon based on the ride time. Plus the 38 has been pretty darn good overall and the Mezzer is on my hardtail.

    I still plan on it, but it may require a free weekend to do a proper back to back test setup. I will post up when I have actually done that.

  825. [QUOTE=”Porto87133, post: 347965, member: 21001″]
    Did anyone of you put Fox DHX2 on Kenevo SL? I don’t want that piggy bag hit to the frame.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes, I did. 65mm stroke is fine, the piggyback is shorter on 2021 and newer DHX2s.

  826. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 348052, member: 11012″]
    Yes, I did. 65mm stroke is fine, the piggyback is shorter on 2021 and newer DHX2s.
    [/QUOTE]
    I order Shox today. Which spring do you use? I am 80kg and have no idea what spring to buy for kenevo.

  827. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348183, member: 4674″]
    What cable length is best suited for the range extender on KSL, 160 mm, 220 mm or 285 mm?
    Thx
    [/QUOTE]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]75038[/ATTACH]

  828. Changed for coil Jade X with a SLS . let some parts being anodized in dark blue.

    Great improvement to the basic Fox Float X.

  830. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 348190, member: 2329″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”580F4478-4A36-4182-9CC4-1FF48914E214.png”]75038[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    How do you like the ttx? I have heard good things from some other ksl owners

  831. Yeah no complaints so far. To be fair, we just got out of lockdown so it’s only taken on mild abuse but it has done so without a issue.
    I still need to tune it a tad to balance the front out.

  832. In case anyone was wanting to know the weight difference between a Fox Float X2 Factory vs. EXT e-STORIA (with 700lb EXT Coil)

    [ATTACH type=”full”]75087[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]75088[/ATTACH]

  833. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 348052, member: 11012″]
    Yes, I did. 65mm stroke is fine, the piggyback is shorter on 2021 and newer DHX2s.
    [/QUOTE]
    Received today 2022 DHX2 and piggy bag is touching frame for 1mm. Now let’s see if they can change it for shorter

  834. [QUOTE=”Porto87133, post: 348425, member: 21001″]
    Received today 2022 DHX2 and piggy bag is touching frame for 1mm. Now let’s see if they can change it for shorter

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”251529831_400777528417621_3836981182557772354_n.jpg”]75092[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s disappointing. I just ordered a 2022 float X2 in 230×65…wonder if I’ll have the same issue on my s4 frame?

  835. [QUOTE=”Etacata, post: 348433, member: 2574″]
    That’s disappointing. I just ordered a 2022 float X2 in 230×65…wonder if I’ll have the same issue on my s4 frame?
    [/QUOTE]
    my bike is s4. Now I am sending back DHX2. Fox guy told me that it’s not possible to change the reservoir for a shorter one.

  836. [QUOTE=”Porto87133, post: 348425, member: 21001″]
    Received today 2022 DHX2 and piggy bag is touching frame for 1mm. Now let’s see if they can change it for shorter

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”251529831_400777528417621_3836981182557772354_n.jpg”]75092[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Is the dhx2 240×62.5 size or 65mm?

  837. [QUOTE=”Etacata, post: 348455, member: 2574″]
    Is the dhx2 240×62.5 size or 65mm?
    [/QUOTE]
    230×65
    Fox don’t have 62,5 model for DHX2

  838. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348548, member: 4674″]
    Tried to fit my pre 2021 MY X2 factory 230×65 to my S4 frame. The air can is to big and was knocking on the lower linkage. The air can on the new X2 might be smaller in diameter, though.
    [/QUOTE]
    Bummer! Well I’ll try the 2022 X3 when it arrives and report back. Worst case I’ll send it in to fox to have it reduced to 62.5.

  839. [QUOTE=”Porto87133, post: 348436, member: 21001″]
    my bike is s4. Now I am sending back DHX2. Fox guy told me that it’s not possible to change the reservoir for a shorter one.
    [/QUOTE]

    A different reservoir isn’t required, but changing the length to 62.5mm is…This is an easy change to do internally. I’ve been running it for months and works great. The length is your issue.

  840. [QUOTE=”Etacata, post: 348564, member: 2574″]
    Bummer! Well I’ll try the 2022 X3 when it arrives and report back. Worst case I’ll send it in to fox to have it reduced to 62.5.
    [/QUOTE]

    Easy to do.

  841. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348548, member: 4674″]
    Tried to fit my pre 2021 MY X2 factory 230×65 to my S4 frame. The air can is to big and was knocking on the lower linkage. The air can on the new X2 might be smaller in diameter, though.
    [/QUOTE]

    62.5 rear and 180mm front.

  842. maybe you are right but I just don’t get how different length will stop hitting the frame. length 230 will be the same so piggyback will be on the same spot as now.

  844. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348548, member: 4674″]
    Tried to fit my pre 2021 MY X2 factory 230×65 to my S4 frame. The air can is to big and was knocking on the lower linkage. The air can on the new X2 might be smaller in diameter, though.
    [/QUOTE]
    Did it touch lower linkage when the shock is it’s full lenght or when the stroke is it’s minimum (when the shock is it’s minimum lenght)

  845. touched at the half of stroke. With stock shox it’s really close maybe 2mm of space. 😀 I already send back DHX2.

  846. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348774, member: 4674″]
    Touched when the shock was fully extended. Reducing stroke to 62.5 could indeed help since the air can will sit bit higher in the frame.
    [/QUOTE]

    It will sit the same as now, reducing the stroke to 62.5 doesn’t change physically anything outwardly. It changes a sag behavior at same percentage, but won’t help you.

    2022 is same diameter, but the piggy back is lot shorter.

  847. Ugly potato photo for now, but very happy with how it’s starting to look so wanted to share :- ). I’ve been sick with bronchial inflammation for 5 weeks though, finally getting better, so zero riding, just staring at it.

    KSL Comp. Added 2022 X2 Factory and Zeb Ultimate. Deity T-Mac pedals, and my old Enve DH bar/Renthal Duo cockpit. Tomorrow comes SQ-Lab Infinergy 60X saddle and will add my E13 wheelset, just need to decide on winter tyre combo. Probably keeping the T9 Butcher for back with CushCore Pro, and if that ends up being still bit weak, then swapping to dual-ply plus Cush but want to try the weight saving first.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”bike2.jpeg”]75184[/ATTACH]

  848. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 348774, member: 4674″]
    Touched when the shock was fully extended. Reducing stroke to 62.5 could indeed help since the air can will sit bit higher in the frame.
    [/QUOTE]
    As [USER=20169]@George_yt[/USER] said, it doesn’t shorten you shock total length. Same eye-to-eye lenght

  849. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 348800, member: 20169″]
    Ugly potato photo for now, but very happy with how it’s starting to look so wanted to share :- ). I’ve been sick with bronchial inflammation for 5 weeks though, finally getting better, so zero riding, just staring at it.

    KSL Comp. Added 2022 X2 Factory and Zeb Ultimate. Deity T-Mac pedals, and my old Enve DH bar/Renthal Duo cockpit. Tomorrow comes SQ-Lab Infinergy 60X saddle and will add my E13 wheelset, just need to decide on winter tyre combo. Probably keeping the T9 Butcher for back with CushCore Pro, and if that ends up being still bit weak, then swapping to dual-ply plus Cush but want to try the weight saving first.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”bike2.jpeg”]75184[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice bike. My advice is to keep the front tyre Butcher T9. It’s really good and well dampened.
    T9 at the rear is too draggy.

  850. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 348807, member: 838″]
    Nice bike. My advice is to keep the front tyre Butcher T9. It’s really good and well dampened.
    T9 at the rear is too draggy.
    [/QUOTE]

    I have few scenarios, it’s all mainly for Winter which is very slippery and leafy (and the snowy) here, and I also bring my kid on or have my Siberian Husky leashed in front, so maximum traction is ok with me, it’s e-bike :- ). For Spring I would get rid of soft rear tyre if it ends up feeling too much.

    1) Butcher T9 front & Back, Trail Casing. CushCore Pro in back, CushCore XC in front.
    2) My usual Dual-Ply E13 TRS LG, Soft in back, and SuperSoft in front. That + CushCore gets bit heavy… but once I tried CushCore recently, I can’t live without. I just can’t decide if I still need dual-ply which I really like alone.
    3) T9 or E13 in back, but actual mid Spike in front like Hillbilly. I never tried that type of tyre, which seems one notch above Magic Mary so I don’t know what those drawbacks look like in reality when the tire squirms..

    If I had lighter carbon wheelset, number 2 would be great, but I gave it away to my wife for her LevoSL, to bring that one down to super-light territory :- ).

  851. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 348800, member: 20169″]
    Ugly potato photo for now, but very happy with how it’s starting to look so wanted to share :- ). I’ve been sick with bronchial inflammation for 5 weeks though, finally getting better, so zero riding, just staring at it.

    KSL Comp. Added 2022 X2 Factory and Zeb Ultimate. Deity T-Mac pedals, and my old Enve DH bar/Renthal Duo cockpit. Tomorrow comes SQ-Lab Infinergy 60X saddle and will add my E13 wheelset, just need to decide on winter tyre combo. Probably keeping the T9 Butcher for back with CushCore Pro, and if that ends up being still bit weak, then swapping to dual-ply plus Cush but want to try the weight saving first.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”bike2.jpeg”]75184[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice bike. I rode 3 times with the stock tyres and did not enjoyed a lot. Ordered my favorite combo, Magic Mary and Hans Dampf, cant wait to ride again tomorrow

  852. Here’s the size difference between the he 2022 X2 vs older. Reservoir is certainly smaller on the 22 model. I’m gonna try fitting the 230×65 X2 to see if it fits with the smaller reservoir. If not I’ll get the stroke shimmed to 62.5

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”PXL_20211105_210413963.jpg”]75264[/ATTACH]

  853. Sounds crazy to put a 241 shock in this high engineered bike……or other words, it simply makes absolut no sense, even when if really fits into. The result would be horrific and your hope that 6 possible Geosettings will fix it will not work.
    And the shock on top of your Pic is not MJ 2023, it’s 2021 or max 2022.
    And the bottom shock is 2020 or older.

    Cheers:cool:

  854. [QUOTE=”North Shore Taxi, post: 349094, member: 21045″]
    Sounds crazy to put a 241 shock in this high engineered bike……or other words, it simply makes absolut no sense, even when if really fits into. The result would be horrific and your hope that 6 possible Geosettings will fix it will not work.
    And the shock on top of your Pic is not MJ 2023, it’s 2021 or max 2022.
    And the bottom shock is 2020 or older.

    Cheers:cool:
    [/QUOTE]
    Had a few typos in my original post. It’s a 230mm x 65 2022 X2.

  856. Anyone fitted a DVO Jade X to a KenSL?

    Just so we’re clear, the correct answer is [I]not [/I]”just fit a 150 OneUp post”… :ROFLMAO:

  858. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 349348, member: 52″]
    Anyone fitted a DVO Jade X to a KenSL?

    Just so we’re clear, the correct answer is [I]not [/I]”just fit a 150 OneUp post”… :ROFLMAO:
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes…FYI it’s for sale as I have another shock
    [ATTACH alt=”Jade X.jpg”]75352[/ATTACH]

  860. A little guide for those that are looking to get every mm of dropper post length/clearance.

    In order of impact/importance:

    1. Get a oneup dropper post, it’s always the answer 😉
    2. AT YOUR OWN RISK – Use a 31.6 diameter dropper instead of 34.9. This lets you get past the reamed seat tube safety limit and bottom out on the cable/bottom of post. If you sit on your seat with seatpost clamp lose you can theoretically BREAK YOUR FRAME.
    3. Look for a low stack saddle. SQ Lab and Nukeproof horizon are good for this.
    4. Shorter cranks
    5. If you still need another 5mm, change the end cap on cable housing at bottom of seatpost with a plastic one cut in half, will let you smoosh cable down that tiny bit further vs a full length metal one. Cable housing will be bent/mangled but still work fine =P.

    With these modifications I was able to fit a 150mm one up on my s3 for my ~28″ inseam. ~65mm clamp to rails.

  861. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 349649, member: 20940″]
    A little guide for those that are looking to get every mm of dropper post length/clearance.

    In order of impact/importance:

    1. Get a oneup dropper post, it’s always the answer 😉
    2. AT YOUR OWN RISK – Use a 31.6 diameter dropper instead of 34.9. This lets you get past the reamed seat tube safety limit and bottom out on the cable/bottom of post. If you sit on your seat with seatpost clamp lose you can theoretically BREAK YOUR FRAME.
    3. Look for a low stack saddle. SQ Lab and Nukeproof horizon are good for this.
    4. Shorter cranks
    5. If you still need another 5mm, change the end cap on cable housing at bottom of seatpost with a plastic one cut in half, will let you smoosh cable down that tiny bit further vs a full length metal one. Cable housing will be bent/mangled but still work fine =P.

    With these modifications I was able to fit a 150mm one up on my s3 for my ~28″ inseam. ~65mm clamp to rails.
    [/QUOTE]
    How much more mm do u think u gain using a 31.6 post? Do u know the insertion max on a s4? Appreciate your post!

  862. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 349374, member: 2329″]
    3 gens of beasts! [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”242A7AD6-BDD3-47FB-B2BC-EFC784E08F8E.jpeg”]75350[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I like gen1 and 3 (y) Now if they will make a gen3 with big power that would be my next purchase

  863. [QUOTE=”Dfriz, post: 349653, member: 206″]
    I like gen1 and 3 (y) Now if they will make a gen3 with big power that would be my next purchase
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve loved them all to be honest. The Gen 1 is my original one and is still going strong!
    Gen 2 was definitely an upgrade on the dh stuff and Gen 3 is just fun everywhere. Sure it doesn’t have the power of the ff but it feels more like a real bike but me with big legs! It also eats up gravity like a pro!

    I got 25.4km and 700m vert with 70% battery left (range extender + main starts at 150%) so just over half usage. Thats full turbo 100/100, bike weight at 20.5kg, me at 77kg.
    I love this bike!

    They would only have to bump the power up 10nm if they did. As it is its climbs fine on anything steep, there are just a few times I have desired that extra boost to get up a rock face or a super steep pinch climb, otherwise I haven’t really missed the power. I have ridden a ff once since owning sl’s and definitely didn’t miss that extra weight.

  864. When you put Turbo mode setting 80/100 feels neary the same but saves you extra percentage of watthours. On a 150% battery this can do extra 300m vertclimb.
    Also dont forget to change the front chainring to 30 teeth for extrasavings👍, the serial 32 is a pain.

  865. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 349658, member: 2329″]
    I’ve loved them all to be honest. The Gen 1 is my original one and is still going strong!
    Gen 2 was definitely an upgrade on the dh stuff and Gen 3 is just fun everywhere. Sure it doesn’t have the power of the ff but it feels more like a real bike but me with big legs! It also eats up gravity like a pro!

    I got 25.4km and 700m vert with 70% battery left (range extender + main starts at 150%) so just over half usage. Thats full turbo 100/100, bike weight at 20.5kg, me at 77kg.
    I love this bike!

    They would only have to bump the power up 10nm if they did. As it is its climbs fine on anything steep, there are just a few times I have desired that extra boost to get up a rock face or a super steep pinch climb, otherwise I haven’t really missed the power. I have ridden a ff once since owning sl’s and definitely didn’t miss that extra weight.
    [/QUOTE]
    Being 65 years young I need a little more than 30 Nm :unsure:

  867. [QUOTE=”Etacata, post: 349650, member: 2574″]How much more mm do u think u gain using a 31.6 post? Do u know the insertion max on a s4? Appreciate your post![/QUOTE]Didn’t check before and after unfortunately but you might be able to figure it out with my final rail to collar measurement w/ the 150mm one-up.

  868. Still waiting for my comp model to get delivered. Plans to swap brakes to Shimano saints. Does the kenevo sl have full length cable housing guides internally, or do I need to use a straighted coat hanger as a guide?

  869. [QUOTE=”Dfriz, post: 349836, member: 206″]
    Being 65 years young I need a little more than 30 Nm :unsure:
    [/QUOTE]
    Well your in luck as it has 35nm 🤣

    Have you ridden an SL yet? It not you may be surprised with it’s power.
    I would be nice though to have a little extra in reserve. I am still hopeful Specialized are holding back for a future update.

  870. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 350036, member: 2329″]
    Well your in luck as it has 35nm 🤣

    Have you ridden an SL yet? It not you may be surprised with it’s power.
    I would be nice though to have a little extra in reserve. I am still hopeful Specialized are holding back for a future update.
    [/QUOTE]
    [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] has the body of a 65 year old and the mind of a 95 year old and he seems to like the ones he’s ridden so far, or he thinks he did.

  872. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 350043, member: 52″]
    I did? I can’t remember.
    [/QUOTE]
    Maybe this will help jog your memory “Old Geezer causes 4 mile trail tailback chaos” ..

    [ATTACH type=”full”]75623[/ATTACH]

  873. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 350036, member: 2329″]
    Well your in luck as it has 35nm 🤣

    Have you ridden an SL yet? It not you may be surprised with it’s power.
    I would be nice though to have a little extra in reserve. I am still hopeful Specialized are holding back for a future update.
    [/QUOTE]
    My Bad no substitute for more power

  874. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 350189, member: 4674″]
    I can‘t confirm this. Just tried my DHX2 MY2021 on my S4 frame without the spring. No interferences. Everything seems to work just fine. It’s a 230×65 shock. I hope it‘ll work with the spring as well. Reaching HSR knob will be PITA, though.

    Picture at full compression.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_0343.jpg”]75686[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Good to hear!

  875. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 349848, member: 15774″]
    So, as the dhx2 won’t fit our KSLs.. Anyone tried the Öhlins TTX(22M) Coil @230×65?
    [/QUOTE]
    TTX22m is good to go.

  876. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 349848, member: 15774″]
    So, as the dhx2 won’t fit our KSLs.. Anyone tried the Öhlins TTX(22M) Coil @230×65?
    [/QUOTE]
    A friend of mine has a dhx2 on an S5 Kenevo SL.

  877. [QUOTE=”aweil, post: 350350, member: 21144″]
    A friend of mine has a dhx2 on an S5 Kenevo SL.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have an S3..

  878. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 350363, member: 15774″]
    I have an S3..
    [/QUOTE]
    I understand. I’m just trying to give a datapoint. Maybe it’s not 100% applicable for you.

  879. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 350489, member: 4674″]
    X2 factory 230×65 MY 2022 fits my S4 frame as well. Weight difference to DHX2 MY 2021 with 550 SLS spring approximately 250 g.
    [/QUOTE]
    Cool. Still waiting for my s4. Called my local bike shop it was getting delivered too and found out when they were assembling it they found excessive play in the bottom bracket and need to do a warranty claim on it. Real bummed as I’ve yet to even see my bike and it’s already having issues. They had no idea how long the warranty process would take either.

  880. Quick update:

    I know there is a zillion variables when it comes to “bike balance” (terrain, %grade, suspension setup, preferences, riding position, etc), but I find it fairly typical that I will use a lot more travel in the rear vs the front (see: o-rings – this trail is fairly rough, a couple of med jump, rock rolls and generally steep-ish). Sag is appropriate as are my compression and rebound settings. I have one volume spacer in the X2 and stock tokens in the 38. I just find that the X2 doesn’t have as much support or “reactive-ness” that I would prefer.

    I could add more air to the rear, but I like the sensitivity especially given the steeper, rougher terrain I usually find myself in. I tend to ride this bike fairly aggressively with weight over the front – so the rear is lighter and needs that off the top suppleness. Same would apply to adding more LSC in my scenarios. Front end has great mid-strokes, but I rarely use all of the travel. I think I did once at the bike park where I overshot a drop. It was pretty violent and had me missing the HBO on my mezzer in that instance.

    I could add another volume spacer, but I think that may exacerbate what I am experiencing to some extent other than more bottom out support.

    Keep in mind I would say that overall suspension performance is like 8.5-9/10 on the front and 8/10 on the rear. Pretty darn good, but I am getting comfortable enough to know where there could be improvements. This is probably just a monologue to myself to buy a coil lol. Curious what others are finding

    [ATTACH type=”full”]75804[/ATTACH]

  881. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 350639, member: 1058″]
    Quick update:

    I know there is a zillion variables when it comes to “bike balance” (terrain, %grade, suspension setup, preferences, riding position, etc), but I find it fairly typical that I will use a lot more travel in the rear vs the front (see: o-rings – this trail is fairly rough, a couple of med jump, rock rolls and generally steep-ish). Sag is appropriate as are my compression and rebound settings. I have one volume spacer in the X2 and stock tokens in the 38. I just find that the X2 doesn’t have as much support or “reactive-ness” that I would prefer.

    I could add more air to the rear, but I like the sensitivity especially given the steeper, rougher terrain I usually find myself in. I tend to ride this bike fairly aggressively with weight over the front – so the rear is lighter and needs that off the top suppleness. Same would apply to adding more LSC in my scenarios. Front end has great mid-strokes, but I rarely use all of the travel. I think I did once at the bike park where I overshot a drop. It was pretty violent and had me missing the HBO on my mezzer in that instance.

    I could add another volume spacer, but I think that may exacerbate what I am experiencing to some extent other than more bottom out support.

    Keep in mind I would say that overall suspension performance is like 8.5-9/10 on the front and 8/10 on the rear. Pretty darn good, but I am getting comfortable enough to know where there could be improvements. This is probably just a monologue to myself to buy a coil lol. Curious what others are finding

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_9543.JPG”]75804[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What I would do…remove the X2 and sell.

    If wanting to stay with an air shock get the Ohlins TTX2 air. This shock is much more reactive yet much more controlled than the X2. I got to the same point with the X2 where I needed/wanted more support but when I added air I lost way too much compliance…when I reduced the pressure the mid stroke was soggy and unsupportive. The HSC in the X2 Performance is also out of whack. The Ohlins gave me exactly what the Fox could not.

    Or go to a coil. Prior to trying the Ohlins this would be my default. Now after fitting the Ohlins (it takes a bit of tinkering getting it set up well btw) the coil is much less of a need/desire. In saying that I do have two coils for my KSL. The DVO Jade X is a good, simple coil and with the progressive spring works well (minimal damping in it so relies on spring a lot). I find the damping to be a little mismatched so it can be set up well for bigger stuff which makes the smaller stuff rougher or set up great for the smaller stuff but becomes a little lively on the bigger stuff. Not a huge compromise but it is noticeable.

    My other coil is the Push 11.6. Beautiful to look at but this has had issues from day one..if ridden aggressively it felt rough and erratic basically. It has potential to be great but there are issues with this shock that could be better and out of the box and right now I would not recommend it. To try and rectify this shock it is getting opened up and modified to function better. I’ll report back when it is finished.

    I would be curious to try a Kitsuma coil in the KSL (if it fits) as it has such a huge range of adjustment so getting to a close to ideal tune is more likely. That would be my worry with EXT as in my experience what they think is ideal can be a little left field.

    My fork now has a Luftkappe in it with no tokens. I did have the Smashpot but it was too heavy plus that liner I believe is adding friction that can be felt through the hands on long days so I went back to full air and haven’t looked back. I’m up to about 107psi @ 88kg and the fork feels great (a Fox fork feeling great….who knew!). Dialing it in is tricky getting the HSR/LSR balance right. Every damper seems to produce different results (according to Dougal @ Shockcraft in NZ) so he has set mine up on a dyno and even had to manufacture parts to get my damper to function within a useable range. Bushing burnished. Now I can’t really complain about this fork at all. Holds up in its stroke super well on steeps but is still compliant enough to generate bulk grip. No hand pain so far on anything. No CSU creaking yet either.

  882. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 350714, member: 6169″]
    What I would do…remove the X2 and sell.

    If wanting to stay with an air shock get the Ohlins TTX2 air. This shock is much more reactive yet much more controlled than the X2. I got to the same point with the X2 where I needed/wanted more support but when I added air I lost way too much compliance…when I reduced the pressure the mid stroke was soggy and unsupportive. The HSC in the X2 Performance is also out of whack. The Ohlins gave me exactly what the Fox could not.

    Or go to a coil. Prior to trying the Ohlins this would be my default. Now after fitting the Ohlins (it takes a bit of tinkering getting it set up well btw) the coil is much less of a need/desire. In saying that I do have two coils for my KSL. The DVO Jade X is a good, simple coil and with the progressive spring works well (minimal damping in it so relies on spring a lot). I find the damping to be a little mismatched so it can be set up well for bigger stuff which makes the smaller stuff rougher or set up great for the smaller stuff but becomes a little lively on the bigger stuff. Not a huge compromise but it is noticeable.

    My other coil is the Push 11.6. Beautiful to look at but this has had issues from day one..if ridden aggressively it felt rough and erratic basically. It has potential to be great but there are issues with this shock that could be better and out of the box and right now I would not recommend it. To try and rectify this shock it is getting opened up and modified to function better. I’ll report back when it is finished.

    I would be curious to try a Kitsuma coil in the KSL (if it fits) as it has such a huge range of adjustment so getting to a close to ideal tune is more likely. That would be my worry with EXT as in my experience what they think is ideal can be a little left field.

    My fork now has a Luftkappe in it with no tokens. I did have the Smashpot but it was too heavy plus that liner I believe is adding friction that can be felt through the hands on long days so I went back to full air and haven’t looked back. I’m up to about 107psi @ 88kg and the fork feels great (a Fox fork feeling great….who knew!). Dialing it in is tricky getting the HSR/LSR balance right. Every damper seems to produce different results (according to Dougal @ Shockcraft in NZ) so he has set mine up on a dyno and even had to manufacture parts to get my damper to function within a useable range. Bushing burnished. Now I can’t really complain about this fork at all. Holds up in its stroke super well on steeps but is still compliant enough to generate bulk grip. No hand pain so far on anything. No CSU creaking yet either.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice feedback. Yeah the Ohlins is on the list for sure. I want to hear some results from the folks running the E-Storia to see if they have improved some of the minor issues that EXT has been known for – primarily, not as sensitive as other coils in certain setups.

    Push is off the list atm until I hear of better reports.

    [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER] If you don’t mind me asking, what type of terrain are you generally riding?

  883. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 350721, member: 1058″]
    Nice feedback. Yeah the Ohlins is on the list for sure. I want to hear some results from the folks running the E-Storia to see if they have improved some of the minor issues that EXT has been known for – primarily, not as sensitive as other coils in certain setups.

    Push is off the list atm until I hear of better reports.

    [USER=6169]@ebikerider[/USER] If you don’t mind me asking, what type of terrain are you generally riding?
    [/QUOTE]
    My general go to trails (winch and plummet style) are steep with a combination of loose rock, chunky rock gardens and hardpack with steep ruts into catch berms. Here I’ll run the LSC on the fork closed. Fork needs to have a good midstroke to allow the rear to grip but still be able to have enough compliance left for the rock hits braking into corners.

    We have a had a bit of rain recently and quite a few new trails pop up so I’ve also been loving the loam for a change. So much grip instead of blowing dust clouds thru corners but this isn’t the norm in Aus.

    Other trails are generally hardpack with plenty of rock of varying size and shape. Good opportunity to keep it pinned here and the trail can generate quite a bit of chatter so having well set up and balanced suspension here is critical or you get bounced off line at speed.

  884. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 351114, member: 4674″]
    First time with the after market X2 230×65 MY 2022 on my KSL Comp frame. Great improvement over the shitty stock Performance X shock.
    Is working pretty well on the bike. Actually I don’t feel the urgency to switch over to coil. Bike feels pretty poppy and responsive. Had DHX2 on my Decoy and like the feel of X2 on KSL better. One day I might try the DHX2 on KSL, although as with Enduro I think the suspension kinematic suits an air shock better.
    [/QUOTE]
    Good to hear. Just got my comp this week and will put my after market 230×65 X2 on after I swap parts from my levo sl.

    Mind sharing your X2 settings?

  885. [QUOTE=”Dfriz, post: 350089, member: 206″]
    My Bad no substitute for more power
    [/QUOTE]
    Your avatar told you that? 😂

  886. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 351245, member: 4674″]
    I took the settings from Specialized suspension calculator for S-Works KSL, reduced LSC to 2 clicks, though. There ist room to play, of course.
    [/QUOTE]

    in terms of improvement , what do you notice most? The factory x2 seems to be a great deal better than the performance x2 per the few reports I have read, but I am curious how it’s noticeable. I am a assuming that coming from the float x would show a bigger difference though

  887. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 351245, member: 4674″]
    I took the settings from Specialized suspension calculator for S-Works KSL, reduced LSC to 2 clicks, though. There ist room to play, of course.
    [/QUOTE]
    Cool. Didn’t know spec had a suspension calculator. I’ll try it out. Thanks u!

  888. Finally got my ksl comp this week. The bottom bracket play that my shop was concerned with was within specs according to specialized. It very minimal and my levo sl had same amount of play. Appreciate my shop for double checking.

    Tons of rain in the pnw but got out today in a brief weather window between storms. Added 2 volume bands to my factory X2 and 250 psi for my 195 lb body. Felt pretty good, had one bottom out on a bigger hit. Dialed in a bit more high speed comp. Bike is long and slack. Honestly feels a lot like my commencal meta sx but 14lbs lighter! Feels very confidence inspiring and much more geared to ripping dh trails than my levo sl. Probably sell the levo sl. Rear is way for stiffer than levo sl. Really liking my 1st day on it and know it will get better as I dial it in and make a few more cockpit upgrades and changes.

  889. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 351459, member: 4674″]
    150 psi must’ve given you a lot of sag, no? I’m like 85 kg naked and end up with 19 mm sag on the 230×65 X2 at 240 psi. Lowering pressure and adding volume reducers is probably the way to go for more sensitivity from the top but then mid stroke support is going away.
    [/QUOTE]
    Whoops, I mean 250psi

  890. I have just installed my new Push ElevenSix in my Kenevo SL Expert. Now I am irritated about the Torque Value for the Forward (Upper) Shock Eye Bolt in the official Manual.
    22.5 seems very high to me 🙄 when i try to tighten it I can nearly hear a very little creaking, I stop tighten it immediately .I don‘t want to trash my Frame 🙈
    The 25 Nm for the rear shock bolt, seem to be no problem.
    What‘s your experience? Is it really recommend to tight it to 22.5 Nm?

  891. Here is the hint:
    There is a typo on one of the torques. ….12,7 Nm is the correct value…found it at the end of the manual…did not recognize but now. Good that I stop thighing it more.
    Super dangerous that in user Manual on the official HP the wrong Torque is still printed in the PDF…no amendment there….that manual was my source for the torques, because yesterday i didn’t have the physical manual near by.

  893. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 352121, member: 20169″]
    Those of you with QUARQ ShockWiz, how did you mount it on your Float X2 :- ) ? Seems like tricky.
    [/QUOTE]
    A friend zip tied it to the bottle cage.

  895. [QUOTE=”Bigcoose, post: 352453, member: 7464″]
    Is it possible to run 27.5 in the kenevo sl as I really don’t like 29s,
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes it is possible. Keep in mind the bottom bracket will be very low.

  896. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 352204, member: 4674″]
    Oh, good to know. I tightened the shock upper bolt to those 22,5 Nm recommended in printed manual. Seemed odd to me as well, frame didn’t crack, though.
    That’s really a major and dangerous bug in the manual.
    [/QUOTE]

    What a nightmare – specialized don’t offer subsequent owners the same frame warranty.

    Sooo… do original owners get the frames checked before selling the bike, or risk having the buyer make a negligence claim against the seller ? Imagine if that frame cracks in use and the buyer gets injured because you over tightened that bolt!

    Warranty claim before selling the bike because it came with faulty documentation and that mount might have been damaged ?

    This could make the brose software fiasco seem like a minor inconvenience!

  897. WTF are you on about?

    Caveat emptor in the UK; buyer beware. There are no warranty obligations on a private sale.

  898. [QUOTE=”Bigcoose, post: 352453, member: 7464″]
    Is it possible to run 27.5 in the kenevo sl as I really don’t like 29s,
    [/QUOTE]Kenevo SL has a slightly high BB. (356mm)
    fitting 27.5 Wheels will drop that by 19mm (so 337mm)
    That’s not really in the realms of super low for a normal 170mm bike. Just very low compared to most Emtbs. But in many ways the bike will ride better for it. Not everyone is going to gain benefit from a lower BB and it really won’t be ideal if you’re the type of rider to continue pedalling blindly at and into things instead of actually looking where you’re going and planning where to pedal and where not to.

  899. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 352480, member: 52″]
    WTF are you on about?

    Caveat emptor in the UK; buyer beware. There are no warranty obligations on a private sale.
    [/QUOTE]

    Apart from this big blue disc we live upon being a little larger than the UK, do your personal injury ambulance chasers have the ability to sue for negligence ?

  900. [QUOTE=”Gary, post: 352482, member: 247″]
    Kenevo SL has a slightly high BB. (356mm)
    fitting 27.5 Wheels will drop that by 19mm (so 337mm)
    That’s not really in the realms of super low for a normal 170mm bike. Just very low compared to most Emtbs. But in many ways the bike will ride better for it. Not everyone is going to gain benefit from a lower BB and it really won’t be ideal if you’re the type of rider to continue pedalling blindly at and into things instead of actually looking where you’re going and planning where to pedal and where not to.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for your help Gary,I just can’t get on with 29s.ive had 27.5 on my levo for a while now and for me it made the bike a lot better.👍👍

  901. [QUOTE=”Pdoz, post: 352498, member: 2885″]
    Apart from this big blue disc we live upon being a little larger than the UK, do your personal injury ambulance chasers have the ability to sue for negligence ?
    [/QUOTE]
    For a private sale? No.

  903. [QUOTE=”Bigcoose, post: 352516, member: 7464″]
    Thanks for your help Gary,I just can’t get on with 29s.ive had 27.5 on my levo for a while now and for me it made the bike a lot better.👍👍
    [/QUOTE]
    My Enduro bike is a 170mm 27.5 YT Capra. But I run it with 26″ wheels because I prefer the way they handle and like lowered BBs.
    It’s 30mm lower than a Kenevo SL. And no I don’t suffer pedal strikes.
    I don’t really like 29″ wheels either.
    Even though I know I’m faster on them.

  904. [QUOTE=”Chefkoch, post: 352556, member: 21325″]
    This is the answer on my Mail to Specialized about the problem ;-)….i have translated it to englisch

    Hallo …….,

    vielen Dank für deine E-Mail und den Hinweis auf diese zwei Fehler in unsere Kenevo SL Manuals.
    Diese Fehler wurden erst behoben und ich habe dir hier in dieser E-Mail die Korrekten Manuals mit angehängt. Einmal den Auszug im Handbuch und einmal das PDF von unserer Homepage.

    Die Homepage wird noch aktualisiert und das neue PDF wird mit dem alten ausgetauscht.

    Ich möchte dir für deine wichtigen Infos entgegenkommen und dir einen Gutschein in Wert von 25€ schenken. Diesen kannst du auf unsere Homepage einlösen und dir was Schönes kaufen

    ”
    Hello ……,

    Thank you for your email and pointing out these two errors in our Kenevo SL manuals.
    These errors were only fixed and I have attached the correct manuals to you in this email. Once the excerpt from the manual and once the PDF from our homepage.

    The homepage is still being updated and the new PDF is exchanged with the old one.

    I would like to meet you for your important information and give you a voucher worth € 25. You can redeem this on our homepage and buy something nice
    ”
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks for the tip, I adjusted mine to the right Nm.

  905. “Attention: check your crank torque. My cranks almost fell off on today’s ride!!!” My cranks were creaky and I decided to check. Both cranks were loose and needed to be torqued as well.

  906. [QUOTE=”Gary, post: 352591, member: 247″]
    And no I don’t suffer pedal strikes.

    [/QUOTE]
    don’t I remember that you switched to 100mm cranks because of the known pedal strikes with ebikes being lower than any bike in history BBS? Think I remember that right.

  907. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 353364, member: 9685″]
    don’t I remember that you switched to 100mm cranks because of the known pedal strikes with ebikes being lower than any bike in history BBS? Think I remember that right.
    [/QUOTE]
    He doesn’t have cranks…just pedals screwed into the drive shaft of the motor. Shuttles everything.

  908. [QUOTE=”ridesantacruz, post: 353222, member: 7893″]
    “Attention: check your crank torque. My cranks almost fell off on today’s ride!!!” My cranks were creaky and I decided to check. Both cranks were loose and needed to be torqued as well.
    [/QUOTE]
    Even correctly torqued Shimano motors throw cranks. Its a flawed design. Search the forum for my posts on the subject and you will find the reason and solution.

  909. I want to try some shorter cranks on my S3. Does anyone know if you can run any brand of crank, or do you need a specific brand? I would like try 155 but there are limited brands in this size.

  911. Can anyone confirm that a 30t chain ring will work on a Kenevo SL? Or would the chain ride the rubber chain protector in the smallest cog? Asking for a friend 😉

  912. [QUOTE=”kemp990, post: 350223, member: 1520″]
    TTX22m is good to go.
    [/QUOTE]

    I am interested in the Ohlins TTX22m as I have one on my Levo SL. Is it a 62.5x230mm or 65x230mm? How much do you weigh and which spring do you use? Thanks!

  913. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 353774, member: 6910″]
    Can anyone confirm that a 30t chain ring will work on a Kenevo SL? Or would the chain ride the rubber chain protector in the smallest cog? Asking for a friend 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    If I remember right, you will find the information in the manual.

  914. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 354154, member: 838″]
    If I remember right, you will find the information in the manual.
    [/QUOTE]
    Usually, both of the sizes are listed in the manual but for some reason, just the max size was listed.

    Edit: I looked again and it’s listed there, 30-34t (I swear it wasn’t there before.. 🧐 lol)

  915. Question for the folks who run in warmer climates: Does the KSL roll back the available power like the regular Levo SL on hot days with hard climbs?

    Entertaining the thought of a KSL, but having an extra low power cap in southern California summers would be a bear.

  916. Just picked up an S5 KSL frameset and going to order up an EXT E-Storia straight away. At 6’4 230lbs the X2 shocks just don’t have enough rebound damping up near the PSI limit.

    -Do I need to include DU bushings (doubt it)?

    -Do I need shock hardware or can I reuse the Fox stuff?

    Thanks in advance. Amped to get this built.

  917. [QUOTE=”Christox, post: 335781, member: 11585″]
    Hi !

    The many threads with cracked crankarms and the actual huck-testresult drove me to swap my carbon cranks from my Levo22 SW to Alloy.

    I weighed the right crankarm. 165mm Alloy from Ken22 only weights 15gr. more than the 160mm from Lev22 😳 (if same pedals have no weight tolerances)

    So for me: No chance for carbon cranks !

    [ATTACH alt=”A4FA0E21-2B0C-4A19-B05F-52BE80146F01.jpeg”]71727[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH alt=”55DF63C0-CD1D-45AE-B89B-69D224C90EC6.jpeg”]71728[/ATTACH]

    Best regards,

    Chris
    [/QUOTE]

    Cane Creek really needs to tap into this market, but if they don’t call them E-eewings I’m out.

  918. [QUOTE=”bepcav82, post: 332042, member: 19533″]
    No , in the module you can choose to buy or not the hardware kit.
    I ordered e-storia and I didn’t buy the harware kit because I want to use the fox x2 hardware kit… I hope that’s right! 😀

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”MPB_screen 2021-09-04 alle 09.07.21.jpg”]70671[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Was the Fox hardware compatible with your e-storia?

  919. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 354734, member: 15162″]
    Question for the folks who run in warmer climates: Does the KSL roll back the available power like the regular Levo SL on hot days with hard climbs?

    Entertaining the thought of a KSL, but having an extra low power cap in southern California summers would be a bear.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m in South Texas, so definitely hot in summer. I have not noticed any difference between hot and cool temps in power or battery usage.

  920. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 354806, member: 16632″]
    Just picked up an S5 KSL frameset and going to order up an EXT E-Storia straight away. At 6’4 230lbs the X2 shocks just don’t have enough rebound damping up near the PSI limit.

    -Do I need to include DU bushings (doubt it)?

    -Do I need shock hardware or can I reuse the Fox stuff?

    Thanks in advance. Amped to get this built.
    [/QUOTE]
    I ordered an Ext for another bike that had an X2. I did not order bushings and hardware. It was a mistake. The Fox bushings/hardware were not compatible. As much as these shocks cost, I’d order the bushings/hardware so you know it’s right. Also, I would order that new 3D printed clicker adjustment tool that is on the website. I cut down a 10mm wrench. Carrying that and an Allen wrench in your pocket sucked.

  921. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 354989, member: 5572″]
    I ordered an Ext for another bike that had an X2. I did not order bushings and hardware. It was a mistake. The Fox bushings/hardware were not compatible. As much as these shocks cost, I’d order the bushings/hardware so you know it’s right. Also, I would order that new 3D printed clicker adjustment tool that is on the website. I cut down a 10mm wrench. Carrying that and an Allen wrench in your pocket sucked.
    [/QUOTE]

    Good info thank you!

    I’ve got an Arma on my enduro that came with a DU bushing in the lower mount but I had to press it out to accommodate the Enduro’s flip chip. Apparently I used the wrong type of press tool and it scarred up the shock mount. Just trying to get my ducks in a row this time.

  922. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 354806, member: 16632″]
    Just picked up an S5 KSL frameset and going to order up an EXT E-Storia straight away. At 6’4 230lbs the X2 shocks just don’t have enough rebound damping up near the PSI limit.

    -Do I need to include DU bushings (doubt it)?

    -Do I need shock hardware or can I reuse the Fox stuff?

    Thanks in advance. Amped to get this built.
    [/QUOTE]

    I ordered my e-STORIA with the DU bushings and new mounting hardware. When it arrived, I removed my Fox Factory X2 and seen that it did not use any DU bushings so I just had to use my bushing tool to push them out. Also the mounting hardware sizes listed in the Specialized manual are incorrect so the new upper mounting hardware from EXT was the wrong size, I had to reuse the ones that came on my X2, it fits fine without a DU bushing in the upper eyelet. I hope this helps.

    Also it’s worth mentioning that the torque spec for the upper shock mounting bolt (5mm) is another thing that’s incorrect in the manual, the proper torque is 12.7nm not 22.7

  923. I passed over my fox hardware no problem. Did struggle getting lower eyelet to squeeze between the spacers. Seems like ext was fractionally wider and not rounded like the fox was. I sanded the spacers a tiny bit to get clearance.

  924. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 355017, member: 6910″]
    I ordered my e-STORIA with the DU bushings and new mounting hardware. When it arrived, I removed my Fox Factory X2 and seen that it did not use any DU bushings so I just had to use my bushing tool to push them out. Also the mounting hardware sizes listed in the Specialized manual are incorrect so the new upper mounting hardware from EXT was the wrong size, I had to reuse the ones that came on my X2, it fits fine without a DU bushing in the upper eyelet. I hope this helps.

    Also it’s worth mentioning that the torque spec for the upper shock mounting bolt (5mm) is another thing that’s incorrect in the manual, the proper torque is 12.7nm not 22.7
    [/QUOTE]
    I can confirm this. I torqued as per the manual and snapped the bolt. Specialized stood behind it an sent me an entire linkage/shock bolt package for free. I know people like to rag on Specialized, but I have had nothing but positive results when dealing with them.

  925. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 355017, member: 6910″]
    I ordered my e-STORIA with the DU bushings and new mounting hardware. When it arrived, I removed my Fox Factory X2 and seen that it did not use any DU bushings so I just had to use my bushing tool to push them out. Also the mounting hardware sizes listed in the Specialized manual are incorrect so the new upper mounting hardware from EXT was the wrong size, I had to reuse the ones that came on my X2, it fits fine without a DU bushing in the upper eyelet. I hope this helps.

    Also it’s worth mentioning that the torque spec for the upper shock mounting bolt (5mm) is another thing that’s incorrect in the manual, the proper torque is 12.7nm not 22.7
    [/QUOTE]

    Sooo helpful man, thank you!

    Yeah been combing through this forum and I spotted those posts about that incorrect torque value. Yikes. Thanks for the heads up though… I’d already forgotten:).

  926. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 355096, member: 5572″]
    I can confirm this. I torqued as per the manual and snapped the bolt. Specialized stood behind it an sent me an entire linkage/shock bolt package for free. I know people like to rag on Specialized, but I have had nothing but positive results when dealing with them.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thats great that they stepped up. I had a loooong wait for a warranty enduro frame but it was the peak of covid shutdowns and spesh’s HQ was also smack dab in the middle of a wildfire here in CA. Good to hear things are improving.

  927. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 355018, member: 20940″]
    I passed over my fox hardware no problem. Did struggle getting lower eyelet to squeeze between the spacers. Seems like ext was fractionally wider and not rounded like the fox was. I sanded the spacers a tiny bit to get clearance.
    [/QUOTE]

    This is SUPER helpful. So I’ll order with no DU bushings and no hardware kit and swap over the Fox stuff (with a little sandpaper massage). Thank you!

  928. My KSL as it stands, happy to answer any questions. In retrospect I should have gone for the comp instead of expert but o well.

    Changed fork and shock. I like a heavily damped ride and the fox stuff is on the extremely light side. Am much happier with the mezzer/Estoria setup for my prefferences. Springs ext sent are on soft side though so waiting on stiffer springs. 180mm from, 65mm stroke rear. Suspension ran stiff so bike rides like 150mm bike would with extra in reserve for big hits.

    I like narrower (like the tire profile it gives) and compliant (160lb rider) rims so built up a set of Newmen SL XA 25mm internal with laser spokes. Running cushcore.

    Also using horizon saddle which has a crazy low stack height with one up dropper which let me fit a 150mm w/ my short 28″ inseam.

    It’s a great bike [ATTACH=full]77190[/ATTACH][ATTACH=full]77189[/ATTACH]

  929. New frameset is in the throes of assembly. This one is a challenge for sure. They have packaged more into less space on this thing – amazing but a lot of work routing stuff.

    God help me… am I going to need to pull the motor AND the battery just to run the rear brake line?! Spesh included a Dropper housing already routed but couldn’t be bothered with running something for the rear brake. Please shoot me LOL

    EDIT: Routing the rear brake required pulling the motor, shock, and fork but not the battery as there is a wide-mouth carbon channel running just above the battery that you could BARELY get the hose into. Lawdy what a time sink but so far so good. Pics when she’s up and running.

  930. Ugh. Finally finished building up the frameset and turned ‘er on only to be met with an “update firmware – 15mph 🐢”.

    Sounds like this is a dealer-only thing. Why TF did they let me walk out the door without doing this? Now I’ve got to burn another half-day driving back to the dealer.

  931. Update:

    -dealer didn’t update firmware

    -Screen says “motor error”

    -Fox X2 shock is stuck down from factory

    So much anticipation for this bike and such an incredibly shitty first experience. I’m sure it will eventually knock my socks off, but so far they are very much on (with garters).

    In short, “Waaaaa waaaaaa waaaaa.”

    i’m sure it’ll all get sorted.

  932. My suspension guru (Ryan at Fluid Focus ) was going over my x2 today as it seems to have been slowly leaking air. He found a few things :

    Rear pivot bolt had loosened (yes, it was torqued correctly when I last checked) Which caused a seal to deteriorate leading to the leak.

    Unrelated apparently the rebound circuit is doing nothing. And the LSR adjustment doesn’t do anything. That will be investigated and hopefully corrected on Monday.

    Moral of the story: for those underwhelmed with the stock performance x2, might not be functioning correctly. I will report back when I have time on the fixed setup

  933. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 355924, member: 16632″]
    Update:

    -dealer didn’t update firmware

    -Screen says “motor error”

    -Fox X2 shock is stuck down from factory

    So much anticipation for this bike and such an incredibly shitty first experience. I’m sure it will eventually knock my socks off, but so far they are very much on (with garters).

    In short, “Waaaaa waaaaaa waaaaa.”

    i’m sure it’ll all get sorted.
    [/QUOTE]

    So motor all sorted after a trip to the dealer. Apparently it needs a magnet on the rotor to function(?). Who knew… steep eeb learning curve ;).

    Factory X2 functioning almost normally as well now. Rebound circuits slow things to a tortoise pace when set to the recommended 1 click (push it down and wait 30s for it to re-extend). Running more clicks makes it rideable. Hopefully it’ll work decently until the EXT shows up.

    If anyone here in the 200+ lb club has recommendations for X2 settings I’d be stoked to hear what’s working for you. As it stands I’ve either got a lemon shock or the suspension recommendations on the specialized tuning app are pretty far off.

    Here’s a crap pic of the beautiful problem child:

    [ATTACH]77383[/ATTACH]

    Zeb, X2 Factory (E-Storia incoming), DHR-Evos, AXS, OneUp (210mm), Nobl TR41s / DT240s, Cushcore (rear only)

    Can’t wait to ride it…

  934. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 356182, member: 1058″]
    My suspension guru (Ryan at Fluid Focus ) was going over my x2 today as it seems to have been slowly leaking air. He found a few things :

    Rear pivot bolt had loosened (yes, it was torqued correctly when I last checked) Which caused a seal to deteriorate leading to the leak.

    Unrelated apparently the rebound circuit is doing nothing. And the LSR adjustment doesn’t do anything. That will be investigated and hopefully corrected on Monday.

    Moral of the story: for those underwhelmed with the stock performance x2, might not be functioning correctly. I will report back when I have time on the fixed setup
    [/QUOTE]
    Which pivot bolt?

    Can you get Fox to warranty the shock and replace with a factory model? That would be the best fix imo to get as close as possible on a standard shock to a good tune (unless Ryan can modfy the elite model to function correctly with better LSC/HSC control).

  935. My KSL started creaking soooo loudly and all of a sudden I was convinced it was cracked somewhere lol. Initially I thought it was the CSU but after going thru the usual cleaning, greasing and adjusting (just the headset)I’ve ascertained the 38 is still ok. I do have a slight concern about the cup that goes into the frame for the lower head bearing, specifically the amount of slop that is there. Has anyone else removed and cleaned their headset and can remember how the fit of this cup in their frame? Mine literally rattles in the frame when cleaned and has no grease on it.

    Turns out the creaking/cracking was from the rear axle/UDH interface. Not sure why it started so suddenly but after replacing the hanger all of the loud cracking stopped. Axle was greased and torqued correctly…need to inspect the UDH further for any obvious defects (I replaced it last week with a Trek branded UDH after bending a Specialized UDH. From memory the axle didn’t feel 100% going in but not bad enough to warrant me removing it…now have a Nukeproof UDH in there and the axle went in and torqued as normal).

  936. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 354806, member: 16632″]
    Just picked up an S5 KSL frameset and going to order up an EXT E-Storia straight away. At 6’4 230lbs the X2 shocks just don’t have enough rebound damping up near the PSI limit.

    -Do I need to include DU bushings (doubt it)?

    -Do I need shock hardware or can I reuse the Fox stuff?

    Thanks in advance. Amped to get this built.
    [/QUOTE]
    You can send the x2 in for a rebuild. Tell them you’re a Campbells soup kid. But the ext is mo bettrrrrrr. Just tell ext in detail the tune you want and how much sag you want.

  937. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 356214, member: 4674″]
    High price for S-Works sticker.
    Buying Comp and swapping components the way to go IMO. Frames are the same.
    [/QUOTE]

    Bunch of cheap parts to unload and no range extender. Pass. Could GAF about sworks. Wish they skipped the supergraphics but you get what you get.

  938. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 356244, member: 9685″]
    You can send the x2 in for a rebuild. Tell them you’re a Campbells soup kid. But the ext is mo bettrrrrrr. Just tell ext in detail the tune you want and how much sag you want.
    [/QUOTE]

    EXT hydrolic bottom out has saved my bacon so many times on the enduro.

  939. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 356221, member: 6169″]
    Which pivot bolt?

    Can you get Fox to warranty the shock and replace with a factory model? That would be the best fix imo to get as close as possible on a standard shock to a good tune (unless Ryan can modfy the elite model to function correctly with better LSC/HSC control).
    [/QUOTE]
    It was the rear shock pivot. I had removed the shock at one point to add a volume spacer so it must have been then. Even though properly torqued.

    if Ryan had to fiddle too much I was going to reach out to spesh and ask. Ryan stated he could get my shock pretty close to the factory at least on compression by adding adjustable hsc and tuning the hsr. But at this point just want to get it back to stock performance and evaluate my options

  940. [QUOTE=”AdmChr, post: 353774, member: 6910″]
    Can anyone confirm that a 30t chain ring will work on a Kenevo SL? Or would the chain ride the rubber chain protector in the smallest cog? Asking for a friend 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    I swapped my 32t to a 30t. No problems.

  941. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 356255, member: 16632″]
    Bunch of cheap parts to unload and no range extender. Pass. Could GAF about sworks. Wish they skipped the supergraphics but you get what you get.
    [/QUOTE]

    But you replaced the usual parts (Zeb, X2 Factory (E-Storia incoming), DHR-Evos, AXS, OneUp (210mm), Nobl TR41s / DT240s, Cushcore (rear only) on the SWORK model that you would have replaced on the Comp so I am not following your logic? I had to buy an Expert (I don’t like the white color) as it was only one available but will be replacing the fork, shock, wheels, brake levers and bars and with the $8k I save (its not to difficult to sell those parts during the shortage), I can buy a range extender if I can find one for sale and maybe I will add an SWORKS sticker 😎

    [ATTACH type=”full”]77465[/ATTACH]

  942. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 356257, member: 16632″]EXT hydrolic bottom out has saved my bacon so many times on the enduro.[/QUOTE]It’s to bad he fixed your X2 cause now you don’t need to buy mine [emoji12] (messaged me on PB). Really enjoying Estoria on mine (also have storia on my other bike). I am waiting on a set of heavier springs tho…

  943. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 356425, member: 13937″]
    But you replaced the usual parts (Zeb, X2 Factory (E-Storia incoming), DHR-Evos, AXS, OneUp (210mm), Nobl TR41s / DT240s, Cushcore (rear only) on the SWORK model that you would have replaced on the Comp so I am not following your logic? I had to buy an Expert (I don’t like the white color) as it was only one available but will be replacing the fork, shock, wheels, brake levers and bars and with the $8k I save (its not to difficult to sell those parts during the shortage), I can buy a range extender if I can find one for sale and maybe I will add an SWORKS sticker 😎

    [ATTACH type=”full”]77465[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    I didnt replace anything I got a frame set. Why are we arguing about this? Enjoy your bike bud, I’m sure it’s rad 👍

  944. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 356460, member: 20940″]
    It’s to bad he fixed your X2 cause now you don’t need to buy mine [emoji12] (messaged me on PB). Really enjoying Estoria on mine (also have storia on my other bike). I am waiting on a set of heavier springs tho…
    [/QUOTE]

    Ah, that was you! Too funny 😂

  945. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 356478, member: 16632″]
    I didnt replace anything I got a frame set. Why are we arguing about this? Enjoy your bike bud, I’m sure it’s rad 👍
    [/QUOTE]

    OMG… I am so sorry. I must have both misread one of the previous posts and also was projecting my vehemence towards Specialized for only offering a frame set in the “SWORKS” form factor. I too would have liked to have bought a frame set instead of an entire bike. I am happy to see you are getting your bike the way you want it (sounds like a great build!), as we should at these prices. Happy trails!

  946. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 356487, member: 13937″]
    OMG… I am so sorry. I must have both misread one of the previous posts and also was projecting my vehemence towards Specialized for only offering a frame set in the “SWORKS” form factor. I too would have liked to have bought a frame set instead of an entire bike. I am happy to see you are getting your bike the way you want it (sounds like a great build!), as we should at these prices. Happy trails!
    [/QUOTE]

    All good. I’m no sworks fanboy that’s for sure.

    Tore down a couple of comp Enduros during the pandemic cause I could t get a frameset (built one, cracked it, built another while waiting for the warranty). I’m still swimming in own-brand parts 🤣.

    Wanted a frame cause I just demolished a Stumpy so had the parts ready.

    Priced out the comp KSL vs. sworks frame set and it just barely didn’t pencil (it was close). I like the comp graphics better, but I figured I’d be in the hole on time/money after selling the parts, shipping, PayPal fees just to get the frame.

    Been hankering for this rig since day one… finally time to ride this thing 🤘

  947. Holy crap this bike is good. Smoother with the stock X2 than my enduro with EXT. Blown away. More composed through the rough stuff, very slightly less poppy. 30% more downhill laps in the same time for the same workout. This bike nails it for what I do. Super stoked.

  948. EXT US has E-Storias in stock at 230×65 but could be several weeks to get a 230×62.5.

    Anyone know if 230×65 will clear? Any other issues to be aware of?

    Thanks!

  949. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 357123, member: 16632″]
    EXT US has E-Storias in stock at 230×65 but could be several weeks to get a 230×62.5.

    Anyone know if 230×65 will clear? Any other issues to be aware of?

    Thanks!
    [/QUOTE]
    I think multiple folks are running 65mm stroke, but I can’t confirm that. I would be curious to know as well.

  950. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 357123, member: 16632″]EXT US has E-Storias in stock at 230×65 but could be several weeks to get a 230×62.5.

    Anyone know if 230×65 will clear? Any other issues to be aware of?

    Thanks![/QUOTE]I’m running 65 e storia without an issue. Lmk if any other questions.

  951. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 357206, member: 20940″]
    I’m running 65 e storia without an issue. Lmk if any other questions.
    [/QUOTE]
    How are you finding the small bump suppleness and handling of high speed chatter on the e-storia? Compared to stock?

  952. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 357206, member: 20940″]
    I’m running 65 e storia without an issue. Lmk if any other questions.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks! I know other folks are running 65 stroke with other shocks but knowing it works with this one really helps. Ordering…

  953. Literally ride #2. Glad I swapped out the stock carbon cranks(!).

    [ATTACH type=”full”]77788[/ATTACH][ATTACH]77788[/ATTACH]

  954. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 357583, member: 16632″]
    Literally ride #2. Glad I swapped out the stock carbon cranks(!).

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”9032522E-AC0E-42AA-9412-C44BC2EA30B6.jpeg”]77788[/ATTACH][ATTACH alt=”9032522E-AC0E-42AA-9412-C44BC2EA30B6.jpeg”]77788[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Punishment for running clips!

  955. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 357587, member: 2329″]
    Punishment for running clips!
    [/QUOTE]

    Ha! So many sins, hard to know which sent me over the edge. Been running these about a year. My zone has a lot of old school huck to flat moments. The bigger you are, the thinner your wallet gets.

  957. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 357692, member: 2329″]
    How good is the bike though! Such a beast
    [/QUOTE]

    So good. Very relieved it wasn’t the frame that checked out

  959. Turns out my mega creaking is the Fox 38 CSU. Went thru the normal cleaning and replacement process and the only thing that stopped the creaking was replacing the fork. I’ve never heard a fork creak so loudly as this one, sounds like carbon snapping on rough tracks. I can’t generate the cracking on braking, only hitting rough tracks or on landing does it make itself known and then it is so distracting and detracts from the ride experience.

    Mezzer fitted and all is back to silent. Also a great reminder of how good the Mezzer is too!

  960. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 357790, member: 6169″]
    Turns out my mega creaking is the Fox 38 CSU. Went thru the normal cleaning and replacement process and the only thing that stopped the creaking was replacing the fork. I’ve never heard a fork creak so loudly as this one, sounds like carbon snapping on rough tracks. I can’t generate the cracking on braking, only hitting rough tracks or on landing does it make itself known and then it is so distracting and detracts from the ride experience.

    Mezzer fitted and all is back to silent. Also a great reminder of how good the Mezzer is too!
    [/QUOTE]

    My 38 creaked after one lap at downieville.

    Flip the bike over, remove the front wheel, and scissor the lowers hard (push one side fore and the other aft). If it’s the stanchions creaking you should hear it. Take a video and send to Fox politely requesting a new CSU.

    Creaky steerer is harder to replicate off the bike for warranty. Good luck!

  961. Children are gods punishment for man’s weakness to hot babes.

    your problem doesn’t take 19 years to pay off.

  962. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 357914, member: 9685″]
    Children are gods punishment for man’s weakness to hot babes.

    your problem doesn’t take 19 years to pay off.
    [/QUOTE]
    He does have an sworks so not far off.

  963. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 357917, member: 2329″]
    He does have an sworks so not far off.
    [/QUOTE]
    As do I. Still. When you drop kick your sworks people don’t look at you as bad when it’s a human baby. 🤷🏼‍♂️

  964. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 357914, member: 9685″]
    Children are gods punishment for man’s weakness to hot babes.

    your problem doesn’t take 19 years to pay off.
    [/QUOTE]

    I also have one of those. 19 years seems like a pretty low estimate TBH

  965. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 355018, member: 20940″]
    I passed over my fox hardware no problem. Did struggle getting lower eyelet to squeeze between the spacers. Seems like ext was fractionally wider and not rounded like the fox was. I sanded the spacers a tiny bit to get clearance.
    [/QUOTE]

    Was hoping to get lucky and not have to struggle with this but no dice. It’s always something isn’t it…

  966. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 357946, member: 4674″]
    You like Mezzer better than 38, aside from the creaking issue?
    [/QUOTE]
    Initially I preferred the Mezzer over the 38 as the 38 felt just ok as standard. I then burnished the bushings in the 38, modified the damper to get the damping into a useable range and fitted a Luftkappe. Now I would say I prefer the 38 over the Mezzer as it has better small bump and over longer runs/days riding it leaves me less fatigued than the Mezzer. It is close though and a well set up Mezzer is hard to beat.

  967. EXT E-Storia 230×65 installed. No DU bushings required, just reuse the Fox stuff. As others have mentioned the lower mount on the EXT is ever so slightly wider than the stock Fox, so you’ve got to sand down the lower mount spacers to get it to fit. About 80 firm circles on 80 grit per side plus another 20 on 120 grit to clean it up did the trick. Not gonna lie this was a pain in the ass.

    I followed directions this time and cycled the shock without the spring first to verify clearance for the slightly longer 65mm stroke. It’s close but I honked on it pretty good to get the bottom out bump stop to compress and there was no contact visible anywhere so (hopefully) all good.

    Install instructions / manual from EXT is a bit lean – 1 page with pretty iffy translations. I’m guessing the hydrolic bottom out is tuned like a damper where full clockwise is max compression damping. We’ll see!

    EXT’s domestic supplier / servicer Suspension Syndicate in Utah are great guys. They got the shock shipped out same day after I emailed to inquire about using a 65mm stroke instead of the 62.5mm stock.

    They also sent a free 3D printed adjustment tool. Although a very sweet gesture, the hex interface is a hair small to actually fit over the 12mm compression adjuster knob so technically not totally useable (although the thought is appreciated).

    Hoping this slays like the Arma on my Enduro. Ride report incoming as soon as I can get things tuned up.[ATTACH type=”full”]78019[/ATTACH]

  968. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 357794, member: 16632″]
    My 38 creaked after one lap at downieville.

    Flip the bike over, remove the front wheel, and scissor the lowers hard (push one side fore and the other aft). If it’s the stanchions creaking you should hear it. Take a video and send to Fox politely requesting a new CSU.

    Creaky steerer is harder to replicate off the bike for warranty. Good luck!
    [/QUOTE]
    Turns out it was the lower headset bearing cup making the noise. Not sure why all of a sudden this is an issue but it does have quite a lot of play when inserted into the frame….rattles a good 1-2mm in the headtube. The outer 45 chamfer has been polished from rubbing on the carbon which is also quite polished too so when they are grabbing each other then letting go there are the cracking sounds.
    Fresh grease seems to only last a couple of rides before the noise returns.
    Happy it isn’t the fork but now I’m worried about the frame lol.

  970. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 358326, member: 6169″]
    Turns out it was the lower headset bearing cup making the noise. Not sure why all of a sudden this is an issue but it does have quite a lot of play when inserted into the frame….rattles a good 1-2mm in the headtube. The outer 45 chamfer has been polished from rubbing on the carbon which is also quite polished too so when they are grabbing each other then letting go there are the cracking sounds.
    Fresh grease seems to only last a couple of rides before the noise returns.
    Happy it isn’t the fork but now I’m worried about the frame lol.
    [/QUOTE]

    Specialized doesn’t seem to do headtubes / headsets very well. My Enduros all had issues with the upper bearing / carbon interface creaking. Was hopeful those cups on the KSL would be an improvement (!).

  971. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 358328, member: 2329″]
    Get a Cane creek 40 crown race and all your problems will be solved.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have a Cane Creek Hellbender bottom bearing and crown in there but it’s the cup that sits over the bearing that’s the issue. I’ll have a chat to Specialized about the headtube tolerance and go from there.

  972. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 356182, member: 1058″]
    My suspension guru (Ryan at Fluid Focus ) was going over my x2 today as it seems to have been slowly leaking air. He found a few things :

    Rear pivot bolt had loosened (yes, it was torqued correctly when I last checked) Which caused a seal to deteriorate leading to the leak.

    Unrelated apparently the rebound circuit is doing nothing. And the LSR adjustment doesn’t do anything. That will be investigated and hopefully corrected on Monday.

    Moral of the story: for those underwhelmed with the stock performance x2, might not be functioning correctly. I will report back when I have time on the fixed setup
    [/QUOTE]

    I just sent a Float X2 Factory to Fluid Focus to be tuned for this bike and my weight and riding style. Hopefully it will be a significant improvement over the X2 Performance with its limited tune ability. The stock Performance level X2 is ok but limited in how good you can make it work.

  973. [QUOTE=”JSeg009, post: 359471, member: 21743″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”7CE7C3E8-3F74-4C49-B4FE-9810DF2522A6.jpeg”]78335[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B1B8C756-C899-480F-92E5-B7C67C4904D2.jpeg”]78336[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks needed to see some sun and dirt as my trails are wet and snow covered.

  975. [QUOTE=”JSeg009, post: 359471, member: 21743″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”7CE7C3E8-3F74-4C49-B4FE-9810DF2522A6.jpeg”]78335[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B1B8C756-C899-480F-92E5-B7C67C4904D2.jpeg”]78336[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Top of Suicide……..

  977. I think this has been discussed before, but not sure. I’m replacing the shock on my Expert build with a custom tuned Float X2. The manual says the lower shock bolt torque is 220 Nm, and the upper shock bolt is 200 Nm. This can’t be correct. I think you would crack the frame at those numbers and the bolt would break for sure. Does anyone know what the correct torque values should be?

  978. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 360632, member: 5572″]
    I think this has been discussed before, but not sure. I’m replacing the shock on my Expert build with a custom tuned Float X2. The manual says the lower shock bolt torque is 220 Nm, and the upper shock bolt is 200 Nm. This can’t be correct. I think you would crack the frame at those numbers and the bolt would break for sure. Does anyone know what the correct torque values should be?
    [/QUOTE]

    NO ! [B]Upper is 12,7 Nm, lower as in the manual 25 Nm[/B]. Member “Chefkoch” had some posts here regarding this. And please check the units Nm vs. in-lbf !

  979. [QUOTE=”AlpinaD3, post: 360662, member: 11412″]
    NO ! [B]Upper is 12,7 Nm, lower as in the manual 25 Nm[/B]. Member “Chefkoch” had some posts here regarding this. And please check the units Nm vs. in-lbf !
    [/QUOTE]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]78590[/ATTACH]
    Thank you for providing the correct torque values.
    This is what my manual shows. FF is the top shock mount bolt. Fortunately I’ve done my own bike work for many years so I knew that 200 Nm was way off. Unfortunately, a newer rider may not know and would create some serious damage following this manual. I’ve owned a number of Specialized bikes over the years and the manuals have been very good. This manual is not good.

  980. I never trust the manual that comes with the bike. I always check online to see if it has been updated.
    Here’s from downloaded manual.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]78593[/ATTACH]

  981. I got an addendum when I bought it. I manually edited the manual to match this information in all languages.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]78653[/ATTACH]

  982. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 360933, member: 838″]
    I never trust the manual that comes with the bike. I always check online to see if it has been updated.
    Here’s from downloaded manual.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1640246651248.png”]78593[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    This still shows the upper shock bolt @ 22.5 Nm which seems to high for a 5mm bolt. Are you torquing the bolt to this number with no problem?

  983. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 361224, member: 5572″]
    This still shows the upper shock bolt @ 22.5 Nm which seems to high for a 5mm bolt. Are you torquing the bolt to this number with no problem?
    [/QUOTE]
    You’re right, I read that there is still a mistake in that

  984. [QUOTE=”Hob Nob, post: 359544, member: 10057″]
    Goes better than a Gen 3 Levo 🙂
    [/QUOTE]
    in which way, down the hill? or serpentine uphill?

  985. [QUOTE=”etoni, post: 361237, member: 1040″]
    in which way, down the hill? or serpentine uphill?
    [/QUOTE]

    Significant improvement downhill. I didn’t need (or use) the power or size of battery of the Levo (even have the KSL turned down).

  986. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 361236, member: 838″]
    You’re right, I read that there is still a mistake in that
    [/QUOTE]
    I went with the numbers AlpinaD3 recommended. I rode yesterday and nothing broke or fell off somit must be right🤣.

  988. Does anyone run EXT Storia Lok V3(not E-Storia) on the Kenevo SL size S3?

    I’d like to know if there is a clearance issue when shock is fully compressed, the Peggy back reservoir looked noticeably longer the Fox X2 comes with the Sworks model.

    Any info would be appreciated.

  989. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 361652, member: 8022″]
    Does anyone run EXT Storia Lok V3(not E-Storia) on the Kenevo SL size S3?

    I’d like to know if there is a clearance issue when shock is fully compressed, the Peggy back reservoir looked noticeably longer the Fox X2 comes with the Sworks model.

    Any info would be appreciated.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have in S4. It’s fine.

  990. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 361630, member: 2329″]
    Back to single life!
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”E8A4E5ED-5116-4B30-AB09-CC180971ADDF.jpeg”]78799[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Does that mean you are building something else with the triples or just a post christmas diet for this one?

  991. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 361652, member: 8022″]
    Does anyone run EXT Storia Lok V3(not E-Storia) on the Kenevo SL size S3?

    I’d like to know if there is a clearance issue when shock is fully compressed, the Peggy back reservoir looked noticeably longer the Fox X2 comes with the Sworks model.

    Any info would be appreciated.
    [/QUOTE]
    For future reference, no clearance issue when use EXT storia lok v3 on KSL Sworks S3 frame, however it just missed the frame for 1-2mm when at middle stroke.

  992. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 362028, member: 6169″]
    Does that mean you are building something else with the triples or just a post christmas diet for this one?
    [/QUOTE]
    Well I was always waiting for the Ohlins RXF 38 as the primary focus was on weight saving.
    As for the triples, I was considering buying an enduro frame and building up a shuttle bike.

  993. To all EXT (e)Storia riders out there: which spring do you use at which weight? I find it impossible to measure the SAG on this bike.

  994. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 362277, member: 11948″]
    To all EXT (e)Storia riders out there: which spring do you use at which weight? I find it impossible to measure the SAG on this bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am 75kg, currently on 350ibs spring. It’s rather soft I’m on the hunt for 375ibs/400ibs spring. I had trouble bottoming out the Fox X2 factory shock at recommend settings.
    i recommend using ShockWiz if on air shock.

  995. [QUOTE=”Michaelhe, post: 362285, member: 8022″]I am 75kg, currently on 350ibs spring. It’s rather soft I’m on the hunt for 375ibs/400ibs spring. I had trouble bottoming out the Fox X2 factory shock at recommend settings.
    i recommend using ShockWiz if on air shock.[/QUOTE]I’m 74kg (162lb) and can echo this. Mine came with 325 and 350. 350 while usable and could see it working well for certain riders was too soft for me. I swapped them out for 375/400. Haven’t had a chance to try it yet but neighborhood staircase test has me thinking it was the right move for me.

    I have a preference for heavily damped and on the firm side on spring (I run over recommend pressure for my weight on fork for example) and am a fairly aggressive rider. So I do think I have a firmer than normal preference and what suspension syndicate recommend should be spot on for most people.

  996. Anyone running a 180mm fork?

    Run 180mm on my enduro in high and works great. Wondering if anyone’s tried it on the KSL.

    thanks!

  997. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 358942, member: 5572″]
    I just sent a Float X2 Factory to Fluid Focus to be tuned for this bike and my weight and riding style. Hopefully it will be a significant improvement over the X2 Performance with its limited tune ability. The stock Performance level X2 is ok but limited in how good you can make it work.
    [/QUOTE]
    Curious to see how you get along with the Factory and what Ryan does to tune it for you. I have been testing some stuff from him lately and been in there a lot. He got my Performance working as it should , but no tuning or changes

  998. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 362440, member: 1058″]
    Curious to see how you get along with the Factory and what Ryan does to tune it for you. I have been testing some stuff from him lately and been in there a lot. He got my Performance working as it should , but no tuning or changes
    [/QUOTE]
    What did he do to the X2? Just a proper bleed? How does it feel different on the trail now?

  999. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 362488, member: 6169″]
    What did he do to the X2? Just a proper bleed? How does it feel different on the trail now?
    [/QUOTE]
    It was leaking air (220psi would become ~ 160psi ish over a few rides). Apparently the quad seal was shot, plus the compression wasn’t doing anything. He brought it back to stock, fixing those issues.

    I have it at 200psi, and it felt great the few rides I was able to get on it before the seemingly endless rains we have been having. My fork is now back to stock too; so it will be interesting to get some time on it again.

  1000. If your fit and on the fence,this would be the bike to have, as I have long since fallen off the fence I will stick to full fat.:LOL::ROFLMAO:

  1002. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 362440, member: 1058″]
    Curious to see how you get along with the Factory and what Ryan does to tune it for you. I have been testing some stuff from him lately and been in there a lot. He got my Performance working as it should , but no tuning or changes
    [/QUOTE]
    I have 3 rides on the tuned shock. A significant improvement. I am running the settings Ryan recommended and they are really good. All of the harshness and tendency for the stock shock to kick and swap side to side is gone. The new shock tracks so straight and is plush without wallowing or feeling dead. I highly recommend Fluid Focus.

  1003. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 362966, member: 5572″]
    I have 3 rides on the tuned shock. A significant improvement. I am running the settings Ryan recommended and they are really good. All of the harshness and tendency for the stock shock to kick and swap side to side is gone. The new shock tracks so straight and is plush without wallowing or feeling dead. I highly recommend Fluid Focus.
    [/QUOTE]
    Do you happen to know what he did?

  1005. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 362969, member: 1058″]
    Do you happen to know what he did?
    [/QUOTE]
    He revalved the compression circuit for my weight, ability and bike. The stock rebound was good so he didn’t do anything there. I’m assuming the new valving has more support than stock because I had to lower the air pressure 15 lbs to get 30% sag. I went from 235psi to 220psi. The lower air pressure leads to better small bump absorption but the new valving keeps the shock up in the mid stroke for better support without any feeling of blowing through the travel like before.

  1006. Finally hit some decent size jumps and the cranks immediately bent (jump #3). Glad I swapped out the carbon for alum but still, WTF. Does anyone make better cranks for this bike than Praxis?

    Between the cracked carbon version on PB and my 3-jump alum specials I’m going out on a limb and saying praxis is BS.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]79254[/ATTACH]

  1007. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 363427, member: 16632″]
    Finally hit some decent size jumps and the cranks immediately bent (jump #3). Glad I swapped out the carbon for alum but still, WTF. Does anyone make better cranks for this bike than Praxis?

    Between the cracked carbon version on PB and my 3-jump alum specials I’m going out on a limb and saying praxis is BS.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”CD162CBB-61B5-462C-9603-60E4ED1229C7.jpeg”]79254[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m wondering the same thing. There is enough bad press on Praxis cranks that I don’t really trust them. I would like to try some 155mm cranks as well if anyone knows if you they are available to fit the Brose motor.

  1008. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 363445, member: 5572″]
    I’m wondering the same thing. There is enough bad press on Praxis cranks that I don’t really trust them. I would like to try some 155mm cranks as well if anyone knows if you they are available to fit the Brose motor.
    [/QUOTE]
    Can the Praxis M30 spindle be swapped out for another brand’s 30mm spindle?

  1010. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 363449, member: 8019″]
    Does anyone know what the widest 29″ tire that would fit the Kenevo SL?
    [/QUOTE]
    The manual lists 2.5 and 2.6 max in different sections and throws in a caution that not all 2.6 tires may clear all forks.

  1011. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 363445, member: 5572″]
    I’m wondering the same thing. There is enough bad press on Praxis cranks that I don’t really trust them. I would like to try some 155mm cranks as well if anyone knows if you they are available to fit the Brose motor.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hope makes e-cranks to fit the Levo’s Brose but I haven’t found any leads yet to aftermarket options for the SL 1.1 (Mahle).

    Hatching a plan to have a buddy weld a plate inside the concave bit on the backside. At only $70 a pair it might be worth a shot.

    What a random Achilles heal for the SL 1.1 platform. Why they didn’t adopt the same attachment standard as the majority of ebike motors I have zero idea. Now Spesh is stuck with Praxis and the bad press / bad quality – they are as screwed as we are.

  1012. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 363454, member: 16632″]
    Hope makes e-cranks to fit the Levo’s Brose but I haven’t found any leads yet to aftermarket options for the SL 1.1 (Mahle).

    Hatching a plan to have a buddy weld a plate inside the concave bit on the backside. At only $70 a pair it might be worth a shot.

    What a random Achilles heal for the SL 1.1 platform. Why they didn’t adopt the same attachment standard as the majority of ebike motors I have zero idea. Now Spesh is stuck with Praxis and the bad press / bad quality – they are as screwed as we are.
    [/QUOTE]
    …minimum invest, max profit. thats life today.
    if something has to be replaced under warranty, it is still a minor matter.

    whats up with miranda crank, no mahle options?

  1013. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 363448, member: 15162″]
    Can the Praxis M30 spindle be swapped out for another brand’s 30mm spindle?
    [/QUOTE]

    Oooh, now that’s a great question

  1014. [QUOTE=”etoni, post: 363455, member: 1040″]
    …minimum invest, max profit. thats life today.
    if something has to be replaced under warranty, it is still a minor matter.

    whats up with miranda crank, no mahle options?
    [/QUOTE]

    looks like Miranda is just ISIS, JIS, BNI interface (unless one of those is the SL?).

    Ride5dev has SL cranks in the works. Guess I’ll just cycle through $70 Praxis expendables every month or two until something reliable hits the market.

  1015. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 363461, member: 16632″]
    looks like Miranda is just ISIS, JIS, BNI interface (unless one of those is the SL?).

    Ride5dev has SL cranks in the works. Guess I’ll just cycle through $70 Praxis expendables every month or two until something reliable hits the market.
    [/QUOTE]
    Haha should have read your message right before. That’s good to hear they are looking at the SL. Their stuff is pretty dialed looking

  1016. After looking for a CF SL and having several deals fall thru I think I’ve found one. I’ll know soon enough. It’s a 2021-2 Redwood color expert carbon medium, 146 miles, perfect condition, weighs about 39.25 lbs without pedals and with tubes. While it does come with dpx2 and fox 36 I really love the dvo topaz t3 and 2021 Lyrik Ultimate I have on my Focus Jam2. I plan to put the Focus back to stock and use these on my new SL. And it does save about a half lb. I’m looking at a few other changes to further lower the weight of the expert carbon sl since I’ll have some extra cash once I sell my Jam2. Love the geometry and playfulness of the Sl and for my size lighter is better and noticeable in many cases. I was looking at the Roval 29″ CF wheels that come with the DT Swiss 36t hubs, straight spokes and 29mm id CF rims that have a claimed weight of 1450g for only $1350. USD. I was also considering the I9 27mm id aluminum 245 wheelset for $1400. but heavier at 1700g but instant engagement. Does anyone know what the wheelset on the newer expert carbon weighs? I’ve heard 2.2 kg but that must be for the std sl. Anyone have any thoughts about these two wheelsets for the sl please chime it. I’m not an aggressive downhiller but more trail and xc with some technical sections here in SoCal. I’m a light rider too at 145 lbs and 5′-7″ (shrunk the past decade, lol) and have found the power a good match for eco or even trail on my Shimano 45 lb bike. Thanks and Happy New Year to all.

  1017. Hi as anyone swapped there levo gen 3 for a kenevo SL.
    I am considering a kenevo SL as I preferred my analog bike but ride with full fat ebikes but I am fairly fit

  1018. I’ve been using the carbon Praxis cranks for a while now and they haven’t exploded yet. Maybe the shorter 160 length is their saviour 😀

    I did just email Ride5Dev to register my interest in their cranks though…

  1019. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 363666, member: 6169″]
    I’ve been using the carbon Praxis cranks for a while now and they haven’t exploded yet. Maybe the shorter 160 length is their saviour 😀

    I did just email Ride5Dev to register my interest in their cranks though…
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice! I did the same – they wrote back saying they should have something in the next 6 months(y)

  1020. [QUOTE=”etoni, post: 363455, member: 1040″]
    …minimum invest, max profit. thats life today.
    if something has to be replaced under warranty, it is still a minor matter.

    whats up with miranda crank, no mahle options?
    [/QUOTE]

    Praxis responded to my warranty claim filed online in less than 24 hours. New cranks should be here tomorrow. Their SL cranks aren’t lighting the world on fire now that Spesh is bolting them on sendy rigs but the customer service is spot on.

    Reminds me of Fox.

  1021. I have noticed that the power measurement is not correct. I have a Quarq power meter on the Push-Bike and in comparison, I have 30-40% higher values on the Kenevo. I have already researched whether the built-in power meter can be calibrated – but no luck. Does anyone have similar experience and possibly a solution?

  1022. What a great bike. I went out for the first time since my collarbone surgery with the guys yesterday to FOD. I took my SC bullet and swapped with a riding buddy with a new S3. He had the extender fitted and I did the climb up to the DH and then One run of countdown in to launch pad. What a bike, feels similar to the bullet I think that’s the low pivot suspension set up. I was genuinely surprised how much assist you get for climbing, it’s not bad at all I could easily live with it.

    I just need to find somewhere in the midlands that has an S4 and an S3. The bike I rode was an S3 and the tech felt a tiny bit smaller than my medium Bullet. I’ve always kind of wished I’d got the large size bullet and although I am going to keep that bike I think for the KSL I might prefer the longer reach of the S4.

    Time for me to tell my wife you can never have too many’s bikes again.

  1023. [QUOTE=”JetSetDemo, post: 365303, member: 254″]
    I just need to find somewhere in the midlands that has an S4 and an S3. The bike I rode was an S3 and the tech felt a tiny bit smaller than my medium Bullet. I’ve always kind of wished I’d got the large size bullet and although I am going to keep that bike I think for the KSL I might prefer the longer reach of the S4.
    [/QUOTE]
    Normally, if a poster of your stature says something like that I’d ask them what they’ve been smoking. Seeing as I know the answer to that question, I’ll stick with the old favourite of “What the fuck, dude?” :ROFLMAO:

  1024. The drag on the sl and ksl is barely perceivable compared to the normal Levo. If that’s your deciding metric, it’s a no brainer that the ksl would be a better choice

  1025. I agree with Jcmonty. I hated the motor drag on my previous shimano motor bike. The KSL has almost zero drag. The adjustable geometry is great. I run it fully slack at the bike park and fully steep on my somewhat tame local trails and it works excellently at both.

  1026. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 365942, member: 1058″]
    The drag on the sl and ksl is barely perceivable compared to the normal Levo. If that’s your deciding metric, it’s a no brainer that the ksl would be a better choice
    [/QUOTE]

    [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 365943, member: 5572″]
    I agree with Jcmonty. I hated the motor drag on my previous shimano motor bike. The KSL has almost zero drag. The adjustable geometry is great. I run it fully slack at the bike park and fully steep on my somewhat tame local trails and it works excellently at both.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thank you, both. That alone almost cements my decision. I just talked to the shop about getting a S2 on order and it looks like March timeframe, so I may go ahead and pull the trigger. Have been thinking about it for a few weeks. I hate making changes so quickly but I think I’ll be happier.

  1028. I’m 177cm and ride an S3, my friend is 174cm and rides an S3 and my friend who is 174cm and wants one tried an S3 but wants to try an S4. We think he’s mad… 🤪 I tried an S4 and it was too long for me.

    At 172cm I think I’d try an S2 if I could, but an S3 should be OK too. The S2 will be more playful and the S3 will be more stable.

  1029. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 365947, member: 52″]
    I’m 177cm and ride an S3, my friend is 174cm and rides an S3 and my friend who is 174cm and wants one tried an S3 but wants to try an S4. We think he’s mad… 🤪 I tried an S4 and it was too long for me.

    [B]At 172cm I think I’d try an S2[/B] if I could, but an S3 should be OK too. The S2 will be more playful and the S3 will be more stable.
    [/QUOTE]

    That’s what I’m thinking. The S3 works but I feel like the S2 might be more fun. I should demo the S3 since it’s in stock. I doubt it will fit much, if any, different than the Levo. I did sit on a StumpJumper in S2 size and it felt good. Probably nit picking at this point. I could get the S3 right now instead of waiting. The stability aspect may be more important than I’m thinking. I’m 50 years old now and can use all the help I can get.

    I hate decisions like this. First world problems.

  1030. [QUOTE=”IronScott, post: 365950, member: 20810″]
    That’s what I’m thinking. The S3 works but I feel like the S2 might be more fun. I should demo the S3 since it’s in stock. I doubt it will fit much, if any, different than the Levo. I did sit on a StumpJumper in S2 size and it felt good. Probably nit picking at this point. I could get the S3 right now instead of waiting. The stability aspect may be more important than I’m thinking. I’m 50 years old now and can use all the help I can get.

    I hate decisions like this. First world problems.
    [/QUOTE]
    The geometry changes make a big difference in ride feel as well. So, like the 3rd gen levo, you have a lot of options to play with. The biggest concern with up sizing would be the seat post drop, as you will find that given the shallow max insertion depth, the maximum drop you can run may be limited.

  1031. My friend and I both use shorter stems and like them.

    Looking at the size chart, you’re right at the top of S2 but lower-mid for S3. I’d be concerned the S2 may feel cramped. My friend also has a medium 2019 Levo and it feels comedically short compared to my Rail, which is shorter than my KSL…

  1032. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 365953, member: 1058″]
    The biggest concern with up sizing would be the seat post drop, as you will find that given the shallow max insertion depth, the maximum drop you can run may be limited.
    [/QUOTE]
    Good point; my seatpost is fully slammed and is only just low enough.

  1033. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 365953, member: 1058″]
    The geometry changes make a big difference in ride feel as well. So, like the 3rd gen levo, you have a lot of options to play with. The biggest concern with up sizing would be the seat post drop, as you will find that given the shallow max insertion depth, the maximum drop you can run may be limited.
    [/QUOTE]

    This is how the Levo post looks. Drop seems to be good, I think. I can comfortably stand flat-footed with the seat all the way down. Thoughts?

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”44A422E8-4F47-41BF-A49C-FFD6D0AF5076.jpeg”]79825[/ATTACH]

  1034. The KSL has a much shorter seat tube, you’ll really need to try one to be sure. On my mate’s S3 the seat was a fraction too high with the stock seat post fully slammed.

  1035. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 365957, member: 52″]
    Good point; my seatpost is fully slammed and is only just low enough.
    [/QUOTE]
    Just put 150 mm dropper, haven’t you heard that 😂

  1036. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 365996, member: 838″]
    Just put [I]OneUp [/I]150 mm dropper, haven’t you heard that 😂
    [/QUOTE]
    FTFY…

  1038. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 365953, member: 1058″]
    The geometry changes make a big difference in ride feel as well. So, like the 3rd gen levo, you have a lot of options to play with. The biggest concern with up sizing would be the seat post drop, as you will find that given the shallow max insertion depth, the maximum drop you can run may be limited.
    [/QUOTE]

    Well, you were spot on with your comments. I went up and tested the S3 and couldn’t get the seat post down far enough. It would be borderline workable totally slammed. So now it’s either order a S2 or just keep the Levo for a while. Test riding the KSL did make me realize how fun even the trail mode is on the Levo. The KSL power is so different. I really did like the lack of drag. I could definitely tell it works much nicer than the Levo. Gotta have a long think on it. I suppose I could sell my Ripmo and fund the KSL 😀 Best of both worlds.

  1039. [QUOTE=”IronScott, post: 366042, member: 20810″]
    Well, you were spot on with your comments. I went up and tested the S3 and couldn’t get the seat post down far enough. It would be borderline workable totally slammed. So now it’s either order a S2 or just keep the Levo for a while. Test riding the KSL did make me realize how fun even the trail mode is on the Levo. The KSL power is so different. I really did like the lack of drag. I could definitely tell it works much nicer than the Levo. Gotta have a long think on it. I suppose I could sell my Ripmo and fund the KSL 😀 Best of both worlds.
    [/QUOTE]
    The stock dropper is very long. I’m 178cm and ride an S3. I am able to run a 200mm OneUp dropper. It is fully Inserted into the sea tube, but it does fit. For reference, I ride flat pedals and I’m 895mm from the top of the pedal to the center of the seat rails if that helps you determine what will fit.

  1040. [QUOTE=”IronScott, post: 366042, member: 20810″]Well, you were spot on with your comments. I went up and tested the S3 and couldn’t get the seat post down far enough. It would be borderline workable totally slammed. So now it’s either order a S2 or just keep the Levo for a while. Test riding the KSL did make me realize how fun even the trail mode is on the Levo. The KSL power is so different. I really did like the lack of drag. I could definitely tell it works much nicer than the Levo. Gotta have a long think on it. I suppose I could sell my Ripmo and fund the KSL 😀 Best of both worlds.[/QUOTE]The issue is the seatpost insertion depth and the S2 and S3 have the same exact limit so it won’t help to go down a size.

    I know it’s a meme around here but just get a one up and you’ll be fine with the S3.

  1042. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 365942, member: 1058″]
    The drag on the sl and ksl is barely perceivable compared to the normal Levo. If that’s your deciding metric, it’s a no brainer that the ksl would be a better choice
    [/QUOTE]

    Agreed. Get you a KSL 100%.

  1043. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 366056, member: 8019″]
    I am 193cm and have a Kenevo SL S5 and I would have liked an S6 if the KSL came in that.
    [/QUOTE]
    Hmmm… surprising to hear. I’m the same height (6’-4”) and S5 feels spot on. Any bigger and I feel like it would be a challenge to corner / jump. Is it the reach that’s feeling small or the chainstays? Pretty sure all sizes share the same chainstay length which is honestly one of my few pet peeves about Spesh right now. That said I wouldn’t necessarily want them any longer.

  1044. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 366043, member: 5572″]
    The stock dropper is very long. I’m 178cm and ride an S3. I am able to run a 200mm OneUp dropper. It is fully Inserted into the sea tube, but it does fit. For reference, I ride flat pedals and I’m 895mm from the top of the pedal to the center of the seat rails if that helps you determine what will fit.
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you mean that the seat post (thicker portion) goes entirely inside the saddle tube?
    And have you had to reduce the travel.

  1045. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 366068, member: 838″]
    Did you mean that the seat post (thicker portion) goes entirely inside the saddle tube?
    And have you had to reduce the travel.
    [/QUOTE]
    I meant the seat post is is inserted as far as it can go into the seat tube. I couldn’t run any longer of a seat post. If you measure from the top of the pedal to the center of the seat rails on your current bike and it is more than 895mm then you would have to use a OneUp 180mm dropper rather than the 200mm dropper I’m using.

  1046. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 366129, member: 5572″]
    I meant the seat post is is inserted as far as it can go into the seat tube. I couldn’t run any longer of a seat post. If you measure from the top of the pedal to the center of the seat rails on your current bike and it is more than 895mm then you would have to use a OneUp 180mm dropper rather than the 200mm dropper I’m using.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for info. Just measured it, it was 825 mm, pedal at it’s lowest point, not parallel to the seat tube.

  1047. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 366141, member: 838″]
    Thanks for info. Just measured it, it was 825 mm, pedal at it’s lowest point, not parallel to the seat tube.
    [/QUOTE]
    That is how I measured mine, not parallel to the seat tube. You‘re inseam appears to be shorter than mine. I would think you could get away with a 180mm dropper. The OneUp website has all the measurements on their droppers for you to be able to determine which dropper would fit. In addition, you can shim their droppers up or down 20mm. I bought the 210mm post and had to shim it down to 200mm to get it to fit. It is very easy to do at home.

    For what it’s worth, I downsized a frame size on this bike and am glad I did. I would have normally bought the S4, but after doing some research, I chose the S3. I‘ve ridden the bike park where I usually ride a DH bike and never felt like the bike was too small.

  1048. Sorry if this has been asked before but do we expect an aluminium KSL to be released like Specialized did on the original Levo SL?

  1049. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 366220, member: 5572″]
    That is how I measured mine, not parallel to the seat tube. You‘re inseam appears to be shorter than mine. I would think you could get away with a 180mm dropper. The OneUp website has all the measurements on their droppers for you to be able to determine which dropper would fit. In addition, you can shim their droppers up or down 20mm. I bought the 210mm post and had to shim it down to 200mm to get it to fit. It is very easy to do at home.

    For what it’s worth, I downsized a frame size on this bike and am glad I did. I would have normally bought the S4, but after doing some research, I chose the S3. I‘ve ridden the bike park where I usually ride a DH bike and never felt like the bike was too small.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for great info. Now I know what to order 👊

  1050. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 366222, member: 5518″]
    Sorry if this has been asked before but do we expect an aluminium KSL to be released like Specialized did on the original Levo SL?
    [/QUOTE]
    Definitely.

    Ok. No . Definitely not .. or most likely not. It’s a very niche market. If you think they’ve only just got round to releasing Aluminium “22” Levo’s. It wouldn’t be worth the cost and combined with the weight increase it would leave it in a “Na, I’m not interested” zone.

    Maybe a Kelly’s ?

  1051. Specialized usually will come out with an alloy version of their bikes at some point. They just released an alloy version of the Stumpjumper EVO after a year and a half of only a carbon version. Same with the new version of the Levi. The carbon version came out and then months later the alloy version came out. I think that an alloy version of the KSL will become available. The question is when.

  1053. I agree. we will likely see a new Kenevo before we see an alloy KSL but sometime in the next year or two there will likely be an alloy KSL. This will probably depend on KSL sales.
    I wounder if the next generation Kenevo will include a carbon version.

  1055. I guess it was a bug.

    Well, the next time someone posts something in the thread, probably about the one up dropper .. we can delete our posts 🙂

  1056. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 366641, member: 8019″]
    I agree. we will likely see a new Kenevo before we see an alloy KSL but sometime in the next year or two there will likely be an alloy KSL. This will probably depend on KSL sales.
    I wounder if the next generation Kenevo will include a carbon version.
    [/QUOTE]

    They do not make an alloy Enduro so it is very unlikely you will see an alloy KSL.

    I think you will see something in between the KSL and Kenevo first anyway.

  1057. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 362440, member: 1058″]
    Curious to see how you get along with the Factory and what Ryan does to tune it for you. I have been testing some stuff from him lately and been in there a lot. He got my Performance working as it should , but no tuning or changes
    [/QUOTE]

    Ryan did my mine – Factory – 65 to 62.5 and it has worked great. I also run Factory 38’s/180mm…Also works great. Factory front an rear.

  1058. Range with range extender seems to be quite good. This weekend I rode 45 km with 1000 m of climbing. At end of todays ride there was still 20% battery left. This was with range extender. Trails were really fast, covered with hard packed snow and I had studied tires on the bike. Most of the time I was using trail mode and little bit turbo on the climbs.

  1060. Hey guys, short shockcompabilty question.
    I remember few sites ago somebody posted a pre2021 Fox X2 shock will not fit the KSL.
    I have a chatdude who say in his bike fits perfect.

    Pls,….is any serious mechanic here who can confirm fit or notfit?

    Cheers

  1061. I had a 2020 X2 230×65 that was a take off from another bike. I sent it to Fluid Focus for a custom tune and they shortened the stroke to 62.5 as well. It fits on my S3 easily. I have 3 or 4 rides on it with no issues.

  1062. [QUOTE=”ghost48, post: 367130, member: 2626″]
    Hi [USER=5572]@Endoguru[/USER],

    great explanation so far. Thank you. I have noticed that is not that easy to find a proper dropper for a S3.
    I am 176 cm tall and have a inseam of 82 cm. Inseam is the most important part of finding a proper droppe. I have measured seat height of 260mm on a Kenevo SL S3. Measurement was taken from upper side of saddle clamp up to seat rails (see down below A).
    This is how everybody else does the measurement. See RockShox AXS explanation:
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1642412219679.png”]80056[/ATTACH]
    As a conclusion unfortunately a AXS 170mm will not work on a S3.
    OneUp built its droppers with a minimum of total length. Great for (short seat tubed) Kenevo SL riders.

    [USER=5572]@Endoguru[/USER]
    May I ask what your measurment of A (see illustration above) on your Kenevo is and what’s your inseam (in mm or cm)?
    Thanks

    Tim
    [/QUOTE]

    A measurement = 325mm. My inseam is 33.5” which is 85.09cm if I have done the math correctly.

  1063. [QUOTE=”fodmtb, post: 367697, member: 1048″]
    I will have in June , KSL Expert S4 in yellow. Not before then unfortunately.
    [/QUOTE]
    What are you replacing the KSL with?

  1064. Just blew up my E-Storia. Not sure what happened but it’s making honking sounds now and feels pretty harsh / undamped. Back to EXT it goes.

    Couple questions:

    1) I sanded down the rear shock spacers a hair to get the E-Storia to fit. Anyone know how I can get a hold of new ones so I can remount the stock X2? Maybe not an issue though…?

    2) My E-Storia never felt as buttery smooth as the Arma on my Enduro. EXT shipped me the E-Storia lightning fast after ordering… wondering if they even opened it up to customize the valving(?). I guess my question is do folks feel super stoked on their E-Storias? If so then it’s worth asking EXT to re-valve. Otherwise I might go Arma again – the lockout isn’t that critical at all.

  1065. [QUOTE=”ghost48, post: 367130, member: 2626″]
    Hi [USER=5572]@Endoguru[/USER],

    great explanation so far. Thank you. I have noticed that is not that easy to find a proper dropper for a S3.
    I am 176 cm tall and have a inseam of 82 cm. Inseam is the most important part of finding a proper droppe. I have measured seat height of 260mm on a Kenevo SL S3. Measurement was taken from upper side of saddle clamp up to seat rails (see down below A).
    This is how everybody else does the measurement. See RockShox AXS explanation:
    [ATTACH=full]80056[/ATTACH]
    As a conclusion unfortunately a AXS 170mm will not work on a S3.
    OneUp built its droppers with a minimum of total length. Great for (short seat tubed) Kenevo SL riders.

    [USER=5572]@Endoguru[/USER]
    May I ask what your measurment of A (see illustration above) on your Kenevo is and what’s your inseam (in mm or cm)?
    Thanks

    Tim
    [/QUOTE]
    Hi, I have an S3, a 79cm naked inseam and a 170mm dropper and find the seat to be juuuuuust ok. For climbing its right up and traversing slightly down. I have modified the bottom of the seat post slightly by cutting the air cap surround by around 5mm.

  1066. Great news [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER]. Thank you. Having some hope that a 170mm AXS might fit with inseam 82 cm. ;):)

  1067. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 367892, member: 16632″]
    2) My E-Storia never felt as buttery smooth as the Arma on my Enduro. EXT shipped me the E-Storia lightning fast after ordering… wondering if they even opened it up to customize the valving(?). I guess my question is do folks feel super stoked on their E-Storias? If so then it’s worth asking EXT to re-valve. Otherwise I might go Arma again – the lockout isn’t that critical at all.
    [/QUOTE]

    Same here. But my spring is also not correct. Need a stronger one. Plus, different bike, so can’t really narrow it down to the e-Storia.
    So, no, not stoked like I was on the other bikes running an EXT shock.

  1068. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 367922, member: 11948″]
    Same here. But my spring is also not correct. Need a stronger one. Plus, different bike, so can’t really narrow it down to the e-Storia.
    So, no, not stoked like I was on the other bikes running an EXT shock.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks 🙏. What bike?

  1069. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 368006, member: 16632″]
    Thanks 🙏. What bike?
    [/QUOTE]
    e-Storia on KSL
    Storia on Kavenz VHP16
    Arma on Levo

  1070. It is running sooo good! Let me know if you ever need a help with digging, happy to help but honestly haven’t before so would need some guidance.

    Are you able to explain what you’re feeling on the e-storia vs your other ext? Might help SS nail the tune of you can.

    For me, I was running LSC and HSC close to fully closed because I was looking for more support and weight on the front wheel which led to the increase in spring rate and mid speed compression we settled on. I was also noticing the rear kick on deep compressions (like you find on gods trail if familiar) which might have been due to the too soft spring rate but we made high speed a little stiffer to control that while keeping mid speed rebound as is.

    Having said that I could see the original tune I got to be spot on for most people.

  1071. I just received something very interesting from [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER]. They claim that the maximum seatpost insertion depth in the Kenevo SL user manual is wrong and nowhere near the actual insertion depth.

    This is from the manual:
    [ATTACH type=”full” width=”429px” alt=”1642805358000.png”]80396[/ATTACH]

    and this was from Specialized Rider Care:

    [I]The max insertion for an s3 is 210 according to this chart. [/I]

    [ATTACH type=”full” width=”467px” alt=”1642805409084.png”]80398[/ATTACH]

    [I]The important info will be the “Max static insertion” as this is the depth the actual post diameter can go (ream depth). The second row is measured with a X Fusion Manic post, however all droppers have different length actuators on bottom. [/I]

    If this is true, it’s possible to fit a [I]much [/I]longer dropper post than the manual would have you believe. I was a bit skeptical and double checked with them but they confirmed. That would be good news and it might explain why the Enduro and KSL have such different numbers in the manual even though they have very similar seat tubes.

  1072. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 368352, member: 20940″]
    It is running sooo good! Let me know if you ever need a help with digging, happy to help but honestly haven’t before so would need some guidance.

    Are you able to explain what you’re feeling on the e-storia vs your other ext? Might help SS nail the tune of you can.

    For me, I was running LSC and HSC close to fully closed because I was looking for more support and weight on the front wheel which led to the increase in spring rate and mid speed compression we settled on. I was also noticing the rear kick on deep compressions (like you find on gods trail if familiar) which might have been due to the too soft spring rate but we made high speed a little stiffer to control that while keeping mid speed rebound as is.

    Having said that I could see the original tune I got to be spot on for most people.
    [/QUOTE]

    Honestly I think I just blew the thing up landing hard on that step up after gravity cavity and I’ve been basically riding just the spring ever since – zero damping. Broke a pedal I landed so hard(!).

    Swapped in the orig X2 and it feels WONDERFUL by comparison.

    I’ve just been helping the dudes who do most of the work up there (@~scabs~). I can fill ruts but actually shaping berms / building jumps is WAY over my pay grade.

    Check out @thiccbird on insta… rad edit today from Fast.

  1073. After having ridden three times with the Nivo 182 mm dropper I went for the 170mm AXS (S3) just because…

    Cockpit looks pretty awesome this way. Who cares about the 200grs weight penalty. It’s still reasonably light at 18.30kgs with pedals.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”35B47AC7-26FF-4A15-B46C-07CF412854DE.jpeg”]80521[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”BC724E47-47C9-49EB-B87A-F25BAABB7C95.jpeg”]80522[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”565D9545-CE4D-47F9-A3C5-13215143C860.jpeg”]80524[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]80526[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]80527[/ATTACH]

  1074. Haven’t been following this thread, but just picked up a lightly used Kenevo SL s4 Expert build. Don’t love the yellow at initial impression, but maybe it will grow in me. Also plan to swap out the wheels, brakes, and cockpit before I take this bad boy out for a test ride. (Ignore the mess in the background, Lol).

  1075. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 368622, member: 22456″]
    After having ridden three times with the Nivo 182 mm dropper I went for the 170mm AXS (S3) just because…

    Cockpit looks pretty awesome this way. Who cares about the 200grs weight penalty. It’s still reasonably light at 18.30kgs with pedals.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”565D9545-CE4D-47F9-A3C5-13215143C860.jpeg”]80524[/ATTACH]

    [/QUOTE]
    That is a nice cockpit. What brand are the grips?

  1076. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 369026, member: 6169″]
    That is a nice cockpit. What brand are the grips?
    [/QUOTE]
    Bikeyoke.

  1079. I’ve just measured my S3 frame and AXS 30.9 170mm dropper. When fully inserted the measurement from the middle of the crank screw to the rails of the saddle is about 705mm. I think the S4 has a longer seat tube but the max insertion is the same.

    Knowing your saddle height from the rails to the top you can calculate whether it fits or not.

  1080. Just bought myself a Kenevo SL this afternoon to go with me Gen 3 Levo just waiting on it to be invisframed now.

  1081. Thought I’d share my build as I go. Even though I’m starting with a used frame, the first thing I always like to do is clean the frame and apply protection tape on the seat/chain stays where my heels could scuff. I used to cover every inch of the frame with some type of tape, but now I’m too lazy and don’t care enough. Also put some mastic tape where the rear brake line is routed to keep it from tapping on the frame as I bounce down the trail. Would recommend both these product as they peel right off with no residue. More interesting updates to come in the near future.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”55899155-304F-441D-B427-E04370E44652.jpeg”]80939[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”E298F12D-2900-4D8F-A19E-D17146240456.jpeg”]80940[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”F99A6573-45AA-490B-9E83-340EC79E778D.jpeg”]80941[/ATTACH]

  1082. [QUOTE=”bike.works, post: 333638, member: 20129″]
    This is what I managed at BPW, 4 climbs right to the top pretty much all in turbo.

    I had just under 20% battery remaining. No range extender used.

    Could of got in another climb to the top, but my GF on her full power Levo was tired!!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1631175037717.png”]71131[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you use the Beast of Burden climb or the road?

  1084. What are your thoughts on the rumours regarding a new LSL with an updated Mahle motor (50-60nm) supposedly landing in May/June?

    Personally I would be very surprised to see Specialized outdate the KSL after less than a year. I think a drop in or downloadable upgrade for current KSL/LSL owners would be more likely but you never know!

    Would such a release impact your feelings towards your KSL purchase?

  1085. I’m pretty happy with the motor as it is. If I want more power I’ll take the Rail instead. More power will mean less range or a bigger battery and more weight, unless Spesh have worked out how the change the laws of physics.

  1087. I can see a new SL coming but whether it will be to compete with the KSL I’m not so sure. Also how much weight does an eeb SL need before it’s competing with older Levos that have shed a few pounds?

  1088. The Kenevo SL could comfortably have a little more power without too much range drop.
    As it is the bike has more than enough power but it would be nice to have a little more in reserve to better hang with the FF ebikes. Maybe a larger capacity extender with a touch more power would solve that range issue.
    I am getting more range than FF bikes at similar power levels so bump in power wouldn’t be the end of the world.

  1090. Threw on my spare wheel set of EX511’s/350 hubs. Changed out the cockpit because I dislike 35mm diameter bars. Also replaced the specialized swat tool with the OneUp. Unfortunately last week before I was gonna take it out for the first ride, I broke off the fork air valve inside the air pump. And these are not available for individual sale anywhere in the US. My bike shop if working on getting one from Fox, and if that doesn’t work out quickly I guess I’ll get the mrp ramp control cartridge which will work. Already 2 weekends went by and haven’t even gotten out to ride the bike yet.

  1091. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 370762, member: 5518″]
    What are your thoughts on the rumours regarding a new LSL with an updated Mahle motor (50-60nm) supposedly landing in May/June?

    Personally I would be very surprised to see Specialized outdate the KSL after less than a year. I think a drop in or downloadable upgrade for current KSL/LSL owners would be more likely but you never know!

    Would such a release impact your feelings towards your KSL purchase?
    [/QUOTE]

    I’d take a quieter motor over a more powerful one. Once I realized it sounds like an RC car I couldn’t un-hear it.

  1092. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 370914, member: 16632″]
    I’d take a quieter motor over a more powerful one. Once I realized it sounds like an RC car I couldn’t un-hear it.
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s exactly how it sounds like. I’ve got a Traxxas Summit that sounds the same at full speed. 😀

  1093. [ATTACH type=”full”]81172[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]81176[/ATTACH]
    Jus got my new Kenevo SL Comp S3.
    I’m coming from 2 seasons on the original Kenevo Expert and 2 seasons on a Levo Expert, which I haven ‘t sold yet but I will soon!
    I’ve done a couple of changes; DVO Onyx fork, Code’s RSC, BikeYoke Reverv seat post, (the stock is too long for me) waiting for a set of carbon wheels and maybe I will get a DVO Jade X, we’ll see!.
    The first two rides were positive, the bike is definitely a BEAST on rough DH, like I was expecting to be, everybody knows that. I did ride almost 5,000ft of climbing and 22 miles with 43% battery left without RE so if I add the range extender I will manage decent long rides. I did the same ride a couple of weeks ago with the Levo and I can tell you that my legs where hurting way more at the end with the KSL for the obvious reason of less power. If I knew that I was going to have that much battery left I would have use more power, now I know!
    Unfortunately I will have to wait for the snow to melt to test a few familiar steep, rock tech uphills to see if I can clear them with this bike like I do with the Levo. I’m not really confident because the torque is way lower, time will tell. One thing I know is that if I ride with my friends on FF bikes, even though they use Eco and Trail mostly all the time, I will struggle a bit, time will tell too but I’m optimistic that it won’t kill me.
    Anyway I felt that I wanted to share my first experience with you guys.

  1095. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 371125, member: 5518″]
    For anyone coming from a FF Kenevo to the KSL, did you go for the same frame size?
    [/QUOTE]
    I found the KSL to be slighter larger than the FF.

  1096. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 371144, member: 2329″]
    I found the KSL to be slighter larger than the FF.
    [/QUOTE]

    Interesting. The geo charts have it the other way around. Was it enough for you to size down? I am 6ft and comfortable on an S4 FF.

  1097. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 371184, member: 5518″]
    Interesting. The geo charts have it the other way around. Was it enough for you to size down? I am 6ft and comfortable on an S4 FF.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 6 foot 1 and I have the S5, probably too big….maybe should have gone with S4 but it’s fine. Do you ride trails or jump more? S4 sounds good 👍

  1098. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 371184, member: 5518″]
    Interesting. The geo charts have it the other way around. Was it enough for you to size down? I am 6ft and comfortable on an S4 FF.
    [/QUOTE]
    I have always been between M/L S3/S4
    Last Kenevo was an S4 and it was just ok. Now I have gone an S3 on the KSL and I prefer it.
    Just checked specs between S3 FF Kenevo and S3 Kenevo SL and its fack all difference.
    At your height S4 would be bang on.

  1099. [QUOTE=”Tbar, post: 371125, member: 5518″]
    For anyone coming from a FF Kenevo to the KSL, did you go for the same frame size?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have an S5 gen 3 Levo and an S4 Kenevo SL. I’m 189cm/6’2” and happy with that choice.

  1100. Anyone ever hear of a bent crank/motor spindle?

    On my 3rd set of alloy Praxis cranks (warranty… they’ve been great about it) and just realized the this newest set of crank arms feels bent right out of the gate.

    It’s not the pedals – cross checked those on my other bike.

    There’s a healthy about of huck to flat in my zone, but never bent a pedal or crankset before the KSL. Pedaling with a bent setup is starting to graduate from annoyance to a real pain in my knees so definitely want to get this sorted.[ATTACH type=”full”]81344[/ATTACH]

  1101. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 371293, member: 16632″]
    Anyone ever hear of a bent crank/motor spindle?

    On my 3rd set of alloy Praxis cranks (warranty… they’ve been great about it) and just realized the this newest set of crank arms feels bent right out of the gate.

    It’s not the pedals – cross checked those on my other bike.

    There’s a healthy about of huck to flat in my zone, but never bent a pedal or crankset before the KSL. Pedaling with a bent setup is starting to graduate from annoyance to a real pain in my knees so definitely want to get this sorted.[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”21AE401F-7113-4625-BC97-0FB7693D17DF.jpeg”]81344[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m guessing you are an aggressive rider to have bent so many cranks. I’m fairly aggressive and 200lbs. No bent cranks yet, but I’m worried about it. I sure wish someone made a good crankset for this bike. I have Dev5 cranks on my analog bike. They are strong and a work of art. I asked and they told me they have no plans to make cranks for the SL motors at this time.

  1102. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 371418, member: 5572″]
    I’m guessing you are an aggressive rider to have bent so many cranks. I’m fairly aggressive and 200lbs. No bent cranks yet, but I’m worried about it. I sure wish someone made a good crankset for this bike. I have Dev5 cranks on my analog bike. They are strong and a work of art. I asked and they told me they have no plans to make cranks for the SL motors at this time.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thats super weird… I got a very different response. When did they tell you they had no plans to make SL cranks? Seems like a slam dunk market. Literally zero competition except for Praxis (who’s cranks failed in graphic slow mo on PB).

    [ATTACH type=”full”]81389[/ATTACH]

  1103. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 371428, member: 11012″]
    This is a worry – so soon after the the release of the bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    Why? Is there something about the bike that has to be improved other than the sound of the motor? Is there any reliability issue I don’t know of? I’ve just had 6 rides on my KSL and other than a milisecond of “motor error” message on my display, there has not been any problem with it.
    [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 371431, member: 16632″]
    Thats super weird… I got a very different response. When did they tell you they had no plans to make SL cranks? Seems like a slam dunk market. Literally zero competition except for Praxis (who’s cranks failed in graphic slow mo on PB).
    [/QUOTE]
    Maybe the cranks shown in the prototype? shown above are already the ones they were talking about. That would be good news as I’m a fairly heavy rider too who rides aggressively.

  1104. I’m am 300 lbs and the alloy cranks on the KSL Comp haven’t been a problem.
    The ones that cracked during Pinkbike’s huck to flat test was the carbon version.

  1105. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 371434, member: 8019″]
    I’m am 300 lbs and the alloy cranks on the KSL Comp haven’t been a problem.
    The ones that cracked during Pinkbike’s huck to flat test was the carbon version.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve read of a couple of people beendig their alloy cranks too.

  1106. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 371434, member: 8019″]
    I’m am 300 lbs and the alloy cranks on the KSL Comp haven’t been a problem.
    The ones that cracked during Pinkbike’s huck to flat test was the carbon version.
    [/QUOTE]

    Beginning to think I bent the actual spindle (not the cranks) seeing as I just put on a new set of cranks and they immediately felt off.

    Yeah, KSL frame came with carbon cranks that I swapped for alloy after seeing the PB fail.

  1107. Just a note for anyone who may want to run a Sprindex – make sure you grind down or cut off the tab that sticks up. I just noticed today after a few rides that the tab had been scratching up the inside top of the shock tunnel. Luckily, there was no damage to the carbon. I’m still able to easily turn the adjuster without the tab.

    [ATTACH type=”full” width=”636px”]81396[/ATTACH]

  1108. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 371431, member: 16632″]
    Thats super weird… I got a very different response. When did they tell you they had no plans to make SL cranks? Seems like a slam dunk market. Literally zero competition except for Praxis (who’s cranks failed in graphic slow mo on PB).

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”370AF19F-C457-40CA-8E50-26000A5C4186.jpeg”]81389[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    That is weird. I didn’t save the email from them so I can’t post it. I ordered the cranks for my Stumpy Evo build about 3-4 weeks ago and asked them at that time about any plans for Kenevo SL cranks and they responded “not at this time”. I hope the response you got is the correct one. I agree with you that they would sell a bunch of them. They are expensive, but if you have the money for these crazy expensive bikes you can probably afford them. They are machining art. I almost hate to ride them and scratch them…almost😂.

  1109. [QUOTE=”Lightme, post: 371428, member: 11012″]
    This is a worry – so soon after the the release of the bike.
    [/QUOTE]
    And just when I was starting to really enjoy this bike they go and create new bike envy already. Man, it’s a fight to stay satisfied which your current bike when the development curve goes straight up. I’m determined to keep this bike at least 2 years. That is my wife laughing in the background.

  1110. How is everyone finding the rear suspension on their KSLs I have a new comp that I picked up the other day only 2 rides but finding that the rear end is quite stiff. I’ve dropped the shock pressure. Just come off a FF Kenevo where both front and rear end were very plush. My Gen 3 Levo is also a bit stiff on the rear but not as bad as this KSL.

  1111. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 371532, member: 5572″]
    That is weird. I didn’t save the email from them so I can’t post it. I ordered the cranks for my Stumpy Evo build about 3-4 weeks ago and asked them at that time about any plans for Kenevo SL cranks and they responded “not at this time”. I hope the response you got is the correct one. I agree with you that they would sell a bunch of them. They are expensive, but if you have the money for these crazy expensive bikes you can probably afford them. They are machining art. I almost hate to ride them and scratch them…almost😂.
    [/QUOTE]

    Fingers crossed! Maybe they didn’t realize Kenevo SL & Levo SL are the same platform (?). We’ll see. Probably makes sense for them to wait until the new levo SL comes out in case Spesh switches it up.

  1112. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 371672, member: 16186″]
    How is everyone finding the rear suspension on their KSLs I have a new comp that I picked up the other day only 2 rides but finding that the rear end is quite stiff. I’ve dropped the shock pressure. Just come off a FF Kenevo where both front and rear end were very plush. My Gen 3 Levo is also a bit stiff on the rear but not as bad as this KSL.
    [/QUOTE]

    Enduro is plusher but I’m almost there with the KSL. Rear shock tuning is not my jamb though. Patience is not my virtue.

  1113. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 371431, member: 16632″]
    Thats super weird… I got a very different response. When did they tell you they had no plans to make SL cranks? Seems like a slam dunk market. Literally zero competition except for Praxis (who’s cranks failed in graphic slow mo on PB).

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”370AF19F-C457-40CA-8E50-26000A5C4186.jpeg”]81389[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    About a month ago when I ordered a set of cranks for my Stumpjumper Evo. They told at that time they had no plans to make cranks for the SL motors. Hopefully what they told you is correct. I’ll be first in line to order a set when they do.

  1114. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 371710, member: 16632″]
    Enduro is plusher but I’m almost there with the KSL. Rear shock tuning is not my jamb though. Patience is not my virtue.
    [/QUOTE]
    I bought the expert, not the S Works. The lower tier shock that comes on the Expert was ok, but not great. There is not enough adjustments in the compression circuit to get it working well. I had a Float X2 from another bike that I sent to Fluid Focus for a custom tune. Now the rear suspension is as good as any bike I’ve owned. I’m very pleased with the way this bike handles.

  1115. While I did upgrade the Float-X on my Comp to X2 Factory as I was doing a bit of ‘dream’ build, I made sure to ride it few time as it was and I was definitely satisfied (I am 85kg). I didn’t find it garbage at all, and it’s universally very well received shock. Almost every single bike reviewed past year on Pinkbike that came with Float-X (always the same base performance OEM model) made specific positive remarks on the shock.

    Now what the “RxTune” specifically means on each respective Specialized shock is always unclear. In terms of Kenevo SL, the compression is Medium for all three respective shocks (Float-X Performance, Float X2 Performance and Factory) like most after-market tunes, but the rebound is bit specific.

    Float-X is very high-volume shock, bit less than X2 but not by massive amount. It is definitely a plush shock, but with only Slow Rebound and 3-position Low-Speed compression lever, it lacks any external tunability.

    When airing the shock up, make sure to equalize chambers every 50 psi. Before dropping pressure, try making the rebound bit faster. it’s ok to have faster rebound, even KSL is pretty heavy bike it won’t lose traction and unless you ride a lot in low-traction conditions like mud/roots/etc.. most people skew towards too slow rebound.

    But I wouldn’t pay to have this shock tuned if I couldn’t set it up (outside of quick re-shim during annual service). That money is better spent selling it and buying something better.

    Last but not least, depending on where you live, it’s pretty cold right now. Most suspension performance sucks unless you change for much lower viscosity oil and even then don’t expect miracles.

  1116. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 372192, member: 4674″]
    The stock shock on the Comp is garbage. Switching to X2 factory makes quite significant difference.
    [/QUOTE]
    Not really. Sure you have more adjustments on the factory but the Float X feels pretty much the same like the X2 F. on my first rides. I will give it a chance.

  1118. I didn’t like the X2 on my KSL. I just had a DHX2 fittet at my bikeshop and can’t wait to go for a ride. Unfortunately covid crossed my plans.. 😩😤 Need some time to feel ready to go out on the trails..

  1119. I am considering an upgrade to the Kitsuma coil with Sprindex spring fitted. Did someone install a Kitsuma coil before? Did you go with the standard fox “hardware”?
    Sorry for the rather noobish question: Did you pick the open-end eye variant or the standard?

  1120. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 349348, member: 52″]
    Anyone fitted a DVO Jade X to a KenSL?

    Just so we’re clear, the correct answer is [I]not [/I]”just fit a 150 OneUp post”… :ROFLMAO:
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 349384, member: 6169″]
    Yes…FYI it’s for sale as I have another shock
    [ATTACH alt=”Jade X.jpg”]75352[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What hardware did you use?

  1121. I know there are various measurements on this already in this thread (I’ve read all twice), but they are all sort of random since most didn’t slam it and measured arbitrary distances (bottom pedal to top of some saddle, etc..) none of which are universal sadly.

    Could someone with S3 size and either 150mm or (better!) [B]180mm [/B]OneUp v2 measure this length as pictured (slammed saddle, slammed post, and centre of rails to top of seat-tube clamp. Pretty please! Very grateful:- )

    It’s impossible to measure this purely from existing seat-post insertion depth because I can’t measure how much from insertion depth is due to actuator and how much without.

    Also I wonder, how much different is the insertion depth between 34.9 and either 31.6 or even 30.9 diameter. I know Specialized uses 30.9 AXS version often, I presume this is due to their reaming/actuator space difference.

    Btw, my Aenomaly SwitchGrade arrived today, beautiful thing. But I am afraid I will still be only able to use it on top of 150mm version :- /.
    With bit of luck, I could have 180 shimmed to 160, but I don’t see it optimistically.

    150mm isn’t too bad of drop, but with 165mm cranks, the slammed seat is still 1cm higher than on my previous enduro bike. So every cm counts ;- ).

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Rails to Clamp top.jpg”]81636[/ATTACH]

  1122. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 372564, member: 52″]
    What hardware did you use?
    [/QUOTE]
    I reused the hardware from the OEM X2. I think it’s 30x8mm.

  1123. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 372650, member: 20169″]
    I know there are various measurements on this already in this thread (I’ve read all twice), but they are all sort of random since most didn’t slam it and measured arbitrary distances (bottom pedal to top of some saddle, etc..) none of which are universal sadly.

    Could someone with S3 size and either 150mm or (better!) [B]180mm [/B]OneUp v2 measure this length as pictured (slammed saddle, slammed post, and centre of rails to top of seat-tube clamp. Pretty please! Very grateful:- )

    It’s impossible to measure this purely from existing seat-post insertion depth because I can’t measure how much from insertion depth is due to actuator and how much without.

    Also I wonder, how much different is the insertion depth between 34.9 and either 31.6 or even 30.9 diameter. I know Specialized uses 30.9 AXS version often, I presume this is due to their reaming/actuator space difference.

    Btw, my Aenomaly SwitchGrade arrived today, beautiful thing. But I am afraid I will still be only able to use it on top of 150mm version :- /.
    With bit of luck, I could have 180 shimmed to 160, but I don’t see it optimistically.

    150mm isn’t too bad of drop, but with 165mm cranks, the slammed seat is still 1cm higher than on my previous enduro bike. So every cm counts ;- ).

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Rails to Clamp top.jpg”]81636[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Using this measurement I have 125mm with the post slammed on a 210mm dropper shimmed to 200mm drop.
    This is on an S3 frame. This is definitely inserted as far as it can go into the seat tube.

  1124. Thank you so much! Ok, that would line up to insertion depth of 205mm with OneUp v2 then (Specialized web says 197mm full diameter depth, and 210mm for X-Fusion Manic).

    For me (32″/82cm) inseam means 180mm OneUp v2 shimmed to 160mm would have same height when slammed as stock 150mm Manic. Eh.. some improvement I guess.

    All the benefits of dropper’s low-stack height don’t matter much when insertion depth of frame sucks.

    I wonder if the V2.1 actuator fits on v1 170mm dropper. Such combination would yield ultra-low 465mm total length for 170mm dropper. 180mm with 480mm is big jump from 150/420mm.

  1125. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 372650, member: 20169″]
    I know there are various measurements on this already in this thread (I’ve read all twice), but they are all sort of random since most didn’t slam it and measured arbitrary distances (bottom pedal to top of some saddle, etc..) none of which are universal sadly.

    Could someone with S3 size and either 150mm or (better!) [B]180mm [/B]OneUp v2 measure this length as pictured (slammed saddle, slammed post, and centre of rails to top of seat-tube clamp. Pretty please! Very grateful:- )

    It’s impossible to measure this purely from existing seat-post insertion depth because I can’t measure how much from insertion depth is due to actuator and how much without.

    Also I wonder, how much different is the insertion depth between 34.9 and either 31.6 or even 30.9 diameter. I know Specialized uses 30.9 AXS version often, I presume this is due to their reaming/actuator space difference.

    Btw, my Aenomaly SwitchGrade arrived today, beautiful thing. But I am afraid I will still be only able to use it on top of 150mm version :- /.
    With bit of luck, I could have 180 shimmed to 160, but I don’t see it optimistically.

    150mm isn’t too bad of drop, but with 165mm cranks, the slammed seat is still 1cm higher than on my previous enduro bike. So every cm counts ;- ).

    [ATTACH=full]81636[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    FYI my 34.9/170mm AXS dropper measures at 120mm. I have cut off the surround that protects the air valve.

  1126. The Bomber CR is a terrible shock. A DVO Jade X is far superior, definitely fits and isn’t that much more expensive.

  1127. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 373045, member: 52″]
    The Bomber CR is a terrible shock. A DVO Jade X is far superior, definitely fits and isn’t that much more expensive.
    [/QUOTE]
    That is nonsense. The Bomber is a basic shock much like the Jade X. The Bomber is fully tuneable with many different tuning options that turn it into a really great shock. Avalanche racing in the US have lots of options for the Bomber shock. The Jade X is ok but can feel somewhat compromised in stock format ie hard to get the low speed damping and high speed damping working in harmony so you end up with a shock that is either plush at low speed and can’t keep up at high speed or vice versa.

  1128. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 373045, member: 52″]
    The Bomber CR is a terrible shock. A DVO Jade X is far superior, definitely fits and isn’t that much more expensive.
    [/QUOTE]

    Pick a shock and be a dick about it. I’m going with EXT.

  1129. Current Bomber CR is a Fox shock. Just like how Fox 34/36 Rhytm is rebranded Marzocchi Z2/Z1 (same Grip damper and same 6-series Alloy legs). I would even wager that recently introduced Fox DHX is rebranded CR as well. The body is visually 97perc. identical.
    Because Fox both designs and manufactures them at same factory, just uses different (and rather odd) market segmentation.

    It’s interesting when the products are reviewed by same outlets unaware.

    Just like my comment above about the air-variant of these, Fox Float-X, it’s nice product, just lacking external tunability outside of LC and LR. If the tune doesn’t fit, not much you can do without retuning. But if you live in US/UK, the cost of that might be close to the value these shocks have as sell-offs.

  1130. I agree regarding the Bomber CR. It is a very good shock when tuned by Avalanche. The cost of the shock plus the custom tune from Avalanche is about the same price as a Float X2 or DHX2 and will be a better product as it is tuned especially for you, your bike and your ability/riding style.

  1131. Ask all the FF Kenevo Comp riders who’ve had multiple failures of Bomber CR how they feel about it…

  1132. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 373062, member: 16632″]
    Pick a shock and be a dick about it. I’m going with EXT.
    [/QUOTE]
    So would I, if I were a dentist… 😂

  1133. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 373102, member: 52″]
    Ask all the FF Kenevo Comp riders who’ve had multiple failures of Bomber CR how they feel about it…
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s not the fault of the shock, that’s the design of the bike that’s an issue.

  1134. Plus piss-poor QC on the assembly line. Numerous reports of shocks failing on other bikes too.

    In the UK, there are better choices without having to resort to an Avalanche tune. How much is that, by the way?

  1135. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 373177, member: 6169″]
    Have you ridden the Jade yet?
    [/QUOTE]
    Not on the KSL but it’s been on the Rail for over a year.

  1136. [QUOTE=”boylagz, post: 373366, member: 21224″]
    Have ridden the Jade X for maybe a month. It’s pretty good. Might do a custom tune when I go to socal in March. Rebound damping isn’t quite enough off the shelf, but still very rideable. Having a Sprindex spring helps a lot with 50lbs to play with.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”PXL_20220209_175130928.jpg”]81794[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I found a progressive spring works really well with the Jade as it is quite low on HSC so the spring gives it a bit more support. (I used a 475-575 DVO spring and I’m 88kg)
    Definitely an improvement on the standard X2 that’s for sure!

  1137. [QUOTE=”boylagz, post: 373366, member: 21224″]Have ridden the Jade X for maybe a month. It’s pretty good. Might do a custom tune when I go to socal in March. Rebound damping isn’t quite enough off the shelf, but still very rideable. Having a Sprindex spring helps a lot with 50lbs to play with.

    [ATTACH=full]81794[/ATTACH][/QUOTE]banna slug in Pacifica represent [emoji119]

    Update on my Estoria experience, I have been beyond stoked with mine after I went up in spring rate and stiffer compression tune. Feeling noticeably better than storia I have on my geometron. That combined with heavily tuned Mezzer up front + cush core makes it feel like cheating. So fun. [ATTACH=full]81797[/ATTACH]

  1138. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 373103, member: 52″]
    So would I, if I were a dentist… 😂
    [/QUOTE]

    EXT comes with 2 springs, a custom tune, and costs the same as a non-custom Fox DHX2 w/ 2 SLS springs that will eat itself in less than 6 months.

    Now I just have to come up with a clever way to be a dick about it.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]81801[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]81802[/ATTACH]

  1139. [QUOTE=”boylagz, post: 373366, member: 21224″]
    Have ridden the Jade X for maybe a month. It’s pretty good. Might do a custom tune when I go to socal in March. Rebound damping isn’t quite enough off the shelf, but still very rideable. Having a Sprindex spring helps a lot with 50lbs to play with.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”PXL_20220209_175130928.jpg”]81794[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Perfect bike for Pacifica. Change my mind.(y)

  1141. Has anyone tested fitment for the Fox 8x30mm roller bearing kit for the front shock eyelet? My calipers are measuring the mounting width at ~29.6mm.

  1142. Been switching between Enduro and KSL on my rides. If I swap ride types on Strava between E & non-E the KSL seems to be a hair faster (couple of seconds over a ~2:30 DH segment, even though it’s ~6lbs heavier).

    Spesh added a motor and made the bike faster downhill. That’s pretty rad.

  1143. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 373652, member: 16632″]
    Been switching between Enduro and KSL on my rides. If I swap ride types on Strava between E & non-E the KSL seems to be a hair faster (couple of seconds over a ~2:30 DH segment, even though it’s ~6lbs heavier).

    Spesh added a motor and made the bike faster downhill. That’s pretty rad.
    [/QUOTE]
    Start and end GPS points are probably a little different hence the timing difference. I do agree it’s a great bike though.

  1144. Just bought a Kenevo SL Expert to go with my Levo Carbon Expert Gen 2 – just took delivery yesterday and took it out today, but disappointed as my motor shaft / crank shaft has 3mm+ of play in it that knocks with side loading. LBS will warranty it but a new motor will take another week!

    [MEDIA=youtube]MTsWFYjdTY4[/MEDIA]

  1146. Another price increase on Specialized EU website, even Comp version is now 7900 Euro (VAT included).

    E-Ratailers like Bike24 where I bought it still have it for 7000 Euro though, just in case someone wants more reasonable base price.
    You can sell both shock and fork for 350-400 Euro each, and buy some high-end alternative for roughly double (800 Euro for Zeb Ultimate, 800 Euro for Float X2, just example).
    For the same money in the end, you will end up with much higher-specced bike (you will go straight to S-Works version of shock).

  1147. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 373722, member: 16186″]
    I would be given the bike back to the shop and getting a new replacement one after 1 ride
    [/QUOTE]
    Sadly no stock in the country I’m in and none coming till April. But yeh disappointing.

  1148. I have an issue with my mission control app whereby it keeps reverting back from imperial to metric for distance covered. Anyone else have this issue .

  1149. Finished my KSL build on Sunday and took it out for a few brief rides around the neighborhood. I ran into two issues I wonder if anyone else has encountered and solved:

    1) Headset cover stays stationary instead of rotating with the fork. This causes the lower spacers to grind against the stem as you steer. Everything is installed exactly as the manual depicts. Flipping the cover upside down fixed the issue, but it seems ridiculous and probably isn’t the best solution for minimizing dust ingress over time. Specialized Rider Care wasn’t happy and asked me to take it to a dealer.

    2) On my fourth or fifth ride, the bike started making constant noise from the crank area whenever I pedal with the motor off. It’s usually a high-pitched whine but sometimes shifts to a mid-pitch howl. The sound immediately stops whenever the power comes on. I can see that the spider rotates around a motor-driven shaft, and that shaft stays still when the power is off. I’m sure the sound is coming from some kind of rubbing in the interface between these two parts. This being an SL bike and all, there are a lot of times and places where there’s just no need to turn on the power at all. I haven’t had the chance to pull the spider yet since I couldn’t figure out how to remove the retaining ring straight away. I’m having the dealer look at it since it’s already in for the headset cover issue, but they’re already trying to give me the excuse that that’s normal. I called BS on that since it was perfectly quiet for the first few rides. Has anyone found a suitable lubricant to keep it quiet?

  1150. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 374005, member: 16186″]
    I have an issue with my mission control app whereby it keeps reverting back from imperial to metric for distance covered. Anyone else have this issue .
    [/QUOTE]
    Same it’s happening to me. Can’t figure it out. I have deleted the app, reinstalled and no luck.

  1151. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 374005, member: 16186″]
    I have an issue with my mission control app whereby it keeps reverting back from imperial to metric for distance covered. Anyone else have this issue .
    [/QUOTE]
    Same

  1153. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 374103, member: 15162″]
    Finished my KSL build on Sunday and took it out for a few brief rides around the neighborhood. I ran into two issues I wonder if anyone else has encountered and solved:

    1) Headset cover stays stationary instead of rotating with the fork. This causes the lower spacers to grind against the stem as you steer. Everything is installed exactly as the manual depicts. Flipping the cover upside down fixed the issue, but it seems ridiculous and probably isn’t the best solution for minimizing dust ingress over time. Specialized Rider Care wasn’t happy and asked me to take it to a dealer.

    2) On my fourth or fifth ride, the bike started making constant noise from the crank area whenever I pedal with the motor off. It’s usually a high-pitched whine but sometimes shifts to a mid-pitch howl. The sound immediately stops whenever the power comes on. I can see that the spider rotates around a motor-driven shaft, and that shaft stays still when the power is off. I’m sure the sound is coming from some kind of rubbing in the interface between these two parts. This being an SL bike and all, there are a lot of times and places where there’s just no need to turn on the power at all. I haven’t had the chance to pull the spider yet since I couldn’t figure out how to remove the retaining ring straight away. I’m having the dealer look at it since it’s already in for the headset cover issue, but they’re already trying to give me the excuse that that’s normal. I called BS on that since it was perfectly quiet for the first few rides. Has anyone found a suitable lubricant to keep it quiet?
    [/QUOTE]
    My bike is whisper quiet when I ride with the motor off, something is definitely wrong. Do not take their bullshit excuse.

  1154. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 374103, member: 15162″]
    Finished my KSL build on Sunday and took it out for a few brief rides around the neighborhood. I ran into two issues I wonder if anyone else has encountered and solved:

    1) Headset cover stays stationary instead of rotating with the fork. This causes the lower spacers to grind against the stem as you steer. Everything is installed exactly as the manual depicts. Flipping the cover upside down fixed the issue, but it seems ridiculous and probably isn’t the best solution for minimizing dust ingress over time. Specialized Rider Care wasn’t happy and asked me to take it to a dealer.

    2) On my fourth or fifth ride, the bike started making constant noise from the crank area whenever I pedal with the motor off. It’s usually a high-pitched whine but sometimes shifts to a mid-pitch howl. The sound immediately stops whenever the power comes on. I can see that the spider rotates around a motor-driven shaft, and that shaft stays still when the power is off. I’m sure the sound is coming from some kind of rubbing in the interface between these two parts. This being an SL bike and all, there are a lot of times and places where there’s just no need to turn on the power at all. I haven’t had the chance to pull the spider yet since I couldn’t figure out how to remove the retaining ring straight away. I’m having the dealer look at it since it’s already in for the headset cover issue, but they’re already trying to give me the excuse that that’s normal. I called BS on that since it was perfectly quiet for the first few rides. Has anyone found a suitable lubricant to keep it quiet?
    [/QUOTE]
    I had this problem when I first put my bike together. There is a thin metal washer that comes in the box of parts included with the bike. I found If I didn’t install the washer under the headset cap, the cap tightens against the top of the head tube. This washer lifted the cap just enough to stop the binding. The same washer was included with my Stumpjumper Evo, but I did not need to use it on that bike. Hopefully this helps solve your problem.

  1155. [QUOTE=”Endoguru, post: 374112, member: 5572″]
    I had this problem when I first put my bike together. There is a thin metal washer that comes in the box of parts included with the bike. I found If I didn’t install the washer under the headset cap, the cap tightens against the top of the head tube. This washer lifted the cap just enough to stop the binding. The same washer was included with my Stumpjumper Evo, but I did not need to use it on that bike. Hopefully this helps solve your problem.
    [/QUOTE]
    I know the washer you’re talking about. It wasn’t in the documentation and I don’t remember having a headset that used one of those before, so I hadn’t used it. However, when I was trying to sort things out on Friday I had the same thought and gave it a test-fit. It seemed promising enough, but the cover still wasn’t turning, so I took it back out. I didn’t actually compress the headset like I was getting ready to ride it, so either the washer will work by adding compression or something else is going on.
    [QUOTE=”bazxa, post: 374120, member: 22353″]
    Hope you get it sorted. Sounds like a crap dealer just like my local, avoid anything you can attitude.
    My previous brand dealer was fabulous
    [/QUOTE]
    I figure I’d get better treatment from an actual branded Specialized store (we have one in Santa Monica and another in Costa Mesa) than a typical dealer, but they’re close to a 2 hour round trip, so it’s hard to justify.

  1156. [QUOTE=”MM5K, post: 373644, member: 22483″]
    Has anyone tested fitment for the Fox 8x30mm roller bearing kit for the front shock eyelet? My calipers are measuring the mounting width at ~29.6mm.
    [/QUOTE]
    I ordered a rwr roller bearing for my too shock eyelet in that size….no issues on the fit and I can feel the improvement in the ride.

  1157. [QUOTE=”organisedrhyme, post: 373702, member: 20560″]
    Just bought a Kenevo SL Expert to go with my Levo Carbon Expert Gen 2 – just took delivery yesterday and took it out today, but disappointed as my motor shaft / crank shaft has 3mm+ of play in it that knocks with side loading. LBS will warranty it but a new motor will take another week!

    [MEDIA=youtube]MTsWFYjdTY4[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    When I got my ksl comp in October it had some play in the cranks. Little less than yours I think. Shop checked with spec and they said it was within there tolerances and said no need to do a warranty claim.

  1158. shoulder has been broken for 15 weeks and will take a while.. so use the time wisely and rebuild the bike
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82072[/ATTACH]

  1159. [QUOTE=”MM5K, post: 373644, member: 22483″]
    Has anyone tested fitment for the Fox 8x30mm roller bearing kit for the front shock eyelet? My calipers are measuring the mounting width at ~29.6mm.
    [/QUOTE]
    What’s the advantage of fitting the roller bearing?

  1160. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 374207, member: 15798″]
    shoulder has been broken for 15 weeks and will take a while.. so use the time wisely and rebuild the bike
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”696110A4-681B-462A-BA25-CDFD11357DB5.jpeg”]82072[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Cool I’m also building a KSL S-Works Frame right now.

  1161. That sideways play in the motor axle on the video is a warranty case. Had exactly the same on my KSL Expert after 450km and it gets replaced with a complete new motor last week from my dealer.

    Spoiler: Stillforsale👍

  1163. Anybody has a Picture of a OneUp Dropper V2 (150mm) on a Kenevo SL (S3)? I’m getting bored by that stock dropper that stands out about 6cm on my Bike.. I’m 178cm (5’10) and need the 150mm for the uphills but always have the saddle in my butt on the downhills..

  1164. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 374478, member: 15774″]
    Anybody has a Picture of a OneUp Dropper V2 (150mm) on a Kenevo SL (S3)? I’m getting bored by that stock dropper that stands out about 6cm on my Bike.. I’m 178cm (5’10) and need the 150mm for the uphills but always have the saddle in my butt on the downhills..
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 5’6″ with a OneUp on an S3. I have it set to 140mm, and it’s right at the perfect height for me with the cable bottomed out. Note that I could shove it down a bit further, but the cable would start to kink.

    If your legs are at least 10mm longer than mine, you should be good with a 150.

  1165. What are you hoping to achieve by swapping one 150 dropper for another? If the saddle is in the right position for pedaling it”ll be in the same position when dropped as the stock dropper. The only way it will be lower is if you are intending on slamming the dropper in the frame before every descent.

  1166. [QUOTE=”MM5K, post: 374482, member: 22483″]
    I’m 5’6″ with a OneUp on an S3. I have it set to 140mm, and it’s right at the perfect height for me with the cable bottomed out. Note that I could shove it down a bit further, but the cable would start to kink.

    If your legs are at least 10mm longer than mine, you should be good with a 150.
    [/QUOTE]

    About how much does the dropper stand out of the seat tube? The stock one is about 6cm bottomed out on mine. Is the OneUp lower? Thanks for your help! Much appreciated.

  1167. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 374484, member: 52″]
    What are you hoping to achieve by swapping one 150 dropper for another? If the saddle is in the right position for pedaling it”ll be in the same position when dropped as the stock dropper. The only way it will be lower is if you are intending on slamming the dropper in the frame before every descent.
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah, my mistake. I’d need a 180mm OneUp or so.. Maybe 210mm.. If 150mm is right now and the OneUp could be lowered more into the seat tube I’d need all that lowering on top to the 150mm..

  1168. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 374485, member: 15774″]
    About how much does the dropper stand out of the seat tube? The stock one is about 6cm bottomed out on mine. Is the OneUp lower? Thanks for your help! Much appreciated.
    [/QUOTE]
    I don’t get it. If both post are same lenght, then both are equally out of the seat tube. You should buy a longer dropper post, allowing you to get it deep inside the saddle tube.

  1169. Sorry for my english. Maybe I wasn’t clear enough. Not all 150mm droppers have the same dimensions. Some can be pished further inside the seat tube. I’m looking for a dropper that gets further inside than my stock 150mm. But I’d like to keep the saddle as close to the height it is now when using the full 150mm travel.
    So I’d need something physically impossible: a dropper with more travel that still goes further inside the seat tube. Is that working with a OneUp V2? I read it is the smallest in overall Dimension and goes lower out of the way..

  1170. The OneUp has the lowest stack height of any dropper but it can’t magically make 150mm drop more than the stock dropper. You will be able to get the dropped post lower in the frame than the stock dropper so the seat will be further out of the way but it will not be at the correct height for pedaling when extended.
    I had the same concerns as you but I’ve got used to the stock dropper pretty quickly.

  1171. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 374350, member: 22456″]
    I’ve had bikes where there was more than one if those thin headset spaces necessary.
    [/QUOTE]
    That would make sense. Thank you.

  1172. Hey, I asked about this just on previous page and based on my rudimentary mathematics, you need about 83-84cm long legs (33″ inseam) to utilize fully inserted 180mm OneUp v2 dropper on S3 (but same on S2 and probably S4 as well).
    The insertion depth is simply pathetic.. my wife’s Levo SL Medium can fully utilize 180mm OneUp v2 and my wife has only 80cm long legs…

    Mind you, you can make OneUp into 170/160 with insert.

    Since I have just 82cm /32″ inseam I decided to just keep 150mm and mount the Aenomaly SwitchGrade to get that 2cm of “functional” drop from tilt-back. Just didn’t get to it yet since I think I’ll have to faffle with cable to switch the Manic to OneUp and I don’t have patience for that these days.

    When I first got on Kenevo SL I was surprised why I felt so annoyed with 150mm dropper when I was fine with 150 on my YT Capra.
    And it’s the shorter cranks! 165mm vs formerly 175mm makes the saddle 1cm higher overall in both positions, effectively making it feel like 140 on my former bike.

  1173. [QUOTE=”Toto1974, post: 374241, member: 22549″]
    Cool I’m also building a KSL S-Works Frame right now.
    [/QUOTE]

    Did you (or anyone) figure out a way to route the rear brake line without pulling the motor? Holy sh_t was that a headache.

  1174. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 374572, member: 16632″]
    Did you (or anyone) figure out a way to route the rear brake line without pulling the motor? Holy sh_t was that a headache.
    [/QUOTE]
    Just pull through with the old one connected with a RS barb connector.

  1175. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 374571, member: 15774″]
    Thanks for your help. My legs are about 84-85cm.. So I could give the 180mm a try.
    [/QUOTE]
    From my investigation into this problem the 180 post protrudes the same amount as a stock 150 post when fully inserted into the frame.

  1176. Sounds right. After that, Manic 150 has Stack height of 203mm and OneUp V2 180 has stack height of 213mm at 180 (and 203 at 170 and 193 at 160mm respectively).

    If we pretended those 2.5mm insertion difference didn’t exist, OneUp180 set to 170 could be replacement for Manic 150 at identical saddle height. At worst, 160 could, gaining 1cm.

    I wonder if 30.9mm version of OneUp could be inserted just tiny bit more into the frame than 34.9mm.

    You know what, I am gonna go buy one right now and just see.

    Edit: Actually I don’t know what he is measure above at all.. my Manic is exposed 53mm at SL3. That would be 73 at SL2 I presume. Should be specified better what is stock (Manic or AXF) and what is measure visually.

  1177. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 374607, member: 20169″]
    I wonder if 30.9mm version of OneUp could be inserted just tiny bit more into the frame than 34.9mm.
    [/QUOTE]
    That’s also been covered in the FB group, but I can’t remember who by.

  1179. Yeah it’s bit questionable since the (non-e) Specialized Enduro frames indeed broke this way :- ).

    The cutting of cable ending is interesting idea. Though I have to say, I have multiple OneUp v2 posts already.. their short mechanism already sucks when not bend.. it’s lot more fiddly than any other.

    Thanks for all these post Doomanic, super helpful!

  1181. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 374620, member: 52″]
    No worries, beats working… :ROFLMAO:
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah, exactly what I am not doing either right now..

  1182. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 374573, member: 22456″]
    Just pull through with the old one connected with a RS barb connector.
    [/QUOTE]

    Yes, unless like me you’re building up a frameset in which case Spesh left us high and dry. There is not a continuous chase for the internal cable routing like there is on the Enduro.

    At least with the stumpy frame set Specialized left a little plastic tube to use as a pull through.

  1183. Been without my KSL for 6 weeks now due to the fork going back to Fox for abnormal bushing wear. I was hopeful the 38 was going to be reliable so sold off my spare forks just prior to the issue coming up…what was I thinking!

  1184. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 374572, member: 16632″]
    Did you (or anyone) figure out a way to route the rear brake line without pulling the motor? Holy sh_t was that a headache.
    [/QUOTE]
    I managed to do it and no kidding it was not fun: Kept me up until 3:30AM on a Sunday getting it to slip through. The Park internal cable routing tool was no help so IMHO skip that and save some time.

    Pull the rockguard (or whatever they call it) and look through the gaps in the chainstay yoke to see better. Try to follow the speed sensor wire until the hose end pokes out the bottom. I used a lot of light and a spare spoke to help direct the hose from the yoke side. Getting it to pass over the battery isn’t trivial either, but compared to getting past the motor it’s not bad at all.

  1185. The motor on the KSL is super easy to remove. Just remove the front 4 bolts and swing out the motor. It’s like a 5 min job.

  1186. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 374753, member: 2329″]
    The motor on the KSL is super easy to remove. Just remove the front 4 bolts and swing out the motor. It’s like a 5 min job.
    [/QUOTE]
    Trying to visualize (my KSL is stuck at the dealer) – you’re leaving it partially bolted to the frame? Any issues with putting strain on the cables when you drop the motor?

  1187. Just the back bolts stay on but loosened. Cables have some play to drop it out but they also come off easy if need be. It’s super easy to do.
    This was my old Levo SL but same same

  1188. Just the back bolts stay on but loosened. Cables have some play to drop it out but they also come off easy if need be. It’s super easy to do.
    This was my old Levo SL but same same
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82195[/ATTACH]

  1189. What helped me to fiddle in my rear brake hose in my KSL frameset (without removing the motor) was the Rockshox Barb Connector.

    [ATTACH type=”full” width=”392px” alt=”1644992081323.png”]82202[/ATTACH]

    With the Barb Connector at front of the hose it was easy to direct the hose through all opening. It stabilized the front of the hose and the thread of the connector managed to slip underneath the battery while going up the frame.

    Took me 10 minutes to install the rear brake hose.

    Will probably work on any hose or outer cable. But work your way from the rear through the motor and then the way up.

  1190. [QUOTE=”ghost48, post: 374785, member: 2626″]
    What helped me to fiddle in my rear brake hose in my KSL frameset (without removing the motor) was the Rockshox Barb Connector.

    [ATTACH type=”full” width=”392px” alt=”1644992081323.png”]82202[/ATTACH]

    With the Barb Connector at front of the hose it was easy to direct the hose through all opening. It stabilized the front of the hose and the thread of the connector managed to slip underneath the battery while going up the frame.

    Took me 10 minutes to install the rear brake hose.

    Will probably work on any hose or outer cable. But work your way from the rear through the motor and then the way up.
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice! Will get one for next time.

  1191. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 374729, member: 15162″]
    I managed to do it and no kidding it was not fun: Kept me up until 3:30AM on a Sunday getting it to slip through. The Park internal cable routing tool was no help so IMHO skip that and save some time.

    Pull the rockguard (or whatever they call it) and look through the gaps in the chainstay yoke to see better. Try to follow the speed sensor wire until the hose end pokes out the bottom. I used a lot of light and a spare spoke to help direct the hose from the yoke side. Getting it to pass over the battery isn’t trivial either, but compared to getting past the motor it’s not bad at all.
    [/QUOTE]

    Whoa… if we need a bomb diffused we’re definitely calling you(y)

  1192. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 374753, member: 2329″]
    The motor on the KSL is super easy to remove. Just remove the front 4 bolts and swing out the motor. It’s like a 5 min job.
    [/QUOTE]

    Indeed, that’s what I ended up doing. But pouring over tech docs and YouTube vids to first make sure I wasn’t going to foul something up took a big chunk of time I wasn’t planning on.

    I was SUPER pumped to get the hose past the battery. I think I fed a hose down from the top and then used the park tool kit to pull the actual hose from the caliper back up again.

    Spesh definitely did not provide any kind of reach around on this one.

  1193. Is flying (aeroplanes) with the KSL an option e.g removing batteries. I saw it mentioned a bit for Levo SL.

  1195. However, it is better to check the airline’s own regulations. Some do not allow an electric bike even with the battery removed.

  1196. My local bike shop told me that to do the rear brake they were just removing the air from the shock, and with the suspension compressed it was “super easy” to route the rear brake above the motor. I have a set of Hayes Dominions I’ve been wanting to put on, but have been procrastinating. Will update how it goes for me. Lol

  1197. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 374913, member: 9177″]
    My local bike shop told me that to do the rear brake they were just removing the air from the shock, and with the suspension compressed it was “super easy” to route the rear brake above the motor. I have a set of Hayes Dominions I’ve been wanting to put on, but have been procrastinating. Will update how it goes for me. Lol
    [/QUOTE]
    The Dominions use a 5mm brake line which makes it quite tight getting it thru the rear chainstay.

  1198. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 374972, member: 15798″]
    Ready 🙂
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”E35ED1B1-4139-4F62-A762-640DA8001E7A.jpeg”]82280[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Cool 👍

  1199. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 374110, member: 2329″]
    It’s because the metric system is the right system!
    🤣
    [/QUOTE]
    How can that be as the US don’t use metric unless they have changed overnight without letting us all know

  1200. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 374972, member: 15798″]
    Ready 🙂
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82280[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Jawohl! Looks stunning.

  1201. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 375088, member: 16186″]
    How can that be as the US don’t use metric unless they have changed overnight without letting us all know
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m an Aussie so I was taking the piss, but seriously imperial? Why

  1202. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 375152, member: 2329″]
    I’m an Aussie so I was taking the piss, but seriously imperial? Why
    [/QUOTE]

    American and also wonder why. Dividing by 10 just sounds so dreamy…

  1203. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 375172, member: 16632″]
    American and also wonder why. Dividing by 10 just sounds so dreamy…
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s amazing!
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82331[/ATTACH]
    Ohhhh yeah 🤤

  1204. Beautiful ! Exactly aesthetic I went for with my KSL build. I deliberated for 2 months which frame to use, pure-black Comp or the S-Works.

    No competition, the S-Works is the most stunning, but I see I was right with going comp for me.. even in stealth build, the logo “screams” :- ). For someone like me, that’s too much, but for someone who has the swagger for it, all the power!

    The current Fox stickers are kind of generic, I would think of swapping them for some custom lettering to better align, for example the Heritage (in white of course) was much nicer. I think pure “38” in big letters like old Marzocchi 66 would be also badass :- )

  1205. [QUOTE=”Toto1974, post: 375221, member: 22549″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”FAD2C090-B90F-4543-8582-5DD733963478.jpeg”]82337[/ATTACH]
    Ready to Ride
    [/QUOTE]

    Trickstuff brakes! How long did they take to ship?

  1206. [QUOTE=”Toto1974, post: 375221, member: 22549″]
    [ATTACH=full]82337[/ATTACH]
    Ready to Ride
    [/QUOTE]
    the brakes are killer. Only complaint is they need bleeding more than my TRPs. I’m starting to think that tiny hole on the lever cover let’s in air when pressure changed from the big mountain lifts

  1207. [QUOTE=”Blownoutrides, post: 375293, member: 16632″]
    Trickstuff brakes! How long did they take to ship?
    [/QUOTE]
    I bought them last year during May on bike-components.de. It was in stock and was delivered in two days.

  1208. [QUOTE=”Toto1974, post: 375298, member: 22549″]
    I bought them last year during May on bike-components.de. It was in stock and was delivered in two days.
    [/QUOTE]
    Which hose did you use to get the rear brake hose through the frame?

  1209. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 375407, member: 11948″]
    Which hose did you use to get the rear brake hose through the frame?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have taken the 5mm kevlar wire. Had to Kondakt with Trickstuff. The 6mm steel flex does not go unfortunately. Have the line the Rockshox Barb Connector from behind without problems get through.

  1210. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 375568, member: 52″]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82460[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    First Merc and then this. Have you won the lottery?

  1212. [QUOTE=”Toto1974, post: 375221, member: 22549″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”FAD2C090-B90F-4543-8582-5DD733963478.jpeg”]82337[/ATTACH]
    Ready to Ride
    [/QUOTE]
    Great Bike. The Newmens are superb, aren’t they? Beste Grüße aus dem Norden

  1213. [QUOTE=”AlpinaD3, post: 375719, member: 11412″]
    Great Bike. The Newmens are superb, aren’t they? Beste Grüße aus dem Norden

    [ATTACH=full]82481[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Your bike looks great too. I ride the Newmen for the first time. Gruß aus Hessen 😉

  1215. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 375609, member: 838″]
    First Merc and then this. Have you won the lottery?
    [/QUOTE]
    Moonlighting as a dentist or mid level IT manager 😂

  1217. Received those manuals and schematics from Specialized. Thought it would be useful to you guys as well. Have Specilizeds permission to share them on the forum. Pretty cool guys there.

    Edit: Due to size I had to split Small Part manual into two pdfs.

  1218. Hei Stumpi, I am fellow KSL + ZEB Ultimate rider, here is my setup. I had multiple ZEB forks, in fact it’s my most favourite fork after long line of Fox 36 Floats of every assortment and generation. But what you write is kind of true.. it’s bit of personal preference.

    On my lighter Capra29, I run (I am 177cm and was 86kg then) 64 PSI, LSR 9 clicks from Closed, Compression fully open, stock token on 170 (I think one).
    On KSL I did the same but I couldn’t run it much because of COVID complications… and I am bit heavier at 88kg now plus the bike is heavier so here is what I will alter in following month:

    I will probably go up to 68-70 PSI and ZERO tokens. That has been preferable setup by lot of pros, including the BlisterReview guys. This fork is wallowing when run at lower pressure with tokens.

    For me the small bump compliance is excellent, but it’s not apparently as stuck to ground like Fox38. Why I didn’t like 38 more, is that in exchange, 38 runs bit lower in ride-height, requiring higher cockpit setup. I don’t like that really, even if it means superior small bump.

    I run aggressively on front, and want my fork to stay really high in travel. ZEB has already such big negative that I am not sure if Luftkappe will do much for you, although the little-can they sell would.

    But it sounds like you might be more of Fox38 kind of guy. Or EXT.

  1219. Given that you tried going as high as 3 tokens, you might perhaps do benefit from Luftkappe in different way that I used it previously ( I needed to make old RC2 ’18 36 softer of the top). The ZEB Luftkappe is so massive that it takes the volume of token or two by itself. If you keep the pressure as before (or even add a bit to compensate the increased (well…lowered) sag point) it should be lot more progressive without harshness.
    But then again… internet reviews of “I bought expensive tuning feature” are full of placebo “suddenly everything is amazing!”.
    Now I am kinda curious. Do you have the latest (2022) version of ZEB? It has different air-shaft already, domed on top.

  1220. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 376134, member: 20169″]
    Do you have the latest (2022) version of ZEB? It has different air-shaft already, domed on top.
    [/QUOTE]
    As far as I know, only the Flight Attendant version of the Zeb has the domed air shaft. I haven’t seen that air shaft available for aftermarket sales either.

  1221. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 374913, member: 9177″]
    My local bike shop told me that to do the rear brake they were just removing the air from the shock, and with the suspension compressed it was “super easy” to route the rear brake above the motor. I have a set of Hayes Dominions I’ve been wanting to put on, but have been procrastinating. Will update how it goes for me. Lol
    [/QUOTE]
    With the help of the park tool hose routing tool, and letting the air out of the shock, getting my new brakes routed turned into a 10 minute job with zero struggle. (Now bleeding them was a different story, lol). Did not touch the motor or battery.

  1222. Cockpit finally set up the way I want it (for now) with the Dominions, Deity bar/stem/grips, the skinnier non-matchmaker clamps, and OneUp multi tool. Would like a wolftooth dropper lever, but that’s purely luxury as the stock works fine. Also the cables are a mess, but unless I got AXS I think this is as good as it will get.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]82796[/ATTACH]

  1223. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 376544, member: 9177″]
    Cockpit finally set up the way I want it (for now) with the Dominions, Deity bar/stem/grips, the skinnier non-matchmaker clamps, and OneUp multi tool. Would like a wolftooth dropper lever, but that’s purely luxury as the stock works fine. Also the cables are a mess, but unless I got AXS I think this is as good as it will get.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”FC132D3C-E492-4B46-BD60-07B3E6F2C895.jpeg”]82796[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    How do you find going from moto front brake on the right to mtb front brake on the left?

    Also, not to encourage you to spend more money but the Wolftooth dropper lever is such an improvement over standard. Money well spent imo.

  1224. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 376589, member: 6169″]
    How do you find going from moto front brake on the right to mtb front brake on the left?

    Also, not to encourage you to spend more money but the Wolftooth dropper lever is such an improvement over standard. Money well spent imo.
    [/QUOTE]
    I ride mtb and moto for the last 20 years and never once had any issue with the brakes being different. Now that being said, I always disliked owning 2 mountain bikes at once because I could never get comfortable on bikes with different geo/sizing. Especially going between ebike and normal bike, would throw me way off and take half the ride to get comfortable again. I know, first world problems. Lol

  1225. My new OneUp is auto-dropping when I hop on and I’m not sure if install is correct.

    I wanted to know if I am the only one on an S3 size with a 150mm OneUp 34.9 dropper that is auto engaging when the dropper is lowered to the frame’s built-in stop point. When I have the seat raised 3-4 cm is starts working.

    I am not trying to have it slammed to the seat collar, but rather the built in carbon frame stop to give ideal seat height.

    Yes, I have short legs, and long torso.

  1226. [QUOTE=”erdawe, post: 378224, member: 19216″]
    My new OneUp is auto-dropping when I hop on and I’m not sure if install is correct.

    I wanted to know if I am the only one on an S3 size with a 150mm OneUp 34.9 dropper that is auto engaging when the dropper is lowered to the frame’s built-in stop point. When I have the seat raised 3-4 cm is starts working.

    I am not trying to have it slammed to the seat collar, but rather the built in carbon frame stop to give ideal seat height.

    Yes, I have short legs, and long torso.
    [/QUOTE]
    My Manic did this too. Try pulling the outer of the cable thru the frame more so it stops actuating the actuator or take some tension off at the lever when you insert the post to where you want it.

  1227. I thought of taking the tiny fender on rear off, photoscanning it quickly and modelling larger piece but I am too lazy/stressed for that these days. It definitely would benefit from it since it’s already there, one that would extend to bottom as well. It could be just as invisible visually as the current one. I mean, why isn’t it at least 2cm wider anyway, it barely covers 1.8″ tyre..

  1229. [QUOTE=”Stupordave, post: 378506, member: 22878″]
    First ebike ride, finally, after having a new bike sitting in the garage for over a month. Still fairly nasty weather on the Colorado front range, so opted for mostly rock (and snow as well), technical trail I ride often from my home. Ive been riding mtb’s for almost 25 years and what a different experience. Tons of smiles, but wheel drops, tight tech, and tight switchbacks were odd for me with the motor assist. Couldn’t seem to get my timing down right.

    Could be exacerbated by the fact I bought an S4 (5’11”), and both my Evils are mediums, but felt like it was more me timing my cranks correctly to get the bike to do what I wanted. I’m sure with some more ride time I’ll get it, but worried I‘m going to have trouble switching back and forth between bikes as I still plan to use my other bikes on most rides. Just wanted the Kenevo SL for bigger mountain days, greater than 3000’ of climbing.

    Anyone else struggle going back and forth, or do I just need more ride time to get used to the assist?

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”8002D66A-7B08-4F73-879E-1A498BDC7E63.jpeg”]83333[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    You just need more time mate. Took me a good 3/4 rides to get used to ebikes.

  1230. ^Correct ride time, and depending on tech I turn motor off, or have a few different settings depending on trail IE 10/40 so that you still have to put effort in, but the ramp up to power is gradual.

  1231. Well this is a first… happened at end of ride. Restarting bike doesn’t clear it. Motor works in walk mode but when I pedal it cuts out.
    E144 error. . Battery is not at 0%

    Anyone know what this is? A quick search didn’t show me anything [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]83366[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]83364[/ATTACH]

  1232. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 378464, member: 838″]
    I think it’s just there to protect the rear shock.
    [/QUOTE]

    I don’t think anyone is confused about that :- ) But it somewhat fails at that.

  1233. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 378577, member: 23160″]
    ^Correct ride time, and depending on tech I turn motor off, or have a few different settings depending on trail IE 10/40 so that you still have to put effort in, but the ramp up to power is gradual.
    [/QUOTE]

    Brilliant! Not sure why I didn’t think to try reducing it. I rode in trail the whole time with factory settings, except a few road climbs. I’ll give it a try. It was unsettling setting up for a big move and have it timed all wrong.

  1234. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 378464, member: 838″]
    I think it’s just there to protect the rear shock.
    [/QUOTE]

    Actually the linkage to the rear shock does that, however it has a gaping hole in it due to how it moves. Still could cover it better. The rear mudguard is much too high to help for the lower shock area. Just the tiniest mud gets tossed into this area terribly so. At least its not as bad as the Levo SL dropping rocks into the rear chainstay.

    [QUOTE=”Stupordave, post: 378604, member: 22878″]
    Brilliant! Not sure why I didn’t think to try reducing it. I rode in trail the whole time with factory settings, except a few road climbs. I’ll give it a try. It was unsettling setting up for a big move and have it timed all wrong.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yup. I have a couple profiles setup in the app depending on what I think will need to happen in the ride. Microadjust is a nice override when needed.

  1235. [QUOTE=”Stupordave, post: 378604, member: 22878″]
    Brilliant! Not sure why I didn’t think to try reducing it. I rode in trail the whole time with factory settings, except a few road climbs. I’ll give it a try. It was unsettling setting up for a big move and have it timed all wrong.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yup. I have a couple profiles setup in the app depending on what I think will need to happen in the ride. Microadjust is a nice override when needed when I am in my exercise profile in Mission Control, which I use so I can’t cheat as I try to match my non-ebike PRs.

  1236. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 378544, member: 2329″]
    You just need more time mate. Took me a good 3/4 rides to get used to ebikes.
    [/QUOTE]
    Took me 3-4 months of constantly riding it before I enjoyed it as much as my normal bikes.

  1237. [QUOTE=”rb., post: 378663, member: 9177″]
    Took me 3-4 months of constantly riding it before I enjoyed it as much as my normal bikes.
    [/QUOTE]
    Wow that’s a while! I enjoyed it more from day one but it took me a few rides to get used to the weight difference and the motor over run. I was a lazy Dhiller though.
    Now that I’ve been riding ebikes for a while and have improved my fitness, I have recently been riding my enduro analogue and loving it.
    Still prefer the KSL though, it’s just the perfect middle ground.

  1238. Anyone with a Factory X2 interested in a Push 11.6 coil swap with $$ adjustment (this tune covers 67-101kg rider. Comes with 475 and 500lb springs if they suit)? I’m going back to full air on mine and figured I’d ask before putting it up for sale. 88kg rider.

  1239. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 378584, member: 1058″]
    Well this is a first… happened at end of ride. Restarting bike doesn’t clear it. Motor works in walk mode but when I pedal it cuts out.
    E144 error. . Battery is not at 0%

    Anyone know what this is? A quick search didn’t show me anything [USER=699]@Specialized Rider Care[/USER]
    [ATTACH=full]83366[/ATTACH][ATTACH=full]83364[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH=full]83365[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Follow up – my magnet came loose ( not stock wheels with center lock rotors means it’s a bit of a hack to make work). Should have been first thing I checked. Crisis averted 😅

  1240. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 378291, member: 23160″]
    I find the Float X Performance actually very good due to the “RX” tune, but looking into purchasing the LSC knob kit and retrofitting, should be as easy as pulling the plastic cap on as it is captured by a reverse flange on the cap. I did change to the next size volume spacer as stock I was able to bottom out on a 2 foot drop where I smash the bike into the landing of the next corner.

    [/QUOTE]

    Has anyone got anymore info on this? Got a KSL Comp coming tomorrow and would be interested in this conversion.

  1241. [QUOTE=”jcmonty, post: 378777, member: 1058″]
    Follow up – my magnet came loose ( not stock wheels with center lock rotors means it’s a bit of a hack to make work). Should have been first thing I checked. Crisis averted 😅
    [/QUOTE]

    Ah!! Was going to say check your magnet :LOL:

  1242. Curious as to when bike companies will integrate more resolution into 1 or both sensors IE currently the computer only knows one revolution of the rear wheel, not partial. If they integrate one into the front as well, then a “climbing traction control” could be programmed in….as well as many other neat things for pedal control. Such an oversight IMO when one looks at what car/motorcycles have done with a little more info/resolution

  1243. Getting tired of the rear lower pivot shelf getting insanely dirty from the lightest of rides. Took a front shorty mudguard and zip tied it in. I did have to make clearance for the chain in 1st gear. As suspension compresses, the gap increases between the stock mudguard, this addition and the shock linkage. Have plans to get some kydex and form it for one continuous piece that bolts to the stock guard.

    From a maintenance perspective…..screw this linkage. My Hightower V2 was stupid simple to clean and take apart.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”20220310_202338.jpg”]83646[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”20220310_202326.jpg”]83647[/ATTACH]

  1244. Love it, was gonna do the very same, but used my last flexy mudguard on other bike :- ). Looks pretty good and rather invisible.

  1245. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 379707, member: 23160″]
    Getting tired of the rear lower pivot shelf getting insanely dirty from the lightest of rides. Took a front shorty mudguard and zip tied it in. I did have to make clearance for the chain in 1st gear. As suspension compresses, the gap increases between the stock mudguard, this addition and the shock linkage. Have plans to get some kydex and form it for one continuous piece that bolts to the stock guard.

    From a maintenance perspective…..screw this linkage. My Hightower V2 was stupid simple to clean and take apart.

    [ATTACH=full]83646[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH=full]83647[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Still gets some mud in the shock tunnel but not too bad. Shocks mostly clean. Waiting on Sicomtb to bring something out.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”10753FBB-7971-4049-916B-046C447919AE.jpeg”]83666[/ATTACH]

  1246. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 379707, member: 23160″]
    Getting tired of the rear lower pivot shelf getting insanely dirty from the lightest of rides. Took a front shorty mudguard and zip tied it in. I did have to make clearance for the chain in 1st gear. As suspension compresses, the gap increases between the stock mudguard, this addition and the shock linkage. Have plans to get some kydex and form it for one continuous piece that bolts to the stock guard.

    From a maintenance perspective…..screw this linkage. My Hightower V2 was stupid simple to clean and take apart.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”20220310_202338.jpg”]83646[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”20220310_202326.jpg”]83647[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Wish we had enough moisture in CA right now to make something like this necessary

  1247. ^Glad I live in CA. I hate to even cross a sole deep puddle…but I crossed 2 shallow creeks in a 2 week span and LOATHED the cleanup.

    If only DuPont made something that dirt did not stick to…..

  1248. Hi All, just saying hi – finally got my KSL Expert here in Malaysia! and moved over to ohlins F&R. First time on ohlins and looking for some recommendations on ratio’s for the 2 fork chambers – stock (1:2 ratio) seems a bit harsh! Otherwise really enjoying this bike. Moved from a FF Levo Gen 2. Have setup with mullet carbon Wheelset, axs and MT7’s!

  1249. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 379733, member: 2329″]
    Still gets some mud in the shock tunnel but not too bad. Shocks mostly clean. Waiting on Sicomtb to bring something out.
    [ATTACH=full]83666[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER] – what brand/model of mudguard is that?

  1250. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 379762, member: 52″]
    You really don’t…

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”97B9F905-E285-4039-AD6F-8EF16BDE3062.jpeg”]83672[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    whoa… agreed!

  1251. Loving the KSL comp but looking to upgrade the shock to coil. Do I go DVO Jade x or Ohlins (what model/ spec fits the KSL?)…?

  1252. EXT eStoria if you want to go full dentist, Ohlins TTX 22M if you’re just a dental hygienist and Jade X if you’re lowly educator.

    Size is 230 x 62.5. A fellow with your build will need a 550lb spring at least.

  1253. [QUOTE=”Gibspark, post: 379888, member: 2960″]
    Loving the KSL comp but looking to upgrade the shock to coil. Do I go DVO Jade x or Ohlins (what model/ spec fits the KSL?)…?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have Push 11.6 for sale if interested?
    [ATTACH type=”full”]83821[/ATTACH]

  1254. Can anyone confirm the 30x8mm hardware size of the upper shock eyelet? And the lower is even without the bushing?

  1255. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 381049, member: 22456″]
    And the lower is even without the bushing?
    [/QUOTE]
    Correct.

  1256. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 381053, member: 52″]
    Correct.
    [/QUOTE]
    And the 30x8mm? Thanks.

  1259. Anyone found a lower bash guard for the chainring? Playing around with the wife’s KSL this morning and managed to catch the chainring on a log..

  1261. So with that, we want to see some huck to flat from 6ft+ drops!

    I have noticed especially from slo motion footage that the rear end on this bike is quite flexy torsionally, which actually may be a good thing for traction as how MotoGP tunes their frames. My Hightower rear triangle is quite stiff in comparison torsionally.

  1262. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 381957, member: 22456″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”P3220434.JPG”]84416[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I need a replacement crown, do you have special rates for forum members?

  1263. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 381960, member: 52″]
    I need a replacement crown, do you have special rates for forum members?
    [/QUOTE]
    I bought it just like everybody else with a little YouTube rebate. You need a replacement crown for the ERA? What happened?

  1264. Just waiting for the Trickstuff Maxima to replace the Direttissima and then there’s nothing that could actually be better on this bike (except for the carbon cranks I don’t really want after that PB video). All in so to say…

    I couldn’t be bothered to clean the bike as I’m off to the first ride with the E-Storia.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Specialized Kenevo SL EXT.jpg”]84479[/ATTACH]

  1265. By the way. I didn’t have to file down the spacers when mounting the shock. What I did though was push the Fox shock in from the rear wheel side to get the spacers to sit correctly. This way the EXT slid in perfectly. I measured the eyelets to be the same width so it would’ve been too curious to have to file down anything.

    Riding wise I would highly recommend this shock over the stock Float X, my Comp model came with. Even with the lok lever closed (which I accidentally did riding the first downhill). The performance is so much better and I haven’t even chosen a correct setup yet. It’s so subtle, you can push the bike down with one finger on the saddle.

  1266. So I just got my KSL last month and have been logging almost every ride in an Excel spreadsheet to compile all of the data I could possibly want to look at – average battery usage, speed, elevation gain, etc. – all categorized according to which mode I was using. Or course, these numbers will only get more and more accurate as I log more rides, but the battery usage between modes seems to check out, even in the early stages.

    A potential buyer over in the Pinkbike forums asked a question about range, so I figured I’d share my data here too, in case anyone’s interested. For reference, I weigh ~143 lbs naked, and my climbs are a pretty even mix of smooth and technical (rocky/rooty) trails.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]84541[/ATTACH]

    And here’s my longest ride on it so far. I did the whole thing in a custom Eco mode set at 20/100, and I had 16% left with the RE.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screen Shot 2022-03-23 at 9.18.43 PM.png”]84539[/ATTACH]

    For most rides, I’ve been running my support levels set at 25 / 45 / 100%, and peak power always set to 100%.

  1267. I had the same issue from the brand new KSL. High pitched whining noise from the spindle when you pedal. It is more pronounced with the motor off obviously since motor noise is gone. My dealer said it was within “normal operations.” I talked to the Specialized directly and they had the local dealer give me a new motor. It is quiet. No noise whatsoever. When I turn motor off and pedal, there is absolutely no noise whatsoever. You need to get a new motor.

  1268. [QUOTE=”Snowdude, post: 382354, member: 8136″]
    I had the same issue from the brand new KSL. High pitched whining noise from the spindle when you pedal. It is more pronounced with the motor off obviously since motor noise is gone. My dealer said it was within “normal operations.” I talked to the Specialized directly and they had the local dealer give me a new motor. Now, It is quiet. No noise whatsoever. When I turn motor off and pedal, there is absolutely no noise whatsoever. You need to get a new motor.
    [/QUOTE]
    Got the new motor. So far so good – fingers crossed that it will stay that way. How many miles do you have on the replacement motor so far?

  1269. [QUOTE=”MM5K, post: 382261, member: 22483″]
    So I just got my KSL last month and have been logging almost every ride in an Excel spreadsheet to compile all of the data I could possibly want to look at – average battery usage, speed, elevation gain, etc. – all categorized according to which mode I was using. Or course, these numbers will only get more and more accurate as I log more rides, but the battery usage between modes seems to check out, even in the early stages.

    A potential buyer over in the Pinkbike forums asked a question about range, so I figured I’d share my data here too, in case anyone’s interested. For reference, I weigh ~143 lbs naked, and my climbs are a pretty even mix of smooth and technical (rocky/rooty) trails.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screen Shot 2022-03-23 at 10.51.01 PM.png”]84541[/ATTACH]

    And here’s my longest ride on it so far. I did the whole thing in a custom Eco mode set at 20/100, and I had 16% left with the RE.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Screen Shot 2022-03-23 at 9.18.43 PM.png”]84539[/ATTACH]

    For most rides, I’ve been running my support levels set at 25 / 45 / 100%, and peak power always set to 100%.
    [/QUOTE]

    Love the detail in this. Pretty surprised to see you’re at ~3,500’ at 145lbs in turbo. I’m 230lbs and get about ~3,000’ in turbo. I was guessing lighter folks would be getting proportionately more elevation but it seems like there’s not a 1:1 penalty for weight which is pretty nice!

  1270. I’ve just cleaned my bike and weighed it as I was curious where it came out at.

    18.9kgs without range extender, 20kgs with it.

    Pretty light for such a sturdy build (Rimpact Pro front/read, EXT E-Storia)

    [ATTACH type=”full”]84737[/ATTACH]

  1271. That’s ridiculously light-weight if it includes rimpacts & pedals. What wheelset do you have (its weight)? Any chance you weighted the stock comp wheelset?
    Any milk in tires at all :- ) ?

    Maybe feel free to write up full specs ;- ) When time.

    I need to resist urge to waste money on shit like casette and such. Gave all my light-weight gear (XTR, Carbon wheelset) to wife, built more bullet-proof freeride setup and still numbers bring up my inner worst.

  1272. EXT fork is not too light. The E-Storia neither.
    It’s the Pi-Rope Advanced wheels at 1440gr. I’ll post full spec once I’m on a computer.

  1273. No the weight does make sense with such wheels. Fully believe it’s correct.

    Mine is 19.9 KG :- ) S3, but I intentionally put burlier parts (Deity DH alum bar, SQ-Lab Infinergy in 15cm, T-Mac pedals, Cush-Core Pro in rear tyre, XC in front).

    And how to get to 20,5+ is also easy. You swap 1KG tires to 1.3+ tyres (Dual-ply like DD).

    BTW, I knew you would have Beast bars without even zooming into that part of picture :- ).

    Very German build, smartly done too!

  1274. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 382876, member: 20169″]
    Very [B]German [/B]build, smartly done too!
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks.

    The first version had the Vecnum Nivo installed. It was 200gr. lighter than the AXS but I had to set it to 178mm to properly work with the cable actuation as there’s only very little space in the seat tube. I figured that only 8mm wasn’t worth the cable and at 95kg I’m not such a light build either.

    When it comes to Pro Core I figured I would do my Carbon rims some good as I got faster immediately with this bike. I was afraid of breaking them on one of my downhills. I have to admit though that I don’t know if there’s any benefit. I have not had any snakebite on previous rides either.

    Once the Maxima arrives, it’ll be slightly heavier too.

    A fully lightweight but functional build would get me to 18.2 – 18.00 kg but I wanted some parts over other more lightweight parts.

  1275. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 383056, member: 4674″]
    How do you like the Pi-Rope wheels? Certainly a interesting option to shed significant amount of weight from the bike. Do you think they will stand the abuse of hard enduro riding and bike parks?
    [/QUOTE]
    They have already as I’ve ridden them on my old bike too. I’m not a lightweight rider either.

    Not in English but this is one of my lighter hometrails. Riding starts at 1:42

    [MEDIA=youtube]BDz5PgbiBvU[/MEDIA]

  1276. It’s the jump casing I would be stressed about. I am still getting used to the added weight of e-bike and casing everything left and right :- )

  1277. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 383071, member: 20169″]
    It’s the jump casing I would be stressed about. I am still getting used to the added weight of e-bike and casing everything left and right :- )
    [/QUOTE]
    We can split the attorney fees

  1278. I seem to have a small amount of play in my cranks (side to side across the bike)
    Not noticed it before.
    Anyone else have this or do they need tightening. If so any idea of how?

    Many thanks

  1279. [QUOTE=”scooby82r, post: 383212, member: 11640″]
    I seem to have a small amount of play in my cranks (side to side across the bike)
    Not noticed it before.
    Anyone else have this or do they need tightening. If so any idea of how?

    Many thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    Same question. It makes noises too if I crank very hard.

  1281. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 383217, member: 52″]
    I had a new motor a week ago because of crank play.
    [/QUOTE]
    How much of a play are we talking about?

  1282. No idea… :ROFLMAO:

    The bike was in for a different issue and the (great) mechanic at Raceco noticed the play and swapped the motor.

  1283. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 383237, member: 52″]
    No idea… :ROFLMAO:

    The bike was in for a different issue and the (great) mechanic at Raceco noticed the play and swapped the motor.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ll talk to my shop then.

  1284. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 383221, member: 22456″]
    How much of a play are we talking about?
    [/QUOTE]
    Mines about a mm…
    I’ve read specialized say a small amount of play is OK.

    Just not sure on what they class as a small amount.

  1286. Hello everybody!
    I have a Levo SL and I love it… but I am seriously thinking to buy a Kenevo SL. I ride mostly enduro trails and also long mountain rides.
    Who is riding a Kenevo SL and swapped from a Levo SL, what’s your advice? I am interested in downhill differences most.
    Thanks in advance for your comments!

  1287. [QUOTE=”bowoff, post: 383401, member: 20964″]
    Hello everybody!
    I have a Levo SL and I love it… but I am seriously thinking to buy a Kenevo SL. I ride mostly enduro trails and also long mountain rides.
    Who is riding a Kenevo SL and swapped from a Levo SL, what’s your advice? I am interested in downhill differences most.
    Thanks in advance for your comments!
    [/QUOTE]
    Didn’t come from a Levo SL myself but a buddy of mine did and claims Kenevo SL is the best bike he’s ever ridden, E or otherwise. He owns a bike shop.

  1288. [QUOTE=”bowoff, post: 383401, member: 20964″]
    Hello everybody!
    I have a Levo SL and I love it… but I am seriously thinking to buy a Kenevo SL. I ride mostly enduro trails and also long mountain rides.
    Who is riding a Kenevo SL and swapped from a Levo SL, what’s your advice? I am interested in downhill differences most.
    Thanks in advance for your comments!
    [/QUOTE]
    I had a heavily modified Levo SL and now a Kenevo SL.
    Main difference is the KSL does Gravity easier, like it’s not phased at all by it. The Levo SL is more playful and nimble being a tad lighter and not as long or slack. With the right mods though, still very capable and a great bike!
    The KSL I felt pedals better than the Levo SL but that could be my imagination.
    In any case if your a gravity guy you should really be on the KSL. It’s what it was born to do and it does it with ease!

  1289. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 383621, member: 4674″]
    Same on my bike but just on the drive side. Torqued everything to spec, play remains, though.
    Doesn’t bother me yet while riding but wonder if it gets more.
    My bike gets a load of abuse because it’s my do it all bike and l‘m riding exclusively harsh trails and bike parks. Up to now everything holds quite well besides the one crankarm.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nice one, good to know 👍🏾

  1290. I was forwarded to Specialized Rider Care as I ordered my bike online and can’t go there to have them check the play issue. I’ll see what I do.

  1291. My bike has developed a somewhat annoying squeaking when pedaling coming from the motor. It sounds like the main motor axle rubbing on a dry seal and it creates enough friction that when I rotate the cranks backwards the entire drivetrain will rotate for multiple turns until it eventually lets go and only the cranks turn. It has started to squeak at irregular intervals when pedaling normally that’s why I’ve gotten more curious.

    Can someone try this on their bike to compare please? Does your drivetrain rotate at all? Is there much friction or is it completely free?

    Also has anyone had any drama with the headset cup and frame interface creaking and cracking under load? My bike has done it from new and it is incredibly distracting when it starts as it sounds like carbon cracking. Only remedy was to remove the front end, clean and regrease. I was getting 5 or 6 rides before it started again but now its all the time no matter what I do.

    To be clear its only when the fork is under heavy load will this occur so normal trail riding is fine but heavy braking on steeps into jumps, the landings always get a good crack….every time is happens it makes me cringe! I’ve changed bearings and forks multiple times, everything is torqued to spec (over and under to check also). The difference between the outer diameter of the cup and the inner diameter of the frame is 1.2mm which Specialized seem to think is ok. Replacement cups have been on order since christmas..

    Couple of pics of the wear on the cups
    [ATTACH type=”full”]85588[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]85589[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]85590[/ATTACH]

  1292. Same thing for my headset cup. It only started with the angled cup though. The bearing is rusty too only after a couple of muddy rides. I’ll get some other bearing to test it with. The ones from Chris King should work. I have regreased it with marine grease and will see how long this will last.

  1294. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 385678, member: 22456″]
    Same thing for my headset cup. It only started with the angled cup though. The bearing is rusty too only after a couple of muddy rides. I’ll get some other bearing to test it with. The ones from Chris King should work. I have regreased it with marine grease and will see how long this will last.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve tried multiple different bearings including a Chris King lower bearing and a few different high pressure greases but still end up with the cups cracking and creaking.
    Have you measured the ID of the frame and the OD of the lower cup? My frame is about 1.6mm bigger than the OD of the lower cup. Not sure if this clearance should be smaller to help stop it moving…waiting for Specialized to respond directly to that question.

  1295. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 385932, member: 6169″]
    I’ve tried multiple different bearings including a Chris King lower bearing and a few different high pressure greases but still end up with the cups cracking and creaking.
    Have you measured the ID of the frame and the OD of the lower cup? My frame is about 1.6mm bigger than the OD of the lower cup. Not sure if this clearance should be smaller to help stop it moving…waiting for Specialized to respond directly to that question.
    [/QUOTE]
    Have you tried copper grease?

  1296. [QUOTE=”Madog, post: 386215, member: 9941″]
    Have you tried copper grease?
    [/QUOTE]
    Hadn’t considered that but will have a look

  1297. I have just sent an email to riders care about the motor axle play (that results in a clicking noise when under load). I’ll report what the’ve replied.

  1298. New owner coming from Levo SL.
    This thing rocks!! Absolutely love it!

    [ATTACH type=”full”]85846[/ATTACH]

  1299. New owner/member here… first ebike and absolutely loving the KSL!
    Been riding it as pictured, it’s great but looking forward to trying out a coil when my reconfigured
    11-6 comes this week 😉
    [ATTACH type=”full”]85861[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]85862[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]85863[/ATTACH]

  1300. Nice! Rocky Peak. I need to get back out there, coming from SB, hit it maybe 6x a year. BTW I do shuttle runs for SB if people want, usually Cold Springs (1-2x) Tunnel, Arroyo Burro.

  1301. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 386614, member: 23160″]
    Nice! Rocky Peak. I need to get back out there, coming from SB, hit it maybe 6x a year. BTW I do shuttle runs for SB if people want, usually Cold Springs (1-2x) Tunnel, Arroyo Burro.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes sir! Trails are running pretty good right now 🤙🏼 Never been up to SB but need to… very likely this summer to escape the Simi Valley heat 😉

  1302. Got word from Specialized for the fix re my motor squeaking and binding when rotating backwards.
    New motor.
    Waiting on new headset cups to be replaced to troubleshoot the headset/frame interface creak.

  1303. [QUOTE=”Jcregut, post: 386578, member: 23834″]
    New owner/member here… first ebike and absolutely loving the KSL!
    Been riding it as pictured, it’s great but looking forward to trying out a coil when my reconfigured
    11-6 comes this week 😉
    [ATTACH=full]85861[/ATTACH][ATTACH=full]85862[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH=full]85863[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Is the bike too long for you? Because you have pushed the saddle all the way to the front.

  1304. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 386781, member: 838″]
    Is the bike too long for you? Because you have pushed the saddle all the way to the front.
    [/QUOTE]
    No not to long, I have a 35.5” inseam so a very high seat height, putting the saddle forward in the rails makes for a comfy position 🤷🏼‍♂️
    I’m 6’1 ish riding a S4 with a 210mm dropper 👍🏼 I think I’ve since moved the saddle forward about 10mm

  1305. Mission Control tells me that there is a new firmware available, but I have to take the bike dealer if I want update it. Has anyone updated their KSL with that new firmware?

  1306. [QUOTE=”Kenevieve, post: 386989, member: 20342″]
    Mission Control tells me that there is a new firmware available, but I have to take the bike dealer if I want update it. Has anyone updated their KSL with that new firmware?
    [/QUOTE]
    Just updated mine (KSL Expert) and got device lock in the same time.

  1307. [QUOTE=”Kenevieve, post: 386989, member: 20342″]
    Mission Control tells me that there is a new firmware available, but I have to take the bike dealer if I want update it. Has anyone updated their KSL with that new firmware?
    [/QUOTE]
    Checked mine after your post, had an update but was able to do it over my phone.

  1308. I had an older version of the Mission Control app. So I updated the app and bike is now updated.

  1309. Silly that one has to use mission control to “lock” the bike, but cannot via just the remote. I rarely ride with my phone, only when on epic shuttle days for pics.

  1310. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 387570, member: 23160″]
    Silly that one has to use mission control to “lock” the bike, but cannot via just the remote. I rarely ride with my phone, only when on epic shuttle days for pics.
    [/QUOTE]
    Maybe it’s because it requires some intelligence. You can hardly find it in the remote control.
    In addition, pin code information can be found on the Specialized site under your profile, if you forget it. Goes there through Mission Control app.

  1311. Has anyone successfully fitted a 170mm Dropper to an S3??

    I need to get my seat lower.

    Regards

  1313. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 387763, member: 52″]
    Is your 150 fully slammed?
    [/QUOTE]
    No m8, sticks out about 80mm

  1314. [QUOTE=”scooby82r, post: 387765, member: 11640″]
    No m8, sticks out about 80mm
    [/QUOTE]
    Is that to the top or bottom of the collar on the dropper?
    A fully inserted OneUp 180 post sticks out the same amount as a stock 150 so if you can get your post 30mm deeper in the seat post it’ll work.
    My 150 is fully inserted and the measurement between the seat clamp and bottom of the collar on the dropper is 53mm.

  1315. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 387770, member: 52″]
    Is that to the top or bottom of the collar on the dropper?
    A fully inserted OneUp 180 post sticks out the same amount as a stock 150 so if you can get your post 30mm deeper in the seat post it’ll work.
    My 150 is fully inserted and the measurement between the seat clamp and bottom of the collar on the dropper is 53mm.
    [/QUOTE]

    Cheers for the info.
    I’ve got exactly 70mm from seatpost to the bottom of the collar.
    Think I’ll be good then?

  1318. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 387781, member: 52″]
    Took the KSL to Black Mountain Cycle Centre today. It was epic! Videos to follow.
    [/QUOTE]
    [ATTACH type=”full”]86152[/ATTACH]

  1319. I did document it. This may be interesting for some of you guys. As you may have seen on the earlier pages. I got the full EXT setup. Here are my first ride impressions of the shock. I have added some English subtitles too.

    [MEDIA=youtube]osC4766Gv38[/MEDIA]

    [USER=11640]@scooby82r[/USER] I have a 170mm AXS seatpost fitted to my S3. Have a look at the earlier pages of this thread. I have posted some measurements of my inseam and how far it sticks out.

  1320. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 387897, member: 22456″]
    I did document it. This may be interesting for some of you guys. As you may have seen on the earlier pages. I got the full EXT setup. Here are my first ride impressions of the shock. I have added some English subtitles too.

    [MEDIA=youtube]osC4766Gv38[/MEDIA]

    [USER=11640]@scooby82r[/USER] I have a 170mm AXS seatpost fitted to my S3. Have a look at the earlier pages of this thread. I have posted some measurements of my inseam and how far it sticks out.
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you try the Intend Edge on the KSL? Curious to how you compare the V2 ERA to the Edge? I had the V1 ERA but it had issues with bushing tolerances so it was returned but I’m still a little curious about the V2 fork. I’m also running an Edge at the minute and loving that (apart from a small issue that is getting rectified). The fore aft stiffness really gives it a feeling that no other other single crown fork gets near imo.

  1321. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 387899, member: 6169″]
    Did you try the Intend Edge on the KSL? Curious to how you compare the V2 ERA to the Edge? I had the V1 ERA but it had issues with bushing tolerances so it was returned but I’m still a little curious about the V2 fork. I’m also running an Edge at the minute and loving that (apart from a small issue that is getting rectified). The fore aft stiffness really gives it a feeling that no other other single crown fork gets near imo.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nope. I haven’t tried it in the KSL as it went back to Intend after half a year or so. It really is an awesome fork esepcially when it comes to braking. I cannot really say how it compares to the V2 ERA as it’s been half a year already that I haven’t ridden it. Al I can say is that the Edge was as good as the Selva C (much better under braking) and that the ERA is a tad better than the Formula.

    May I know that the issue was/is with your Edge?

  1322. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 387900, member: 22456″]
    Nope. I haven’t tried it in the KSL as it went back to Intend after half a year or so. It really is an awesome fork esepcially when it comes to braking. I cannot really say how it compares to the V2 ERA as it’s been half a year already that I haven’t ridden it. Al I can say is that the Edge was as good as the Selva C (much better under braking) and that the ERA is a tad better than the Formula.

    May I know that the issue was/is with your Edge?
    [/QUOTE]
    Steerer creaked

  1323. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 387901, member: 6169″]
    Steerer creaked
    [/QUOTE]
    Same thing happened to me. 😉

  1324. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 387902, member: 22456″]
    Same thing happened to me. 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    mmm interesting. Did they say if this had happened on other Edge forks?

  1325. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 387903, member: 6169″]
    mmm interesting. Did they say if this had happened on other Edge forks?
    [/QUOTE]
    Nope and I haven’t heard of other people complaining about this. I don’t know much more about it. Let’s just say that it doesn’t happen nearly as much as with Fox forks.

  1328. [QUOTE=”Moshe, post: 387940, member: 8019″]
    I haven’t tried yet. I can’t seem to find out how to pare both together.
    [/QUOTE]
    1. Turn on bike
    2. Enter setup menu of MasterMind display (keep +/- buttons on remote pressed)
    3. Navigate to: Sensors / Pair ANT / Shifting
    4. Confirm “Shifting” with F1 remote button
    5. Press AXS rear derailleur button once to pair RD to MasterMind TCU
    6. Make sure pairing to AXS is confirmed on MasterMind display
    7. Open Mission Control and connect to bike
    8. Go to TUNE and CUSTOMIZE DISPLAY
    9. Create AXS display field to see AXS data on MasterMind display

    I have tried it 15x so far and it hasn’t worked for me. There’s a guy on our German forum who said that he had tried 50x and then it suddenly worked.

    I even updated my AXS firmware to no avail.

  1329. Early season statistics. Lenght 54 km, vertical 550m aka flat land riding. Battery consumption 58%. Enough for me.

  1330. I just got mine to pair after trying a lot: Just turn the bike on, go through the bike steps like above, but don’t have your bike connected to your phone. Maybe that matters?

  1331. [QUOTE=”SuperSid, post: 388291, member: 21572″]
    I just got mine to pair after trying a lot: Just turn the bike on, go through the bike steps like above, but don’t have your bike connected to your phone. Maybe that matters?
    [/QUOTE]
    It didn’t matter for me. I’ve tried this too. Didn’t work.

  1333. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 388309, member: 6169″]
    24km and 996m of elevation. Only used ECO and trail modes. Flat battery.
    [/QUOTE]
    It depends on your fitness level too and also on how your set the modes.

    I also think that the rolling resistance plays an important factor too. If it’s muddy, the bike has to do more. If you’re a heavy rider too.

    This is yesterday’s ride. Still 28% left with trail and turbo mode and a little Eco. I always pedal high frequencies plus push myself a lot even in turbo mode. 95kg heavy.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”034DB425-9438-481F-AE26-D8FA27D350B2.jpeg”]86312[/ATTACH]

  1334. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 388312, member: 22456″]
    It depends on your fitness level too and also on how your set the modes.

    I also think that the rolling resistance plays an important factor too. If it’s muddy, the bike has to do more. If you’re a heavy rider too.

    This is yesterday’s ride. Still 28% left with trail and turbo mode and a little Eco. I always pedal high frequencies plus push myself a lot even in turbo mode. 95kg heavy.

    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 88kg and these were dry and dusty conditions chasing a full powered ebike on trail mode. I’m pretty fit and the entire ride I was putting in hard. I’m hoping my new motor releases a little extra range.

  1336. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 387930, member: 22456″]
    Has anyone successfully paired the AXS Detailtreue with the TCU? I always get paring failed.
    [/QUOTE]
    It worked 1st try. But the battery is always at 100%. Gear info is correct and very much appreciated though!

  1337. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 388510, member: 11948″]
    I know it could be everything and it’s not necessarily KSL specific, but maybe someone has an idea. I’m running out of them.
    After a few of descents my headset develops some play – again and again. I correct it, it feels fine, until it does not after a few rounds. It’s annoying and kills my confidence. I tried the original SWAT tool, an Intend Smarty expander and now a star nut.
    I use a 77designz stem torqued to the max. of 8 nm

    With 8 nm and the nut it seems to be better. All rides two days ago without complaints. Today the issue is back.
    Anyone had a similar issue? Could it be the headset itself? It looks fine and is cleaned regularly.
    [/QUOTE]
    What fork do you have. I’ve had the typical steerer creaking on a non Fox fork and there was a very tiny play there. The headset got loose too after a couple of rides.

  1338. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 388511, member: 22456″]
    What fork do you have. I’ve had the typical steerer creaking on a non Fox fork and there was a very tiny play there. The headset got loose too after a couple of rides.
    [/QUOTE]
    Same as you, ERA V2.
    No creaking at all. (With no fork ever actually. And I am very sensitive to noises and vibration in the bike)

  1339. I have finally managed to pair the AXS derailleur with the TCU. After about 70 tries I thought that it might just be too far away. I demounted the derailleur and held it next to the TCU and it worked first time. Hope that helps.

  1340. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 388889, member: 22456″]
    I have finally managed to pair the AXS derailleur with the TCU. After about 70 tries I thought that it might just be too far away. I demounted the derailleur and held it next to the TCU and it worked first time. Hope that helps.
    [/QUOTE]
    Which AXS you have? GX or the more expensive one

  1341. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 388932, member: 838″]
    Which AXS you have? GX or the more expensive one
    [/QUOTE]
    Does it matter? It’s the X01 one.

  1342. Just paired my GX AXS at the first attempt. Gear display is correct, battery is 100% after 2 long rides so that doesn’t seem right.

  1343. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 388936, member: 22456″]
    Does it matter? It’s the X01 one.
    [/QUOTE]
    Just asking if the GX and Xo have any difference in BT range

  1344. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 388938, member: 52″]
    Just paired my GX AXS at the first attempt. Gear display is correct, battery is 100% after 2 long rides so that doesn’t seem right.
    [/QUOTE]
    Size S frame?

  1345. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 388938, member: 52″]
    Just paired my GX AXS at the first attempt. Gear display is correct, battery is 100% after 2 long rides so that doesn’t seem right.
    [/QUOTE]
    Seeing that TCU is supposed to show the percentage in 25% steps only this might be still ok. I charge my battery every three months or so. They last very long.

  1347. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 388510, member: 11948″]
    I know it could be everything and it’s not necessarily KSL specific, but maybe someone has an idea. I’m running out of them.
    After a few of descents my headset develops some play – again and again. I correct it, it feels fine, until it does not after a few rounds. It’s annoying and kills my confidence. I tried the original SWAT tool, an Intend Smarty expander and now a star nut.
    I use a 77designz stem torqued to the max. of 8 nm

    With 8 nm and the nut it seems to be better. All rides two days ago without complaints. Today the issue is back.
    Anyone had a similar issue? Could it be the headset itself? It looks fine and is cleaned regularly.
    [/QUOTE]

    The headset on my kenevo with boxxers came loose every ride, sometimes every run. All torqued up properly. Headset replaced, decent crown race fitted.
    It was slightly better with a standard topcap and starnut. Terrible with the swat tool.
    Eventually I bought the box one headset lock, which fingers crossed seems to have resolved it.
    Note the boxxer is 1 1/8 straight steerer so this may not fit a fork with a taper, but I do believe a bolt all the way through is the answer.

  1348. [QUOTE=”h3ld, post: 389165, member: 11948″]
    Thanks for the recommendation. How should this help?

    Same question here. It works the same way the swat tool does, doesn’t it?

    I installed a Chris King Dropset 5 today and tested it on a couple if laps.
    After adjusting the headset play it made a bomb proof impression. On the original one I could hallucinate some minimal play even after aligning the headset. On the CK not at all.

    But after some laps over rocks, roots and drops… it’s back. By no means as strong as with the standard one, but still noticeable.
    The stem is tightened to 8 nm which is max according to the manufacturer.
    Does anyone think some carbon gripper paste on the stem would help?

    [ATTACH=full]86602[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I run carbon gripper paste with the dropset 5 and have no issues at all. Ran that combo from day dot on this bike. I also run renthal stem and one up bars.

  1349. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 389230, member: 2329″]
    I run carbon gripper paste with the dropset 5 and have no issues at all.
    [/QUOTE]

    Applied today. Test ride has to wait though.

    On another note, can anyone confirm the number of links needed on the chain? 118 including chain lock?

  1350. After putting my $1000 deposit down on an Expert (they only came in white – yuck!) in September, I was told by my LBS last week that “Specialized is no longer giving shipping dates due to various reasons beyond their control” and if I could find a bike some where else, I could get my deposit back. I am happy to say that one showed up (and in black too!) at a bike store only 6 hours away, so Road Trip!
    I had already planned on changing the usual parts as the stock parts are crap or over priced so missing out on a white Expert (saving over $2000) and finding this black Comp was absolutely great! The only sad part so far is that it weighs more than my Levo SL which makes it move difficult to load it onto the back the truck.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]86739[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full”]86740[/ATTACH]

  1351. Had odd “error” today. En route home with 20perc. battery, simply stopping on red light for 20 seconds or so, the TCU just wrote “Engine Error” or something simple like that. Turned off and on within 3 seconds and everything was back to fine.

    I don’t see anything being logged in the Mission app about it. Worth sending it as diagnostic? App says the logs will be uploaded automatically.

    Anyone had something like this? First error at all. Could it have been because I instinctively hold brakes while still having my foot on pedal? But that would also cause it during track standings which I usually do on red light stops and this is first time it occured.

  1352. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 389667, member: 13937″]
    After putting my $1000 deposit down on an Expert (they only came in white – yuck!) in September, I was told by my LBS last week that “Specialized is no longer giving shipping dates due to various reasons beyond their control” and if I could find a bike some where else, I could get my deposit back. I am happy to say that one showed up (and in black too!) at a bike store only 6 hours away, so Road Trip!
    I had already planned on changing the usual parts as the stock parts are crap or over priced so missing out on a white Expert (saving over $2000) and finding this black Comp was absolutely great! The only sad part so far is that it weighs more than my Levo SL which makes it move difficult to load it onto the back the truck.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Kenevo 2022.jpg”]86739[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Levo SL .jpg”]86740[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    After looking at the pics side by side i gotta say the Ohlins Levo actually looks better imo (never thought I’d say that!). I think the more subtle frame decals along with the Ohlins fork and black spring just set it off real nice. Obviously the KSL is a better bike (in my eyes)…a set of Ohlins 38 forks would look good 😉

  1353. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 389878, member: 6169″]
    After looking at the pics side by side i gotta say the Ohlins Levo actually looks better imo (never thought I’d say that!). I think the more subtle frame decals along with the Ohlins fork and black spring just set it off real nice. Obviously the KSL is a better bike (in my eyes)…a set of Ohlins 38 forks would look good 😉
    [/QUOTE]

    I would have to agree with you but its a work in progress. I am just happy its black! I also have access to a vinyl cutter so its only a matter of time before I change the decals. The biggest issue is the obnoxious SPECIALIZED on the downtube. Maybe its just a Canadian thing but around here when people pass one another on a climbing trail/FSR (if they acknowledge you at all), they always look at what bike you are riding first. I think I will make new Ohlins decals for the fork and put KNOLLY on the downtube so I can feel at peace again :sneaky:

  1354. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 389865, member: 20169″]
    Had odd “error” today. En route home with 20perc. battery, simply stopping on red light for 20 seconds or so, the TCU just wrote “Engine Error” or something simple like that. Turned off and on within 3 seconds and everything was back to fine.
    [/QUOTE]
    You need to check Mission Control before turning the bike off as that clears the error.

  1355. [QUOTE=”George_yt, post: 389865, member: 20169″]
    Had odd “error” today. En route home with 20perc. battery, simply stopping on red light for 20 seconds or so, the TCU just wrote “Engine Error” or something simple like that. Turned off and on within 3 seconds and everything was back to fine.

    I don’t see anything being logged in the Mission app about it. Worth sending it as diagnostic? App says the logs will be uploaded automatically.

    Anyone had something like this? First error at all. Could it have been because I instinctively hold brakes while still having my foot on pedal? But that would also cause it during track standings which I usually do on red light stops and this is first time it occured.
    [/QUOTE]
    I got the same error after the update. Didn’t affect performance and ran several runs after that. Everything worked fine.
    Visited at LBS, they updated it again, but it didn’t help.
    Removing and reinstalling the Mission Control app helped.

  1356. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 388889, member: 22456″]
    I have finally managed to pair the AXS derailleur with the TCU. After about 70 tries I thought that it might just be too far away. I demounted the derailleur and held it next to the TCU and it worked first time. Hope that helps.
    [/QUOTE]
    Legend, done your trick and worked within seconds! Thanks

  1357. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 390176, member: 2329″]
    Legend, done your trick and worked within seconds! Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    Happy to hear that. Other than that I haven’t had any issues with my KSL.

    I’m so happy that I went for this instead of the LSL. The latter seemed like a good bike but with the new TCU and the + in suspension travel, the KSL is the better choice. With the right parts you can get it to under 18kgs which is cool too.

  1358. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 390380, member: 22456″]
    Happy to hear that. Other than that I haven’t had any issues with my KSL.

    I’m so happy that I went for this instead of the LSL. The latter seemed like a good bike but with the new TCU and the + in suspension travel, the KSL is the better choice. With the right parts you can get it to under 18kgs which is cool too.
    [/QUOTE]
    My KSL has been an absolute legend but then again so was my enduro’d LSL. Honest both really good bikes. My LSL crushed it but the KSL does it without breaking a sweat!

  1360. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 390434, member: 52″]
    I’m on my second motor, third controller and third speed sensor…
    [/QUOTE]
    Is the new engine as loud (or whining) as the old one?

  1361. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 390445, member: 52″]
    It’s louder. 😥
    [/QUOTE]
    Hahahah must of been a Friday build.

  1362. My first motor was uncharacteristically quiet by Mahle standards, significantly quieter than my mate’s KSL. The new one is a lot louder.

  1363. It’s obviously just poor quality control on the production line. Like every product these days it seems like a full strip down and proper rebuild is the key to quality control.

  1364. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 390642, member: 2329″]
    It’s obviously just poor quality control on the production line. Like every product these days it seems like a full strip down and proper rebuild is the key to quality control.
    [/QUOTE]
    I actually thought about that and adding some water protection to the relevant areas too.

  1365. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 390664, member: 22456″]
    I actually thought about that and adding some water protection to the relevant areas too.
    [/QUOTE]
    Well I pulled my bike apart the day zi got it to get it painted. I rebuilt it with precision, like I was performing brain surgery. I am a little ocd though. Bike runs like a dream!
    Not sure about water protection though. I have ridden in rainstorms and never had an issue. I just make sure all plugs are fitted tight and correctly and wires are well routed and no kinks in wires etc.

  1366. Has anyone measured the X-Fusion Manic 150mm insertion length?
    I can’t find information on the internet.

  1367. New bike day. Ditched the Bullet, thanks to Rich at race co for sort me out a mega DVO build KSL.

  1369. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 391002, member: 52″]
    Right, that’s it, I’m selling mine! :ROFLMAO:
    [/QUOTE]

  1370. [QUOTE=”JetSetDemo, post: 390996, member: 254″]
    New bike day. Ditched the Bullet, thanks to Rich at race co for sort me out a mega DVO build KSL.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”699CD469-C628-4661-B927-A093230F616C.jpeg”]87153[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”7EBD11DF-7DD3-471E-A5A4-5C3AF362D2A4.jpeg”]87154[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”4DFEB202-5154-4561-923B-56C5EC4A6147.jpeg”]87155[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”B5551DA8-2929-43CC-ACC8-CECACEA819E1.jpeg”]87156[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Nice bike! I am interested to hear your impressions on the DVO suspension. Which model is that? Was it sold by the LBS with all the upgrades as that would be awesome or did you put those on yourself and are now taking home a box of parts you now have to sell/have to explain to your wife “NO… they GAVE me these as spares!”?

  1371. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 391026, member: 13937″]
    Nice bike! I am interested to hear your impressions on the DVO suspension. Which model is that? Was it sold by the LBS with all the upgrades as that would be awesome or did you put those on yourself and are now taking home a box of parts you now have to sell/have to explain to your wife “NO… they GAVE me these as spares!”?
    [/QUOTE]
    All fitted by the shop, and my wife is used to this kind of shit so no worries when I got home.

  1372. [QUOTE=”JetSetDemo, post: 391032, member: 254″]
    All fitted by the shop, and my wife is used to this kind of shit so no worries when I got home.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hey that’s great! Its so frustrating having to buy a bike, which is spec’ed with a variety of sub par components on it, only to have to shell out a pile of money to get the parts you want AND have to sell all the crap you took off of it. I wonder how the bike stores in the UK do it as here in the Colonies, LBS only sell bikes as delivered by the manufacturer.

  1373. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 389878, member: 6169″]
    After looking at the pics side by side i gotta say the Ohlins Levo actually looks better imo (never thought I’d say that!). I think the more subtle frame decals along with the Ohlins fork and black spring just set it off real nice. Obviously the KSL is a better bike (in my eyes)…a set of Ohlins 38 forks would look good 😉
    [/QUOTE]

    Ok. I hope we can agree my latest modifications are a compromise in aesthetics, performance and cost effectiveness (I am not sure if I want to powder coat the coil as it could affect the temper)! Any ways, I took the new bike out for its first spin on the North Shore today and it ran great! I am really looking forward for Whistler to open 😀

    [ATTACH type=”full”]87338[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full”]87339[/ATTACH]

  1374. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 391376, member: 13937″]
    Ok. I hope we can agree my latest modifications are a compromise in aesthetics, performance and cost effectiveness (I am not sure if I want to powder coat the coil as it could affect the temper)! Any ways, I took the new bike out for its first spin on the North Shore today and it ran great! I am really looking forward for Whistler to open 😀

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Pink Starfish KB.jpg”]87338[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Kollybro 02.jpg”]87339[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Love it! I like the contrast of the matte and gloss, gives me more confidence if I have to choose a black frame as my replacement frame colour.

    I’d still sell the 38’s, people are paying silly money for them and get a DH38 Ohlins. You know you want to 😀

  1375. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 391383, member: 6169″]

    I’d still sell the 38’s, people are paying silly money for them and get a DH38 Ohlins. You know you want to 😀
    [/QUOTE]
    If you need some motivation
    [ATTACH type=”full”]87340[/ATTACH]

  1376. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 391383, member: 6169″]
    Love it! I like the contrast of the matte and gloss, gives me more confidence if I have to choose a black frame as my replacement frame colour.

    I’d still sell the 38’s, people are paying silly money for them and get a DH38 Ohlins. You know you want to 😀
    [/QUOTE]

    I would get an Ohlins RXF38 M.2 AIR if I had to do it again but I had the Fox 38 from a previous build, before the Ohlins was released. I wouldn’t put a dual crown fork on an enduro bike as it makes it less maneuverable and is really not necessary with how stiff the 38s are.

    Previous Build
    [ATTACH type=”full”]87341[/ATTACH]

  1377. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 391385, member: 2329″]
    If you need some motivation
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”05ECAAAC-18E6-4C23-9CDE-E175DA855124.jpeg”]87340[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I came super close to putting dual crown forks on my KSL after constant creaky CSU’s (Mezzer, Onyx, 38, Edge). Glad I didn’t now because they are replacing the frame due to the frame/headset cup interface being worn. If they had seen dual crowns they may have just refused it.

    Such a great looking bike [USER=2329]@Christian[/USER]

  1378. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 391026, member: 13937″]
    Nice bike! I am interested to hear your impressions on the DVO suspension. Which model is that? Was it sold by the LBS with all the upgrades as that would be awesome or did you put those on yourself and are now taking home a box of parts you now have to sell/have to explain to your wife “NO… they GAVE me these as spares!”?
    [/QUOTE]
    Ok so first proper ride done yesterday in a slightly wet Forest of Dean. Hit Dowies and shut castle. I didn’t like the butcher rear tyre, I got the guys at the shop to put an Assagi on the front and should have swapped for a DHR for the rear but didn’t and as a result the grip was not what I expected in the damp.

    The fork is fantastic. I have been running a fox 38 on my bullet and had always found that to be very harsh on the initial stroke, the DVO is much faster and feels at lot more supple. I do need to work a little more on the set up but I think it’s a much smoother ride. Rear tracks beautifully, not sure if I need a lower rate spring. Might get one and see, really I need to check the sag later but you know new bike day and all that you just have to ride!

    I am so pleased to have switched out of the EP8 to the SL. I still have a 2019 Levo expert that a put over 2.5k miles on and is still going strong. The EP8 for my was a terrible package. The SL in trail feels not to dissimilar to the EP8 in trail and the battery life yesterday blew me away.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”3C717C59-15F6-4A39-9800-379E6C633275.jpeg”]87343[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”316E9B4F-C989-442B-B212-216D5A11E3EA.jpeg”]87344[/ATTACH]

  1380. [QUOTE=”Pierre paraud, post: 392879, member: 23899″]
    Hi guys, I present to you my Orange crush, greetings from Chile

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_20220507_115827.jpg”]87772[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_20220507_115647.jpg”]87773[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Excellent suspension choices made here!

  1381. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 392882, member: 13937″]
    Excellent suspension choices made here!
    [/QUOTE]
    ever since i tried swedish gold i never stopped using it, in analog and now in this girl

  1382. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 392955, member: 52″]
    38’s or 36’s?
    [/QUOTE]
    36s for sight seeing, 38s if your charging

  1383. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 393181, member: 2329″]
    36s for sight seeing, 38s if your charging
    [/QUOTE]
    pufff, I have it from before the 38 went on sale, and let me tell you that the tracks I ride are full dh, that the 36 is for little trails is why you don’t know how to use a bike

  1384. ^ Not sure what I just read there as it seems contradictory.

    Either way, 36s would be fine for even the hardest of riders. The stuff is so good that it comes down to preference and a good rider on 36s could show someone up that is on 40s….

    A buddy I ride with just uses the Fox 36, was 50th DH ranked ~ decade ago. The **** he hits when his DH bike is down is still just nuts. He runs the Fit4 36 and doesn’t even worry about static sag, just feel.

  1385. [QUOTE=”Pierre paraud, post: 393601, member: 23899″]
    pufff, I have it from before the 38 went on sale, and let me tell you that the tracks I ride are full dh, that the 36 is for little trails is why you don’t know how to use a bike
    [/QUOTE]

    [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 393616, member: 23160″]
    ^ Not sure what I just read there as it seems contradictory.

    Either way, 36s would be fine for even the hardest of riders. The stuff is so good that it comes down to preference and a good rider on 36s could show someone up that is on 40s….

    A buddy I ride with just uses the Fox 36, was 50th DH ranked ~ decade ago. The **** he hits when his DH bike is down is still just nuts. He runs the Fit4 36 and doesn’t even worry about static sag, just feel.
    [/QUOTE]
    One thing to note is once you go over 160/170 on a 29 fork you start to get noticeable flex. Sure a great rider can make anything go down well but if you were to compare the two, the 38 will always outperform a 36 on the rough stuff, like for like of course.
    I have done just this and found this out for myself.
    My 29/180 Ohlins 38 is as close to my 180/200 DH38 as you can get where as my 29/180 Lyric ultimate was a noodle fork in comparison. I used to watch it bend before my eyes. Sure maybe I can’t ride as good as a pro but that’s irrelevant, I am simply stating facts based of my own personal testing.

  1386. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 393647, member: 2329″]
    One thing to note is once you go over 160/170 on a 29 fork you start to get noticeable flex. Sure a great rider can make anything go down well but if you were to compare the two, the 38 will always outperform a 36 on the rough stuff, like for like of course.
    I have done just this and found this out for myself.
    My 29/180 Ohlins 38 is as close to my 180/200 DH38 as you can get where as my 29/180 Lyric ultimate was a noodle fork in comparison. I used to watch it bend before my eyes. Sure maybe I can’t ride as good as a pro but that’s irrelevant, I am simply stating facts based of my own personal testing.
    [/QUOTE]

    Just because it’s stiffer, it doesn’t necessarily mean it’s better. Some flex and compliance is a good thing when riding down trails.

    For the same reason why people don’t run carbon wheels & complain about the harsh ride. Other than they break, too easily 😆

  1387. ^So you are confirming it doesn’t make much difference for the 170mm KSL, but of course something can be felt.

    Anyway, trying to decide between Push 11-6 and EXT LOK V3/E-Storia. I would like the 11-6 to have a a trail and enduro tune via switch, but hate that it has the elastobumper. I do not believe the EXT can be tuned for 2 types of riding like the 11-6? As to EXT, not sure if the E-storia is needed as the bike is not ~50lbs full fat+

    I will be keeping the Air Spring Float X for flatter trails or when I want to be jibbing. Still waiting on part to convert Float X to have the compression knob…. Sadly sold my Hightower V2 which was a nice compliment to the KSL, when I wanted to play and work on more trials type climbing tech.

  1388. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 393655, member: 23160″]
    ^So you are confirming it doesn’t make much difference for the 170mm KSL, but of course something can be felt.

    Anyway, trying to decide between Push 11-6 and EXT LOK V3/E-Storia. I would like the 11-6 to have a a trail and enduro tune via switch, but hate that it has the elastobumper. I do not believe the EXT can be tuned for 2 types of riding like the 11-6? As to EXT, not sure if the E-storia is needed as the bike is not ~50lbs full fat+

    I will be keeping the Air Spring Float X for flatter trails or when I want to be jibbing. Still waiting on part to convert Float X to have the compression knob…. Sadly sold my Hightower V2 which was a nice compliment to the KSL, when I wanted to play and work on more trials type climbing tech.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve tried the Push and the Storia on the KSL and the Storia is by far preferred in this application. Push bottom out whilst not harsh is easily felt and is hit more often at the shock at the same spring rate as it goes thru it’s travel much easier than the Storia. The big negative that I found with the Push was how harsh it could be over repeated sharp edge hits. It was bloody terrible and could not be tuned out with the available adjustment.
    The biggest negative with the KSL linkage is the behaviour over repeated sharp edge hits. The Enduro exhibits similar behaviour btw. In some scenarios it can feel like the shock is packing up and not able to absorb the hits, making it feel harsh.
    The Storia is better than the Push in this regard but still not as good as it should be imo. Getting it revalved soon hopefully to directly address this issue.

  1389. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 393655, member: 23160″]
    ^So you are confirming it doesn’t make much difference for the 170mm KSL, but of course something can be felt.

    Anyway, trying to decide between Push 11-6 and EXT LOK V3/E-Storia. I would like the 11-6 to have a a trail and enduro tune via switch, but hate that it has the elastobumper. I do not believe the EXT can be tuned for 2 types of riding like the 11-6? As to EXT, not sure if the E-storia is needed as the bike is not ~50lbs full fat+

    I will be keeping the Air Spring Float X for flatter trails or when I want to be jibbing. Still waiting on part to convert Float X to have the compression knob…. Sadly sold my Hightower V2 which was a nice compliment to the KSL, when I wanted to play and work on more trials type climbing tech.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am also not saying that a 36 is not capable. Just that if your buying a Kenevo then I assume your hitting trails hard and that I believe a 38 to be superior over a 36.

  1390. Finally the snow has melted and weather is little warmer:). New set of Eddy Currents and tweaking the suspension last two weeks and bike finally start to feel planted. I’ll swap the the X2 to E-storia. Hopefully I’ll get it soon.[ATTACH type=”full”]88056[/ATTACH]

  1391. I first looked that there was a beer tap on the log in front 😂

    PS. A nice looking bike

  1392. Hello everyone.
    Why don’t we share our chainstay and head angle settings and thoughs?
    Actually I ride an S4 S-Works KSL and mi bike has “high” position and base head angle (63,5 degrees).
    Mi rides are mostly enduro trails and also long mountain rides…
    I find this setting a good compromise.

  1393. S3; High position, base head angle (currently), 27.5 rear wheel.

    I’m going to try a steeper head angle this week.

  1394. S4; High position, base head angle. I swapped for a 180mm DVO Onyx D1 and an eStoria (230×65).
    The head angle is slightly slacker. I like it. 🙂
    Ride quality has improved drastically although I couldn’t test it on steep terrain yet. But it now filters out all the little chatter and brake bumps. :love:

  1395. [URL=’https://www.mtbbeds.com/accommodation/uk/specialized-levo-e-bike-experience-day’]Experience Days UK[/URL] MTB Beds and Specialized are running demo events around the country with both KSL and Levos. There is a charge but an associated discount incentive if you go ahead and purchase. I am going to attend the Exmoor one and try a S4 KSL.

  1396. [QUOTE=”galaga187, post: 394632, member: 292″]
    MTB Beds and Specialized are running demo events around the country
    [/QUOTE]
    Got a link?

  1397. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 394634, member: 52″]
    Got a link?
    [/QUOTE]
    [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 394634, member: 52″]
    Got a link?
    [/QUOTE]
    Updated above

  1398. Riding an S3 with high and steep configuration. First setup was mullet but was not satisfied as I had many pedal strikes.
    Changed to all 29 and still high and steep. Rides somewhere between an Enduro and All Mountain. Will change soon to high and neutral at the front.

  1399. I rode the first week in high and 29” rear, S4 with 180mm DVO fork and coil and had zero pedal strokes. I have now switched to a mullet still in high and had a couple of moments this weekend with minor pedal strikes but nothing I can’t compensate for as I get used to the bike.

  1400. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 394649, member: 52″]
    [USER=6005]@dobbyhasfriends[/USER] [URL=’https://www.mtbbeds.com/accommodation/uk/specialized-levo-e-bike-experience-day’]Specialized SL E-bike Experience Day Ride | MTB Beds[/URL]
    [/QUOTE]
    The ones in Surrey Hills seem to be a bit more popular.

  1401. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 394651, member: 4674″]
    How can you keep your base head angle with 27.5 rear? Should be like at least 0.5-1.0 deg slacker.
    [/QUOTE]
    Perhaps I should have said centre position.

  1402. S3 in high position, stock head angle setup mullet. 180mm Fox 38 with an Ohlins TTX22M shock. 47 lbs. I have only ridden it once so far and it feels similar to my Levo SL which has a similar setup at 44 lbs. My weights may be off a little as I used a bathroom scale. I guess I ride Down Mountain/DH as I hate climbing.

  1403. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 387775, member: 52″]
    You can shim the OneUp180 down to 170 so it should work for you.
    [/QUOTE]

    Ive tried the OneUp 180mm and I cant get the post in far enough, Less of it goes in than the stock 150 on it.

    Major issue as I cant get the seat out of the way enough.

    Anyone esle got any other suggestions.
    S3 need a post with the smallest footprint 170 ish

  1405. [QUOTE=”scooby82r, post: 395509, member: 11640″]
    Ive tried the OneUp 180mm and I cant get the post in far enough, Less of it goes in than the stock 150 on it.

    Major issue as I cant get the seat out of the way enough.

    Anyone esle got any other suggestions.
    S3 need a post with the smallest footprint 170 ish
    [/QUOTE]
    Pricey, but it looks like you could shave off maybe 20mm off the maximum insertion length by going with a 170 Reverb AXS.

  1406. [QUOTE=”Gyre, post: 395558, member: 15162″]
    Pricey, but it looks like you could shave off maybe 20mm off the maximum insertion length by going with a 170 Reverb AXS.
    [/QUOTE]
    Compared to a 180 OneUp dropper the AXS 170 dropper is quite a bit longer and also has a greater stack height.
    Overall length 480 vs 503
    Stack height 213 vs 235

    [URL unfurl=”true”]https://www.sram.com/globalassets/document-hierarchy/frame-fit-specifications/rockshox/gen0000000006250-rev-a-reverb-axs-seatpost-specifications.pdf[/URL]

    [URL unfurl=”true”]https://www.oneupcomponents.com/products/dropper-post-v2[/URL]

  1407. One Up is one of the shortest posts you can buy.
    Have tried AXS 170 myself. But god made me too short (82 cm inseam) for 170 AXS on a S3 KSL. Now I ride a 150 AXS. Saddle could be lower.
    Hopefully SRAM will bring out a shorter AXS anytime soon. I will never switch back to a normal seat post after riding an AXS. Love it.

  1408. Do the seat post challenges exist on S4 models or is it just S3s. I’m trying an S4 next but have the option of trying S3 too.

  1409. [QUOTE=”galaga187, post: 395622, member: 292″]
    Do the seat post challenges exist on S4 models or is it just S3s. I’m trying an S4 next but have the option of trying S3 too.
    [/QUOTE]
    Really depends how long your legs are.

  1410. [QUOTE=”roQer, post: 395600, member: 4674″]
    Did you try the 34,9 diameter post? Shimed smaller diameter posts might go a little bit deeper.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thats an idea 💡
    It was a 34.9 oneup I tried.
    I have a 31.6mm axs 170mm on my dreadnought ill try that.

    Needs sorting seats really impacting my riding 😡😡

  1411. I have a S4, I’m 5ft9 so you would think an S3 but I find the reach too short and love the S4. I have a 150mm AXS dropper slammed in the frame and the stand over is perfect for my 32” legs.

  1412. All this talk of dropper post lengths is more boring than a political thread.
    Let’s pump it up a notch…
    [MEDIA=youtube]qaxpbnNgiFM[/MEDIA]

    [ATTACH type=”full”]88514[/ATTACH]
    Coilage in a Lyrik Ultimate! Smooooth!

  1413. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 395704, member: 52″]
    All this talk of dropper post lengths is more boring than a political thread.
    Let’s pump it up a notch…
    [MEDIA=youtube]qaxpbnNgiFM[/MEDIA]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”45856E3C-41BB-45D4-80E3-EA663B5EA37C.jpeg”]88514[/ATTACH]
    Coilage in a Lyrik Ultimate! Smooooth!
    [/QUOTE]
    Smashpot DVO. Great combo too.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]88561[/ATTACH]

  1414. [QUOTE=”soso79, post: 385719, member: 15798″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”kenevo_ital.jpg”]85594[/ATTACH]

    back from Finale…awesome Bike!
    [/QUOTE]
    Do you have a mix of gloss and matte wrap on that frame?

  1415. hi guys, I have a question about the headset. When I bought the bike I was given two added conical spacers. What is the difference in using these conicals rather than the standard ring ones? (beyond aesthetics) Is there any substantial improvement or difference? Thanks

  1417. [QUOTE=”Kappa89, post: 396328, member: 24604″]
    hi guys, I have a question about the headset. When I bought the bike I was given two added conical spacers. What is the difference in using these conicals rather than the standard ring ones? (beyond aesthetics) Is there any substantial improvement or difference? Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    Just aesthetics, you can use those if you don’t have enough or right amount of spacers. Nothing else. If you use conical spacers, just remember to remove this number B spacer (marked red in picture)[ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1653417270437.png”]88769[/ATTACH]

  1418. [QUOTE=”bowoff, post: 386513, member: 20964″]
    New owner coming from Levo SL.
    This thing rocks!! Absolutely love it!

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”tempImageaipAWj.jpg”]85846[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Can you share where you got the custom S-work decal from? im looking for a metallic dark grey S-work for my KSL. thanks in advance.

  1419. New colour getting released for the framesets. Carbon/brush/black and it’s in matte or satin finish. Has anyone seen it or have a pic?

  1421. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 396303, member: 6169″]
    Do you have a mix of gloss and matte wrap on that frame?
    [/QUOTE]
    Hi, only matte Wrap, but mix of gloss an matte paint 🙂

  1423. [QUOTE=”Signal_jp, post: 398363, member: 18150″]
    Has anyone installed a Chris King dropset 5 headset in the KSL?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes I have. What would you like to know?

  1424. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 398408, member: 2329″]
    Yes I have. What would you like to know?
    [/QUOTE]

    it fit with no issues? Notice any improvement over the FSA headset ?

  1425. Yeah fit was perfect. I run it with the Specialized SWAT tool and haven’t had an issue yet. As for feel, I’ll be honest, haven’t noticed a difference in feel but I am not very in-tune with subtle differences anyway. I mainly run it as their bearings promise longevity and my hubs have lasted me 4 bikes and still going strong.

  1426. I’ve been chasing better performance out of the rear end of this bike in a certain scenario since day one and I think at last I’ve found the solution. Short version…more HSC.
    Longer version..

    Repeated sharp edge hits have always been dealt with badly on the back end. It felt like the back end wasn’t getting out of the way quickly enough and then it wasn’t recovering to prepare for the next which meant the bike was stalling on each hit and causing my weight to transfer forward. The loss of bike speed over this terrain was significant and I found it hugely distracting, coupled with the extra force put thru the bars to try and keep my bodyweight centered it was just all wrong.

    I have been messing with faster rebound (thought I needed faster HSR and slower LSR) and decreasing HSC thinking I needed to get the shock moving quicker but the back end became uncontrolled….still rideable but I wasn’t satisifed. What gave the idea of adding HSC was a comment in a video from Paul Aston and his Rulezman tuned Cane Creek shock on the Commencal DH bike. He sounded like he was experiencing the same issue of harshness and lack of compliance on repeated hits and his solution was to add significant HSC (well, Dave’s solution after I think he analysed the on board data). Anyway, I did the same and now have the HSC one click from fully in (EXT Storia with 475lb spring) and the difference is significant. It all became clear now. The rear wheel had been getting too deep into its stroke and too deep into the terrain so it was progression against repeated high force and that makes for a very difficult situation for any shock. The bike feels so better balanced now and the small adjustment has even made my fork feel more compliant and controlled.

    Every ride since the change I have come back absolutely loving this bike, something that wasn’t happening before…it was good but not great as that repeated hit harshness really bothered me as it would occur multiple times during every ride. This scenario isn’t going to bother everyone, it is very dependant on rider speed and terrain but if you do feel it try adding HSC. Game changer for me and my relationship with this bike.

  1427. I found the limit of the KSL battery couple days ago. Very steap uphill, about 100m vertical every kilometres. After 10 km my battery was almost empy. About 20% left. Rode trail and turbo 40/60

  1428. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 401691, member: 838″]
    I found the limit of the KSL battery couple days ago. Very steap uphill, about 100m vertical every kilometres. After 10 km my battery was almost empy. About 20% left. Rode trail and turbo 40/60
    [/QUOTE]

    How M’s of vert total? What was your time?

  1429. Fork swap, 3 rides so far so cannot write review yet. I like feeling of the Öhlins forks more than the Fox. Öhlins has a nice bike specific air spring settings available so set up was very easy. I have rxf 36 in my other bike and I used same settings for HSC,LSC and LSR. One thing what I can already say is that it definitely rides better in slow speed rock gardens.[ATTACH type=”full”]90467[/ATTACH]

  1430. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 401773, member: 11593″]
    How M’s of vert total? What was your time?
    [/QUOTE]
    Total vertical was 1150m, but it was very steep. Didn’t check the time

  1431. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 402079, member: 838″]
    Total vertical was 1150m, but it was very steep. Didn’t check the time
    [/QUOTE]
    I like gondolas. Never checked there time either.

  1433. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 401691, member: 838″]
    I found the limit of the KSL battery couple days ago. Very steap uphill, about 100m vertical every kilometres. After 10 km my battery was almost empy. About 20% left. Rode trail and turbo 40/60
    [/QUOTE]
    And today at different profile of the mountain. 24 km 1100 vertical up and 1150 down. Battery left 62%

  1434. [QUOTE=”Signal_jp, post: 403447, member: 18150″]
    Can you PM me the dimensions you used for the S-WORKS decal you submitted to speedydecals?
    [/QUOTE]

  1435. I had to pull my shock out for service this week and could not figure out why it would not go back in as easily as it came out. Is there some special trick to getting the bottom end back in? I know it has to be a tight fit with all those bearing bushings and spacers but I am sure there has to be a better method that the way I ended up getting the shock back in!

  1436. ^ I think you experience this as the Kenevo SL/ Enduro has a progressive beginning/linear ending leverage curve. This is a compromise so that both air and coil work ok, but coil does not ramp up enough without bottom bumper or hydraulic bottom out.

    I too am contemplating a Push ElevenSix or EXT Lok v3 or E-Storia but around here is all sharp rock for the entire trails, it is all repeated square edge hits. This concerns me with a coil as you have to try to keep speed up to float and keep momentum.

    With what you say did you end up also slowing rebound as you closed your HSC? It sounds like it was “packing up” which is what speeding up the rebound will help with (think of rebound as helping control your dynamic ride height through hits)

  1437. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 404051, member: 13937″]
    I know it has to be a tight fit with all those bearing bushings and spacers but I am sure there has to be a better method that the way I ended up getting the shock back in!
    [/QUOTE]
    I used one of these on my mates KSL when I changed the spring on his Ohlins coil the other day. Didn’t take much pressure at all.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]91252[/ATTACH]

  1438. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 404092, member: 52″]
    I used one of these on my mates KSL when I changed the spring on his Ohlins coil the other day. Didn’t take much pressure at all.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1656576172064.png”]91252[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    What’s that [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER]? I haven’t seen one before.

  1440. [USER=42]@Stompweaver[/USER] [USER=13937]@KnollyBro[/USER] the lower mount spacers can come out of the bearing very slightly so it helps to ensure they are both fully seated using your fingertips before trying to get the bottom of the shock in or else it can feel like it’s never going to fit!

  1441. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 404261, member: 6169″]
    [USER=42]@Stompweaver[/USER] [USER=13937]@KnollyBro[/USER] the lower mount spacers can come out of the bearing very slightly so it helps to ensure they are both fully seated using your fingertips before trying to get the bottom of the shock in or else it can feel like it’s never going to fit!
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the tip. In the end, I think it was my predilection for putting too much grease on the spacers which caused the eyelet spacing between the spacer bushings to be JUST a little too tight. After wiping off 3/4 of the grease and making a custom tapered flange bushing spreader, the shock slipped in with a lot less force than I was attempting to use before. Live and learn. Grease good. Too much grease, not so good.

  1442. Has anyone managed to route braided cables through the frame? (5mm ones) I tried using the ones I got for my MXA but I’m unable to cut it nicely so that it doesn’t have an OD bigger than 5mm. Had to use the cable of my Direttissima for now.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]91848[/ATTACH]

  1443. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 405513, member: 22456″]
    Has anyone managed to route braided cables through the frame? (5mm ones) I tried using the ones I got for my MXA but I’m unable to cut it nicely so that it doesn’t have an OD bigger than 5mm. Had to use the cable of my Direttissima for now.

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”Dual MXA.jpg”]91848[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes I ran the Hope braided but it was a tight fit. May have been easier as I had the bike dissembled when I routed it.

  1444. hi there, there are rumours floating around that there is a sl motor software update in the making increasing power to 45NM.
    Is this technically doable? My understanding was the motor only having a max of 40NM, which specialized capped at 35nm.

  1445. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 405566, member: 25341″]
    hi there, there are rumours floating around that there is a sl motor software update in the making increasing power to 45NM.
    Is this technically doable? My understanding was the motor only having a max of 40NM, which specialized capped at 35nm.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s been a BS rumor for a long time. My friend who works at mahle, here stuttgart says it’s stupid.

  1446. Given Trek are about to drop the lighter weight bike with a 50Nm motor and the Fazua 60 is in the Pivot/Transition etc I think it would be a safe bet that Specialized will do something with the SL package in the Levo and Kenevo to make it more competitive. Even a 5Nm increase would be good…a 10Nm increase would be close to perfect.

  1448. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 405725, member: 6169″]
    Given Trek are about to drop the lighter weight bike with a 50Nm motor and the Fazua 60 is in the Pivot/Transition etc I think it would be a safe bet that Specialized will do something with the SL package in the Levo and Kenevo to make it more competitive. Even a 5Nm increase would be good…a 10Nm increase would be close to perfect.
    [/QUOTE]

    I would disagree. Turbo already is only for when I can no longer pedal safely, and the overrun makes it hard for tech as we have here for climbs. However I do like the Fazua integration into the BB much better simply as it looks to be much more stealth, sadly Fazua’s LED display comes no where close to Specialized computer integration.

    Another nicety would be to have half 3/4 or half the battery size, as sometimes I just want to quickly bomb up 2k feet so that I can get back home to cook dinner for my family, but do not want the already big 10lb weight penalty of the e-bike. 5more lbs off the weight would be epic and just perfect for my local rides.

    Anyway, ordered an E-Storia and having Suspension Syndicate (EXT USA) valve it for good DH chunk/rock/loose action, and switch to compromised trail so that I can pump without loosing all energy to the suspension. I still will have to change fork settings to compensate for the LOK switch “trail”.

  1449. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405567, member: 9685″]
    It’s been a BS rumor for a long time. My friend who works at mahle, here stuttgart says it’s stupid.
    [/QUOTE]

    I don’t get the stupid part…
    If it is doable to increase by 5 or 10 nm ( cause the motor not using its full capacity) why does your buddy think it’s stupid?

  1450. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 405741, member: 25341″]
    I don’t get the stupid part…
    If it is doable to increase by 5 or 10 nm ( cause the motor not using its full capacity) why does your buddy think it’s stupid?
    [/QUOTE]
    Baseless internet rumors are a waste of everyone’s time.

  1451. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 405730, member: 23160″]
    Another nicety would be to have half 3/4 or half the battery size, as sometimes I just want to quickly bomb up 2k feet so that I can get back home to cook dinner for my family, but do not want the already big 10lb weight penalty of the e-bike. 5more lbs off the weight would be epic and just perfect for my local rides.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’d be surprised if the whole battery weighed much more than 5lbs…

  1452. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405746, member: 9685″]
    Baseless internet rumors are a waste of everyone’s time.
    [/QUOTE]
    They’re a great way of winding people up though… :ROFLMAO:

  1453. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 405758, member: 52″]
    I’d be surprised if the whole battery weighed much more than 5lbs…
    [/QUOTE]
    I think the 320 weighs 1.8kg’s (3.96lbs in caveman)
    The range extender (160wh) weighs 1.1kg ish (2.42lbs) (can I use a “.” or should I use ounces ?)
    So you’re not going to save much with a half sized (50%) or 3/4 (75%) :confused: sized internal battery.

  1454. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405746, member: 9685″]
    Baseless internet rumors are a waste of everyone’s time.
    [/QUOTE]

    Yeah sure – but not the answer to my previous question. Why would somebody label something stupid if it is within possibilities? Rumor or not…

  1455. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 405768, member: 25341″]
    Yeah sure – but not the answer to my previous question. Why would somebody label something stupid if it is within possibilities? Rumor or not…
    [/QUOTE]
    Where have you seen information from mahle or specialized that it’s in fact a possibility? Or are you hoping and throwing voodoo sticks?

  1456. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405776, member: 9685″]
    Where have you seen information from mahle or specialized that it’s in fact a possibility? Or are you hoping and throwing voodoo sticks?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve heard voodoo sticks are going to be made 50% more powerful. If that happens, anything is possible ! 🤷

  1457. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405776, member: 9685″]
    Where have you seen information from mahle or specialized that it’s in fact a possibility? Or are you hoping and throwing voodoo sticks?
    [/QUOTE]
    Where have I seen the info? Somewhere, hence my original post. If I had the info from mahle or specialised I’d probably not go to a public forum to get confirmation.
    Voodoo? No! Hoping? Perhaps!
    Nevertheless… where does the “stupid” fit in? Just interested why your buddy from stuttgart thinks it’s stupid to enquire re possibilities?

  1458. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 405797, member: 4350″]
    I’ve heard voodoo sticks are going to be made 50% more powerful. If that happens, anything is possible ! 🤷
    [/QUOTE]
    Is that what your side piece says about your ‘voodoo stick’.

  1459. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 405814, member: 25341″]
    where does the “stupid” fit in? Just interested why your buddy from stuttgart thinks it’s stupid to enquire re possibilities?
    [/QUOTE]
    This is becoming very circularly “stupid” 🙂

    Ever since the Mahle was released, there have been rumours that the power will be increased.

    Initial strip downs suggested the motor was more than capable. There’s more to it than that though. You have a battery and range extenders, the extenders can’t pull any more current than they do.

    If it was as simple as that, it’s safe to say by now that Spesh would have done it – to make the SL/KSL more attractive to more buyers.

    Yes, it would be a double edged sword, more power, less range.

    [USER=9685]@BAMBAMODA[/USER] always has a plentiful supply of women he needs to rush back to, if there was anyway his friend at Mahle could make his bike faster, he would have.

    I’m sure you’re more than capable of interpreting what stupid means. So unless you have more to offer, can we stop asking the same question or we’ll have to keep reading bambam’s reply’s .. and that’s just painful ! 🙃

  1460. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 405821, member: 4350″]
    This is becoming very circularly “stupid” 🙂

    Ever since the Mahle was released, there have been rumours that the power will be increased.

    Initial strip downs suggested the motor was more than capable. There’s more to it than that though. You have a battery and range extenders, the extenders can’t pull any more current than they do.

    If it was as simple as that, it’s safe to say by now that Spesh would have done it – to make the SL/KSL more attractive to more buyers.

    Yes, it would be a double edged sword, more power, less range.
    [/QUOTE]

    More power less range… why not as an option? Pity that in a wh battery capacity mad biking scene full of range anxieties this option would get their marketing managers fired.

  1461. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 405730, member: 23160″]
    I would disagree. Turbo already is only for when I can no longer pedal safely, and the overrun makes it hard for tech as we have here for climbs. However I do like the Fazua integration into the BB much better simply as it looks to be much more stealth, sadly Fazua’s LED display comes no where close to Specialized computer integration.

    Another nicety would be to have half 3/4 or half the battery size, as sometimes I just want to quickly bomb up 2k feet so that I can get back home to cook dinner for my family, but do not want the already big 10lb weight penalty of the e-bike. 5more lbs off the weight would be epic and just perfect for my local rides.

    Anyway, ordered an E-Storia and having Suspension Syndicate (EXT USA) valve it for good DH chunk/rock/loose action, and switch to compromised trail so that I can pump without loosing all energy to the suspension. I still will have to change fork settings to compensate for the LOK switch “trail”.
    [/QUOTE]
    If the motor had a little more torque it would make it a much better climbing bike because as it is, it is one of the worst ebikes that I’ve climbed on due to the lack of torque and the way it relies more on power and cadence which makes the overrun an issue occasionally. I find the rear tyre loses grip easily on even midly rocky terrain and then spins out (I can ride my normal bike further up steeper, rocky loose hills than the KSL). Best way to maintain or increase grip is to drop two or three gears but it quickly reaches a point where I’m needing more torque from the motor to keep things moving.

  1462. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 405937, member: 6169″]
    If the motor had a little more torque it would make it a much better climbing bike because as it is, it is one of the worst ebikes that I’ve climbed on due to the lack of torque and the way it relies more on power and cadence which makes the overrun an issue occasionally. I find the rear tyre loses grip easily on even midly rocky terrain and then spins out (I can ride my normal bike further up steeper, rocky loose hills than the KSL). Best way to maintain or increase grip is to drop two or three gears but it quickly reaches a point where I’m needing more torque from the motor to keep things moving.
    [/QUOTE]
    I, on the other hand, have managed to ride up steep and rocky loose climbs that I haven’t been able to ride up before the KSL. It’s an E-Bike for people who don’t have problems riding long rides on a normal bike either. It doesn’t need more power than it already has*. If you need more, Rocky Mountain has something to offer.

    You can also adjust the percentage of how fast the power of the motor kicks in. I have it at 50 or 60% I believe and have never had any problems with a slipping rear wheel. Maybe change the tire?

    *[URL=’https://youtu.be/kBovdmSSq44?t=327′]I have recorded about 750watts[/URL] (5:27) of my power going in plus the additional 238watts of the motor (set to 80%). This is about 1000watts. More than enough to get up steep climbs.

  1463. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 405949, member: 13937″]
    I am not sure how much power I have generated on KSL but I am happy to say that I have been able to “go were no me has gone before, so often and with enough ease” to make me stop complaining about riding up a mountain. That being said, I used to have a Kenevo and loved the way it would blast up an FSR with minimal effort but the trade off with it being so heavy on the way down, was not even close to worth it.
    I rode my KSL at Silverstar bike park in BC today. I was quite pleased with its performance even after getting a gash in my rear tire within the first 2 minutes of riding. Bacon 🥓 for the win!
    [/QUOTE]
    Videos!

  1464. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405972, member: 9685″]
    Videos!
    [/QUOTE]
    Nothing spectacular. Not even the fall I produced at the stepup. It’s in the bikepark though.

    Hassliebe Bikepark || It’s a thin line between love and hate || MSB-X-Trail
    [MEDIA=youtube]k90vc-TqZMs[/MEDIA]

  1465. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 405982, member: 22456″]
    Nothing spectacular. Not even the fall I produced at the stepup. It’s in the bikepark though.

    Hassliebe Bikepark || It’s a thin line between love and hate || MSB-X-Trail
    [MEDIA=youtube]k90vc-TqZMs[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]
    Not bad trails. Have you been to trippstadt? It’s supposed to be a cool little area to get good at jumps.

  1466. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405991, member: 9685″]
    Not bad trails. Have you been to trippstadt? It’s supposed to be a cool little area to get good at jumps.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nope. I’ve got tons of trails right in front of my house. I live at the feet of a Trailpark I’ve helped build too.

  1467. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 405972, member: 9685″]
    Videos!
    [/QUOTE]

    I post all my videos on my Youtube channel listed in my signature line but I didn’t bring my laptop on this road trip so it will have to wait until I get home to post anything new.

  1468. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 406014, member: 13937″]
    I post all my videos on my Youtube channel listed in my signature line but I didn’t bring my laptop on this road trip so it will have to wait until I get home to post anything new.
    [/QUOTE]
    Hm. My phone doesn’t show sigs.

  1469. Do I need special Hardware to mount an Öhlins TTX 22 M Coil or can I use the Hardware from the stock Fox Shock? Cheers

  1470. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 406466, member: 15774″]
    Do I need special Hardware to mount an Öhlins TTX 22 M Coil or can I use the Hardware from the stock Fox Shock? Cheers
    [/QUOTE]
    Same hardware. Its an awesome shock!

  1471. Wasn’t easy to get the braided cable through the rear triangle.
    [ATTACH type=”full”]92243[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]92244[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]92245[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]92246[/ATTACH]

  1472. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 406845, member: 22456″]
    Wasn’t easy to get the braided cable through the rear triangle.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”9B4B7FB2-04CB-47A7-8F46-870103BC0FC1.jpeg”]92243[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”2D982F5F-88F5-4744-B202-9929807B77A3.jpeg”]92244[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”2CF77306-9CED-4D76-9A0C-26250246F7D1.jpeg”]92245[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”5CE5CD58-6E59-492F-A25D-8DF262429F45.jpeg”]92246[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Very clean! How far is the AXS dropper post sticking out of the seat tube?

  1473. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 406845, member: 22456″]
    Wasn’t easy to get the braided cable through the rear triangle.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”9B4B7FB2-04CB-47A7-8F46-870103BC0FC1.jpeg”]92243[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”2D982F5F-88F5-4744-B202-9929807B77A3.jpeg”]92244[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”2CF77306-9CED-4D76-9A0C-26250246F7D1.jpeg”]92245[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full” alt=”5CE5CD58-6E59-492F-A25D-8DF262429F45.jpeg”]92246[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    For sure the best brakes there are. Have you bleed them yet? ive Had them for a year and sometimes in berms my chest still goes over the bars. I let a legit rider take my bike down for a run and all he said was WTF!

  1474. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 406862, member: 9685″]
    For sure the best brakes there are. Have you bleed them yet? ive Had them for a year and sometimes in berms my chest still goes over the bars. I let a legit rider take my bike down for a run and all he said was WTF!
    [/QUOTE]
    Sure. I’ve had the Trickstuff Direttissima for over three years now so I’m very proficient when it comes to bleeding them. It’s not different with the MXA. I agree. They are plenty powerful. I went from a 223mm rotor with the TS Direttissima to a 203mm with the MXA. Still 15% more power as the rotor accounts for -10% and the MXA has 25% more than the DRT.
    [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 406852, member: 15774″]
    Very clean! How far is the AXS dropper post sticking out of the seat tube?
    [/QUOTE]
    84mm.

  1475. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 406866, member: 22456″]
    84mm.
    [/QUOTE]
    What frame size and how much travel has your dropper?
    I have my stock dropper slammed in as much as possible on my s3 and it sticks out about 6cm. Probably gonna try a oneup v2, although the axs would be nicer..

  1476. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 407001, member: 15774″]
    What frame size and how much travel has your dropper?
    I have my stock dropper slammed in as much as possible on my s3 and it sticks out about 6cm. Probably gonna try a oneup v2, although the axs would be nicer..
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s 170mm and somewhere in this thread I’ve posted measurements of how far it goes into my S3 frame.

  1479. I realise that the levo sl is the trail bike and the Kenevo more enduro, but what is the kenevo sl like on regular trails, does it feel like too much bike?

  1480. [QUOTE=”Ricardo75, post: 409084, member: 20292″]
    I realise that the levo sl is the trail bike and the Kenevo more enduro, but what is the kenevo sl like on regular trails, does it feel like too much bike?
    [/QUOTE]

    Feels amazing. Very very fast. Nimble. Lots of fun.

    Might depend slightly on what a ‘regular trail’ means to you.

  1481. [QUOTE=”Ricardo75, post: 409084, member: 20292″]
    I realise that the levo sl is the trail bike and the Kenevo more enduro, but what is the kenevo sl like on regular trails, does it feel like too much bike?
    [/QUOTE]

    Definitely depends on where you intend to ride but so far, I have not found a significant difference between my Levo SL and Kenevo SL, on the trials I ride. My Levo SL has upgraded suspension, which is common among Levo SL owners.

  1482. I don’t see any reason to buy the levo instead of the 180/180 kenevo.
    Except for the price

  1483. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 409091, member: 430″]Feels amazing. Very very fast. Nimble. Lots of fun.

    Might depend slightly on what a ‘regular trail’ means to you.[/QUOTE]

    My local rides are on trails with limited elevation (more like cross country rides) but I do also visit Surrey hills and Swinley when I can.

  1484. [QUOTE=”Ricardo75, post: 409289, member: 20292″]
    My local rides are on trails with limited elevation (more like cross country rides) but I do also visit Surrey hills and Swinley when I can.
    [/QUOTE]
    Why an ebike at all if the rides are mellow with limited elevation? If the answer is because I can then fair enough but it’s a genuine question.

    I wouldn’t buy a KSL for 90% xc riding. New Trek maybe.

  1485. [QUOTE=”Ricardo75, post: 409084, member: 20292″]
    I realise that the levo sl is the trail bike and the Kenevo more enduro, but what is the kenevo sl like on regular trails, does it feel like too much bike?
    [/QUOTE]

    It’s a great “universal” bike, which excels DH and on faster trails. To the other that suggested not going the KSL route for flat trails and XC I would agree with, but also note, it would work just fine.

  1486. ^ I agree. I can have 3 bikes in my city garage: Dirt Jumper, MTB and wife’s cruiser….. There is currently not another e-mtb that I would trade this for, though the new Trek/Pivot SL/ Transition would be tempting, but my local terrain is a rim/pedal/bb destroyer with rocks. For the mellow trails that are on the other side of the mountain, I just have to find my fun off the sides, hence why I asked for a “trail” setting on my E-storia vs a pedal platform.

    Though when things get REALLY steep IE I have yet to figure out a way to stop on sections…this bike REALLY kicks ass. If you don’t do steeps/chunk like that, I would personally say the new breed of lightweight MTBs are the cat’s meow.

  1487. [QUOTE=”rod9301, post: 409237, member: 12783″]
    I don’t see any reason to buy the levo instead of the 180/180 kenevo.
    Except for the price
    [/QUOTE]

    27.5″ vs 29″ wheels

  1488. [QUOTE=”Ricardo75, post: 409289, member: 20292″]
    My local rides are on trails with limited elevation (more like cross country rides) but I do also visit Surrey hills and Swinley when I can.
    [/QUOTE]

    KSL would definitely do that, I used mine for an XC ride a couple of weeks back and it was fantastic, but would also probably be overkill. Do you also ride bigger lines at bpw, fod, morzine etc? If not, maybe consider something more XC focused like an Orbea Rise?

  1489. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 409352, member: 430″]KSL would definitely do that, I used mine for an XC ride a couple of weeks back and it was fantastic, but would also probably be overkill. Do you also ride bigger lines at bpw, fod, morzine etc? If not, maybe consider something more XC focused like an Orbea Rise?[/QUOTE]

    Thanks for all the responses, I do think the levo sl or rise are more suited for 90% of my riding but wanted some feedback from owners of the ksl to confirm [emoji106]

  1490. Before today’s ride I hadn’t been on the bike for over a week. Today I noticed, that the motor rattles a lot! Can anyone confirm this? I don’t know whether this is due to the Fox Float X being installed as the EXT E-Storia went for a service but I can’t remember having heard this rattling sound earlier.

  1493. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 410018, member: 52″]
    Most of the SL whining is caused by the owners…
    [/QUOTE]

    …being lazy and pedalling with the motor turned on?

  1494. Anyone interested in an EXT Storia for their KSL? I’m going back to full air and this has just been serviced so good to go. Comes with a 500lb spring.

  1495. This is the rattling I’m talking about. I don’t recall having this at the beginning. It drives me nuts and is a lot louder on the trail.

    [MEDIA=youtube]9VtLna_l7RQ[/MEDIA]

  1496. When it comes to whining I think it is about the same between the motors and the owners. The whin is there all the time. The only difference is the whin of the motor is much quieter.

  1497. If your complaining about the noise of an ebike motor, you should either invent a better one yourself or go back to an analogue.
    Seriously, get over it. A motor is pushing your un grateful ass up a mountain and that’s still not good enough.

  1498. Didnt Trek just release a silent one? The noise is my only complaint, that it’s not as quiet as my previous kenevo

  1499. Trek just released the Trek EXe. It is a super light with a silent Tq motor. It has 50nm of torque. It is a trail bike with a 150 mm front/ 140mm back suspension.

  1500. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 410315, member: 2329″]
    If your complaining about the noise of an ebike motor, you should either invent a better one yourself or go back to an analogue.
    Seriously, get over it. A motor is pushing your un grateful ass up a mountain and that’s still not good enough.
    [/QUOTE]
    If that’s aimed at me complaining about the motor noise of mine then I don’t understand it. I’m not that much complaining about the noise when going uphill. It’s the rattling on the downhill (that wasn’t there in the beginning) that drives me nuts. It sounds like chainslap with a much higher frequency.

  1501. It is not normal for a Kenevo SL to make rattling noises while going downhill. You should take the bike to a Specialized dealer.

  1502. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 410689, member: 22456″]
    If that’s aimed at me complaining about the motor noise of mine then I don’t understand it. I’m not that much complaining about the noise when going uphill. It’s the rattling on the downhill (that wasn’t there in the beginning) that drives me nuts. It sounds like chainslap with a much higher frequency.
    [/QUOTE]
    It was aimed at anyone who complains about motor whine. Do they not see the irony of what they are themselves are doing? At least the motor has a reason to whine.

  1503. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 410113, member: 22456″]
    This is the rattling I’m talking about. I don’t recall having this at the beginning. It drives me nuts and is a lot louder on the trail.

    [MEDIA=youtube]9VtLna_l7RQ[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]

    This doesn’t look nor sound good. I would recommend to stop riding the bike and taking it to the service center.

  1504. My Kenevo SL TCU occasionally goes into an orange mode or blue (not walk mode but darker).
    I’m sure its because I’ve accidentally hit some random combination of buttons.
    The only solution is to reboot back into standard mode.
    I’ve looked in the manual but can’t find any docs for these modes so I was wondering if anyone here could shed some light?
    Thanks very much,
    John

  1505. Has anyone taken their KSL with range extender, but w/o main battery into an airplane? Did you have any issues?

  1506. [QUOTE=”mehukatti, post: 411810, member: 9152″]
    Has anyone taken their KSL with range extender, but w/o main battery into an airplane? Did you have any issues?
    [/QUOTE]

    Have spent a fair bit of time researching this, and talked to a few airlines. No solid answer. It really depends on the airline, ticket agent (if you talk to one), and the TSA peeps at security.

    As a regular 100K flyer, I decided it was not worth the risk. It’s not just ending up on the other side without a battery, but having it potentially discarded.

  1507. [QUOTE=”mehukatti, post: 411810, member: 9152″]
    Has anyone taken their KSL with range extender, but w/o main battery into an airplane? Did you have any issues?
    [/QUOTE]
    Sam Wordley the YouTuber did in Europe and he did a video on it

  1508. For the people that have changed the headtube angle, what are your thoughts? I’m running stock and I was thinking about going -1° to slacken a little…good idea?

  1510. Just got my KSL! Is there a place where riders share their takes on the 6 different geometry combos? I ride steeper terrain but not super rocky, similar to what I ride on my Enduro. Any tips that save me some experimentation are appreciated!

  1511. [QUOTE=”ah1, post: 414590, member: 10872″]
    Just got my KSL! Is there a place where riders share their takes on the 6 different geometry combos? I ride steeper terrain but not super rocky, similar to what I ride on my Enduro. Any tips that save me some experimentation are appreciated!
    [/QUOTE]
    Had a similar question. Stock is 63.5 deg I believe? Anyone try different settings?

  1512. If you go to Specialized’s web sight, look up the Kenevo SL, click on shop, pick you bike, then scroll down to geometry finder and click on try it out, click on select by terrain, click on your bike’s size the click on the terrain description that matches your local terrain. That should get you what you need.
    For steep and chunky they say slack up front and high in the back.

  1514. Thanks [USER=2626]@ghost48[/USER] and [USER=8019]@Moshe[/USER] . Yes I saw that, I’m thinking more real-world experience. I’m sure slackening would help on steeps but the bike is already heavy, pretty slack and long, I still want to maintain some trail feeling, wondering if Slack up front is overkill. (also: crazy to think it gets as slack as 62.5 deg…)

  1515. I really like the middle setting up front and high in the rear. It is slack enough for steep and fast trails and does well over rocky and root filled trails.

  1516. Am I missing something in Mission Control or is there a way to change the size of the rear wheel to a 650b?

  1517. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 414820, member: 7157″]
    Had a similar question. Stock is 63.5 deg I believe? Anyone try different settings?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have mine in middle and high. The fork on it is 180 so the head angle is bang on 63 degrees, that same as it is with the standard fork and the slack setting. It’s my favourite setup as the bike is still quick and manoeuvrable on the flatter trails nearby but still more than capable on the much steeper trails that are a short drive away. I did try the longer back end and although it felt more stable at speed it felt long and awkward on slower stuff.
    I have two other friends with KSL’s, one is set in middle/high with the stock fork and the other is slack/long with a 180 fork. We have all experimented with the adjustments and have found the settings we like best. It’s great to have so much easy adjustability. My advice would be adjust things one at a time and see what suits you best. You paid for all that adjustment so you might as well use it!

  1518. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 414912, member: 13937″]
    Am I missing something in Mission Control or is there a way to change the size of the rear wheel to a 650b?
    [/QUOTE]
    I think the only way to change that is thru the shop log in.

  1519. I’m 6/3. Charts say S5 maybe S4. Anyone my height on S4 or experience of both sizes. Cheers.

  1520. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 415050, member: 7157″]
    I’m 6/3. Charts say S5 maybe S4. Anyone my height on S4 or experience of both sizes. Cheers.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m 6’3” and I’m really happy on my S5 but I do like long slack bikes. I have sat on an S4 and it felt small to me. Try both if you can. There’s no too big or too small, the right size bike is the one which you are most comfortable on. ✊

  1521. [QUOTE=”Stompweaver, post: 415054, member: 42″]
    I’m 6’3” and I’m really happy on my S5 but I do like long slack bikes. I have sat on an S4 and it felt small to me. Try both if you can. There’s no too big or too small, the right size bike is the one which you are most comfortable on. ✊
    [/QUOTE]

    100% this.

    I am also 6’3, very happy with my S5, S4 felt small…but it also feels like a BIG bike and if your height is in your legs not your torso it May feel too big. Suggest you sit on, or ideally ride, both.

  1522. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 415050, member: 7157″]
    I’m 6/3. Charts say S5 maybe S4. Anyone my height on S4 or experience of both sizes. Cheers.
    [/QUOTE]
    I second the suggestion to try both if you can (really trying means on the trails). Just for your reference I’m 6’1 and I rode both S4 and S5, I felt comfortable on both but ended up on S4 since I prefer smaller for easier maneuverability – the KSL feels very stable as it is so I didn’t need the extra wheelbase.

  1523. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 415050, member: 7157″]
    I’m 6/3. Charts say S5 maybe S4. Anyone my height on S4 or experience of both sizes. Cheers.
    [/QUOTE]

    I’m 6’2.5” and got the S4. I do love it, but I do wish I went with S5. I like longer bikes. A mate is 6’1” and decided on an S3. Just depends on how you like to ride.

  1524. 6’3″ here and I love the S4. It’s a touch shorter reach but longer wheelbase than my XL Hightower V2 that I just sold, so it was quite natural to jump onto this. The S5 would be longer reach than my DH bike, Santa Cruz V10 XL….. so it is a natural jump between bikes. I could have gone with an S5, but I still wanted a little playful/easy to manual, and I do tend to have a ton of switchbacks, which is quite hard compared to my last bike. I did not have a chance to try the S5, but again it was a natural jump from my Hightower V2 XL to this ESPECIALLY with the adjustable Geo which I do change based on trail I am riding. If I do not know, I stick to low/mid. I was running High/Mid but changed to HT T2 Clipless and am having less pedal strikes compared to my Chesters. Going to buy shorter cranks, but they are not available right now.

    I did find the Fox Float X performance tune….lacking. Once reshimmed/tune better, still waiting on my BYB Telemetry to check. Really enjoying my EXT E-Storia. I just think the S4 is tuned more for a lighter rider, which I am for my height, but not for the S4.

  1525. First post and loving my KSL. I’m 6’2” riding a S5 and feels perfect for me. Running a fox 38 at 180, carbon one up bars, and the rest stock comp parts. As far as the stock float x. I had intentions of changing out as soon I ordered it but after 200ish miles it is working great for me now. Just my opinions. Enjoy because it is a rad bike.

  1526. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 410113, member: 22456″]
    This is the rattling I’m talking about. I don’t recall having this at the beginning. It drives me nuts and is a lot louder on the trail.

    [MEDIA=youtube]9VtLna_l7RQ[/MEDIA]
    [/QUOTE]

    Hi, have you received any feedback from the shop? mine is pretty much the same and looks/sounds normal to me…

  1528. Yes. I like it. As a short arse I don’t floss my butt crack as often as I would with a 29er rear and I prefer the general handling on steep trails.

  1529. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 416302, member: 52″]
    Yes. I like it. As a short arse I don’t floss my butt crack as often as I would [B]like [/B]and I prefer the general handling on steep trails.
    [/QUOTE]

    Ftfy

  1530. [QUOTE=”Chriso82, post: 416301, member: 15266″]
    Has anyone run there ksl in mullet yet? If so what was it like
    [/QUOTE]
    I have only ridden the KSL mullet as my wife and I have Levo SLs that are also setup mullet (in HIGH) and I liked the way they run on steeper trails as [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] has pointed out. Both bikes jump well the way I have them set up. I know the KSL has a longer wheelbase which I may feel at speed compared to the LSL but that is not mullet related and I am not a fast rider. I get the occaisional pedal strike when climbing up janky trails with the 165mm cranks and have been looking for some 160mm cranks but would 5mm really make that much of a difference? I don’t think so. Changing to mullet will change the head angle which would make the biggest difference but once again, I have not tested any of the other angled headset options as the bike runs well the way it is and I am probably not the going to notice much unless I had 2 bikes, side by side and ran the same trial several time.
    This dude has made more specific claims:
    [MEDIA=youtube]VIm7zBVSgbM[/MEDIA]

  1531. [ATTACH type=”full”]95284[/ATTACH]

    Just installed the new Zeb ultimate and taking it for a first ride today. Whats your Settings on this fork? Are Rockshox’s Tipps accurate..?

  1532. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 416709, member: 15774″]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”PXL_20220820_071112213.MP.jpg”]95284[/ATTACH]

    Just installed the new Zeb ultimate and taking it for a first ride today. Whats your Settings on this fork? Are Rockshox’s Tipps accurate..?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’ve put a 2023 Zeb Ultimate on mine and the RockShox base settings were a good starting point. I’m 95kg and have two spacers in it and 85psi.

  1533. Question for the Coil crowd… What spring rate are you running? I am mounting an Ohlins TTX22m up.

    @ 180lbs RTR, I am thinking 480#.

    Thanks

  1534. Go to Öhlins web-site an use this: Öhlins Performance Suspension Guide. They have bike specific settings and calculator for fork and rear shock. At least for my RXF 38 the recommended air spring settings were spot on.

  1535. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 417000, member: 11593″]
    Question for the Coil crowd… What spring rate are you running? I am mounting an Ohlins TTX22m up.

    @ 180lbs RTR, I am thinking 480#.

    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    70kg -> 450lbs, DHX2

  1536. [QUOTE=”Swiss_Kenevo_Mullet, post: 417009, member: 15774″]
    70kg -> 450lbs, DHX2
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks. The Ohlins calculator works like a charm.

  1537. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 417000, member: 11593″]
    Question for the Coil crowd… What spring rate are you running? I am mounting an Ohlins TTX22m up.

    @ 180lbs RTR, I am thinking 480#.

    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    I am running the same shock and use a 18077-14 548 lbs/in with 1/2 turn of preload. I weigh 190ish with gear. My bike is setup mullet.

  1538. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 417028, member: 13937″]
    I am running the same shock and use a 18077-14 548 lbs/in with 1/2 turn of preload. I weigh 190ish with gear. My bike is setup mullet.
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the tip. Cant wait for my full Swedish Squish set-up to show up!

  1539. Anyone know what the units are for the KSL Jump Stats?
    I’ve got my bike set to Imperial units, not Metric.
    Last jump was reported at 137.1. I’m pretty sure I’d put myself in hospital if that was measured in feet 😉
    Thanks very much,
    John

  1540. [QUOTE=”johned, post: 417105, member: 25711″]
    Anyone know what the units are for the KSL Jump Stats?
    I’ve got my bike set to Imperial units, not Metric.
    Last jump was reported at 137.1. I’m pretty sure I’d put myself in hospital if that was measured in feet 😉
    Thanks very much,
    John
    [/QUOTE]
    Do you have the three fields? Jump number, duration and distance? Maybe the 137 is the number of jumps you did on the ride although I’m not sure about the .1

  1541. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 417115, member: 6169″]
    Do you have the three fields? Jump number, duration and distance? Maybe the 137 is the number of jumps you did on the ride although I’m not sure about the .1
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks for the quick response.
    Yes, I do have the 3 fields.
    This is definitely the distance field
    J

  1542. [QUOTE=”johned, post: 417124, member: 25711″]
    Thanks for the quick response.
    Yes, I do have the 3 fields.
    This is definitely the distance field
    J
    [/QUOTE]
    Just channeling your inner Eddie Kid 😉

  1543. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 417141, member: 6169″]
    Just channeling your inner Eddie Kid 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    LOL. Yeah boi 🙂

  1545. Advice please on crank lengths for a S5.

    A mate is just getting a S5, is 6/2.5 78 kg, long legs, shop has offered 170 or 160. 165 not available through this shop at this time. What have you found to work best? Thanks.

  1546. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 417264, member: 7157″]
    Advice please on crank lengths for a S5.

    A mate is just getting a S5, is 6/2.5 78 kg, long legs, shop has offered 170 or 160. 165 not available through this shop at this time. What have you found to work best? Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m on an S4 with 160 cranks. 170 cranks are too long if you ride rocky terrain and need to pedal through chunk.

  1547. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 416281, member: 25341″]
    Hi, have you received any feedback from the shop? mine is pretty much the same and looks/sounds normal to me…
    [/QUOTE]
    I have decided against taking it to the shop yet.

    With all the rumors about a new SL Motor and battery coming out soon and it being compatible with the “old” KSL I’m gonna wait until next year this time. I’m hoping that the rumors are true and that Specialized will not have a motor for me anymore, having then to offer the new one as a spare part.

  1548. Has anyone equipped their KSL with a new RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate RC2T DebonAir+ 2023? Impressions? Does it fit properly?

  1549. Does anyone know if there is a Garmin watch out there that can record (that is read) all the data of the KSL like the Garmin Edge 130 can?

  1550. [QUOTE=”johned, post: 417773, member: 25711″]
    Hi there,
    Thanks very much for the heads up, I missed that it said meters.
    It’s definitely over estimating my ability to jump 😉
    Cheers,
    J
    [/QUOTE]
    I just set mine up to measure my jumping activities. I can’t wait to see if I am as excellent a jumper as you are 😉

  1551. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 417955, member: 13937″]
    I just set mine up to measure my jumping activities. I can’t wait to see if I am as excellent a jumper as you are 😉
    [/QUOTE]
    I hope so too 🙂

  1552. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 417943, member: 22456″]
    Does anyone know if there is a Garmin watch out there that can record (that is read) all the data of the KSL like the Garmin Edge 130 can?
    [/QUOTE]
    Hi, the Fenix 6 or 7 works well with the SL motor, but I think that also other Garmin watches can pair and display Specialized data fields…

  1553. My pal who is just building up his S5 asks the question what brakes? Standard are the Code R. Should he upgrade to Code RSC or something else like Hope, “Shaguras”, Magura etc.

    Thanks.

  1554. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 418189, member: 7157″]
    My pal who is just building up his S5 asks the question what brakes? Standard are the Code R. Should he upgrade to Code RSC or something else like Hope, “Shaguras”, Magura etc.

    Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]

    I was a SRAM guy for years, mostly because they are easy to bleed and maintain, but I now value being able to control my speed more…

    I have extensive E-bike demo time over the past year, and all the bikes had various levels of the Code brake. Not a fan. I find them underpowered, and requiring too much force to activate, on steep tech trails.

    Shiguras offer the most power, but can be a little finicky to set up (my typical spec).

    Magura’s have good feel, but tough to get a good bleed, and can be a little flakey when going from high elevation (+9000’) to sea level.

    Saints are probably the best balance of power, easy of bleed and set-up.

    Also, most guys I know have swapped out their SRAM brakes on the emtbs.

  1555. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 418189, member: 7157″]
    My pal who is just building up his S5 asks the question what brakes? Standard are the Code R. Should he upgrade to Code RSC or something else like Hope, “Shaguras”, Magura etc.

    Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]

    Hope would be my go too. I’ve used code R for 4 years and come to love the modulation, but the ones on the KSL seem particularly disappointing as standard. Saints are way too grabby for me, outside of the alps anyway.

  1556. [QUOTE=”Loamranger, post: 418189, member: 7157″]
    My pal who is just building up his S5 asks the question what brakes? Standard are the Code R. Should he upgrade to Code RSC or something else like Hope, “Shaguras”, Magura etc.

    Thanks.
    [/QUOTE]
    I might change first better rotors, because Sram Centerlines are not up to today’s standard. Look Galfer or Sram HS2 rotors. When I changed to the quality rotor, I was even able to change the front rotor smaller. Retaining better braking power without the problem of overheating.

    Remember that Code R and RSC brake calibers are same.

  1557. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 418196, member: 430″]
    Hope would be my go too. I’ve used code R for 4 years and come to love the modulation, but the ones on the KSL seem particularly disappointing as standard. Saints are way too grabby for me, outside of the alps anyway.
    [/QUOTE]

    Thanks my buddy likes Hope. E4 or V4? His experience is good with E4 on his normal bike.

  1559. Mounted the Argotal DH SS/Kryptotal DH SS today. Yes, they are heavy but I was riding along in Eco mode anyways so a litte extra weight doesn’t hurt, as my battery lasts for ages.

    With these tires and the EXT setup this is a beast! Grip for ages!

    [IMG]https://www.mtb-news.de/forum/attachments/b7638ee4-1856-4fca-a15a-42004677fae9-jpeg.1540088/[/IMG]

  1560. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 417943, member: 22456″]
    Does anyone know if there is a Garmin watch out there that can record (that is read) all the data of the KSL like the Garmin Edge 130 can?
    [/QUOTE]
    I have a Garmin Epix 2 but didn’t connect it to the KSL so far. Will try that and let you know.

    Edit: Its working with the Epix 2. 👍🏻

  1561. Hi all. Mi BB/cranks have about 1,5 mm play which seems to have developed over the past few rides – and there is a clunk coming from the motor when going dh (sounds like a EP8). Is this the start of something?

  1562. KSL build complete.. can’t wait to get out there! 🥳🤩

    [ATTACH type=”full”]95787[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95788[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95789[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95790[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95791[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95792[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95793[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95794[/ATTACH][ATTACH type=”full”]95796[/ATTACH]

  1563. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 418385, member: 838″]
    I might change first better rotors, because Sram Centerlines are not up to today’s standard. Look Galfer or Sram HS2 rotors. When I changed to the quality rotor, I was even able to change the front rotor smaller. Retaining better braking power without the problem of overheating.

    Remember that Code R and RSC brake calibers are same.
    [/QUOTE]

    I upgraded to HS2 on my expert and it made a huge difference. However I also went 220mm on the rear which helps

  1564. [QUOTE=”Hitorogoshi, post: 418967, member: 9739″]
    I upgraded to HS2 on my expert and it made a huge difference. However I also went 220mm on the rear which helps
    [/QUOTE]
    could you post a picture of the rear calliper with the 220 disc please? Are you using two adapters?
    Thanks

  1565. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 419035, member: 25341″]
    could you post a picture of the rear calliper with the 220 disc please? Are you using two adapters?
    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    Will do, all I did was purchase an extra 40mm post adapter and replace the 20mm

  1566. [QUOTE=”Hitorogoshi, post: 419043, member: 9739″]
    Pics below

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_20220829_101240780.jpg”]95943[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”IMG_20220829_101233783.jpg”]95944[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Thanks man… will replicate this!

  1567. Keep in mind, that Sram HS2 heat management is not so good. After spending 6 weeks riding in Alps this year here is a picture of my bikes and the rear brake rotors. Galfer rotor is like a new and Sram HS2 not, although I was riding the one with Galfer rotors more.

  1568. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 419097, member: 838″]
    Keep in mind, that Sram HS2 heat management is not so good. After spending 6 weeks riding in Alps this year here is a picture of my bikes and the rear brake rotors. Galfer rotor is like a new and Sram HS2 not, although I was riding the one with Galfer rotors more.

    [ATTACH=full]95975[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    the HS2 heat management is way better than the stock centerlines, I have zero fade with the HS2 where I got major fade with stocks after 1 run. And, your picture above is comparing a front rotor with rear

  1569. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 419097, member: 838″]
    Keep in mind, that Sram HS2 heat management is not so good. After spending 6 weeks riding in Alps this year here is a picture of my bikes and the rear brake rotors. Galfer rotor is like a new and Sram HS2 not, although I was riding the one with Galfer rotors more.

    [ATTACH=full]95975[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]

    Did you get any fade with that? I don’t care if my rotors look used after 6 weeks in the alps, I care of the brakes keep working

  1570. [QUOTE=”Hitorogoshi, post: 419104, member: 9739″]
    the HS2 heat management is way better than the stock centerlines, I have zero fade with the HS2 where I got major fade with stocks after 1 run. And, your picture above is comparing a front rotor with rear
    [/QUOTE]
    True dat, but the rear rotor is the same colour.

  1571. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 419114, member: 430″]
    Did you get any fade with that? I don’t care if my rotors look used after 6 weeks in the alps, I care of the brakes keep working
    [/QUOTE]
    Small amount of fade, but not bad. Just colour change, which proves that the discs were really hot. However, I thought I would ride them as long as they last.

  1572. [QUOTE=”Mcharza, post: 419129, member: 838″]
    Small amount of fade, but not bad. Just colour change, which proves that the discs were really hot. However, I thought I would ride them as long as they last.
    [/QUOTE]

    The rear rotor on my non-ebike currently looks like this, dont see this as something to worry about until braking performance is affected:
    [ATTACH type=”full”]96000[/ATTACH]

  1573. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 419143, member: 430″]
    The rear rotor on my non-ebike currently looks like this, dont see this as something to worry about until braking performance is affected:
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”57F03DC5-92FA-41E5-A6F9-DAC4DF9912C8.jpeg”]96000[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    I thought you said once you didn’t like the feel of saints ?

  1574. [QUOTE=”Zimmerframe, post: 419145, member: 4350″]
    I thought you said once you didn’t like the feel of saints ?
    [/QUOTE]

    I don’t for the UK. I used to be a big Shimano fan, but 4 years of riding the codes on my OG Kenevo has really made me appreciate the modulation of the Codes (and the fact I haven’t bled them in 4 years and they still work great).

    I dug my regular bike out and rode it on my usual trails at fod (steep tech) and kept locking up, and genuinely came away wondering why I had ever fitted saints. Then I rode in the alps, doing trails like this one, and the saints make sense. Will probably be going back to XTs on that bike for the UK.

    [ATTACH type=”full”]96003[/ATTACH]

  1575. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 418560, member: 25341″]
    Hi all. Mi BB/cranks have about 1,5 mm play which seems to have developed over the past few rides – and there is a clunk coming from the motor when going dh (sounds like a EP8). Is this the start of something?
    [/QUOTE]

    I read your message and checked my BB/cranks on my KSL and seem to have the same issue. I guess I never heard/felt it when I ride being kind of noisy on the trails but I felt something riding on the road yesterday. I checked my LSL and there is no play at all so there is definitely a problem. I have had no other issues with my KSL so far. Did you take it in for a check up yet?

  1576. Is there any difference between the frames for the S-Works, Expert, and Comp Kenevo? With the SW frameset costing $8.5k and the Comp whole bike costing $9k, it seems like there must be something better about the SW frame beyond the shock (about $200 delta between the X2 and Float X performance). But frame description looks the same on the Spec website:

    S-Works: vvv
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1661962937439.png”]96157[/ATTACH]

    Expert: vvv
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1661962959790.png”]96158[/ATTACH]

    Comp: vvv
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”1661962997394.png”]96159[/ATTACH]

  1577. [QUOTE=”Sid Duffman, post: 419651, member: 26035″]
    Is there any difference between the frames for the S-Works, Expert, and Comp Kenevo? With the SW frameset costing $8.5k and the Comp whole bike costing $9k, it seems like there must be something better about the SW frame beyond the shock (about $200 delta between the X2 and Float X performance). But frame description looks the same on the Spec website:

    S-Works: vvv
    [ATTACH=full]96157[/ATTACH]

    Expert: vvv
    [ATTACH=full]96158[/ATTACH]

    Comp: vvv
    [ATTACH=full]96159[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Well… you obviously missed the most important difference… the S-WORKS sticker and all the bragging rights that come with it! I am not really sure what the S stands for other than Sucker. Then again, I can make my own stickers :D.
    Oh… they also throw in a Range Extender for that price too :rolleyes:

  1578. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419656, member: 13937″]
    Well… you obviously missed the most important difference… the S-WORKS sticker and all the bragging rights that come with it! I am not really sure what the S stands for other than Sucker. Then again, I can make my own stickers :D.
    Oh… they also throw in a Range Extender for that price too :rolleyes:
    [/QUOTE]

    Lol, of course, how could I forget the bragging rights!?

    I can’t find the post now, but I assume you’re the one who put on the Knolly stickers. Really loved that! I might have to do something similar when I get one.

  1579. All models has the same frame. The only difference is fork, shock and parts. And colour of course.

  1580. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 418560, member: 25341″]
    Hi all. Mi BB/cranks have about 1,5 mm play which seems to have developed over the past few rides – and there is a clunk coming from the motor when going dh (sounds like a EP8). Is this the start of something?
    [/QUOTE]
    I took my bike into my LBS and they were surprised at how much side to side play there was in the BB/cranks. The LBS put a warrenty claim in with Specialized Canada but they are out of stock on the SL motors and say it will be at least 3 weeks to get one in. I have started the clock as last time if was over 6 weeks to get a new motor installed. 🐌 Oh Specialized Canada, so big, yet so small.
    I wonder what I did, to what has seemily been a robust motor, to make it crap out.

  1581. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419682, member: 13937″]
    I took my bike into my LBS and they were surprised at how much side to side play there was in the BB/cranks. The LBS put a warrenty claim in with Specialized Canada but they are out of stock on the SL motors and say it will be at least 3 weeks to get one in. I have started the clock as last time if was over 6 weeks to get a new motor installed. 🐌 Oh Specialized Canada, so big, yet so small.
    I wonder what I did, to what has seemily been a robust motor, to make it crap out.
    [/QUOTE]

    You plagued with pedal strikes?

  1582. [QUOTE=”Hitorogoshi, post: 419685, member: 9739″]
    You plagued with pedal strikes?
    [/QUOTE]
    No. My bike is setup mullet (in HIGH). I mostly ride DH/technical trails down and climbing trails and FSRs up so I rarely get a pedal strike (hardly any technical climbing). Both of our Levl SLs, we have had for over 2 years, have no movement at all. I was looking for an exploded view of the motor to see what could have shifted as one would think that the bearings are pressed in, in such a way, that only a lateral force/impact would account for this type of movement.

  1583. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419691, member: 13937″]
    No. My bike is setup mullet (in HIGH). I mostly ride DH/technical trails down and climbing trails and FSRs up so I rarely get a pedal strike (hardly any technical climbing). Both of our Levl SLs, we have had for over 2 years, have no movement at all. I was looking for an exploded view of the motor to see what could have shifted as one would think that the bearings are pressed in, in such a way, that only a lateral force/impact would account for this type of movement.
    [/QUOTE]

    Interesting points. It would be nice to get some feedback from Spez. I’ve read about the noisy, clunky and lateral movement on quite a few Kenevo SLs now.

  1584. Hi all, 3 rides and charge cycles in on my Kenevo SL.

    I gave the bike a wash today and got it ready for a ride tomorrow. I switched the power button on on the TCU and didn’t get a beep. It just displayed 100% battery symbol (like when it’s charging / charged) and I couldn’t toggle through any screens. It would change modes though. Pedaled under power but didn’t try it for long.

    Initially there was an error code 4 on the diagnostics which doesn’t say much. This error was 2 days ago, I have ridden since and only noticed the fault today. However this doesn’t show on the diagnostics any more.

    Anyone else had this issue / know how to resolve it?

    Thanks

  1585. [QUOTE=”LeeG, post: 419729, member: 26158″]
    Hi all, 3 rides and charge cycles in on my Kenevo SL.

    I gave the bike a wash today and got it ready for a ride tomorrow. I switched the power button on on the TCU and didn’t get a beep. It just displayed 100% battery symbol (like when it’s charging / charged) and I couldn’t toggle through any screens. It would change modes though. Pedaled under power but didn’t try it for long.

    Initially there was an error code 4 on the diagnostics which doesn’t say much. This error was 2 days ago, I have ridden since and only noticed the fault today. However this doesn’t show on the diagnostics any more.

    Anyone else had this issue / know how to resolve it?

    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]
    I feel your pain. Not saying that this is the problem but I wonder if you got some moisture into the TCU or toggle switch. I personally don’t wash my bike other than spray down the wheels if they are dirty and use a damp cloth to get any dust off the rest of the bike after using a soft brush. Nevertheless, pack it up and take it back to where you bought it and let them figure it out as I wouldn’t start taking anything apart looking for a RESET/EASY button. Good luck 🙂

  1586. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419682, member: 13937″]
    I took my bike into my LBS and they were surprised at how much side to side play there was in the BB/cranks. The LBS put a warrenty claim in with Specialized Canada but they are out of stock on the SL motors and say it will be at least 3 weeks to get one in. I have started the clock as last time if was over 6 weeks to get a new motor installed. 🐌 Oh Specialized Canada, so big, yet so small.
    I wonder what I did, to what has seemily been a robust motor, to make it crap out.
    [/QUOTE]
    Mine had a little play from the start that was said to be normal. It has more play now but still rides fine. It rattles like a Bosh motor though on the downhill. As I can still ride it, I’m not gonna be bothered by it for at least half a year. I’ll take it to the LBS then to have it checked out, hoping that the new motor has been released yet and it being compatible with the old KSL.

  1587. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 419755, member: 22456″]
    Mine had a little play from the start that was said to be normal. It has more play now but still rides fine. It rattles like a Bosh motor though on the downhill. As I can still ride it, I’m not gonna be bothered by it for at least half a year. I’ll take it to the LBS then to have it checked out, hoping that the new motor has been released yet and it being compatible with the old KSL.
    [/QUOTE]
    My only comparison is to our 2 Levo Sls which have no play at all. My concern, and the Service Manager at the LBS was that if crank shaft moves over too much and catches on something inside the motor and locks up the crank, it could be a bad day, especially if I was landing off a big drop or jump and the pedal ended up at the 6 O’clock position. I have the Levo SL to ride so I am not going to risk it as it seemed to happen quite quickly, in the last few weeks for me. I am just glad to hear that not many others are experiencing the same issue.

  1588. My play hasn’t developed that quickly as it had been there from the start. The rattling is what annoys me.

  1589. [QUOTE=”HarzEnduro, post: 419768, member: 22456″]
    My play hasn’t developed that quickly as it had been there from the start. The rattling is what annoys me.
    [/QUOTE]
    If you rotate the cranks backwards does it still freewheel or does it now move the drivetrain? My motor was replaced because of this and now the second motor is doing the same. This second motor makes lots of rattles too.

  1590. [QUOTE=”johned, post: 417105, member: 25711″]
    Anyone know what the units are for the KSL Jump Stats?
    I’ve got my bike set to Imperial units, not Metric.
    Last jump was reported at 137.1. I’m pretty sure I’d put myself in hospital if that was measured in feet 😉
    Thanks very much,
    John
    [/QUOTE]

    damn cheating ebikers. It doesn’t count when you have someone that can instantly heal you!!!!
    [ATTACH type=”full”]96187[/ATTACH]

  1591. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 419771, member: 6169″]
    If you rotate the cranks backwards does it still freewheel or does it now move the drivetrain? My motor was replaced because of this and now the second motor is doing the same. This second motor makes lots of rattles too.
    [/QUOTE]
    Nope. It freewheels but it makes a noise that sounds like a dry seal rubbing.

  1592. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419209, member: 13937″]
    I read your message and checked my BB/cranks on my KSL and seem to have the same issue. I guess I never heard/felt it when I ride being kind of noisy on the trails but I felt something riding on the road yesterday. I checked my LSL and there is no play at all so there is definitely a problem. I have had no other issues with my KSL so far. Did you take it in for a check up yet?
    [/QUOTE]
    Hi , I am getting a new motor under warranty.

  1593. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419682, member: 13937″]
    I took my bike into my LBS and they were surprised at how much side to side play there was in the BB/cranks. The LBS put a warrenty claim in with Specialized Canada but they are out of stock on the SL motors and say it will be at least 3 weeks to get one in. I have started the clock as last time if was over 6 weeks to get a new motor installed. 🐌 Oh Specialized Canada, so big, yet so small.
    I wonder what I did, to what has seemily been a robust motor, to make it crap out.
    [/QUOTE]
    Specialised confirmed today that I will be getting a new motor. Glad they have one locally in stock.

  1594. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 419845, member: 25341″]
    Specialised confirmed today that I will be getting a new motor. Glad they have one locally in stock.
    [/QUOTE]

    nice – what did they have to say about the issue?

  1595. [QUOTE=”Hitorogoshi, post: 419878, member: 9739″]
    nice – what did they have to say about the issue?
    [/QUOTE]
    They don’t say much – apparently the first warranty case at revolution in ct.

  1596. [QUOTE=”Endurafrika, post: 419879, member: 25341″]
    They don’t say much – apparently the first warranty case at revolution in ct.
    [/QUOTE]

    Cool good luck with the replacement

  1597. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 419771, member: 6169″]
    If you rotate the cranks backwards does it still freewheel or does it now move the drivetrain? My motor was replaced because of this and now the second motor is doing the same. This second motor makes lots of rattles too.
    [/QUOTE]
    If I understand you correctly, with rear wheel held up in the air, you should be able to pedal backwards without the wheel turning? If that is what you are saying, both our Levo SLs do that. I don’t have my KSL here to confirm its status.
    Has anyone found an exploded view of the SL motor? I would like to see what is inside of it as I have one LSL that is passed the warranty. I know I could take it apart. I don’t know if I could put it back together.

  1598. [QUOTE=”LeeG, post: 419729, member: 26158″]
    Hi all, 3 rides and charge cycles in on my Kenevo SL.

    I gave the bike a wash today and got it ready for a ride tomorrow. I switched the power button on on the TCU and didn’t get a beep. It just displayed 100% battery symbol (like when it’s charging / charged) and I couldn’t toggle through any screens. It would change modes though. Pedaled under power but didn’t try it for long.

    Initially there was an error code 4 on the diagnostics which doesn’t say much. This error was 2 days ago, I have ridden since and only noticed the fault today. However this doesn’t show on the diagnostics any more.

    Anyone else had this issue / know how to resolve it?

    Thanks
    [/QUOTE]

    Resolved. The bike had somehow went in to ‘stealth mode’. Deselected stealth mode in mission control and it’s back to normal.

  1599. [QUOTE=”KnollyBro, post: 419958, member: 13937″]
    If I understand you correctly, with rear wheel held up in the air, you should be able to pedal backwards without the wheel turning? If that is what you are saying, both our Levo SLs do that. I don’t have my KSL here to confirm its status.
    Has anyone found an exploded view of the SL motor? I would like to see what is inside of it as I have one LSL that is passed the warranty. I know I could take it apart. I don’t know if I could put it back together.
    [/QUOTE]
    If you pedal backwards (wheel on or off the ground) the drivetrain should not rotate, only the cranks should rotate. Mine starts turning the cassette backwards then eventually releases and becomes free.

  1600. Gents, I just pulled the trigger on KSL Expert and waiting on delivery. What are the options for shorter cranks?

  1601. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 422632, member: 26240″]Gents, I just pulled the trigger on KSL Expert and waiting on delivery. What are the options for shorter cranks?[/QUOTE]Congrats! I searched everywhere a few months back and the shortest I could find was praxis 160mm. If you end up finding anything shorter let me know!

  1602. I think Praxis only at this point.

    Unfortunately they are not open source design, so it will be a while before 5Dev can make a sweet option.

  1604. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 422661, member: 52″]
    I emailed Hope about SL cranks last week, apparently it’s something they are looking into.
    [/QUOTE]

    Did you say “Hello, me and all my sad, lonely friends what to make our depressing lives better by spending a ridiculous amount of money on a part that will get scratched to fuck in no time. Please make more shiny. “?

    (Which is what [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] suggested I emailed to hope about making SL cranks)

  1605. Those that changed to mullet setup, any issues or things to watch out for? Is there an option in TCU to set rear wheel size to 27.5 so max speed limit isn’t impacted?

  1606. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 422665, member: 26240″]
    Those that changed to mullet setup, any issues or things to watch out for? Is there an option in TCU to set rear wheel size to 27.5 so max speed limit isn’t impacted?
    [/QUOTE]

    First impression was good, felt different for about half a minute, then just faded away and the bike rode really nicely. Was getting noticibly more pedal strikes, but was off my game and I’ve not ridden for a while.

  1607. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 422664, member: 430″]
    Which is what @Doomanic suggested I emailed to hope about making SL cranks
    [/QUOTE]
    I’d forgotten about that! 😂

  1608. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 422664, member: 430″]
    Did you say “Hello, me and all my sad, lonely friends what to make our depressing lives better by spending a ridiculous amount of money on a part that will get scratched to fuck in no time. Please make more shiny. “?

    (Which is what [USER=52]@Doomanic[/USER] suggested I emailed to hope about making SL cranks)
    [/QUOTE]

    Um, ‘scratches’ on aluminum or titanium are called patina, and increase the value!

    at least that’s how I justify spending dumb amounts of money on such things…

  1609. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 422665, member: 26240″]
    Is there an option in TCU to set rear wheel size to 27.5 so max speed limit isn’t impacted?
    [/QUOTE]
    I don’t think so, you’ll need to get your LBS to adjust the wheel circumference in the firmware.

  1610. Bit of an update as I haven’t been on here in a while :

    I recently swapped to my old Mezzer Pro setup (vs.stock Fox 38), and I immediately noticed a difference. Front feels more “lively”, less damped, which I prefer. Fox38 is great, but it’s definitely been a ground hugger to me. It never felt like it had a lot of pop when I had it setup with correct sag while attempting to not leave too much of the travel unused. Mezzer is obviously a lighter fork, and it has the IRT which makes things more linear. I can definitely feel that.

    I will probably keep this fork on for a while and dial it in a bit more. Stiffness feels on par as well. F38 is still a great fork, but for me not smashing DH level laps every time I ride, the Mezzer might be a better option (at least for now) . F38 with a secus or RUNT could be the ticket as well.

  1611. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 422632, member: 26240″]
    Gents, I just pulled the trigger on KSL Expert and waiting on delivery. What are the options for shorter cranks?
    [/QUOTE]
    5dev are bad ass.

  1612. [USER=26240]@BikingBad[/USER] [USER=20940]@Andres_Mora[/USER] I have a set of 160mm carbon Praxis cranks for the KSL available if either of you are interested? I don’t need them anymore as my KSL is getting replaced with a different model.

  1613. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 422747, member: 9685″]
    5dev are bad ass.
    [/QUOTE]
    Are they doing SL cranks now? I had thought it was just for the Brose motors currently. They are rad looking, though. Another local (to me) company that I would love to support someday

  1614. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 422708, member: 20940″]
    Haha it’s interesting to hear other people opinions on things. I took off my 38 because to get level of support needed I had to increase pressures to the point that it was too poppy and borderline harsh.

    Mezzer gives a lot more support w/ the damper plus has IRT which gives spring a lot of midstroke support as well. I’m able to set it up a lot more damped/dead/controlled in the rough stuff which is how I like it.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am actually running pretty light damping on my Mezzer due to how I liked it on my other bikes. When on the KSL, I actually cranked up HSC, LSC and some rebound. Probably because I was used to the F38, but also because I tend to run my IRT on the lower side. Probably why I will end up tuning this more, but it’s so much more supportive as you had mentioned.

  1615. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 422747, member: 9685″]
    5dev are bad ass.
    [/QUOTE]
    They do not make cranks for the SL motors….

  1616. [QUOTE=”R3Z3N, post: 422988, member: 23160″]
    They do not make cranks for the SL motors….
    [/QUOTE]
    Ok. Let’s all group up and make a demand!

  1618. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 422766, member: 6169″]
    [USER=26240]@BikingBad[/USER] [USER=20940]@Andres_Mora[/USER] I have a set of 160mm carbon Praxis cranks for the KSL available if either of you are interested? I don’t need them anymore as my KSL is getting replaced with a different model.
    [/QUOTE]
    Interested in the cranks, sent you a PM.

  1619. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 423017, member: 52″]
    Are they worth 400 bucks though? Aesthetically, I don’t find them pleasing.
    [/QUOTE]
    It’s just 400…. were paying thousands for plastic fiber frames.

  1620. Anyone interested in a Ridewrap full frame wrap for an S4 KSL? It’s gloss but also comes with an extra matte down tube piece as I was going to combine the gloss/Matt for a different look.
    Getting a Levo now so this is not required so send me a message if you’re keen.

  1622. My non-bicycle friends are making fun of that integrated mudguard everytime I tell them I am not on ride today because it’s rainfall :- ).
    Everything on the frame is so nicely designed, this seems like they could have done it little bit better.

    When I’ll get time, I’ll take it off, photoscan it, add few bits, print a bit larger.
    But yeah, ultimately best improvement is just stucking the fork mudguard in way R3Z3N did above.

  1623. Is it possible to ride with out the battery and using range extenders. I’m thinking about traveling/flying issues, but also would be cool to ride it as a bio-bike sometimes.

    Does the battery provide structural integrity or would this leave a gaping hole in the frame near the bottom bracket?

  1624. [QUOTE=”Sid Duffman, post: 423806, member: 26035″]
    Is it possible to ride with out the battery and using range extenders. I’m thinking about traveling/flying issues, but also would be cool to ride it as a bio-bike sometimes.

    Does the battery provide structural integrity or would this leave a gaping hole in the frame near the bottom bracket?
    [/QUOTE]

    I have not tried it, but based on a few vids floating around, it is.

  1625. [QUOTE=”Sid Duffman, post: 423806, member: 26035″]
    Is it possible to ride with out the battery and using range extenders. I’m thinking about traveling/flying issues, but also would be cool to ride it as a bio-bike sometimes.

    Does the battery provide structural integrity or would this leave a gaping hole in the frame near the bottom bracket?
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes absolutely fine to ride with the main battery removed and using only range extenders.

  1626. I wonder if anyone’s fitted a 36T chainring to a KSL? As far as I can see the chainguide would have to be removed.
    Wondering if there’s a way to have 36T chainring and a chainguide?
    Also if anyones run a 36 without the chainguide. Risky? Carbon frame and all.
    There’s an opportunity for an aftermarket 36 chainguide. Anyone bite?

    Specialized have a compatibility page
    [URL unfurl=”true”]https://support.specialized.com/turbo-kenevo-sl/en/features-benefits/components-compatibility[/URL]
    which states 34 max with chainguide. That’s a shame as I do feel the need for 36 when standing to pedal.
    My non E bike had a 34 which seemed just right.
    thanks lots
    Great thread this. I just bought a KSL and I love it.

  1627. [QUOTE=”Dax, post: 422667, member: 430″]
    First impression was good, felt different for about half a minute, then just faded away and the bike rode really nicely. Was getting noticibly more pedal strikes, but was off my game and I’ve not ridden for a while.
    [/QUOTE]
    Are you considering installing shorter cranks? With flip chip High and +1 headset cup, BB will still be about 17mm lower with 27.5 rear. Took my ksl out on maiden ride yesterday in stock mode and experienced more pedal strikes than I‘m used to on all my other bikes.

  1628. Has anyone tried a 170mm AXS dropper in an S3? If so, can you I please share some dimensions when fully inserted?

  1629. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 424069, member: 11593″]
    Has anyone tried a 170mm AXS dropper in an S3? If so, can you I please share some dimensions when fully inserted?
    [/QUOTE]
    KSL S3 Expert,
    I cut down the air valve protector to gain another 5mm of clearance. I also lift the seat up another 5mm from full bottom out, just in case.
    I am 5’10, bikes in neutral and high position running 180 back and front. I rarely tire buzz myself or nut myself on the seat on the DH.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”905BC8A7-E0E6-40B0-B2E0-003B33EA1CE7.jpeg”]97618[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”AC347709-5EBE-49F8-ADA4-7F5DDF88E565.jpeg”]97619[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”07C3AA24-1F24-4B02-AF68-85643E2771C7.jpeg”]97617[/ATTACH]

  1630. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 424069, member: 11593″]
    Has anyone tried a 170mm AXS dropper in an S3? If so, can you I please share some dimensions when fully inserted?
    [/QUOTE]
    I’m looking to install 125mm AXS for S4, these dropper posts are impossible to find.

  1631. [QUOTE=”Andres_Mora, post: 422636, member: 20940″]
    Congrats! I searched everywhere a few months back and the shortest I could find was praxis 160mm. If you end up finding anything shorter let me know!
    [/QUOTE]
    Miranda make 155.
    look up steve jones video on embn. He did a test.

  1632. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 422766, member: 6169″]
    [USER=26240]@BikingBad[/USER] [USER=20940]@Andres_Mora[/USER] I have a set of 160mm carbon Praxis cranks for the KSL available if either of you are interested? I don’t need them anymore as my KSL is getting replaced with a different model.
    [/QUOTE]
    Are you in the uk?

  1633. [QUOTE=”nB2000, post: 424287, member: 11143″]
    Miranda make 155.
    [/QUOTE]
    Not for the Male motor in the SLs.

  1634. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 423970, member: 26240″]
    Are you considering installing shorter cranks? With flip chip High and +1 headset cup, BB will still be about 17mm lower with 27.5 rear. Took my ksl out on maiden ride yesterday in stock mode and experienced more pedal strikes than I‘m used to on all my other bikes.
    [/QUOTE]

    Too early to say, I’ve only done about 15 miles with it mulleted so far. I may even go back to 29” rear, I didn’t hate it as a 29er, only went mullet because I destroyed the back rim

  1636. [QUOTE=”ebikerider, post: 423073, member: 6169″]
    Anyone interested in a Ridewrap full frame wrap for an S4 KSL? It’s gloss but also comes with an extra matte down tube piece as I was going to combine the gloss/Matt for a different look.
    Getting a Levo now so this is not required so send me a message if you’re keen.
    [/QUOTE]
    I am, sent PM.

  1637. I took the aircan off of my x2 shock today (expert build) and there was no tokens in it. Is this how they normally ship? Had a quick search but couldn’t find the info.

  1638. [QUOTE=”LeeG, post: 424504, member: 26158″]
    I took the aircan off of my x2 shock today (expert build) and there was no tokens in it. Is this how they normally ship? Had a quick search but couldn’t find the info.
    [/QUOTE]
    Yes, I just bought some to install. Same with fork.

  1639. [QUOTE=”LeeG, post: 424504, member: 26158″]
    I took the aircan off of my x2 shock today (expert build) and there was no tokens in it. Is this how they normally ship? Had a quick search but couldn’t find the info.
    [/QUOTE]
    Did you remove the shock to take off the aircan? I wonder if the aircan can be pushed up for volume spacer installation without removing the shock from frame. Sometimes on certain bikes, shocks are difficult to reinstall.

  1640. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 424589, member: 26240″]
    Did you remove the shock to take off the aircan? I wonder if the aircan can be pushed up for volume spacer installation without removing the shock from frame. Sometimes on certain bikes, shocks are difficult to reinstall.
    [/QUOTE]

    I found removing by the rear wheel, aflipping the bike upside down and installing the upper bolt first, the lower bolt was pretty easy to install (eventhough it’s a tight fit).

  1641. [QUOTE=”MetroNeck, post: 424632, member: 11593″]
    I found removing by the rear wheel, aflipping the bike upside down and installing the upper bolt first, the lower bolt was pretty easy to install (eventhough it’s a tight fit).
    [/QUOTE]
    Cool, appreciate it👍

  1642. [QUOTE=”BikingBad, post: 424505, member: 26240″]
    Yes, I just bought some to install. Same with fork.
    [/QUOTE]
    Correction: Fork comes with 2 installed from factory.

  1644. [QUOTE=”Christian, post: 424105, member: 2329″]
    KSL S3 Expert,
    I cut down the air valve protector to gain another 5mm of clearance. I also lift the seat up another 5mm from full bottom out, just in case.
    I am 5’10, bikes in neutral and high position running 180 back and front. I rarely tire buzz myself or nut myself on the seat on the DH.
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”905BC8A7-E0E6-40B0-B2E0-003B33EA1CE7.jpeg”]97618[/ATTACH]
    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”AC347709-5EBE-49F8-ADA4-7F5DDF88E565.jpeg”]97619[/ATTACH]

    [ATTACH type=”full” alt=”07C3AA24-1F24-4B02-AF68-85643E2771C7.jpeg”]97617[/ATTACH]
    [/QUOTE]
    Any lower and the battery would hit the rear tire on bottom out.

  1645. [QUOTE=”BAMBAMODA, post: 424833, member: 9685″]
    Any lower and the battery would hit the rear tire on bottom out.
    [/QUOTE]
    Can’t remember how close it was. I should check.

  1649. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 425356, member: 52″]
    AFAIK, only Praxis currently produce cranks for the Mahle motor in the SL.
    [/QUOTE]
    I thought that Rob had fitted Miranda cranks ?

  1651. [QUOTE=”Stevie H, post: 425430, member: 16186″]
    I thought that Rob had fitted Miranda cranks ?
    [/QUOTE]
    Rob has a FF Ken, not an SL.

  1653. I’ve done a search by user name and the word “crank” and, as far as I can see, he hasn’t said anything of the sort in this thread, can you quote the post where you think you saw it?

  1654. The only option at the moment for shorter cranks is Praxis. The Mahle motor uses a custom M30 spline interface and there are no aftermarket options other than to buy shorter Praxis crank arms. 5dev said that they are looking at making them for SL’s but as yet they haven’t released anything.

  1655. [QUOTE=”Doomanic, post: 425476, member: 52″]
    I’ve done a search by user name and the word “crank” and, as far as I can see, he hasn’t said anything of the sort in this thread, can you quote the post where you think you saw it?
    [/QUOTE]
    I think that your right I must have mixed it up with the section on shorter cranks using the 152s dam

  1656. [QUOTE=”Stompweaver, post: 425503, member: 42″]
    The only option at the moment for shorter cranks is Praxis. The Mahle motor uses a custom M30 spline interface and there are no aftermarket options other than to buy shorter Praxis crank arms. 5dev said that they are looking at making them for SL’s but as yet they haven’t released anything.
    [/QUOTE]
    Many thanks I’ve looked all over the net and phoned a few bike shops. I had a S3 KSL and pedal strikes really were no problem. Changed it for a S4 with the 170mm cranks and getting a load more strikes.

Copyright 2022 EMTB Forums